Docstoc

CP foul bill of lading

Document Sample
CP foul bill of lading Powered By Docstoc
					THIS PRINT COVERS CALENDAR ITEM NO.: 11



This word document was downloaded from the website: http://www.wordwendang.com/en/, please remain this
                         link information when you reproduce , copy, or use it.
       <a href='http://www.wordwendang.com/en'>word documents</a>



                         MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY
                             City and County of San Francisco

DIVISION:      Human Resources

BRIEF DESCRIPTION:

Adopting the Resolution approving the Collective Bargaining Agreement between the Municipal
Transportation Agency (MTA) and TWU Local 200

SUMMARY:

       Charter sections 8A.104 (k) and 8A.104 (l) provide that the MTA shall bargain over labor
        agreements with employee organizations representing employees in service critical
        classifications but may utilize the City's collective bargaining agreements with any
        employee organization representing fewer than 10% of the Municipal Railway
        workforce.
       The MTA elected to bargain a separate labor agreement with the employee organization
        listed above.
       The agreement was reached through the mediation/arbitration process and is the result of
        an arbitration award issued by the neutral member of the arbitration panel.

ENCLOSURES:
1. MTAB Resolution
2. Collective Bargaining Agreement
APPROVALS:                                                                         DATE

DEPUTY OF DIVISION
PREPARING ITEM
FINANCE
DIRECTOR
SECRETARY
ADOPTED RESOLUTION
TO BE RETURNED TO
ASSIGNED MTAB
CALENDAR DATE:
PAGE 2.

EXPLANATION:

The approval of Proposition E by the voters in November 1999 (enacting Charter sections
8A.104(k) and 8A.104(l)) gave the Municipal Transportation Agency the authority to negotiate
collective bargaining agreements covering wages, hours, working conditions, and benefits with
labor organizations representing employees at MUNI in service critical classifications as well as
the discretion to utilize the City's collective bargaining agreement with any employee
organization representing less than 10% of the Municipal Railway workforce.

The collective bargaining agreement between TWU Local 200 and the MTA expires on June 30,
2005. After conducting good faith negotiations this year, the MTA and the Union reached
impasse pursuant to Charter Section A8.409.

                    MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY BOARD
                       CITY AND COUNT OF SAN FRANCISCO

                      RESOLUTION No.__________________________

WHEREAS, Under Section 8A.104 of the Charter, the Municipal Transportation Agency Board
of Directors succeeded to the powers of the Board of Supervisors with respect to employees in
service critical classifications whose wages, hours and terms and conditions of employment are
set pursuant to Charter Section A8.404 or A8.409 et seq.; and

WHEREAS, The current Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) between the Municipal
Transportation Agency and TWU Local 200 expires on June 30, 2005; and

WHEREAS, The parties must have an agreement in place effective July 1, 2005; and

WHEREAS, Charter Section A8.409 et seq provides that the parties have an obligation to
bargain in good faith, and

WHEREAS, The MTA and the Union have met and conferred over terms and conditions of
employment for a successor CBA in accordance with the City Charter and state law, and

WHEREAS, After good faith negotiations, the MTA and the Union reached impasse pursuant to
Charter Section A8.409, and

WHEREAS, After impasse, pursuant to Charter Section A8.409-4, the parties continued to
discuss the factors set forth in Charter Section A8.409-4(d), including the Municipal
Transportation Agency's financial condition, and

WHEREAS, The parties reached agreement through the mediation and arbitration process
required by Section 8A.409-4 of the Charter which resulted in an arbitration award; and
WHEREAS, The agreement and all other required information was publicly disclosed in
accordance with Charter Section A8.104(p) on May 31, 2005 and has been on file with the
Secretary of the MTA Board of Directors; now, therefore, be it

RESOLVED, That the MTA Board of Directors hereby approves and adopts the arbitration
award establishing the collective bargaining agreement between the Municipal Transportation
Agency and TWU Local 200 to be effective July 1, 2005 through June 30, 2007.

I hereby certify that the foregoing resolution was adopted by the Municipal Transportation
Agency Board at its meeting of __________________________________


                                     _________________________________________
                                     Secretary, Municipal Transportation Agency Board
THIS PRINT COVERS CALENDAR ITEM NO.: 12

                       MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY
                           City and County of San Francisco

DIVISION:     Human Resources

BRIEF DESCRIPTION:

Adopting the Resolution approving the Collective Bargaining Agreement between the MTA and
Machinists, Local 1414

SUMMARY:

      Charter sections 8A.104 (k) and 8A.104 (l) provide that the MTA shall bargain labor
       agreements with employee organizations representing employees in service critical
       classifications but may utilize the City's collective bargaining agreements with any
       employee organization representing less than 10% of the Municipal Railway workforce.
      The MTA elected to bargain a separate labor agreement with the employee organization
       listed above.
      The agreement was reached through the mediation.

ENCLOSURES:

1. MTAB Resolution
2. Collective Bargaining Agreement


APPROVALS:                                                                 DATE

DEPUTY OF DIVISION
PREPARING ITEM
FINANCE
DIRECTOR
SECRETARY
ADOPTED RESOLUTION
TO BE RETURNED TO
ASSIGNED MTAB
CALENDAR DATE:
PAGE 2.

EXPLANATION:

The approval of Proposition E by the voters in November 1999 (enacting Charter sections
8A.104(k) and 8A.104(l)) gave the Municipal Transportation Agency the authority to
negotiate collective bargaining agreements covering wages, hours, working conditions,
and benefits with labor organizations representing employees at MUNI in service critical
classifications as well as the discretion to utilize the City's collective bargaining
agreement with any employee organization representing less than 10% of the Municipal
Railway workforce.

The collective bargaining agreement between Machinists, Local 1414 and the MTA
expires on June 30, 2005. The parties participated in good faith negotiations and utilized
mediation as required by Charter Section 8A.409.4 to reach agreement.

                MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY BOARD
                   CITY AND COUNT OF SAN FRANCISCO

                   RESOLUTION No.__________________________

WHEREAS, Under Section 8A.104 of the Charter, the Municipal Transportation Agency
Board of Directors succeeded to the powers of the Board of Supervisors with respect to
employees in service critical classifications whose wages, hours and terms and
conditions of employment are set pursuant to Charter Section A8.404 or A8.409 et seq.;
and

WHEREAS, The current Collective Bargaining Agreement (CBA) between the
Municipal Transportation Agency and Machinists, Local 1414 expires on June 30,2005;
and

WHEREAS, The parties must have agreements in place effective July 1, 2005; and

WHEREAS, Charter Section A8.409-3 provides that the parties have an obligation to
bargain in good faith, and

WHEREAS, The MTA and the Union have met and conferred over terms and conditions
of employment for a successor CBA in accordance with the City Charter and state law,
and

WHEREAS, The parties reached agreement through the mediation required by Section
8A.409-4 of the Charter; and

WHEREAS, The proposed agreement, which shall be effective July 1, 2005 through June
30, 2006, and all other required information were publicly disclosed in accordance with
Charter Section A8.104(p) on May 31, 2005 and are on file with the Secretary of the
MTA Board of Directors; now, therefore, be it
RESOLVED, That the MTA Board of Directors herby approves and adopts the collective
bargaining agreement between the Municipal Transportation Agency and Machinists,
Local 1414 to be effective July 1, 2005 through June 30, 2006.

I hereby certify that the foregoing resolution was adopted by the Municipal
Transportation Agency Board at its meeting of __________________________

       _________________________________________
       Secretary, Municipal Transportation Agency Board
THIS PRINT COVERS CALENDAR ITEM NO. 13

                   MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY
                       City and County of San Francisco

DIVISION: Muni Fleet Engineering

BRIEF DESCRIPTION:

Authorizing the Director of Transportation to execute Contract Proposal No. 350 (Procurement of
Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches) with Orion Bus Industries, for an amount
not to exceed $29,398,629, subject to approval by the Board of Supervisors.

SUMMARY:
 In 2001, the Municipal Railway (Muni) began its Alternative Fuels Pilot Program, which
  identified hybrid electric buses as the most promising new bus technology for San
  Francisco’s challenging operating environment.
 On September 7, 2004, the MTA Board adopted Resolution No. 04-133, which authorized
  the Director of Transportation to conduct a negotiated procurement for 56 low-floor
  coaches with diesel hybrid propulsion systems, with an option to purchase up to 56
  additional coaches (Contract Proposal No. 350).
 In response to the Request for Proposals, Muni received five proposals from three firms.
  Two proposals from one firm were non-responsive, leaving three proposals from two
  firms.
 After conducting a negotiated procurement, the Evaluation Committee, consisting of a
  Technical Evaluation Subcommittee and a Price Evaluation Committee, rated the proposal
  from Orion Bus Industries as the highest-ranked proposal.
 The attached resolution authorizes the Director of Transportation to execute a Contract for
  the procurement of 56 standard low floor hybrid-electric diesel coaches with Orion Bus
  Industries, for an amount not to exceed $29,398,629; and to recommend this contract to
  the Board of Supervisors for its approval.

ENCLOSURES:

   1.      MTA Resolution
   2.      Contract Agreement

APPROVALS:                                                                DATE

DEPUTY OF DIVISION
PREPARING ITEM _______________________________        ____________
FINANCE         _______________________________       ____________
DIRECTOR        _______________________________       ____________
SECRETARY       ________________________________      ____________
ADOPTED RESOLUTION _________________
BE RETURNED TO
ASSIGNED MTAB CALENDAR DATE: ________________________
PAGE 2

EXPLANATION:

Background

In 2001, the Municipal Railway (Muni) began its Alternative Fuels Pilot Program, which
identified hybrid electric buses as the most promising new bus technology for San
Francisco’s challenging operating environment. Hybrid buses performed better than
other technologies when tested under normal operating conditions, including hills,
frequent stops, and heavy passenger loads. Moreover, early industry experience shows
that hybrid buses are more reliable than other alternative fuel technologies.

Recent changes to the transit fleet rule of the California Air Resources Board have made
it possible for Muni and other California transit agencies to purchase and operate today’s
industry-standard hybrid buses – a diesel hybrid-electric bus – like those being purchased
in New York, Boston, Seattle, and other cities.

Diesel hybrid electric buses will significantly reduce both NOx (Oxides of Nitrogen) and
PM (Particulate Matter) emissions while also reducing fuel consumption.

Muni’s Clean Air Plan: Zero Emissions 2020, a comprehensive fleet strategy produced
jointly by the Department of the Environment and Muni, calls for the near-term
repowering or replacement of these reserve fleet buses as part of an overall strategy to
reduce immediate diesel emissions, while simultaneously procuring hybrid-electric buses.

In February, the Board of Supervisors unanimously approved a resolution sponsored by
Supervisor Ammiano in support of Muni’s Clean Air Plan: Zero Emissions 2020.

At 16-17 years of age, 56 of Muni’s active fleet of 495 standard coaches are four to five
years beyond their economic useful life of 12 years (which standard is determined by the
Federal Transit Administration). This procurement will replace these aging coaches
(1988 and 1989 New Flyers) with diesel hybrid-electric coaches.

Negotiated Procurement Process

On September 7, 2004, the MTA Board adopted Resolution No. 04-133, which
authorized the Director of Transportation to conduct a negotiated procurement after
receipt of proposals for Contract No. 350 (The Procurement of Standard Low Floor
Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches). The specifications called for 56 low-floor coaches with
diesel hybrid propulsion systems, with an option to purchase up to 56 additional coaches.
PAGE 3.

EXPLANATION: (Cont’d)

In response to the Request for Proposals (RFP), issued on August 17, 2004, Muni
received five proposals from three firms on November 24, 2004: New Flyer (two
proposals), Orion Bus Industries (Orion) (one proposal), and North American Bus
Industries (NABI) (two proposals),. Muni determined that the two proposals (Nos. 1 and
5, from NABI) were non-responsive to the RFP, leaving two proposals from New Flyer
(Nos. 2 and 4) and one proposal from Orion (No. 3).

The evaluation process followed Muni's negotiated procurement procedures. The
Evaluation Committee consisted of two subcommittees: a Technical Evaluation
Subcommittee and a Price Evaluation Subcommittee. The Technical Evaluation
Committee consisted of five members -- representing Fleet Engineering, Maintenance,
Operations, and the Joint Labor Management Board. The Price Evaluation
Subcommittee consisted of two representatives – one from Fleet Engineering and the
other from the City’s Office of Contract Administration.

The Technical Evaluation Subcommittee independently evaluated and scored the
technical features of the proposal, as well as evaluating past performance and the
proposed delivery schedule for the buses . The Price Evaluation Subcommittee scored
the price bids, according to the formula stated in the RFP. The technical and price scores
were then combined, according to the following criteria:

                       Criteria                       Weight (Percent)
            Price                                           25
            Proposed Product                                25
            Past Performance                                20
            Delivery Schedule                               30

As a result of the initial evaluation, Muni determined that all three proposals (two from
New Flyer, and one from Orion) were in the competitive range, which entitled these two
proposers to continue on to the negotiation stage of the process.

The Technical Evaluation Committee then conducted site visits of the transit agencies
(Seattle, New York) that have purchased diesel hybrid coaches from each of the
proposers and held negotiations/clarification meetings with each of the proposers. The
negotiation sessions resulted in numerous changes to the specifications and term and
conditions. On March 31, 2005, Muni issued a request for a Best And Final Offer
(BAFO) and received and evaluated three BAFO proposals from the two manufacturers.
Muni determined that each of the proposals were non-responsive in some respect. On
April 29, 2005, Muni issued a request for a second BAFO. The proposers submitted their
new BAFOs on May 9, 2005, which were evaluated and scored by the Technical
Evaluation Subcommittee on May 10, 2005 and the Price Evaluation Subcommittee on
May 11, 2005.
PAGE 4.

EXPLANATION: (Cont’d)

Winning Proposer/Bus

After scoring the BAFOs, the Evaluation Committee ranked Orion's proposal (No. 3)
highest. The scores for the three proposals with BAFOs are summarized below:

Proposal Number        Technical Score         Price Score            Total Score

2                      48.99                   19.88                  68.87
3                      67.18                   25.00                  92.18
4                      42.83                   20.26                  63.09


By the end of this year, Orion will have delivered 325 hybrid electric diesel buses to New
York City Transit, which recently reported in a trade publication that the initial 125
hybrid buses have shown fuel economy of more than 30 percent above conventionally
powered buses after 2,000,000 miles of revenue service, as well as significantly reduced
emissions levels. Orion has also received an order for 150 hybrid electric diesel buses
from the Toronto Transit Commission. Orion is a brand of DaimlerChrysler Corporation.

Orion will provide low floor buses with diesel hybrid propulsion systems, equipped with
all of the modern electronic features (signs, automatic next stop announcement, security
cameras, etc.) of Muni’s previous coach procurement (standard and articulated Neoplans
in 2000). Low Floor coaches allow for faster passenger entry/exit times, and the diesel
hybrid propulsion system will increase vehicle performance while decreasing emissions,
noise levels, and fuel consumption. Under the terms of the Agreement, Orion will deliver
a prototype coach to Muni in January 2006. Deliveries of the remaining 55 coaches will
begin in July 2006. The Agreement also includes spare parts, manuals, training and
diagnostic test equipment. The Agreement contains an option for up to 56 additional
coaches; all or a portion of which may be assigned to one or more other transit agencies.

Funding

A funding plan has been developed and submitted to the San Francisco Transportation
Authority that will provide sufficient Federal, State, and local funds to cover the
estimated total project cost of $51.7 million. The contract will be certified based on the
amount of funds available. The budget breakdown is shown below:

       ITEM                                            BUDGET AMOUNT
       Contract                                        $29,398,629
       Sales Tax                                       $ 2,425,387
       Consultants                                     $ 2,285,000
       City Labor, Direct Costs                        $ 7,551,023
PAGE 5.

          Contingency                               $10,025,744
          Total Overall Budget                      $51,685,783
Action,

The resolution authorizes the Director of Transportation to execute a Contract for the
procurement of 56 standard low floor hybrid-electric diesel coaches with Orion Bus
Industries, for an amount not to exceed $29,398,629; and to recommend this contract to
the Board of Supervisors for its approval.

The City Attorney's Office and the Contract Compliance Office have reviewed this
calendar item. Muni has set no DBE goals for this RFP because under federal
regulations, transit vehicle manufacturers obtain their DBE goals directly from the
Federal Transit Administration.
PAGE 6.
                 MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY
                      CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO

                           RESOLUTION NO._______________


        WHEREAS, The Municipal Railway ("Muni") diesel fleet contains 56 standard diesel
coaches beyond their useful life of 12 years that cannot be retrofitted with exhaust filter
technologies; and

        WHEREAS, On September 7, 2004, the Municipal Transportation Agency Board of
Directors ("MTA Board") adopted Resolution No. 04-133, which authorized the Director of
Transportation to conduct a negotiated procurement after receipt of proposals for Contract No.
350, The Procurement of Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches; and

        WHEREAS, On November 24, 2004, Muni received five proposals from three bidders:
Muni determined that two proposals were non-responsive to the RFP, leaving two proposals from
one bidder and one proposal from another bidder for evaluation; and

        WHEREAS, After Muni's Evaluation Committee determined that the three responsive
proposals were in the competitive range, the Technical Evaluation Subcommittee conducted
negotiations with the two proposers, and subsequently requested best and final offers ("BAFO")
from them; and

        WHEREAS, The Technical Evaluation Subcommittee evaluated the BAFOs on technical
content, past performance, and ability to deliver the buses in conformity with the City's preferred
delivery schedule; the Price Evaluation Subcommittee independently scored the price proposals;
and the technical and price scores were then combined; and

        WHEREAS, The proposal from Orion Bus Industries received the highest combined
score by the Evaluation Committee; the Evaluation Committee accordingly recommended that
said proposal receive the contract award; and

        WHEREAS, The Director of Transportation and the Muni General Manager concur with
the recommendation; now, therefore, be it

        RESOLVED, That the MTA Board authorizes the Director of Transportation to execute
Contract Proposal No. 350 (Procurement of Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches)
with Orion Bus Industries, for an amount not to exceed $29,398,629, subject to approval by the
Board of Supervisors and certification of funding; and be it further

         RESOLVED, That the MTA Board commends this matter to the Board of Supervisors for
its approval.

I certify that the foregoing resolution was adopted by the Municipal Transportation Agency at its
meeting of________________________________________

                                                 ____________________________________
                                                 Secretary, Municipal Transportation Agency
     THE PROCUREMENT OF
     STANDARD LOW FLOOR
HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES




       CONTRACT NO. 350




       Authorized By Board Of Supervisors
              Resolution No. _____

     Dated:__________________




       CONFORMED COPY
                                                                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.    NOTICE OF REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS ............................................................................................................................. I-1
II. REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS ................................................................................................................................................... II-1
    1. SCOPE ..................................................................................................................................................................................... II-1
      2.     DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................................................................ II-1
      3.     CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .................................................................................................................................................. II-1
      4.     COACH INFORMATION ...................................................................................................................................................... II-2
             A. Fabrication ..................................................................................................................................................................... II-2
             B. Delivery Procedure and Schedule .................................................................................................................................. II-2
             C. Payments ........................................................................................................................................................................ II-2
             D. Service Parts And Manuals ............................................................................................................................................ II-2
             E.  Warranty ........................................................................................................................................................................ II-2
      5.     NEGOTIATED PROCESS ...................................................................................................................................................... II-2
             A. Evaluation of Technical and Price Proposals. ................................................................................................................ II-2
             B   Exceptions; Approved Equals ........................................................................................................................................ II-2
             C. Negotiations; BAFOs ..................................................................................................................................................... II-2
      6.     FEDERAL AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................ II-3
             A. Sunshine Ordinance ....................................................................................................................................................... II-3
             B. Public Access to Meeting and Records .......................................................................................................................... II-3
             C. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Proposals ............................................................................................................... II-3
             D. Nondiscrimination in Contracts ..................................................................................................................................... II-3
             E.  Certificates ..................................................................................................................................................................... II-3
             F.  Special Rolling Stock Requiremnts................................................................................................................................ II-4
             G. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and other Responsibility Matters ..................................................... II-4
      7.     PRE-PROPOSAL CONFERENCE ......................................................................................................................................... II-5
      8.  PROPOSAL REJECTION AND WAIVERS .......................................................................................................................... II-5
          A. Proposal Rejection ......................................................................................................................................................... II-5
          B. Waiver of Proposal Defects ........................................................................................................................................... II-5
      9. PROPOSAL SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................... II-5
          A. Technical Submissions ................................................................................................................................................... II-5
          B. Price Submissions .......................................................................................................................................................... II-5
          C. Resource Conservation................................................................................................................................................... II-5
          D. Tropical Hardwood Ban ................................................................................................................................................. II-5
      10. TECHNICAL PROPOSAL ..................................................................................................................................................... II-6
          A. General Requirements .................................................................................................................................................... II-6
          B. Documentation ............................................................................................................................................................... II-6
          C. Best and Final Offer (BAFO) Instructions ..................................................................................................................... II-6
          D. BAFO Rejection ............................................................................................................................................................. II-6
      11. PRICE PROPOSAL ................................................................................................................................................................. II-6
          A. General Requirements .................................................................................................................................................... II-6
          B. Documentation ............................................................................................................................................................... II-7
          C. Best and Final Offer (BAFO) Instructions ..................................................................................................................... II-7
          D. Multiple Hybrid System Proposal .................................................................................................................................. II-7
      12. PROPOSAL EVALUATION CRITERIA ............................................................................................................................... II-7
          A. Price ............................................................................................................................................................................... II-8
          B. Proposed Product ........................................................................................................................................................... II-8
          C. Past Performance............................................................................................................................................................ II-8
          D. Delivery Schedule .......................................................................................................................................................... II-8
          E.  CARB Certification Plan................................................................................................................................................ II-9
          F.  BAFO Evaluation Criteria.............................................................................................................................................. II-9
      13. CONTRACT AWARD ............................................................................................................................................................ II-9
          A. Award Procedure............................................................................................................................................................ II-9
          B. Pre-Award Audit ............................................................................................................................................................ II-9
          C. Bonds, Insurance, and Execution of Contract ................................................................................................................ II-9
          D. SINGLE PROPOSER .................................................................................................................................................. II-10
      14. PROPOSERS' OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE CAMPAIGN REFORM ORDINANCE ...................................................... II-10
      15. APPEALS AND PROTEST PROCEDURES ........................................................................................................................ II-10
      16. FURTHER INFORMATION, CLARIFICATIONS, QUESTIONS OR CONCERNS .......................................................... II-11

III. TECHNICAL PROPOSAL ....................................................................................................................................................... III-1
     1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................................................................. III-1
        A. Number of Copies ......................................................................................................................................................... III-1
        B. Language and Units of Measure.................................................................................................................................... III-1
        C. Clarity and Completeness ............................................................................................................................................. III-1
        D. Clarification Meetings ................................................................................................................................................... III-1
     2. FORMAT AND CONTENT ................................................................................................................................................... III-1
      3.    TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS..................................................................................................................................... III-2
            A. .External and chassis dimensions and layouts ............................................................................................................... III-2
            B. Internal Dimensions and Layout ................................................................................................................................... III-2
            C. Overall Vehicle Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... III-3
            D. Performance Curves ...................................................................................................................................................... III-3
            E.  Vehicle Structure........................................................................................................................................................... III-3
            F   Furnishings .................................................................................................................................................................... III-3
            G. Driver's Station and Controls ........................................................................................................................................ III-4
            H. Chassis .......................................................................................................................................................................... III-4
            I.  Electrical ....................................................................................................................................................................... III-5
            J.  Materials ....................................................................................................................................................................... III-5
            K. APU and Hybrid-Electric Drive .................................................................................................................................... III-5
      4.    CERTIFICATION, TEST RESULTS, DISCLOSURE, AND DEMONSTRATION ............................................................. III-5
            A. CARB Certification....................................................................................................................................................... III-5
            B. Strength Requirement ................................................................................................................................................... III-6
            C. Altoona Test Results ..................................................................................................................................................... III-6
            D. Structural Defect and Correction Disclosure................................................................................................................. III-6
            E.  Demonstration Bus ........................................................................................................................................................ III-6
      5.    REPAIR, SUPPORT AND WARRANTY INFORMATION ................................................................................................. III-6
            A. Mean Repair Times ....................................................................................................................................................... III-6
            B. Field Service Support .................................................................................................................................................... III-6
            C. Parts Supply System...................................................................................................................................................... III-6
            D. Warranty Processing System......................................................................................................................................... III-7
      6.    MANAGEMENT APPROACH ............................................................................................................................................. III-7
            A. Organization .................................................................................................................................................................. III-7
            B. Schedules ...................................................................................................................................................................... III-7
            C. Approach to Work ......................................................................................................................................................... III-7
      7.    TECHNICAL PROPOSAL WORKSHEET, FOLLOW-UP SERVICE WORKSHEET, AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE
            WORKSHEET ....................................................................................................................................................................... III-7
      8.    PAST EXPERIENCE ............................................................................................................................................................. III-7
      9.    REFERENCES ....................................................................................................................................................................... III-7
      10. QUALITY ASSURANCE ...................................................................................................................................................... III-8
      11. TRAINING AND PUBLICATIONS ...................................................................................................................................... III-8
          A. Training ......................................................................................................................................................................... III-8
          B. Maintenance and Operations Manuals .......................................................................................................................... III-8
      12. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION EXCEPTIONS .................................................................................................................. III-8
      13. PROPOSED EQUALS ........................................................................................................................................................... III-8
      14. SOLE BID EVALUATION / PRICE PROPOSAL EXTENSION .......................................................................................... III-9
TECHNICAL PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE .............................................................................................................................. III-10

IV. PRICE PROPOSAL ................................................................................................................................................................... IV-1
    1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ..............................................................................................................................................IV-1
       A. Number of Copies .........................................................................................................................................................IV-1
       B. Language and Units of Currency ..................................................................................................................................IV-1
       C. Clarity and Completeness .............................................................................................................................................IV-1
    2. FORMAT AND CONTENT ...................................................................................................................................................IV-1
      3.    COMMERCIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS EXCEPTIONS............................................................................................IV-1
PRICE PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE ...........................................................................................................................................IV-2
SCHEDULE 1 - SCHEDULE OF PRICES STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES .....................IV-4
SCHEDULE 1A SPARE PARTS LIST FOR STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES ..................IV-5
SCHEDULE 1B SPECIAL TOOLS FOR STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES .......................IV-9

V. AGREEMENT .............................................................................................................................................................................. V-1
   1. DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................................................................ V-1
      2.    BUDGET AND FISCAL PROVISIONS; TERMINATION IN THE EVENT OF NON-APPROPRIATION ........................ V-4
      3.    SCOPE ..................................................................................................................................................................................... V-4
      4.    GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................................................... V-4
            A. Contract Made in California ........................................................................................................................................... V-4
            B. Section Headings............................................................................................................................................................ V-4
            C. Waiver ............................................................................................................................................................................ V-4
            D. Nondiscrimination; Penalties ......................................................................................................................................... V-4
            E.  Assignment/Subcontractors............................................................................................................................................ V-5
            F.  Notices to Parties ........................................................................................................................................................... V-5
            G. Non-Collusion ................................................................................................................................................................ V-6
            H. Conflict of Interest ......................................................................................................................................................... V-6
            I.  City Business Tax Registration Certificate .................................................................................................................... V-6
            J.  MacBride Principles -- Northern Ireland........................................................................................................................ V-6
            K. Drug-Free Workplace Policy ......................................................................................................................................... V-6
            L.  Tropical Hardwood Ban ................................................................................................................................................. V-6
            M. Claims ............................................................................................................................................................................ V-7
            N. Authority of the MUNI Project Manager / Representative ............................................................................................ V-7
            O. Responsibility for Equipment ........................................................................................................................................ V-7
            P.  Submitting False Claims: Monetary Penalties ............................................................................................................... V-7
            Q. Disallowance .................................................................................................................................................................. V-8
            R. Independent Contractor .................................................................................................................................................. V-8
            S.  Liability of City.............................................................................................................................................................. V-8
            T.  Contractor’s Default ....................................................................................................................................................... V-8
            U. Proprietary or Confidential Information of City ............................................................................................................ V-8
            V. Intellectual Property ....................................................................................................................................................... V-8
            W. Sunshine Ordinance ....................................................................................................................................................... V-9
            X. Other Agreements between City and Contractor............................................................................................................ V-9
            Y. Disputes........................................................................................................................................................................ V-10
            Z.  Guaranteed Maximum Costs ........................................................................................................................................ V-10
            AA. Compliance with Laws ................................................................................................................................................. V-10
            BB. Time ............................................................................................................................................................................. V-10
            CC. Resource Conservation................................................................................................................................................. V-10
    DD. Earned Income Credit (EIC) Forms ............................................................................................................................. V-10
    EE. Limitations on Contributions ....................................................................................................................................... V-11
    FF. Prohibition on Political Activity with City Funds ........................................................................................................ V-11
    GG. Preservative-treated Wood Containing Arsenic ........................................................................................................... V-11
    HH. Construction ................................................................................................................................................................. V-11
    II. Severability .................................................................................................................................................................. V-11
    JJ. Incidental and Consequential Damages ....................................................................................................................... V-12
5. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................................................................ V-12
    A. Fabrication ................................................................................................................................................................... V-12
    B. Omission ...................................................................................................................................................................... V-12
    C. Priority ......................................................................................................................................................................... V-12
    D. Design Review ............................................................................................................................................................. V-12
    E.  Preliminary Drawings .................................................................................................................................................. V-12
    F.  Interchangeability......................................................................................................................................................... V-12
    G. Materials/Accessories Responsibility .......................................................................................................................... V-13
6. MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT ................................................................................................................................... V-13
    A. City-Ordered Changes .................................................................................................................................................. V-13
    B. Regulatory Changes ..................................................................................................................................................... V-13
7. PAYMENT ............................................................................................................................................................................ V-13
    A. Amount ........................................................................................................................................................................ V-13
    B. Invoices ........................................................................................................................................................................ V-13
    C. Progress Payments ....................................................................................................................................................... V-14
    D. Exchange Rate Risk ..................................................................................................................................................... V-15
    E.  Early Completion Bonus .............................................................................................................................................. V-15
    F.  Incentives ..................................................................................................................................................................... V-15
    G. Liquidated Damages .................................................................................................................................................... V-16
    H. Inflation Risk ............................................................................................................................................................... V-16
    I.  Taxes and Other Governmental Charges on Items Purchased under This Contract ..................................................... V-16
    J.  Payment Does Not Imply Acceptance of Work ........................................................................................................... V-17
8. DELIVERIES ........................................................................................................................................................................ V-17
    A. Pre-delivery Tests and Inspections ............................................................................................................................... V-17
    B. Coach Delivery Procedure ........................................................................................................................................... V-17
    C. Spare Parts Delivery Procedure.................................................................................................................................... V-17
    D. Delivery Schedule ........................................................................................................................................................ V-18
    E.  Assumption of Risk of Loss ......................................................................................................................................... V-18
9. ACCEPTANCE OF COACH ................................................................................................................................................ V-18
    A. Procedure ..................................................................................................................................................................... V-18
    B. Conditional Acceptance ............................................................................................................................................... V-18
    C. Title .............................................................................................................................................................................. V-18
10. REPAIRS PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE ................................................................................................................................. V-18
    A. Repairs by Contractor .................................................................................................................................................. V-18
    B. Repairs by MUNI ......................................................................................................................................................... V-19
11. UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS .................................................................................................................................................. V-19
    A. Definition ..................................................................................................................................................................... V-19
    B. Notification of Delay ................................................................................................................................................... V-19
    C. Request for Extension .................................................................................................................................................. V-19
12. CARGO PREFERENCE ....................................................................................................................................................... V-19
13. BONDS.................................................................................................................................................................................. V-20
14. INSURANCE ........................................................................................................................................................................ V-21
15. INDEMNIFICATION ........................................................................................................................................................... V-22
16. AUDIT AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS ........................................................................................................................ V-23
      17. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF CITY .............................................................................................................. V-23
      18. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT ........................................................................................................................................ V-24
      19. U.S. DOT REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................................................................ V-24
      20. COMPLIANCE WITH AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT .................................................................................... V-24
      21. LETTER OF CREDIT ........................................................................................................................................................... V-25
      22. OPTION PROCEDURES – PRICE ADJUSTMENT ............................................................................................................ V-25
      23. FIRST SOURCE HIRING PROGRAM ................................................................................................................................. V-26
      24. EFFECTIVE DATE............................................................................................................................................................... V-27
      25. ENTIRE AGREEMENT........................................................................................................................................................ V-27

VI. APPENDICES ............................................................................................................................................................................. VI-1
APPENDIX A: CERTIFICATES .............................................................................................................................................................. 1
APPENDIX B: WORKSHEETS ............................................................................................................................................................... 1
APPENDIX C: BONDS ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1
APPENDIX D: DBE REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................................................. 1
APPENDIX E: ATTACHMENTS............................................................................................................................................................. 1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – REFER TO VOLUME 2
                                   CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO
                                  MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY
                                  SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94102-4685



                               I. NOTICE OF REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS
PROPOSAL NO. 350 - THE PROCUREMENT OF STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL
COACHES.

This Request for Proposals covers the negotiated procurement of 56 standard low floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches
and associated spare parts, training, manuals, and special tools. The contract includes an option for up to an additional 56
coaches that may be exercised by the City or assigned to other agencies. The contract shall be a firm fixed-price contract,
with progress payments and liquidated damages in accordance with the terms of the contract. The contract award is
subject to approval by the Municipal Transportation Agency and the Board of Supervisors of the City and County of San
Francisco, and the concurrence of the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) of the U.S. Department of Transportation.
The contract is subject to financial assistance from the FTA. By signing their proposals, proposers certify that they are not
on the U.S. Comptroller General’s list of ineligible contractors. The Contractor will be required to comply with all
applicable Equal Employment Opportunity laws and regulations. The City and County of San Francisco hereby notifies
all proposers that it will ensure that disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit
proposals in response to this Request for Proposal and will not be discriminated against on the basis of race, color, sex, or
national origin in consideration for an award. The successful proposer will be required to comply with the terms and
conditions set forth in the Nondiscrimination in Contracts and Benefits provisions of Chapter 12B of the San Francisco
Administrative Code. A proposal bond (bid bond), a cashier's or certified check, or a money order in the amount of
$1,000,000.00 must accompany each Price Proposal. Prior to award, the successful proposer will be required to furnish to
the City a performance bond and labor and material bonds in the amount of 25 percent of the total contract amount and
evidence of insurance as specified in the contract documents. MUNI reserves the right to reject any and all proposals.
Proposers’ offers shall remain in effect for 120 calendar days.

A Pre-Proposal Conference for interested parties will be held on September 14, 2004 at 10:00 AM

                                          San Francisco Municipal Railway
                                                 1145 Market Street
                                          5th Floor, Main Conference Room
                                           San Francisco, CA 94103-1545


Please contact Elson Hao at (415) 401-3196 or send an email to elson_hao@ci.sf.ca.us to obtain an official copy of the
Request for Proposal and Technical Specifications. An electronic copy of the RFP and Technical Specifications will also
be posted on the website of the Office of Contract Administration, San Francisco for your reference
(http://sunset.ci.sf.ca.us/pbids/nsf). Proposers are responsible for any discrepancies between the electronic and official
document.

Proposals are due at 4:00 p.m. on November 24, 2004.

Submit Proposals to: Mr. Elson Hao, Project Manager, San Francisco Municipal Railway, Building C, 700 Pennsylvania
Avenue, San Francisco California 94107.

The City will receive sealed Best and Final Offers (BAFOs) at 700 Pennsylvania Avenue, San Francisco, California
94107-3443, until 4:00 p.m. on May 9, 2005 from only those proposers who participated in negotiations for the
Procurement of Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches. The BAFOs will not be opened in public.
                                    CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO
                                    MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY
                                        SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA



                                         II. REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS
                           FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF
               STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES
  Municipal Transportation Agency of the City and County of San Francisco will receive sealed Proposals at 700
  Pennsylvania Ave., San Francisco, California 94107, until 4:00 p.m. on November 24, 2004 for a contract(s) for the
  procurement of Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches. Proposals submitted after this date and time will not
  be accepted. Proposals will not be opened in public.

  The City will receive sealed Best and Final Offers (BAFOs) at 700 Pennsylvania Avenue, San Francisco, California
  94107-3443, until 4:00 p.m. on May 9, 2005 from only those proposers who participated in negotiations for the
  Procurement of Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches. The BAFOs will not be opened in public.

1. SCOPE
  The Request for Proposals (RFP) covers the negotiated procurement of 56 new Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel
  Coaches, and associated spare parts, training, manuals, and special tools.

  The contract for this procurement shall include an “Option” to purchase up to an additional 56 coaches. The option would
  be exercised through notification to the contractor within one year from Notice to Proceed of the original agreement. In the
  event MUNI does not have the resources or service requirements to exercise all or part of the option, in accordance with
  Federal Transit Administration (FTA) guidelines, all or part of the option may be assigned to interested Transit Agencies
  (TA). In the event all or part of the option is assigned, the contractor will be responsible for negotiating any and all
  changes in the deliverables and the associated costs with the procuring TA.

  The contract shall be a firm fixed-price contract with progress payments and liquidated damages in accordance with the
  terms of the contract. The contract award is subject to approval by the Municipal Transportation Agency Board of
  Directors and the Board of Supervisors of the City and the concurrence of the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) of the
  U.S. Department of Transportation.

2. DEFINITIONS
  Definitions pertaining to this RFP shall be those listed in Section 1 of Part V, Agreement.

3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
  The contract documents issued with this Request for Proposals are:

      Volume 1          Contract Documents:
      I.                Notice of Request for Proposals
      II.               Request for Proposals
      III.              Technical Proposal
      IV.               Price Proposal
      V.                Agreement
      VI.               Appendices
      1.                Appendix A       Certificates
      2.                Appendix B       Worksheets
      3.                Appendix C       Proposal Bond (Bid Bond) and Performance and Labor and Materials Bonds
      4.                Appendix D       DBE Requirements and FTA Special Provisions
      5.                Appendix E       Attachments

      Volume 2          Technical Specifications
4. COACH INFORMATION
  A. Fabrication
     The coaches shall meet all the requirements of the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall meet the
     requirements of the Quality Assurance provisions to ensure the quality of the end product.

  B. Delivery Procedure and Schedule
     Delivery of the coaches shall be made in accordance with Section 13 of the Technical Specifications, Contract
     Volume 2.

  C. Payments
     Payments will be made in accordance with Section 7, Part V, Agreement, Contract Volume 1.

  D. Service Parts And Manuals
     Service parts and manuals shall be furnished in accordance with Sections 10.4 and 9.2 of the Technical Specifications,
     Contract Volume 2.

  E. Warranty
     The Contractor shall meet the requirements of the warranty provisions in Sections 10.1 and 10.2 of the Technical
     Specifications, Contract Volume 2.

5. NEGOTIATED PROCESS
  The City will follow the Negotiated Procurement Procedure, which is summarized below. The entire procedure is
  included in Appendix E, Attachment 3.

  A. Evaluation of Technical and Price Proposals.
     Proposals will be evaluated by a Proposal Evaluation Committee, composed of separate Technical Evaluation and
     Price Evaluation Subcommittees. On the proposal due date, sealed proposals will be submitted in two parts:
     Technical and Price. Technical Proposals will be opened and the Technical Evaluation Subcommittee will perform a
     complete evaluation of their contents. The evaluation factors specified in Section 12, Proposal Evaluation Criteria, of
     this Request for Proposals will be considered during this evaluation process, and a numerical score for each Technical
     Proposal will be determined. Price Proposals will be opened and evaluated by the Price Evaluation Subcommittee.
     Price Proposals will be evaluated using the evaluation factors specified in Section 12, Proposal Evaluation Criteria, of
     this Request for Proposals, and a numerical score for each Price Proposal will be determined.

      The technical score and the price score will be combined and the proposal ranking will be established. The
      competitive range will be determined based on this ranking. Proposers whose proposals are judged to be outside the
      competitive range (not within reach of being the number one ranked proposal) will be notified in writing. Proposers
      so notified will have five (5) working days, following receipt of notification, to protest the decision in accordance with
      the Protest Procedures in Appendix E, Attachment 2, Protest Procedures.

      Proposers within the competitive range may be required to attend clarification meetings. Proposers within the
      competitive range will be notified of the location, time, and subject matter of any such clarification meetings.

  B   Exceptions; Approved Equals
      Technical specification exceptions and proposed equals (see Section 12- Proposal Evaluation Criteria, and 13 –
      Contract Award), and commercial terms and conditions exceptions (see Part IV (Price Proposal), Section 3) will be
      reviewed by the Evaluation Committee for discussion during negotiations, if such are held, and potential inclusion in
      “best and final” offers. The evaluation of technical specification exceptions, proposed equals, and exceptions to
      commercial terms and conditions will not be a factor in the scoring of initial proposal submissions.

  C. Negotiations; BAFOs
     At the conclusion of the initial evaluation process, the MTA will determine whether to negotiate with proposers who
     are within the competitive range or award the contract without further discussion. An award may be made if the
     evaluation determines that the best achievable and technically acceptable proposal has been received.
      If the MTA decides to negotiate, proposers within the competitive range will be formally notified of the time and
      place for negotiations. If, as a result of negotiations, the City determines to allow any exceptions to the Specifications
      or any other Contract provision, a Change Notice will be issued to proposers within the competitive range to enable
      them to incorporate such changes in their “best and final” offers ("BAFOs"). Following negotiations, proposers
      within the competitive range will modify their proposals and submit sealed BAFOs by a specified date.

      The subcommittees will evaluate the BAFOs using the same procedure as for the first offers. The City will award the
      contract to the proposer whose BAFO receives the highest score (unless the City decides to further negotiate and
      request another BAFO), based on the evaluation factors specified in Section 12, Proposal Evaluation Criteria, of this
      Request for Proposals.

6. FEDERAL AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS
  A. Sunshine Ordinance
     In accordance with S.F. Administrative Code Section 67.24(e), contractors’ bids, responses to RFPs and all other
     records of communications between the City and persons or firms seeking contracts shall be open to inspection
     immediately after a contract has been awarded. Nothing in this provision requires the disclosure of a private person’s
     or organizations net worth or other proprietary financial data submitted for qualification for a contract or other
     benefits until and unless that person or organization is awarded the contract or benefit. Information provided which is
     covered by this paragraph will be made available to the public upon request.

  B. Public Access to Meeting and Records
     If a proposer is a non-profit entity that receives a cumulative total per year of at least $250,000 in City funds or City-
     administered funds and is a non-profit organization as defined in Chapter 12L of the S.F. Administrative Code, the
     proposer must comply with Chapter 12L. The proposer must include in its proposal (1) a statement describing its
     efforts to comply with the Chapter 12L provisions regarding public access to proposer’s meetings and records, and (2)
     a summary of all complaints concerning the proposer’s compliance with Chapter 12L that were filed with the City in
     the last two years and deemed by the City to be substantiated. The summary shall also describe the disposition of
     each complaint. If no such complaints were filed, the proposer shall include a statement to that effect. Failure to
     comply with the reporting requirements of Chapter 12L or material misrepresentation in proposer’s Chapter 12L
     submissions shall be grounds for rejection of the proposal and/or termination of any subsequent Agreement reached
     on the basis of the proposal.

  C. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Proposals
     The City hereby notifies all proposers that it will ensure that disadvantaged business enterprises (DBEs) will be
     afforded full opportunity to submit proposals in response to this Request for Proposal and will not be discriminated
     against on the basis of race, color, sex, or national origin in consideration for an award. See Appendix D. This
     procurement is subject to the provisions of 49 CFR Section 26.49. Accordingly, the manufacturer of the transit
     vehicle must have an annual DBE goal, submitted to the Federal Transit Administration that has either been approved
     or not disapproved by the FTA. Proposers shall execute and submit with their proposals a Transit Vehicle
     Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance with 49 CFR Part 26 (see Appendix D, Attachment 1).

  D. Nondiscrimination in Contracts
     Contractor shall comply with sections 12B and 12C of the San Francisco Administrative Code regarding
     nondiscrimination in contracts. See Appendix A, Attachment 5-Declaration SF Administration Code Chap. 12B,
     Appendix D, SF Administrative Code Chapter 12B, Nondiscrimination in Contracts, and Agreement, Section 4.
     General Requirements.

  E. Certificates
     Proposers will be required to submit the following completed certificates:

      (1) Buy America certificate

      (2) Certification Regarding Lobbying

      (3) Business Tax Declaration

      (4) Nondiscrimination in Contracts and Benefits/Chapter 12B Declaration
     (5) Transit Vehicle Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance with 49 CFR Part 26

F.   Special Rolling Stock Requiremnts
     The selected Contractor shall be required to comply with all applicable Bus Testing and Bus Pre-Award and Post-
     Award Testing requirements. See 49 CFR §§ 663, 665.

G. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and other Responsibility Matters
   Lower Tier Covered Transactions (Third Party Contracts over $100,000)

     Instructions for Certification:

     1. By signing and submitting this bid or proposal, the prospective contractor or lower tier participant is
        providing the signed certification set out below.

     2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this
        transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective contractor or lower tier participant
        knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government,
        the City may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.

     3. The prospective contractor or lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the City if at any
        time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has
        become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

     4. The terms “covered transaction,” “debarred,” “suspended,” ineligible,” “participant,” “persons,” “lower tier
        covered transaction,” “principal,” “proposal,” and “voluntarily excluded,” as used in this clause, have the
        meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549 [49 CFR
        Part 29]. You may contact the City for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.

     5. The prospective contractor or lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed
        covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a
        person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered
        transaction, unless authorized in writing by the City.

     6. The prospective contractor or lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will
        include the clause titled “Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary
        Exclusion - Lower Tier Covered Transaction”, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions
        and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.

     7. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier
        covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered
        transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and
        frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to,
        check the Non-procurement List issued by U.S. General Service Administration.

     8. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to
        render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is
        not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business
        dealings.

     9. Except for transactions authorized under Paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered
        transactions knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred,
        ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to all remedies available to
        the Federal Government, the City may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.

“Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier Covered
                                             Transactions”
  (1) The prospective contractor or lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this bid or proposal, that neither it nor
      its “principals” [as defined at 49 CFR § 29.105(p)] is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared
      ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency.

  (2) When the prospective contractor or lower tier participant is unable to certify to the statements in this certification,
      such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.

7. PRE-PROPOSAL CONFERENCE
  A pre-proposal conference for interested parties will be September 14, 2004 at 10:00 AM at:

                                               San Francisco Municipal Railway
                                                      1145 Market Street
                                               5th Floor Main Conference Room
                                                   San Francisco, CA 94103

  The City encourages the submittal of written questions prior to the pre-proposal conference. The questions should be sent
  to Elson Hao, Project Manager, 700 Pennsylvania Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94107-3443.

8. PROPOSAL REJECTION AND WAIVERS
  A. Proposal Rejection
     MUNI reserves the right to reject any and all proposals. A proposal may be rejected if conditional or incomplete, or if
     it contains any alterations of form or other irregularities of any kind, and will be rejected if any such defect or
     irregularity could materially change the Price Proposal. Proposals that contain false or misleading statements, or that
     provide references that do not support an attribute or condition contended by the Proposer, may be rejected.
     Additionally, if in the opinion of the MTA such information was provided to intentionally and erroneously mislead the
     Proposal Evaluation Committee in its evaluation of the proposal, and if the attribute, condition, or capability is a
     requirement of these contract documents, the proposal shall be rejected.

  B. Waiver of Proposal Defects
     Any informality in the proposal, deemed so by the City, may be waived by the City in its absolute discretion, if it
     deems such waiver to be to the benefit and advantage of the City. The City's waiver of an immaterial defect shall in
     no way modify the contract documents or excuse the proposer from full compliance with the specifications if the
     proposer is awarded the contract.

9. PROPOSAL SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
  A. Technical Submissions
     The Technical Proposal shall be clearly marked on the cover Standard Low Floor, Hybrid-Electric Coach. The
     proposer’s Technical Proposal shall be complete; containing all information defined in Part III Technical Proposal of
     these contract documents. Technical Proposals shall be provided in the quantities stated in Section 10 of this RFP.

  B. Price Submissions
     Price Proposals shall be clearly marked on the cover, “Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coach,” in
     concert with Technical Proposal submissions. Price Proposals shall be provided in the quantities stated in Section 11
     of this RFP.

  C. Resource Conservation
     All documents submitted in response to this RFP must be on recycled paper and printed on double-sided pages to the
     maximum extent possible.

  D. Tropical Hardwood Ban
     Any proposal, bid or other response to a solicitation which calls for the use of any tropical hardwood, tropical
     hardwood product, virgin redwood or virgin redwood product shall be deemed to be non-responsive (see Part V,
     Section 4.0, General Requirement).
10. TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
   A. General Requirements
      Technical Proposals shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope or box. The name and address of the proposer shall be
      placed on the upper left-hand corner of the envelope or box. The following information shall appear in the center of
      the envelope or box:

                             STANDARD LOW FLOOR, HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES
                                            TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
                                         CONTRACT PROPOSAL NO. 350

       Technical Proposals shall be submitted by the date and time set for the receipt of sealed proposals. The proposer shall
       provide ten (10) bound copies, and one (1) original unbound copy (Master - suitable for reproduction), of the
       Technical Proposal for each proposal submission. The unbound copy shall be marked “MASTER” on the cover and
       shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope. The envelope with the master copy shall be placed with the ten (10) bound
       copies inside the sealed outer envelope or box. The envelope with the Master copy shall be marked with the same
       information that appears on the outer envelope or box.

   B. Documentation
      All Technical Proposals shall include a completed Signature Page (see Technical Proposal, Part III) and completed
      Technical Proposal Worksheets, Follow-up Service Worksheets, and Delivery Schedule Worksheets (see Appendix
      B). Blank spaces on the forms shall be filled in and no changes shall be made in the wording on the form unless
      specific Change Notices are received from the City. Additional requirements are:

       i.   Proposals must be made in the English language.

       ii. Technical Proposals must be unqualified and unconditional except as otherwise provided in Part III, Sections 12,
           Technical Specification Exceptions, and 13, Proposed Equals.

       iii. Proposal information must be typewritten or clearly written in ink.

   C. Best and Final Offer (BAFO) Instructions
      Proposers are not required to submit a complete technical proposal with the BAFO. Proposers shall submit changed
      pages of the technical proposal as required to document any differences between the initial proposal and the BAFO.
      However, the Technical Proposal Signature Page (Attachment No.1) and the Technical Proposal Worksheet, Follow-
      Up Service Worksheet and Delivery Schedule Worksheet (Attachment No. 4) issued with BAFO Change Notice No.
      7 must be completed in their entirety for each Technical BAFO submitted. Like the initial proposal, the Technical
      Proposal shall be separate from the Price Proposal and shall be packaged and marked as required in subparagraph
      10.A above. Separate and complete BAFOs shall be submitted for each proposal designated by the City to be in the
      competitive range.

   D. BAFO Rejection
      The City expects the proposals to be in full compliance with the BAFO technical specifications. MUNI may reject
      any BAFO proposal which includes significant design changes from the original proposal and which were not
      discussed during negotiation meetings.

11. PRICE PROPOSAL
   A. General Requirements
      Price Proposals shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope. The name and address of the proposer shall be placed on the
      upper left-hand corner of the envelope. The following information shall be placed in the center of the envelope:

                             STANDARD LOW FLOOR, HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES
                                              PRICE PROPOSAL
                                        CONTRACT PROPOSAL NO. 350

       Price Proposals shall be submitted by the date and time set for the receipt of sealed proposals. The proposer shall
       provide four (4) bound copies, and one (1) original unbound copy (Master—suitable for reproduction). The unbound
       copy shall be marked “MASTER” on the cover and shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope. The envelope with the
      master copy shall be placed with the four (4) bound copies inside the sealed outer envelope. The envelope with the
      master copy shall be marked with the same information that appears on the outer envelope.

      The Price Proposal shall be accompanied by a proposal bond (bid bond), cashier’s or certified check, or money order
      in the amount of $1,000,000.00 payable to the City and County of San Francisco, to guarantee the filing of
      performance and labor and materials bonds and insurance certificates and proper execution of the contract. After the
      successful proposer has furnished same, or the City has rejected proposals, all bid securities, except those which may
      have been forfeited, will be returned to the proposers. The cashier's or certified check, or money order is to be drawn
      on a U.S. bank.

  B. Documentation
     The Price Proposal shall be made on the forms provided (see Part IV- Price Proposal). Blank spaces shall be filled in
     and no changes shall be made to the wording on the forms unless specific Change Notices are received from the City.
     Price Proposal shall contain:

      i.   Completed Signature Page (see Part IV-Price Proposal)
      ii. Complete Schedule of Prices– see Part IV-Price Proposal, Schedule of Prices), Spare Parts Lists (see Part IV-
          Price Proposal, Schedule 1A) and Special Tools (see Part IV- Price Proposal, Schedule 1B).
      iii. Completed MUNI Questionnaire and Workforce Data Form (see Appendix D).
      iv. Completed certificates for Buy America, Certification Regarding Lobbying, Business Tax Certificate
          Requirement/Declaration, and Nondiscrimination in Contracts and Benefits/Chapter 12B Declaration as included
          in Appendix A, and Transit Vehicle Manufacturers Certification of Compliance with Subpart D, 49, CFR Part 26
          as indicated in Appendix D.
      v.   Proposal bond (bid bond), cashiers or certified check, or money order.
      Additional requirements are:

      1) Proposers must propose on all items listed on the Price Proposal.
      2) Proposals must be typewritten or clearly written in ink. No erasures shall be permitted.
      3) Proposal prices must be in U.S. dollars. These prices shall be the total price delivered F.O.B. to the destinations
         set forth in Part V, Agreement. (State and local sales or use taxes are not to be included in the prices.)

      4) A copy of (1) the proposer’s application for the California Air Resources Board (CARB) Certification and (2) the
         proposer’s Certification Plan (see Section 12.E below)

  C. Best and Final Offer (BAFO) Instructions
     For the BAFO, the Price Proposal Signature Page (Attachment No. 2) and the new Schedule of Prices sheets
     (Attachment No. 3) issued with BAFO Change Notice No. 7 shall be completed in their entirety for each Price BAFO
     submitted. See Schedule of Prices, corresponding Spare Parts Lists, Schedules 1A, and corresponding Special Tools
     Schedules 1B issued with BAFO Change Notice No. 7. Price Proposals shall be submitted separately from the
     Technical Proposals and shall be packaged and marked as required in subparagraph 11.A above.

  D. Multiple Hybrid System Proposal
     If a bus manufacturer has more than one hybrid system to propose, the bus manufacturer shall submit a separate
     technical proposal signature sheet, price proposal signature sheet, schedule of prices and technical worksheets for each
     of the hybrid system that it is proposing.

12. PROPOSAL EVALUATION CRITERIA
  The Price and Technical Proposal Evaluation Subcommittees will evaluate the respective proposals separately. In making
  its evaluation, the Technical Evaluation Subcommittee will rate each proposal on the proposed product, past performance
  of the proposer, and delivery schedule, as explained below. Price and technical evaluation criteria will be weighted as
  follows:

                                         Criteria                       Weight (Percent)
                               Price                                       25
                             Proposed Product                              25
                             Past Performance                              20
                             Delivery Schedule                             30
                             CARB Application and                        Pass / Fail
                             Certification Plan

A. Price
   Price will be evaluated separately, based on the “grand total” of the line identified as “Basis of Award” in the
   Schedule of Prices (refer to Part IV, Schedule of Prices 1). The Basis of Award is the “grand total” of the extended
   prices indicated in items 1 through 8 of the Schedule of Prices. The proposal value is determined by the sum of the
   extensions of quantities, as shown in the Schedule of Prices, multiplied by the unit prices, plus the totals of lump sum
   items. The Proposer’s score for price will be determined by the formula shown below.

                                      Low est Price
             Proposer' s Score                        Total points possible for price proposal
                                    Proposer' s Price

    In the event of a discrepancy between the unit bid price and the extension, the unit bid price shall govern. In the event
    of a discrepancy between the sum of the extended amounts and the total bid shown, the sum of the extended amounts
    shall govern.

B. Proposed Product
   Each Technical Proposal will be examined to ensure that it is fully responsive to the requirements of these contract
   documents. Where there is a “MUNI” preference noted, the Technical Evaluation Subcommittee may award more
   evaluation points to those proposals that meet the preferred performance or comply with the preferred characteristics.
   Proposals that exceed the minimum performance specifications may also be rated higher.

    The evaluation for the proposed product will be based on, but not limited to, the criteria listed below:

    i.   Vehicle Characteristics: Design, efficiency of operation, and specification conformance, including the ability to
         demonstrate vehicle reliability, maintainability, and that the vehicle will meet or exceed the performance,
         operational, and safety requirements specified.

    ii. Support, Training and Documentation: Evaluation of the Proposer’s support systems for ordering parts and
        equipment, warranty, and field service, the thoroughness of its training program, and the completeness, clarity
        and format of the documentation and manuals proposed for this contract. Particular consideration will be given to
        the timeliness and the impact to MUNI of that support, training and documentation.

    iii. Responsibility and Quality Assurance: The ability to demonstrate that the organization, management and
         planning will result in a product being designed and manufactured within schedule and in accordance with the
         contract documents, including the ability to demonstrate that effective quality assurance procedures are in place in
         all aspects of the manufacturing process.

C. Past Performance
   Muni will evaluate the proposer to determine whether performance on similar contracts has been satisfactory. Muni
   will examine factors such as schedule adherence, engineering, assembly and manufacturing quality, field product
   support, and warranty for past contracts. Muni will contact references for this portion of the evaluation. MUNI
   reserves the right to contact transit properties or individuals at transit properties other than those listed by the
   proposer.

D. Delivery Schedule
   Delivery schedules proposed (see Delivery Schedule Worksheets 1C in Appendix B) will be compared with Muni's
   preferred delivery schedules, as specified in Section 13, Delivery Schedule, of the Technical Specifications, Volume
   2, and the proposed delivery schedules will be rated based on how close they mirror MUNI’s preferred delivery
   schedules as follow:

    1.   Prototype Vehicle Delivery:
                                                           
       Proposer' s Prototype Vehicle Delivery Rating   1 -
                                                                   Number of days late 
                                                                                         50
                                                                      180 days        
       2.   Production Vehicle Delivery:

                                                                   Number of days late 
       Proposer' s Production Vehicle Delivery Rating   1 -                              50
                                                                        180 days        
       The proposer’s total delivery schedule rating will be the sum of item 1 and 2 above. The Proposer’s score for delivery
       schedule will be determined by the formula shown below.

                             Proposer' s delivery schedule rating
       Proposer' s Score                                             Total points possible for delivery schedule
                              Highest delivery schedule rating

  E. CARB Certification Plan
     Supply detailed documentation on compliance with California Code of Regulations, Title 13, Section 1956.1. This
     should include a detailed certification plan (from both parties, for 2-party certification), including recent testing and
     emissions data supporting the plan(s). Applications(s) for certification with CARB should also be included, and
     information in intermediate steps (monthly update or as it becomes available) should be provided to MUNI in support
     of the Proposer’s certification plan. Final certification documents must be provided to Muni prior to vehicle delivery
     (including the prototype, unless Muni approves delivery of the prototype under an experimental exemption).

  F.   BAFO Evaluation Criteria
       The BAFO will be evaluated using the same criteria and ranking system described above.

13. CONTRACT AWARD
  A. Award Procedure
     The MTA will award the contract to the Proposer (or, if the MTA decides to negotiate), whose BAFO receives the
     highest ranking in the evaluation process. Contract award will be made within 120 calendar days of the proposal
     submittal date, or, if the MTA elects to negotiate with proposers, within 120 calendar days of the submittal date for
     the BAFOs.

  B. Pre-Award Audit
     Successful Proposer(s) agree(s) to permit City to perform audits and inspections as indicated in Appendix E,
     Attachment 1, FTA Requirements for Procurement Contracts.

  C. Bonds, Insurance, and Execution of Contract
     Within 20 calendar days following the receipt of a notice of tentative award, the proposer to whom the contract is
     awarded shall deliver the specified performance bond, and insurance certificates to the City, in accordance with
     Sections 13, Bonds, and 14, Insurance, of Part V, Agreement, Volume 1. The performance bond shall be furnished
     using the forms provided in Appendix C, Volume 1.

       If a proposer to whom notice of tentative award is made fails or refuses to furnish the required bonds and insurance
       certificates within 20 calendar days after receiving notice from the City to file such documents, or fails or refuses to
       properly execute and return the Agreement, the City may, at its option, determine that this proposer has abandoned its
       proposal. Thereupon, the recommended award of said contract to the proposer shall be null and void, and the full
       principal amount of the proposal bond (bid bond) shall be payable to the City and County of San Francisco (or the
       cashier’s or certified check or money order accompanying its proposal shall be deposited with the Treasurer of the
       City and County of San Francisco for collection) and the proceeds thereof shall be retained by the City as partial
       liquidated damages for failure of such proposer to properly execute the Agreement or file the documents herein
       required. The foregoing in no way limits the damages, which are recoverable by the City, whether or not defined
       elsewhere in the contract documents.
  D. SINGLE PROPOSER
     If only one responsible and responsive proposal is received for the Standard Low Floor, Hybrid-Electric Diesel
     Coaches, the City may conduct a price or cost analysis, or both, of the proposal to assess whether the prices offered by
     the Proposer are fair and reasonable. For a price analysis, the prices for procurements with similar specifications and
     similar quantities of coaches will be compared to the prices received in the single proposal. Where differences exist, a
     detailed analysis will be conducted to determine the factors that might cause the difference such as escalation and
     technical performance requirements.

      A cost analysis may also be conducted if necessary to determine if the proposed prices in the proposal are fair and
      reasonable. During a cost analysis, the individual cost elements used by the proposer(s) to generate the prices shown
      in the Price Proposal(s) will be examined. Each cost element will be evaluated for profit and reasonable estimates of
      labor and material. Subcontractor costs may also be examined in the same manner.

      The City is not obligated to accept a single proposal for the Standard Low Floor, Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches. If a
      price or cost analysis is required, the date of contract award may be extended by 90 days.

14. PROPOSERS' OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE CAMPAIGN REFORM ORDINANCE
  Proposers must comply with Section 1.126 of the S.F. Campaign and Governmental Conduct Code, which states:

  No person who contracts with the City and County of San Francisco for the rendition of personal services, for the
  furnishing of any material, supplies or equipment to the City, or for selling any land or building to the City, whenever such
  transaction would require approval by a City elective officer, or the board on which that City elective officer serves, shall
  make any contribution to such an officer, or candidates for such an office, or committee controlled by such officer or
  candidate at any time between commencement of negotiations and the later of either (1) the termination of negotiations for
  such contract, or (2) three months have elapsed from the date the contract is approved by the City elective officer or the
  board on which that City elective officer serves.

  If a proposer is negotiating for a contract that must be approved by an elected local officer or the board on which that
  officer serves, during the negotiation period the proposer is prohibited from making contributions to:

     the officer’s re-election campaign
     a candidate for that officer’s office committee
     A committee controlled by the officer or candidate.
  The negotiation period begins with the first point of contact, either by telephone, in person, or in writing, when a
  contractor approaches any city officer or employee about a particular contract, or a city officer or employee initiates
  communication with a potential contractor about a contract. The negotiation period ends when a contract is awarded or
  not awarded to the contractor. Examples of initial contacts include: (i) a vendor contacts a city officer or employee to
  promote himself or herself as a candidate for a contract; and (ii) a city officer or employee contacts a contractor to propose
  that the contractor apply for a contract. Inquiries for information about a particular contract, requests for documents
  relating to a Request for Proposal, and requests to be placed on a mailing list do not constitute negotiations.
  Violation of Section 1.126 may result in the following criminal, civil, or administrative penalties:
      a) Criminal. Any person who knowingly or willfully violates section 1.126 is subject to a fine of up to $5,000 and a
      jail term of not more than six months, or both.
      b) Civil. Any person who intentionally or negligently violates section 1.126 may be held liable in a civil action
      brought by the civil prosecutor for an amount up to $5,000.
      c) Administrative. Any person who intentionally or negligently violates section 1.126 may be held liable in an
      administrative proceeding before the Ethics Commission held pursuant to the Charter for an amount up to $5,000 for
      each violation.
      For further information, proposers should contact the San Francisco Ethics Commission at (415) 581-2300.
15. APPEALS AND PROTEST PROCEDURES
  The procedure for filing a protest is included in Appendix E, Attachment 2, Protest Procedures. The proposer shall
  comply with the requirements of FTA Circular 4220.1E regarding protests to FTA.
16. FURTHER INFORMATION, CLARIFICATIONS, QUESTIONS OR CONCERNS
  For further information, clarifications, questions or concerns regarding Contractual Provisions and Technical
  Specifications, contact:

                                                       Elson Hao, P.E
                                                      Project Manager
                                              San Francisco Municipal Railway
                                           Fleet Procurement Engineering Section
                                                  700 Pennsylvania Avenue
                                               San Francisco, CA 94107-3443
                                                    Tel: (415)-401-3196
                                                    Fax: (415)-401-3218

  Modifications to the contractual provisions or specifications, prior to submission of proposals, will be made only by
  written “Change Notices.”

  NOTES:
  1. Exceptions may be taken to sections of the commercial terms and conditions in accordance with Volume 1. Part IV,
     Price Proposal Section 3, Commercial Terms and Conditions Exceptions. Proposers may discuss their exceptions to
     the commercial terms and conditions during the negotiation process; however, there is no guarantee that the City can
     or will negotiate or change any of the proposed exceptions to the commercial terms and conditions.

  2.   The proposers may propose exceptions to the Technical Specifications in accordance with Volume 1 Part III,
       Technical Proposal, Section 12, Technical Specification Exceptions.

  3.   The proposers may propose equals to the Technical Specifications in accordance with Volume 1 Part III, Technical
       Proposal, Section 13, Proposed Equals.

  4.   Please be aware of the proposal format and content submittal requirements as indicated in Volume 1 Part III,
       Technical Proposal Section 2; and Part IV, Price Proposal, Section 2.

  5.   PROPOSERS SHALL NOT SUBMIT EXCEPTIONS to sections of the commercial terms and conditions or the
       Technical Specifications and PROPOSERS SHALL NOT PROPOSE EQUALS to the Technical Specifications as
       part of the BAFO. Proposer’s BAFO submittals must be fully compliant with the Contract Documents, including all
       Change Notices.

  6.   Reference Volume 1, RFP, Part II, Section 6.G Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and other
       Responsibility Matters, please be reminded of the following:

       Each bidder must include the debarment and suspension certification clause in all solicitations for lower tier
       participants with prospective contracts that will exceed $25,000. These potential subcontractors must also certify to
       the statements in the certification.

  7.   Reference Volume 1, RFP, Part II, Section 11.B.iv, Documentation and Appendix A, Attachment 3,
       CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING, please be reminded of the following:

       The Contractor must obtain lobbying certificates, along with disclosure statements, if applicable, from all
       subcontractors with subcontracts in excess of $100,000. These should be submitted to Elson Hao, at the address
       indicated on Volume 1, RFP, Part II, Section 17, for Further Information, Clarifications, Questions or Concerns, as
       soon as the subcontracts are awarded.
                                         III. TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
                                       FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF
              STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES


1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
  The City wishes to receive Technical Proposals that are clear and concise and explain how the proposer will meet the
  requirements of this procurement. Statements merely indicating that the proposer will meet specific requirements are not
  acceptable. Unless specifically noted as an exception to the Technical Specifications or these contract documents, the City
  assumes that the proposer will meet all requirements and conditions.

  A. Number of Copies
     Ten (10) bound copies and one (1) original unbound copy (Master—suitable for reproduction) of the Technical
     Proposal shall be provided. In addition to the above, and packaged separately, the proposer shall provide three (3)
     copies each of the most recent maintenance, parts, and operator’s manuals, and parts price lists.

      Changed pages or additional information provided as part of the BAFO submission shall be provided in the same
      quantities as indicated above. Each BAFO page shall be suitable (punched holes) for replacement or addition to the
      existing pages. No additional copies of maintenance, parts and operator’s manuals, or parts lists are required.

  B. Language and Units of Measure
     All language in the proposal shall be in English. For the proposal submission and the performance of the contract, all
     measurements may be in U.S. units or metric units. If metric units are provided, the City requires that U.S. unit
     equivalents also be provided (inches, pounds, etc.).

  C. Clarity and Completeness
     Proposal brevity and clarity are desired. The City will not be obligated to expend extraordinary effort if the proposal
     is unclear, difficult to assess, and/or incomplete. Such proposals may be classified unacceptable.

  D. Clarification Meetings
     Proposers within the competitive range may be requested to meet for clarification meetings. Such proposers will be
     notified of the time and place of the meeting and the subject matter to be clarified.

2. FORMAT AND CONTENT
  Each proposal shall be organized and numbered as indicated below. Dividers shall be included in each copy (except the
  one (1) original unbound master copy–suitable for reproduction) to separate each section of the proposal. Pages for each
  Section of the proposal shall be numbered consecutively beginning with Page 01. The Technical Proposal Signature Page
  can be found on pages III-10 and III-11.
  Cover Letter
  Table of Contents
       I. Signature Page (Pages III-10 and III-11)
      II. Technical Characteristics
           Items 3A through 3K as indicated below in Section 3
     III. Certification, Test Results, Disclosure, and Demonstration
           Items 4A through 4D as indicated below in Section 4
     IV. Repair, Support and Warranty Information
           Items 5A through 5D as indicated below in Section 5
      V. Management Approach
           Items 6A through 6C as indicated below in Section 6
     VI. Completed Technical Proposal Worksheets, Follow-Up Service Worksheets, and Delivery Schedule Worksheets
           (see Appendix B, 1A, 1B, 1C)
    VII. Past Experience
           Items 8A through 8E as indicated below in Section 8
   VIII. References
           Items 9A and 9B as indicated below in Section 9
     IX. Quality Assurance
           Items 10A through 10J as indicated below in Section 10
      X. Training and Publications
           Items 11A and 11B as indicated below in Section 11
     XI. Technical Specification Exceptions
           Items 12A through 12E as indicated below in Section 12
    XII. Proposed Equals
          Items 13A through 13B as indicated below in Section 13

  For the BAFO, the proposer shall not submit a complete proposal. Where changes to the proposal are required in order to
  respond to changes in the specification, the Proposer shall submit changed pages only. Proposer shall indicate exactly
  where in the proposal the changed pages are to be exchanged or added. Each BAFO page shall be suitable (punched
  holes) for replacement or addition to the existing pages.

3. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
  Each technical proposal shall provide, but not be limited to, the information requested below. Where appropriate, supply
  detail and installation drawings:

  A. .External and chassis dimensions and layouts
     1. Supply the following exterior views: left side, right side, front, rear, and roof.
     2. Supply a turning envelope diagram, including rear corner swing out.
     3. Supply dimensional diagram of hoisting, jacking and towing points.
     4. Supply a right side and top view layout of the chassis, showing the locations of major sub-systems.
     5. Supply installation and detail design drawings for the front and rear suspensions, propulsion system, and
         driveline.

  B. Internal Dimensions and Layout
     1. Supply plan in left and right elevations of proposed seating, stanchion and handrail layout. The seat spacing,
         aisles, front platform, and tie-down areas should be dimensioned. Supply aisle width between front and rear
         wheelhouses, hip to knee distance for all forward-facing seating, correct stepwell dimensions, location of modesty
         panels and location of driver's wrap-around barrier and driver's seat. Note locations of any floor slopes and the
         amount of slope in percent grade. It is strongly preferred that the plan view and left and right elevations are
         shown on an 11 x 17 inch drawing.
     2. Supply a dimensioned plan view of wheelchair tie down locations and the turning diagram of the ADA mobility
         aid device moving from the raised ramp through the front platform area to the area between the front
         wheelhouses.
     3. Provide a drawing of ramp showing width at the platform, length between the raised barriers, height of the
         barriers, slope of the ramp (kneeled), and total deployed distance from the side of the bus.
    4.   Provide a drawing clearly showing the wheelchair maneuvering room in as much detail as shown in Attachment
         11, Vol. 2. See also Section 3.7.5.1, Maneuvering Room of the Technical Specifications – Vol. 2.

C. Overall Vehicle Requirements
   1. Provide information on how the vehicle will be compliant with California Code of Regulations, Title 13, Section
      1956.1 at the time of delivery to MUNI.
   2. Discuss measures taken to reduce the wheelchair ramp angle to below the specification requirement as specified
      in Section 3.6, Wheelchair Loading System, of the Technical Specification, Volume 2. Also discuss design
      features that address the issue of wheelchair access in general.
   3. What steps have been taken to keep the weight on the axles as low as possible?
   4. Provide information on the weight distribution between the front and rear axles.
   5. How are reflections in the windshield effectively eliminated for the driver? The explanation must include
      detailed information on interior reflections, night glare etc.
   6. Discuss measures taken to minimize interior and exterior noise; note specific measures used to quiet the engine,
      motor, and other propulsion sub-systems; if the bus will be noticeably quieter than specified, supply test results
      on a nearly identical bus and the testing procedures for evaluation by MUNI.
   7. Provide data on the expected sound level in the passenger area when bus is operating including noise from
      ventilating fans.
   8. CARB certification – Proof or plan.
   9. Wheelchair Ramp.

D. Performance Curves
   1. Supply coach performance curves and data, indicating time, distance, speed, acceleration, complete engine and
       motor usage (second by second) and energy storage system state of charge (during the entire set of performance
       runs) for a coach at the load referenced in Section 1.3 of the Technical Specification-Volume 2 for 0%, 5%, 10%,
       16% and 21% grades.
   2. Supply coach performance curves and data for the speed reduction operation of the regenerative braking system
       for the grades and load required in D.1 above. Include specific second by second data showing regenerative
       electrical power captured.
   3. Discuss how the gear ratios (motor, rear axle, and any other gear ratio transfer device) have been selected for
       optimal performance in San Francisco and designed for maximum life.

E. Vehicle Structure
   1. Describe the type of bus structure used.
   2. What materials will be used to construct the bus including chassis or frame, side sheets, roof sheets and end caps.
   3. Describe where riveting, arc welding and resistance welding will be used in the bus construction.
   4. What is used for interior paneling and how is it retained?
   5. Show how the design of the wheelwells meets specification requirements. Provide plan and side views of all
       wheelwells.
   6. Describe the thermal and sound insulation used in the roof and sidewalls.
   7. How does the design of the bus and its components preclude resonant vibrations?
   8. Explain how the design of the bus meets the requirements for fatigue life?
   9. If fiberglass wheel housing is proposed, explain how they are shielded from heat generated by the braking
       systems.
   10. Explain how the requirements for corrosion resistance are met.
   11. Describe preparations for painting, all filler and primers used and topcoat application.
   12. Where is the radio compartment and, if it is not inside, why not?
   13. Describe provisions and methods for towing and lifting the bus from either end. Describe hoisting and      jacking
       points.

F   Furnishings
    1. How are the door edges sealed to keep water and drafts out of the bus?
    2. Describe the thickness and quality of all windows glass used?
    3. Explain how window hardware is non-corroding.
    4. Describe accessibility of the windshield wiper motor and washer equipment?
    5. Describe the design of the interior lighting system, including compatibility of ballasts and lamps?
    6. Which exterior lamps do you prefer to use and why.
    7.  Where is the rear route number sign located and how is maintenance accessibility accomplished.
    8.  Describe outside access panels, including opening assists, latches and corrosion proof features?
    9.  Describe all floor hatches, their latches and the treatment of the opening in the floor?
    10. Describe the design effort to ensure maximum readability of the dot matrix signs by intending passengers. Show
        how a 60 inch (152.4 cm) tall person can easily read the front and side signs while standing 36 inches (91.4 cm)
        away from the bus at various angles to the vertical centerline of the bus?
    11. Describe the details of the passenger signal system.
    12. To what extent are flush mounted exterior lights utilized, and where.

G. Driver's Station and Controls
   1. Detail the design that has gone into making the driver's station a safe, comfortable place to work with controls
       within easy reach. Detail where hybrid-electric system controls differ from conventional bus controls.
   2. Provide fully dimensioned plan and elevation drawings of the driver's station, meeting MUNI’s requirements, that
       you plan to supply; include the barrier, seat, steering column, pedals, dashboard and side console, windows,
       visors, and shades.
   3. Supply a drawing of the driver's window.
   4. How will the exterior and interior mirrors proposed meet the specification requirements?
   5. Describe locations for mounting radio equipment in the driver's station?

H. Chassis
   1. How are all engine accessories driven?
   2. Describe accessibility of engine accessories and routinely serviced engine components.
   3. Describe the cooling system including accessibility for radiator, charge air and oil cooler cleaning.
   4. Describe all propulsion system removal procedures (engine, generator, motor, batteries, etc).
   5. What type of air actuated disc brake system is supplied?
   6. Describe the operation of the propulsion and hill holding system (if auto) regenerative braking system.
   7. Describe the operation of the parking and emergency brake and the hill holder(if manual).
   8. Describe the propulsion system mounting and the methods and materials used to isolate vibrations from the
       propulsion system.
   9. Describe the hydraulic pumps and their transit experience.
   10. How will the heating and ventilation system meet the specification requirements?
   11. What are the components of the heating and ventilating system and how have they been designed for long
       operation and low maintenance?
   12. Describe the driver's heater and demister.
   13. Describe the design of the ramp and its integration into the bus structure.

          NOTE: MUNI has operational and liability concerns with ramp angles during the wheelchair loading &
          unloading process due to the high number of stop locations in the service area without curbs. The proposer
          needs to address the ramp angle and how it can be minimized to reduce the chances of wheelchair rollback /
          roll over.

    14. Explain how the bus suspension is designed, and how it is suitable for and proven in transit service.
    15. Describe the vehicle maximum load allowance.
    16. Supply component manufacturers’ information on required lubrication, fuel and coolant products for the
        following:
        a. Engine - oil, fuel, coolant
        b. Motor - lubrication and coolant
        c. Generator – lubrication and coolant system
        d. Batteries or capacitors – coolant system
        e. Differential - oil
        f. Power steering - oil
        g. Lift/ramp - Lubricant
        h. Chassis - grease
        i. Front wheel bearings - lubrication
  I.   Electrical
       1. Describe in detail the low voltage wiring system including wire type, terminations, terminal boards, multiple pin
           connectors, shielding for RFI/EMI, wire numbering methods, overload protection, and insulation color codes.
       2. Describe in detail the high voltage wiring system (with inclusions such as in item 1, above) with special emphasis
           on safety features. Specifically detail any operational or maintenance activity that could pose a higher than
           normal safety risk.
       3. Describe in detail the propulsion system and hill holding system(if automatic).
       4. Describe the operation of the propulsion and hill holding system (if auto) regenerative braking system.
       5. Describe in detail the energy storage system.
       6. Describe how the overall electrical system has been designed to be modular, reliable, easily maintainable, and
           safe to operate.
       7. Describe in detail the function of the multiplex wiring system.
       8. Explain how electrical and electronic noise has been minimized.
       9. Describe any components that will not meet the illustrated parts manual requirements in Section 9.2.3 of the
           Technical Specifications-Volume 2.
       10. Explain how the bus electric, electrical, and control systems are diagnosed and explain any self-diagnostic
           capability.

  J.   Materials
       1. Describe any material, which could produce toxic smoke or gases during collision repair.
       2. Describe your experience in supplying materials, which meet the requirements of Section 1.15 and 7.1 of the
          Technical Specifications-Volume 2.
       3. Are you proposing any materials, which do not meet the requirements of Section 7.1.1, Hazardous Materials, of
          the Technical Specifications-Volume 2? If so explain why.
       4. Are you proposing any materials, which do not meet the requirements of Section 7.1.2, Consumables, of the
          Technical Specifications-Volume 2? If so explain why.
       5. How have electrical wire and cable insulation been selected to minimize fire and toxic smoke hazards?

  K. APU and Hybrid-Electric Drive
     1. Provide a description of the hybrid-electric drive system offered in your proposal, including:
        a. Motor(s)
        b. Generator
        c. Energy storage system (ESS)
        d. Inverter
        e. All system controllers
        f. Cooling system

       2.   Provide a description of the engine, including:
            a. Current or planned transit applications, and usage outside of transit (if applicable).
            b. Recalls and re-designs within the past 5 years.
            c. Describe any problems the engine model has experienced and how they were handled.

       3.   Explain why this APU and hybrid-electric drive were chosen for this proposal.
       4.   Explain the operating characteristics and control logic of the hybrid-electric system.
       5.   Provide technical data and other supporting documentation for engine integration with an emphasis on reliability,
            performance, and regulatory compliance.
       6.   Describe any operational features that are different from a conventional propulsion system.
       7.   Provide a 14-year life-cycle replacement analysis for the engine, ESS, and each hybrid-electric drive system
            component.
       8.   Describe the audible noise and vibration from the engine and hybrid-electric drive systems.

4. CERTIFICATION, TEST RESULTS, DISCLOSURE, AND DEMONSTRATION
  A. CARB Certification
     Supply detailed documentation on compliance with California Code of Regulations, Title 13, section 1956.1. This
     should include a detailed certification plan (from both parties, for 2-party certification), including recent testing and
     emissions data supporting the plan(s). Application(s) for certification with CARB should also be included, and
     information on intermediate steps (monthly update or as it becomes available) should be provided to MUNI in support
      of the Proposer’s certification plan. Final certification documents must be provided to Muni prior to vehicle delivery
      (including the prototype, unless Muni approves delivery of the prototype under an experimental exemption).

  B. Strength Requirement
     Certification by the Proposer that the proposed vehicle meets all of the requirements of the baseline advance design
     coach strength requirements in Section 2.1 of the Technical Specifications-Volume 2. The certification must state the
     dates of compliance testing. MUNI will consider these requirements satisfied if the Components that have been
     modified or added since that date have been tested and found to comply with those requirements.

  C. Altoona Test Results
     Supply a copy of the test report if the bus being proposed is identical or basically similar to a bus that has been tested
     in the FTA test program (ref: 49 CFR Part 665 or latest).

      Supply a list of all coaches manufactured by the Proposer that have been tested at Altoona or are presently undergoing
      testing.

  D. Structural Defect and Correction Disclosure
     Any Proposer whose bus has been involved in a structurally related fleet defect (failures requiring replacement,
     repairs, retrofitting or design revisions on 10% or more of any bus order) at any transit property in the United States or
     outside of the US in the last five years shall submit the following information: a description of the failure; the results
     of a detailed investigation of the failure; a detailed structural analysis; and repair or re-design information, including
     any necessary finite element analysis of the complete structure to eliminate any defect on any part of the structure. All
     failures involving basic body structure, axles, and suspension are considered structurally related failures for the
     purposes of this paragraph. Any engineering reports submitted to MUNI shall be detailed and must include proof of
     accuracy of loads and other operating conditions.

  E. Demonstration Bus
     Please provide a recent production bus, if requested by City during the clarification meetings (See Request For
     Proposal, Section 5.A, Evaluation of Technical and Price Proposals), for inspection by MUNI in San Francisco for a
     maximum of 10 working days. The bus would not be placed in revenue service. The bus should be the length, width,
     and have the under body clearance configuration being proposed. MUNI prefers that the propulsion system, energy
     storage system, engine, rear axle ratio and ramp be as specified. The demonstrator bus would be evaluated for
     maintenance accessibility, manufacturing and assembly quality control, drivability, wiring and any other relevant
     features that can be determined from a bus built for another transit property. MUNI may also request a performance
     test of the bus, consisting of an 85-passenger equivalent load on grades up to 21%. Proposers should include a one-
     page handout comparing bus features on the bus proposed to MUNI with the corresponding bus features on the
     demonstration bus. If the City requests the demonstration bus, the bus should be able to negotiate all San Francisco
     bus routes, with only the tires making contact with the ground.

5. REPAIR, SUPPORT AND WARRANTY INFORMATION
  A. Mean Repair Times
     Identification of the mean repair times for all routine maintenance activities, including preventative maintenance
     (P.M.) inspections, brake relining, small component replacement, and all other frequently required maintenance tasks.

  B. Field Service Support
     A detailed description of the Proposer's field service and support network including Hybrid system support to be
     provided under this Contract. Include names, phone numbers, locations and size of territory.

      The support described in Section 10.1.7 of the Technical Specifications-Volume 2 is a minimum; describe any
      additional service representative support to which the Proposer is willing to commit.

  C. Parts Supply System
     A description of the parts supply system for the bus, including locations of parts warehouses, percentage of parts
     routinely stocked in the U.S., and average time between receipt of parts order and shipment of order.

      Describe your parts ordering procedure, including any "coach down" or emergency procedures and the availability of
      parts storage locally during the warranty period.
       Are bar coded parts available now? If not, when?

  D. Warranty Processing System
     A description of the Proposer's warranty processing system including a sample claim form acceptable to the Proposer.

6. MANAGEMENT APPROACH
  This section of the proposal shall include the management approach and shall contain as a minimum the information
  indicated below.

  A. Organization
     Provide a proposed organizational chart showing key individuals, including the project manager and their authority
     and responsibility.

  B. Schedules
     The baseline CPM schedule shall provide design, prototype, and production coach schedules showing the key
     milestones listed in the following sections:

              Section 7 (Payments), Part IV, Agreement, Vol. 1
              Section 8 (Deliveries), Part IV, Agreement, Vol. 1
              Section 13 (Delivery Schedule), Technical Specifications, Vol. 2

       The baseline CPM shall be formatted as a bar chart by week, beginning with Notice to Proceed and ending with
       delivery of the last bus. Include MUNI review periods for submittals, prototype testing, and acceptance testing. The
       sheet shall be no larger than 11 inches  17 inches.

  C. Approach to Work
     Provide a description of where and how the work will be carried out. Provide a description that will describe the
     manner in which the coach will be coordinated from design review through final coach delivery.

7. TECHNICAL PROPOSAL WORKSHEET, FOLLOW-UP SERVICE WORKSHEET, AND DELIVERY
   SCHEDULE WORKSHEET
  The Technical Proposal Worksheet, Follow-up Service Worksheet, and Delivery Schedule Worksheet included in
  Appendix B-Volume 1 RFP shall be completed in their entirety.

  For the BAFO, the Technical Proposal Worksheet, Follow-Up Service Worksheet and Delivery Schedule Worksheet
  (Attachment No. 4) issued with BAFO Change Notice No. 7 shall be completed in their entirety for each BAFO
  submitted.

8. PAST EXPERIENCE
  This section of the proposal shall describe the relevant experience of the Proposer in the manufacture of Standard Low
  Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches. The following shall be identified:

  A.   Name, location and contact person of each property for whom you have manufactured coaches;
  B.   Quantity of coaches manufactured;
  C.   Configuration;
  D.   Year deployed;
  E.   Scheduling problems, change orders, liquidated damages and/or claims on previous contracts.

9. REFERENCES
  The Proposer shall provide five customer references to demonstrate that similar work has been successfully performed in
  the past. Each referenced project shall have:

  A. Customer’s name, address, and telephone number of a current client employee who is familiar with the Proposer’s
     work;
  B. If the customer is overseas, an employee who can speak English shall be provided as the reference.
10. QUALITY ASSURANCE
   The Proposer shall provide the following quality assurance documentation:

   A.   Recent quality assurance program plan and ISO 9000 certification status;
   B.   List of internal quality assurance documents and excerpts of relevant sections;
   C.   Quality assurance documents and excerpts relevant to evaluation of subcontractors and/or sub-suppliers;
   D.   Forms used on the production line to record and track quality problems.

   In addition, provide answers to the following:

   E.   Explain how the design goal of 6000 miles between failures can realistically be reached.
   F.   Describe in-plant quality assurance organization and procedures.
   G.   Describe how welders in the bus assembly plant are certified.
   H.   Describe the testing program to ensure quality welds.
   I.   Detail how any off-site welding is inspected and tested.
   J.   Describe the coach water tightness test method and procedure.

11. TRAINING AND PUBLICATIONS
   For the contract deliverables listed below, the Proposer shall provide the following information:

   A. Training
      Provide a brief description of your training program plan based upon the training section (Section 9.1 of the
      Technical Specifications-Vol. 2). Include a brief description of what will be provided for the Interactive Multimedia
      Training as described in Section 9.1.11 of the Technical Specifications-Vol. 2.

   B. Maintenance and Operations Manuals
      Provide a brief description of the manuals and the format used based upon Section 9.2 of the Technical Specifications-
      Volume 2. Include a brief description of what will be provided for the computerized maintenance management
      system as described in Section 9.2.7 of the Technical Specifications-Volume 2. Include excerpts from current
      manuals to give MUNI an indication of your capabilities. Supply a proposed delivery schedule, keyed to bus
      deliveries, for all manuals. Describe how manuals and their updates will be conveyed to MUNI through “on-line”
      capability.

12. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION EXCEPTIONS
   The Proposer shall identify proposed exceptions to the Technical Specifications. This shall be done in the following
   manner:

   A.   Number each proposed exception sequentially, starting with Proposed Technical Exception #1;
   B.   Identify the reason that an exception is proposed;
   C.   Provide an explanation of benefits to MUNI for such an exception;
   D.   Provide a suggested change to the wording of the Technical Specifications;
   E.   Include the estimated cost difference between City’s Technical Specification and your proposed technical
        specification exception(s).

   Exceptions shall be provided by displaying a copy of the section of the Technical Specifications on a sheet of paper;
   circling the portion to which exception is being taken; and then addressing the items noted above.

   PROPOSERS SHALL NOT SUBMIT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION EXCEPTIONS as part of the BAFO. Proposer’s
   BAFO submittals must be fully compliant with the contract documents including all Change Notices.

13. PROPOSED EQUALS
   The proposer shall identify proposed equals to the Technical Specifications-Volume 2. This shall be done in the following
   manner:

   A. Number each proposed equal sequentially, starting with Proposed Equal #1;
   B. Identify the reason the exception is proposed;
   C. Provide and explanation of benefits to MUNI for such an exception.
   D. Provide a suggested change to the wording of the Technical Specifications;

   E. Include the estimated cost difference between the City’s Technical Specification and your proposed technical
      specification exception(s).

   Equals shall be provided by displaying a copy of the section of the Technical Specification on a sheet of paper, circling the
   portion to which an equal is being proposed, and then addressing the items noted above.

   PROPOSERS SHALL NOT SUBMIT PROPOSED EQUALS as part of the BAFO. Proposer’s BAFO submittals must be
   fully compliant with the contract documents including all Change Notices.

14. SOLE BID EVALUATION / PRICE PROPOSAL EXTENSION
   In the event there is a single proposal which qualifies for this procurement, resulting in a sole source procurement
   consideration, MUNI will exercise the right to extend the proposed pricing an additional ninety days. This allows for
   further investigation of the proposal and justification for proceeding with a sole source procurement.
                                TECHNICAL PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE
                                           FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF
                STANDARD LOW FLOOR, HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES

                                                                                     Date:
    City and County of San Francisco
    MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY

    700 Pennsylvania Ave., San Francisco, CA 94107

Attention: Elson Hao, Project Manager

This Technical Proposal is submitted by: ____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Business Address: _____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Telephone Number: ____________________________________________________________________________________

    The undersigned, as Proposer, declares that the only persons interested in the proposal as Principals are those named
    herein; that this proposal is made without collusion with any other person, firm, or corporation; and that this Proposer has
    received and has carefully examined the contract documents on file with and available from the Municipal Railway
    Department, as specified in the Request for Proposals.

    Proposer agrees if this proposal is accepted, to enter into said contract with the City and County of San Francisco
    (hereinafter called “City”), which contract documents are understood by Proposer.

    Proposer hereby agrees to fabricate and sell Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches to the City in accordance with the terms of
    said contract documents.

    It is understood and agreed that Proposer shall, subsequent to proposal opening, promptly furnish information deemed
    pertinent by the City regarding any article, component, or service required hereunder which Proposer proposes to furnish.

    Proposer agrees to maintain the Technical Proposal in effect for 120 calendar days from the date of submission.

    Failure to acknowledge receipt of Change Notices may be cause for rejection.

    Proposer acknowledges receipt of Change Notices:

    No.                                                                           Date




    If the proposal is made by an individual it shall be signed by him or her and if he or she is doing business under a fictitious
    name the proposal shall so state. If the proposal is made by a partnership, the full names and addresses of all members and
    the address of the partnership shall be stated and the proposal shall be signed for all members by one or more members
thereof. If the proposal is made by a corporation, it shall be signed in the corporate name by an authorized officer or
officers. In addition, a certified copy of the corporate resolution authorizing said officer or officers (by name) to execute
the proposal should be attached thereto. If the proposal is made by a joint venture, the full names and addresses of all
members of the joint venture shall be stated and the proposal shall be signed by each partner of the joint venture.

   “Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier Covered
                                                Transactions”

 (1) The prospective contractor or lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this bid or proposal, that neither it nor
     its “principals” [as defined at 49 CFR § 29.105(p) or latest version] is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for
     debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal
     department or agency.

 (2) When the prospective contractor or lower tier participant is unable to certify to the statements in this certification,
     such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.



Signature:

Name (Typed):

Title:

Signature:

Name (Typed):

Title:

Signature:

Name (Typed):

Title:
                                            FOR PROPOSER’S USE
                                   Reference Part III –Technical Proposal
Have you submitted the following?                                                                                           
Cover Letter

Table of Contents

I.    Signature Page (Pages III-10 and III-11)

II.   Technical Characteristics
      Items 3A through 3K as indicated in Section 3, RFP, III Technical proposal
III. Certification, Test Results, Disclosure, and Demonstration
      Items 4A through 4D as indicated in Section 4, RFP, III Technical proposal
IV. Repair, Support and Warranty Information
      Items 5A through 5D as indicated in Section 5, RFP, III Technical proposal
V.    Management Approach
      Items 6A through 6C as indicated in Section 6, RFP, III Technical proposal
VI. Completed Technical Proposal Worksheets, Follow-Up Service Worksheets, and Delivery
      Schedule Worksheets (see Appendix B-Volume 1)
VII. Past Experience
      Items 8A through 8E as indicated in Section 8, RFP, III Technical proposal
VIII. References
      Items 9A and 9B as indicated in Section 9, RFP, III Technical proposal
IX. Quality Assurance
      Items 10A through 10J as indicated in Section 10, RFP, III Technical proposal
X.    Training and Publications
      Items 11A and 11B as indicated in Section 11, RFP, III Technical proposal
XI. Technical Specification Exceptions
      Items 12A through 12E as indicated in Section 12, RFP, III Technical proposal
XII. Proposed Equals
      Items 13A through 13B as indicated in Section 13, RFP, III Technical proposal

XIII. CARB Certification Application and Certification Plan




NOTE:

The Checklist is to assist you in the preparation of the proposals; however, it is not a guarantee that your bid is complete or
responsive, even if all elements of the checklist are completed.
                                              IV. PRICE PROPOSAL
                           FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF
               STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
  A. Number of Copies
     Proposer shall provide four (4) bound copies and one (1) original unbound copy (Master – suitable for reproduction)
     of the Price Proposal.
  B. Language and Units of Currency
     Proposals shall be in the English language. All prices shall be in U.S. dollars, and shall be the total price delivered F.
     O. B. to the destinations set forth in Volume 1. Part V, Agreement.
  C. Clarity and Completeness
     Proposals shall be made on the forms provided, and shall be typewritten or clearly written in ink. All blank spaces on
     the forms shall be filled in. No erasures shall be permitted. The City will not be obligated to expend extraordinary
     effort if the proposal is unclear, difficult to assess, and/or incomplete. Such proposals may be classified unacceptable.
2. FORMAT AND CONTENT
  Each Proposal shall be organized and numbered as indicated below. Dividers shall be included in each copy (except the
  one (1) original unbound master copy – suitable for reproduction) to separate each section of the proposal.
  Table of Contents
  I. Signature Page (Pages IV-2 and IV-3)
  II. Schedule of Prices for the coaches being proposed (Page IV-4)
  III. Spare Parts List (Schedule 1A)
  IV. Special Tools (Schedule 1B)
  V. Questionnaire on Recruitment, Hiring and Training Practices (see Appendix D)
  VI. Certifications - Buy America, Business Tax Certificate Requirement/Declaration and Nondiscrimination in Contracts
       and Benefits/Chapter 12B Declaration as included in Appendix A, and the Transit Vehicle Manufacturers Certification
       of Compliance with 49 CFR Part 26, as indicated in Appendix D.
  VII. Commercial Exceptions
       Items 3A through 3C as indicated in Section 3 below.
  A proposal bond (bid bond), cashiers or certified check, or money order in the amount of $1,000,000.00 must accompany
  the proposer’s primary Price Proposal. If a second price proposal is submitted, insert a copy of the proposal bond (bid
  bond), cashier’s or certified check, or money order (see appendix C).
  For the BAFO, Attachments No. 2 and 3, issued with BAFO Change Notice No. 7 shall be completed in their entirety for
  each BAFO submitted. Items V, VI, and VII above are not required for the BAFO. The BAFO Price Proposals shall be
  submitted as instructed in Section 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
3. COMMERCIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS EXCEPTIONS
  The Proposer shall specifically identify any proposed exceptions to the Commercial Terms and Conditions. This shall be
  done in the following manner:
  A. Number each proposed exception sequentially, starting with Proposed Commercial Exception #1;
  B. Identify the reason that an exception is proposed;
  C. Provide a suggested change to the wording of the Commercial Terms and Conditions.
  Exceptions shall be provided by displaying a copy of the section of the Commercial Terms and Conditions on a sheet of
  paper, circling the portion to which exception is being taken, and then addressing the items noted above.
  PROPOSERS SHALL NOT SUBMIT COMMERCIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS EXCEPTIONS as part of the
  BAFO. Proposer’s BAFO submittals must be fully compliant with the contract documents including all Change Notices.
                                 PRICE PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE
                                       FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF
            STANDARD LOW FLOOR, HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES
                                                                                Date:
City and County of San Francisco
Municipal Railway Department - 700Pennsylvania Ave.,
San Francisco, CA 94107

Attention: Elson Hao, Project Manager

This Price Proposal is submitted by:



Business Address:



Telephone Number:

The undersigned, as Proposer, declares that the only persons interested in the proposal as Principals are those named
herein; that this proposal is made without collusion with any other person, firm, or corporation; and that this Proposer has
received and has carefully examined the contract documents on file with and available from the Municipal Railway
Department, as specified in the Request for Proposals.

Proposer agrees if this Proposal is accepted, to enter into said contract with the City and County of San Francisco
(hereinafter called “City”), which contract documents are understood by Proposer. Proposer shall include unit prices and
total prices as indicated for Items 1 through 8 on Schedule of Prices 1, as applicable. Proposer shall also include unit
prices and total prices as indicated for Spare Parts and Special Tools on Schedules 1A and B, as applicable.

Proposer agrees to furnish items listed below to the City in accordance with the terms of said contract documents at the
prices listed below.

A proposal bond (bid bond), cashiers or certified check, or money order in the amount of $1,000,000.00 is attached hereto
as a proposal bid security.

It is understood and agreed by this Proposer that, should its proposal be accepted and award made to it and Proposer fails
or refuses to furnish the required bonds and insurance certificates within 20 days after receiving notice from the Municipal
Railway Department to file such documents, or fails or refuses to properly execute and return the Agreement, the
Department may, at its option, determine that this Proposer has abandoned its proposal. Thereupon, the award of said
contract to this Proposer shall be null and void, and the full principal amount of the proposal bond (bid bond) shall be
payable to the City and County of San Francisco (or the cashier’s or certified check or money order accompanying its
proposal shall be deposited with the Treasurer of the City and County of San Francisco for collection) and the proceeds
thereof shall be retained by the City as partial liquidated damages for failure of such Proposer to properly execute the
Agreement or file the documents herein required. The foregoing in no way limits the damages, which are recoverable by
the City whether or not, defined elsewhere in the contract documents.

It is understood and agreed that Proposer shall, subsequent to proposal opening, promptly furnish information deemed
pertinent by MUNI regarding any article, component, or service required hereunder which Proposer proposes to furnish.

Proposer agrees to maintain the Price Proposal in effect for 120 calendar days from the date of submission.

Failure to acknowledge receipt of Change Notices may be cause for rejection.

Proposer acknowledges receipt of Change Notices:

No.                                                                      Date
If the proposal is made by an individual, it shall be signed by him or her and if he or she is doing business under a
fictitious name the proposal shall so state. If the proposal is made by a partnership, the full name and addresses of all
members and the address of the partnership shall be stated and the proposal shall be signed for all members by one or more
members thereof. If the proposal is made by a corporation, it shall be signed in the corporate name, by an authorized
officer or officers. In addition, a certified copy of the corporate resolution authorizing said officer or officers (by name) to
execute the proposal should be attached thereto. If the proposal is made by a joint venture, the full names and addresses of
all members of the joint venture shall be stated and the proposal shall be signed by each partner to the joint venture.



Signature:

Name (Typed):

Title:

Signature:

Name (Typed):

Title:

Signature:

Name (Typed):

Title:
                             SCHEDULE 1 - SCHEDULE OF PRICES
                   STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES
    State and local sales, or use taxes are not to be included. City is exempt from federal excise taxes. (See Section 7. I of
    Part V, Agreement regarding other taxes and governmental charges.) All bid item prices shall be accurate reflections of
    the bid items proposed.

   No.       Qty.          Description                                                         Unit Price                    Total Price

    1.        1            Design, Manufacture, Testing and Acceptance of                      Lump Sum                  $         499,905.00
                           prototype vehicle

    2.        55           New Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel                       $      488,000.00         $       26,840,000.00
                           Coaches

    3.                     Spare Parts for Standard Low Floor Clean Hybrid-                    Lump Sum                  $         714,116.00
                           Electric Diesel Coaches (from Schedule 1A)

    4.                     Training for Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric                     Lump Sum                  $         295,604.00
                           Diesel Coaches

    5.                     Interactive Multimedia Training for Standard Low                    Lump Sum                  $         297,619.00
                           Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches

    6.                     Operating, Maintenance and Parts Manuals for                        Lump Sum                  $          37,856.00
                           Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel
                           Coaches

    7.                     Special Tools for Standard Low Floor Hybrid-                        Lump Sum                  $         628,801.00
                           Electric Diesel Coaches (from Schedule 1B)

    8.        56           Option to Purchase 1 - 56 Additional Standard Low               $       488,000.00 (x 56)     $       27,328,000.00
                           Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches                                          +PPI                          +PPI

    9         56           Option to Purchase Chassis Mounted Pedestrian                       Lump Sum                  $          84,728.00
                           Barrier (reference Vol.2-3.21)

                           Basis of Award (Items 1 through 9)                                  Grand Total               $       56,726,629.00



NOTE: The information requested below WILL NOT be part of the above “Schedule of Prices” evaluation.
          For the City’s information please furnish the extra cost incurred, if any, in the above bid prices, to comply with the City’s
          warranty requirements which are above the APTA Standard Procurement Guidelines.

          Complete Coach                           City requires                          2 years, 100,000 miles
                                                   APTA guidelines                        1 year, 50,000 miles
                   Extra cost incurred, if any, for additional 1-year, 50,000 mile Warranty                                  $        7,500.00

          Suspension                               City requires                          5 years, 300,000 miles
                                                   APTA guidelines                        3 years, 150,000 miles
                   Extra cost incurred, if any, for additional 2-year, 150,000 mile Warranty                                 $            8,500.00

          Basic Body Structure                   City requires                             5 years, 300,000 miles
                                                 APTA guidelines                           3 years, 150,000 miles
                   Extra cost incurred, if any, for additional 2-year, 150,000 mile Warranty                                 $            4,000.00
                                   SCHEDULE 1A
         SPARE PARTS LIST FOR STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL
                                     COACHES
If any item does not apply to your proposal please indicate “not applicable.”

Parts described as “assembly” shall be shipped with all parts for complete assembly but not assembled. Parts described as
“Complete” shall be shipped with all parts fully assembled.

   No.       Qty.         Unit          Description                                  Unit Price              Total Price

    1.        2           Each          Engine, Complete (includes controls          $       17,269.00       $       34,538.00
                                        and wiring harness)

    2.        2           Set           Propulsion System Generator and              $       97,060.00       $     194,120.00
                                        Drive Motor

    3.        2           Each          Exhaust after treatment devices              $        6,182.00       $       12,364.00

    4         2           Each          Power Inverter                               $       42,879.00       $       85,758.00

    5.        2           Set           Energy Storage System Unit(s)                $       29,369.00       $       58,738.00

    6.        2           Each          Propulsion System and Energy Storage         $       17,205.00       $       34,410.00
                                        Control Unit

    7.        1           Each          Propulsion system Wiring Harness’s           $        3,388.00       $        3,388.00

    8.        2           Each          Engine Radiator, Complete with               $        3,366.00       $        6,732.00
                                        Tank(s)

    9.        2           Each          Engine Auxiliary Radiator, Complete          $ Not Applicable        $ Not Applicable
                                        with Tank(s)

    10.       2           Each          Differential Carrier, Complete               $        2,306.00       $        4,612.00

    11.       2           Each          Rear Axle Housing, Assembly                  $        6,915.00       $       13,830.00

    12.       10          Axle          Front Brakes                                 $         250.00        $        2,500.00
                          Set

    13.       10          Axle          Rear Brakes                                  $         325.00        $        3,250.00
                          Set

    14.       2           Coach         Heater/Defroster, Complete (with             $         845.00        $        1,690.00
                          Set           resistors, motors, and fans)

    15.       4           Each          Power Steering Pump, Complete                $         506.00        $        2,024.00

    16.       4           Each          Alternator, Complete                         $        2,025.00       $        8,100.00

    17.       4           Each          Electric Starter System, Assembly            $         221.00        $         884.00

    18.       4           Each          Turbocharger, Engine                         $        1,254.00       $        5,016.00

    19.       4           Each          Pump, Fuel Injection                         $        2,909.00       $       11,636.00

    20.       1           Each          Fuel Tank                                    $        1,513.00       $        1,513.00

    21.       4           Each          Pump, Water, Radiator                        $         919.00        $        3,676.00
                                SCHEDULE 1A
      SPARE PARTS LIST FOR STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL
                                  COACHES
No.      Qty.   Unit    Description                               Unit Price              Total Price

22.      4      Each    Air Compressor                            $         488.00        $        1,952.00

23.      4      Coach   Windshield (left and right)               $         255.00        $        1,020.00
                Set

24.      2      Coach   Operator’s Side Windows (both sliding     $         420.00        $          840.00
                Set     sections)

25.      1      Coach   Door Panels (with hinges)                 $        6,562.00       $        6,562.00
                Set

26.      1      Coach   Compartment Door Panels                   $        1,031.00       $        1,031.00
                Set

27.      1      Coach   Door Operator, Complete                   $         776.00        $          776.00
                Set

28.      1      Coach   Door Cylinder, Complete                       $     Included with Door Operator
                Set

29.      2      Coach   Surveillance Camera System                $        9,471.00       $       18,942.00
                Set

30.      1      Coach   Passenger Side Window                     $        9,668.00       $        9,668.00
                Set

31.      56     Each    Wheels                                    $         286.00        $       16,016.00

32.      2      Coach   Destination Signs, Complete (units for    $        7,470.00       $       14,940.00
                Set     front, side, rear, and run number signs
                        and control)

33.      2      Coach   Wheelchair ramp, Complete (less           $        2,042.00       $        4,084.00
                Set     weldments to mount ramp to bus)

34.      20     Coach   Headlight                                 $            85.00      $        1,700.00
                Set

35.      20     Coach   Reflectors                                $             5.00      $          100.00
                Set

36.      20     Coach   Stop, Tail, and Backup Light              $            86.00      $        1,720.00
                Set

37.      25     Coach   Exterior Mirror                           $         780.00        $       19,500.00
                Set

38.      1      Coach   Operator Console Gauges and               $         338.00        $          338.00
                Set     Switches

39.      1      Coach   Passenger Seat, Complete                  $       15,007.00       $       15,007.00
                Set
                                SCHEDULE 1A
      SPARE PARTS LIST FOR STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL
                                  COACHES
No.       Qty.   Unit    Description                          Unit Price            Total Price

 40.      1      Coach   Passenger Seat Inserts               $       1,383.00      $        1,383.00
                 Set

 41.      3      Each    Operator Seat                        $       1,839.00      $        5,517.00

 42.      6      Each    Back Cushion, Operator Seat          $         232.00      $        1,392.00

 43.      6      Each    Seat Cushion, Operator Seat          $         141.00      $         846.00

 44.      5      Coach   Windshield Wiper, Complete (with     $         605.00      $        3,025.00
                 Set     motors, shafts, linkages, mounting
                         brackets and arms)

 45.      1      Coach   Interior Panels with trim strips     $       1,428.00      $        1,428.00
                 Set

 46.      10     Coach   Exterior Skirt Panels                $Not Applicable       $Not Applicable
                 Set

 47.      1      Coach   Hand Rails and Stanchions            $         912.00      $         912.00
                 Set

 48.      1      Coach   Fender, Rubber                       $         211.00      $         211.00
                 Set

 49.      4      Coach   Bumper, Complete                     $       1,661.00      $        6,644.00
                 Set

 50.      4      Each    Box, Steering Gear                   $         698.00      $        2,792.00

 51.      6      Coach   Hub, Axle                            $         162.00      $         972.00
                 Set

 52.      5      Each    Booster Pump                         $         977.00      $        4,885.00

 53.      10     Coach   Radius Rods                          $         805.00      $        8,050.00
                 Set

 54.      10     Coach   Electric, Pneumatic and Hydraulic    $       1,222.00      $      12,220.00
                 Set     Valves

 55.      2      Each    Public Address Systems, Complete         $     Included with Door Operator

 56.      2      Each    Amplifier, Public Address System         $     Included with Door Operator

 57.      2      Each    Microphone, Public Address System        $     Included with Door Operator

 58.      4      Each    Operator Display Keyboard (ODK)      $         179.00      $         716.00
                                SCHEDULE 1A
      SPARE PARTS LIST FOR STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL
                                  COACHES
    No.       Qty        Unit          Description                                   Unit Price            Total Price

    59.       4          Each          PCMCIA cards for programming sign             $         105.00      $           420.00
                                       and voice system

    60.       1          Each          Multiplex system                              $       7,132.00      $          7,132.00

    61.       4          Each          Starter Battery                               $         233.00      $           932.00

    62.       4          Each          Cooling Fan                                   $          40.00      $           160.00

    63.       NOT USED

    64.       4          Each          Deceleration Lighting System                  $         164.00      $           656.00

    65.       2          Coach         Polycarbonate Panels (Anti-Vandalism)         $       1,211.00      $          2,422.00
                         Set

    66.       2          Coach         Voice Annunciation System                     $       9,063.00      $         18,126.00
                         set

    67.       10         Each          Bicycle Rack (with mounting brackets)         $         798.00      $          7,980.00

    68.       6          Coach         Automatic Passenger Counter System            $       3,720.00      $         22,320.00
                         set

                                                                          Total                            $   714,116.00*

   Enter as Item #3 on the Schedule of Prices (Schedule 1) for Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches.

   NOTE: MANUFACTURER WILL CERTIFY EXCHANGE ON A ONE FOR ONE BASIS OF UNUSED ITEMS
    LISTED AS 1 THROUGH 68 IN THE EVENT THEY ARE SUPERCEDED WITH ADVANCED COMPONENTS
    RENDERING THOSE PROVIDED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT OBSOLETE OR UNDER-RATED.

   NOTE: MANUFACTURER WILL RECOMMEND THE QUANTITY FOR ITEMS, DEPENDENT ON THE
    TECHNOLOGY UTILIZED, IF MUNI’S SELECTED QUANTITY ISN’T CORRECT.
                            SCHEDULE 1B
SPECIAL TOOLS FOR STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES
 If any item does not apply to your proposal please indicate “not applicable.”

 No.        Qty        Unit           Description                                 Unit Price               Total Price

 1.         6          Lots           Field Tester, Electrical Assemblies         $       3,690.00     $        22,140.00
                                      (Section 1.17.2 of the Technical
                                      Specifications-Vol. 2)
 2.         2          Lots           Shop Tester, Electrical Assemblies          $       1,671.00     $         3,342.00
                                      (Section 1.17.2 of the Technical
                                      Specifications)
 3.         2          Lots           Towing Adapter (Section 2.1.5 of the        $         376.00     $          752.00
                                      Technical Specifications)
 4.         22         Lots           Hoisting Adapter (Section 2.1.6 of the      $            80.00   $         1,760.00
                                      Technical Specifications)
 5.         4          Lots           Destination Signs Programming Package       $         774.00     $         3,096.00
                                      (Section 3.10.8 of the Technical
                                      Specifications)
 6.         2          Lots           Voice Annunciator Programming               $      47,619.00     $        95,238.00
                                      Workstation, Recording Station, and Data
                                      Collection Tool Package (Section 3.11.5
                                      of the Technical Specifications)
 6a.        2          Lots           Multi/Gang PCMCIA Flash card                $      41,667.00     $        83,334.00
                                      programmer with at least 20 PCMCIA
                                      slots per unit. (Section 3.11.1.1)
 7.         1          Lots           Surveillance Camera System Viewing          $      10,286.00     $        10,286.00
                                      Station (Section 3.13.5 of the Technical
                                      Specifications)
 8.         1          Lots           Surveillance Camera System Special          $ Not Applicable     $ Not Applicable
                                      Tools (Section 9.1.8 of the Technical
                                      Specifications)
 9.         2          Coach          Engine Diagnostic Reader and Rebuild        $      10,051.00     $        20,102.00
                       Sets           Special Tools (Section 6.11 & 9.3 of the
                                      Technical Specifications)
 10.        2          Coach          Propulsion System Rebuild Special Tools     $ Not Applicable     $ Not Applicable
                       Sets           (Section 6.2 of the Technical
                                      Specifications)
 11.      NOT USED

 12.        4          Coach          Desktop and/or Laptop style diagnostic      $       1,671.00     $         6,684.00
                       Sets           computers to communicate with engine
                                      and propulsion system wirelessly and/or
                                      through a plug-in connector.
 13.        6          Coach          Handheld diagnostic reader capable of       $       4,052.00     $        24,312.00
                       Sets           reading propulsion system and chassis
                                      maintenance data.
 14.        4          Coach          Low Floor Axle Tool Kit (Section 5.1.1 of   $ Not Applicable     $ Not Applicable
                       Sets           the Technical Specifications)
                             SCHEDULE 1B
 SPECIAL TOOLS FOR STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES
    If any item does not apply to your proposal please indicate “not applicable.”

    No.        Qty        Unit           Description                                   Unit Price               Total Price

    15.        4          Coach          ABS Brakes Diagnostic Cartridge (Section      $       1,108.00     $         4,432.00
                          Sets           5.3.7 of the Technical Specifications)
    16.        4          Coach          Fire Suppression System Testing Kit           $         506.00     $         2,024.00
                          Sets           (Section 5.12 of the Technical
                                         Specifications)
    17.        6          Lots           PLC System, Laptop Programmer and             $       3,686.00     $        22,116.00
                                         Maintenance Reader (Section 7.9 of the
                                         Technical Specifications)
    18.        2          Coach          Powerplant Dolley (Section 11.6.1 of the      $       2,321.00     $         4,642.00
                          Sets           Technical Specifications)
    19.        1          Coach          Propulsion system Generator Dolley            $ Not Applicable     $ Not Applicable
                          Sets           (when required)
    20.        1          Coach          Propulsion System Motor Dolley (when          $ Not Applicable     $ Not Applicable
                          Sets           required)
    21.        2          Units          External Charger for Energy storage           $      83,333.00     $       166,666.00
                                         System (Section 6.4)
    22.        1          Coach          Automatic Passenger Counter Diagnostic        $     147,357.00     $       147,357.00
                          Set            Tools and Software Section 3.16)
    23.        1          Lots           Fleetwatch fixed reader for collecting fuel   $         848.00     $          848.00
                                         and mileage data (Section 5.11 of the
                                         Technical Specifications)
    24.        10         Lots           Fleetwatch hand-held units for collecting     $         967.00     $         9,670.00
                                         fuel and mileage data (Section 5.11 of the
                                         Technical Specifications)
                                                                               Total                        $       628,801.00*



*Enter as Item #7 on the Schedule of Prices (Schedule 1) for Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches.
                                             FOR PROPOSER’S USE
                                         Reference Part IV – Price Proposal

Have you submitted the following?                                                                                      
Table of Contents

I.    Signature Page (Pages IV-2 and IV-3)

II.   Schedule of Prices for the coach being proposed (Pages IV-4)

III. Spare Parts List (Schedules 1A)

IV. Special Tools (Schedules 1B)

V.    Questionnaire on Recruitment, Hiring and Training Practices (see Appendix D)

VI. Certifications -

    Buy America Compliance Certificate
    Business Tax Certificate
    Requirement/Declaration and Nondiscrimination in Contracts and Benefits/Chapter 12B Declaration as
     included in Appendix A
 Transit Vehicle Manufacturers Certification of Compliance with 49 CFR Part 26
VII. Commercial Exceptions
    Items 3A through 3C as indicated in Part IV, Section 3.
VIII. Proposal bond (bid bond), cashiers or certified check, or money order in the amount of $1,000,000.00
    must accompany the proposer’s primary Price Proposal.

      If a second price proposal is submitted, insert a copy of the proposal bond (bid bond), cashier’s or
      certified check, or money order (See form on page C-2).



NOTE:

The Checklist is to assist you in the preparation of the proposals; however, it is not a guarantee that your bid is complete or
responsive, even if all elements of the checklist are completed.
                                    CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO
                                     MUNICIPAL RAILWAY DEPARTMENT
                                          700 PENNSYLVANIA AVE.
                                     SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94107



                                                   V. AGREEMENT
                          FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF
              STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES
  This Agreement is made this ______    day of              , 20       , in the City and County of San Francisco, State of
  California, by and between

                                                 Orion Bus Industries Ltd.




  (“Contractor”), and the City and County of San Francisco, a municipal corporation (“City” ), acting by and through its
  Municipal Transportation Agency ("Agency").

                                                         RECITALS

  A. Agency issued a Request for Proposals for the procurement of 56 Hybrid-Electric Diesel Standard low floor coaches
  for its fleet, with associated spare parts, training, manuals, and special tools.

  B. After a negotiated procurement process the City selected Contractor's proposal as the highest-rated proposal, and City
  and Contractor agreed on the terms and conditions set forth below.

  C. This Contract No. 350 was approved by the MTA Board of Directors and the Board of Supervisors and awarded by
  City to Contractor, and Contractor furnished the required bonds and insurance documents.

  NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed by the parties as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS
  Where any word or phrase defined below, or a pronoun used in place thereof, is used in any part of the contract
  documents, it shall have the meaning set forth herein.

  ACCEPTANCE: The formal written acceptance by the City and County of San Francisco that all work, or a specific
  portion thereof, under the contract has been satisfactorily completed.

  AGENCY: Municipal Transportation Agency of the City and County of San Francisco

  APPROVED PROJECT BUDGET: The most recent statement, approved by the FTA, of the costs of the Project, the
  maximum amount of Federal assistance for which the City is currently eligible, the specific tasks (including specified
  contingencies) covered, and the estimated cost of each task.

  AWARD: Notification from the City to Contractor of acceptance of Contractor’s Bid, subject to the execution and
  approval of a satisfactory Contract and bond to secure the performance thereof, and to such other conditions as may be
  specified or otherwise required by law.

  BOARD OF SUPERVISORS: Board of Supervisors of City.

  CERTIFICATION: Certification by the Controller of City that funds necessary to make payments as required under the
  contract are available in accordance with Section 6.302 of the City Charter.

  CHANGE NOTICE: A written interpretation, revision, or addition to any of the contract documents issued before
  proposal opening.
CITY: City and County of San Francisco, a municipal corporation.

COMMITTEE: The Proposal Evaluation Committee established to evaluate the proposals for this procurement, consisting
of the Technical and Price Evaluation Subcommittees.

CONFORMED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The contract documents revised to incorporate all changes made during the
proposal period by Change Notice and to incorporate information included in the proposal accepted by the City.

CONTRACT (AGREEMENT): The written Contract executed by the City and Contractor, covering the performance of
the work and furnishing of labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services, including work incidental to the procurement,
to include all Conformed Contract Documents, Contractor’s Bid Submissions, the Contract Bonds or other security, and all
supplemental agreements entered into.

CONTRACT BLANKET AUTHORIZATION: The City’s document that records and tracks a legal contractual
agreement. A separate Contract Purchase Order Release must be recorded against the document to encumber funds,
constituting the Controller’s certification and approval of funds.

CONTRACT MODIFICATION: A written order, issued by the City to Contractor, covering changes in the Contract
documents within the general scope of the Contract and establishing the basis of payment and time adjustments for the
work affected by the changes.

CONTRACT PURCHASE ORDER RELEASE: The City’s document that encumbers funds, against the Contract Blanket
Authorization, constituting the Controller’s certification and approval of funds. This document will be accompanied by a
signed contract and a notice to proceed from the Project Manager.

CONTRACTOR: The individual or entity awarded a third party contract financed in whole or in part with
Federal assistance originally derived from FTA.
CONTROLLER: Controller of the City.

COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT: The instrument by which FTA awards Federal assistance to a specific
Recipient to support a particular Project or Program, and in which FTA takes an active role or retains
substantial control.

DAYS: Unless otherwise designated, the word “days” refers to working days of the City.

MUNI PROJECT MANAGER / REPRESENTATIVE: The Senior Project Manager assigned to the Contract for the
Agency, or designated agent.

DIRECTOR: The Director of Transportation of Agency, or designated agent.

FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION (FTA): An operating administration of the U.S. DOT.

FTA DIRECTIVE: Any FTA circular, notice, order or guidance providing information about FTA's programs,
application processing procedures, and Project management guidelines. In addition to FTA directives, certain
U.S. DOT directives also apply to the Project.

GRANT AGREEMENT: The instrument by which FTA awards Federal assistance to a specific Recipient to
support a particular Project, and in which FTA does not take an active role or retain substantial control, in
accordance with 31 U.S.C. § 6304.

GOVERNMENT: The United States of America and any executive department or agency thereof.
LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND: Security issued by a corporate surety, acceptable to the City and on a form
furnished by the City, to guarantee the payment of labor, materials, supplies, and equipment used in the performance of the
Contract.
MUNICIPAL RAILWAY DEPARTMENT (MUNI): The department of City under the jurisdiction of Agency that
operates and maintains the public transit system known as the San Francisco Municipal Railway. Approval by MUNI is
the same as approval by the MUNI Project Manager / Representative whenever it appears in the specifications.

MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY ("AGENCY"): The City agency responsible for the Municipal Railway
Department and the Department of Parking and Traffic. Agency is governed by a Board of Directors.

NOTICE TO PROCEED: A written notice to the Contractor of the date on which it shall begin prosecution of the work to
be done under the contract.

PERFORMANCE BOND: Security issued by a corporate surety, acceptable to the City and on a form furnished by the
City, to guarantee the performance of all obligations under the contract.

PROJECT: The task or set of tasks listed in the Approved Project Budget, and any modifications stated in the
Conditions to the Grant Agreement or Cooperative Agreement applicable to the Project. In the case of the
formula assistance program for urbanized areas, for elderly and persons with disabilities, and non-urbanized
areas, 49 U.S.C. §§ 5307, 5310, and 5311, respectively, the term "Project" encompasses both "Program" and
“each Project within the Program," as the context may require, to effectuate the requirements of the Grant
Agreement or Cooperative Agreement.

PROPOSAL: The technical and management information and prices submitted in the prescribed format and on the
prescribed forms in response to the Request for Proposals.

PROPOSAL BOND (BID BOND): The security, in the form approved by the City, executed by the proposer and
proposer’s surety as a guaranty that the proposer will enter into a contract with the City and provide a performance bond.

PROPOSER: Any firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof submitting a proposal for the contemplated
procurement.

RECIPIENT: Any entity that receives Federal assistance directly from FTA to accomplish the Project. The term
" Recipient" includes each FTA "Grantee" as well as each FTA Recipient of a Cooperative Agreement. For the
purpose of this Agreement, Recipient is the City.

REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS (RFP): The public solicitation of proposals for the specified work or materials. The
solicitation indicates the general character and magnitude of the work to be done or the materials to be furnished and the
deadline for the submission of proposals.

RESIDENT INSPECTOR: Any inspector or inspectors who may be assigned by the MUNI Project Manager /
Representative for the inspection of work to be done under this contract.

SECRETARY: The U.S. DOT Secretary, including his or her duly authorized designee.

SUBCONTRACTOR: Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, which undertakes integrally on the Project the
partial or total design, manufacture, or performance of one or more items of work under the terms of the contract. As used
herein, the terms subcontractor and sub-supplier are synonymous.

SURETY: The corporate body, licensed to issue bonds in the State of California, bound with and for the Contractor for
the full and complete performance of the contract and for the payment of all debtors pertaining to the work. When applied
to the Proposal Bond (bid bond), it refers to the corporate body acting as guarantor that the proposer will enter into a
contract with the City and County of San Francisco.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: The specifications, provisions, and requirements that detail the work and the
materials, products (including the methods of manufacture, construction, assembly, and testing), and other requirements
relative to the work.

THIRD PARTY CONTRACT: A contract or purchase order awarded by the Recipient to a vendor or contractor,
financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance awarded by FTA.
  THIRD PARTY SUBCONTRACT: A subcontract at any tier entered into by Contractor or third party
  subcontractor, financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance originally derived from FTA.
  USDOT: The acronym for the U.S. Department of Transportation, including its operating administrations.

  WORK: The furnishing of all labor, supervision, services, products, materials, machinery, equipment, tools, supplies, and
  facilities and the performance of all requirements called for by the contract and necessary to the completion of the contract.

2. BUDGET AND FISCAL PROVISIONS; TERMINATION IN THE EVENT OF NON-APPROPRIATION
  This Agreement is subject to the budget and fiscal provisions of the City’s Charter. Charges will accrue only after prior
  written authorization certified by the City’s Controller and any amount of the City's obligation hereunder shall not at any
  time exceed the amount certified for the purpose and period stated in such advance authorization.

  This Agreement will terminate without penalty, liability, or expense of any kind to City at the end of any fiscal year in the
  event funds are not appropriated for the next succeeding fiscal year. If funds are appropriated for a portion of the fiscal
  year, this Agreement will terminate, without penalty, liability, or expense of any kind at the end of the term for which
  funds are appropriated.

  City has no obligation to make appropriations for the Agreement in lieu of appropriations for new or other agreements.
  City budget decisions are subject to the discretion of the Mayor and the Board of Supervisors. Contractor's assumption of
  risk of possible non-appropriation is part of the consideration for this Agreement.

  THIS SECTION CONTROLS AGAINST ANY AND ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT.

3. SCOPE
  The Agreement covers the procurement of 56 new Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches, associated spare
  parts, training, manuals, and special tools. The Agreement also includes an option for up to 56 additional Standard Low
  Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches.

4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
  A. Contract Made in California
     This contract shall be deemed to be made in, and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of
     California. The venue of any litigation arising from this contract shall be in San Francisco, California.

  B. Section Headings
     The section headings contained herein are for convenience in reference and are not intended to define or limit the
     scope of any provision of this contract.

  C. Waiver
     The omission by either party at any time to enforce any default or right reserved to it, or to require performance of any
     of the terms, covenants, or provisions hereof by the other party at the time designated, shall not be a waiver of any
     such default or right to which the party is entitled, nor shall it in any way affect the right of the party to enforce such
     provisions thereafter.

  D. Nondiscrimination; Penalties
     1) Contractor Shall Not Discriminate. In the performance of this Agreement, Contractor agrees not to discriminate
        on the basis of the fact or perception of a person’s race, color, creed, religion, national origin, ancestry, age, sex,
        sexual orientation, gender identity, domestic partner status, marital status, disability or Acquired Immune
        Deficiency Syndrome or HIV status (AIDS/HIV status) against any employee of, any City employee working
        with, or applicant for employment with Contractor, in any of Contractor’s operations within the United States, or
        against any person seeking accommodations, advantages, facilities, privileges, services, or membership in all
        business, social, or other establishments or organizations operated by Contractor.

      2) Subcontracts. Contractor shall incorporate by reference in all subcontracts the provisions of Sections 12B.2(a),
         12B.2(c)-(k) (see Appendix D for 12B Provisions), of the San Francisco Administration Code and section 12C.3
         (see Appendix E, section 4 for 12 C Provisions), and shall require all subcontractors to comply with such
          provisions. Contractor’s failure to comply with the obligations in this subsection shall constitute a material
          breach of this Agreement.

      3) Non-Discrimination in Benefits. Contractor does not as of the date of this Agreement and will not during the
         terms of this Agreement, in any of its operations in San Francisco or where the work is being performed for the
         City or elsewhere within the United States, discriminate in the provision of bereavement leave, family medical
         leave, health benefits, membership or membership discounts, moving expenses, pension and retirement benefits
         or travel benefits, as well as any benefits other than the benefits specified above, between employees with
         domestic partners and employees with spouses and/or between the domestic partners and spouses of such
         employees, where the domestic partnership has been registered with a governmental entity pursuant to state or
         local law authorizing such registration, subject to the conditions set forth in section 1, 4-B. of Appendix D for
         12B Provisions, 12B.2(b) of the San Francisco Administrative Code.

      4) Condition to Contract. As a condition to this Agreement, Contractor shall execute the “Chapter 12B Declaration:
         Nondiscrimination in Contracts and Benefits” form (Form HRC - 12B - 101, see Appendix A) with supporting
         documentation (see www.SFHRC.org) and secure the approval of the form by the San Francisco Human Rights
         Commission after submitting MUNI with the Price Proposal.

      5) Incorporation of Administrative Code Provisions by Reference. The provisions of Chapters 12B of the San
         Francisco Administrative Code are incorporated in this Section by reference and made a part of this Agreement as
         through fully set forth herein. Contractor shall comply fully with and be bound by all of the provisions that apply
         to this Agreement under such Chapters of the Administrative Code, including but not limited to the remedies
         provided in such Chapters. Without limiting the foregoing, Contractor understands that pursuant to Section
         12B.2(h) (see Appendix D) of the San Francisco Administrative Code, a penalty of $50 for each person for each
         calendar day during which such person was discriminated against in violation of the provisions of this Agreement
         may be assessed against Contractor and/or deducted from any payments due Contractor.

E. Assignment/Subcontractors
   This Contract may not be assigned without the express written consent of the City. The City’s consent shall be by
   resolution of the Board of Directors of Agency, and shall not be unreasonably withheld; however, no assignment shall
   be approved unless it appears to the Agency that the proposed assignee is in every way equally reliable and
   responsible and fully able to perform the portion of the work covered by the proposed assignment, and to complete
   said work in accordance with the specifications. No transfer or assignment of this Contract, or any interest hereunder,
   shall release Contractor from its obligations hereunder. See also special assignment provisions relating to option
   vehicles in Section 22 of Agreement.

      All persons engaged as subcontractors or suppliers will be considered by the City as if they were employees of the
      Contractor, and thus the Contractor will be held responsible for the subcontractors’ or suppliers’ work, which shall be
      subject to the provisions of this Contract and specifications.

F.    Notices to Parties
      Unless otherwise indicated elsewhere in this Agreement, all written communications sent by the parties
      may be by U.S. mail, e-mail or by fax, and shall be addressed as follows:

      To City:          Elson Hao, Project Manager,
                        Fleet Maintenance Engineering Section
                        700 Pennsylvania Ave, Bldg. C, Room 110
                        San Francisco CA 94107
                        Fax: 415-401-3218

     To Contractor:     Ms. Olga Kupycz
                        Executive Assistant
                        Orion Bus Industries Ltd.
                        350 Hazelhurst Road
                        Mississauga, Ontario
                        Canada, L5J 4T8

                        Tel.: (905) 403-7286
                       Fax: (905) 403-8600

     Any notice of default must be sent by registered mail.

G. Non-Collusion
   By submitting a proposal, the Proposer represents and warrants that such proposal is genuine and not sham or
   collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and that the Proposer has not, directly
   or indirectly, induced or solicited any other Proposer to submit a sham proposal, or any other person, firm, or
   corporation to refrain from proposing, and that the Proposer has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to the
   Proposer an advantage over any other Proposer.

     If at any time it shall be found that the person, firm, or corporation to whom a contract has been awarded has, in
     presenting any proposal or proposals, colluded with any other party or parties, then the contract so awarded shall be
     null and void and the Contractor and its surety shall be liable to the City for all loss or damage which the City may
     suffer thereby; and the City may advertise for a new contract for said equipment.

H. Conflict of Interest
   Through its execution of this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges that it is familiar with the provision of Section
   15.103 of the City's Charter, Article III, Chapter 2 of City's Campaign and Governmental Conduct Code, and Section
   87100 et seq. and Section 1090 et seq. of the Government Code of the State of California, and certifies that it does not
   know of any facts which constitutes a violation of said provisions and agrees that it will immediately notify the City if
   it becomes aware of any such fact during the term of this Agreement.

I.   City Business Tax Registration Certificate
     San Francisco ordinance No. 345-88 requires that firms located in San Francisco or doing business in San Francisco,
     except for non-profit and tax-exempt businesses, have a current Business Tax Registration Certificate. Since a
     considerable portion of the work contemplated under this Contract will be performed in San Francisco, a San
     Francisco Business Tax Registration Certificate will be required prior to award of this Contract. Contractor shall
     maintain said Certificate throughout the term of this Contract and pay timely any and all business taxes due to the
     City. Please complete and return, with the price proposal, the Business Tax Certificate/Declaration as included in
     Appendix A.

J.   MacBride Principles -- Northern Ireland
     The City urges companies doing business in Northern Ireland to move towards resolving employment inequities, and
     encourages such companies to abide by the MacBride Principles. The City urges San Francisco companies to do
     business with corporations that abide by the MacBride Principles.

K. Drug-Free Workplace Policy
   Contractor acknowledges that pursuant to the Federal Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1989, the unlawful manufacture,
   distribution, dispensation, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited on City premises. Contractor
   agrees that any violation of this prohibition by Contractor or its employees, agents or assigns shall be deemed a
   material breach of contract.

L. Tropical Hardwood Ban
   Chapter 12 I of the San Francisco Administrative Code is hereby incorporated by reference into this Contract. The
   failure of any bidder or contractor to comply with any of its requirements shall be deemed a material breach of
   contract.

     Except as expressly permitted by the application of Sections 12I.3(B) and 12I.4(b) of the San Francisco
     Administrative Code, Contractor shall not provide any items to the City in performance of this Contract which are
     tropical hardwood, tropical hardwood wood products, virgin redwood or virgin redwood wood products.

     Pursuant to San Francisco Administrative Code Section 12I.5(b), the City and County of San Francisco urges
     Contractor not to import, purchase, obtain, or use for any purpose, any tropical hardwood, tropical hardwood wood
     product, virgin redwood or virgin redwood wood product.

     In the event any bidder or contractor fails to comply in good faith with any of the provisions of this Article the bidder
     or contractor shall be liable for liquidated damages in an amount equal to the bidder or contractor’s net profit under
     the Contract, or five percent of the total amount of the Contract dollars whichever is greatest. The bidder or contractor
     acknowledges and agrees that the liquidated damages assessed shall be payable to the City and County upon demand
     and may be set off against any monies due to the bidder or contractor from any contract with the City and County of
     San Francisco.

M. Claims
   Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any action, or failure to act, by the
   MUNI Project Manager / Representative, including failure or refusal to issue a Contract Modification or for the
   happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless Contractor shall have given the MUNI Project
   Manager / Representative due written notice of potential claim.

     The written notice of potential claim shall set forth the reasons for which Contractor believes additional compensation
     will or may be due, the nature of the costs involved, and insofar as possible, the amount of the potential claim. The
     said notice as above required must have been given to the MUNI Project Manager / Representative prior to the time
     that Contractor shall have performed the work giving rise to the potential claim for additional compensation, or in all
     other cases, within 15 days after the happening of the event, thing, occurrence, or other cause giving rise to the
     potential claim.

     It is the intention of this Section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the Contract be
     brought to the attention of the MUNI Project Manager / Representative at the earliest possible time in order that such
     matters may be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly be taken. Contractor hereby agrees that it shall
     have no right to additional compensation for any claim that may be based on any such act, failure to act, event, thing,
     or occurrence for which no written notice of potential claim as herein required was filed.

N. Authority of the MUNI Project Manager / Representative
   Subject to the provisions of Section 4.M of this Agreement, the MUNI Project Manager / Representative shall decide
   all questions which may arise as to the quality or acceptability of materials furnished and work performed and as to
   the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work; all questions which may arise as to the acceptable
   fulfillment of the Contract on the part of the Contractor; and all questions as to compensation. In discharging the
   responsibilities outlined above, the MUNI Project Manager / Representative shall at all times act fairly and
   reasonably. Any appeal of the MUNI Project Manager / Representative’s decisions shall be in accordance with the
   provisions of Section 4.Y of this Agreement. As with any claim, change, extra or additional work, Contractor shall be
   paid in accordance with the payment provisions of this Contract when the dispute is finally resolved.

     Should any questions arise as to the meaning and intent of the Contract, the matter shall be referred to the MUNI
     Project Manager / Representative, who, in consultation with the City Attorney, as applicable, and with input from the
     Contractor, shall decide the true meaning and intent of the Contract. The MUNI Project Manager / Representative’s
     decision in this regard shall be administratively final and conclusive.

O. Responsibility for Equipment
   City shall not be responsible for any damage to persons or property as a result of the use, misuse, or failure of any
   equipment used by the Contractor, or by any of its employees, even though such equipment be furnished, rented, or
   loaned to Contractor by City. The acceptance or use of such equipment by Contractor or any of its employees shall be
   construed to mean that Contractor accepts full responsibility for and agrees to exonerate, indemnify, defend, and save
   harmless City from and against any and all claims for any damage or injury of any type arising from the use, misuse,
   or failure of such equipment, whether such damage be to the contractor, its employees, City employees, or third
   parties, or to property belonging to any of the above.

P.   Submitting False Claims: Monetary Penalties
     Pursuant to San Francisco Administrative Code §21.35, any contractor, subcontractor or consultant who submits a
     false claim shall be liable to the City for three times the amount of damages which the City sustains because of the
     false claim. A contractor, subcontractor or consultant who submits a false claim shall also be liable to the City for the
     costs, including attorneys’ fees, of a civil action brought to recover any of those penalties or damages, and may be
     liable to the City for a civil penalty of up to $10,000 for each false claim. A contractor, subcontractor or consultant
     will be deemed to have submitted a false claim to the City if the contractor, subcontractor or consultant: (a)
     knowingly presents or causes to be presented to an officer or employee of the City a false claim or request for
     payment or approval; (b) knowingly makes, uses, or causes to be made or used a false record or statement to get a
     false claim paid or approved by the City; (c) conspires to defraud the City by getting a false claim allowed or paid by
     the City; (d) knowingly makes, uses, or causes to be made or used a false record or statement to conceal, avoid, or
     decrease an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the City; or (e) is a beneficiary of an inadvertent
     submission of a false claim to the City, subsequently discovers the falsity of the claim, and fails to disclose the false
     claim to the City within a reasonable time after discovery of the false claim.

Q. Disallowance
   In the event Contractor claims or receives payment from City for a service, reimbursement for which is later
   disallowed by City or State of California or United States Government due to fault on the part of the Contractor, the
   Contractor shall promptly refund the disallowed amount to City upon City’s request. At its option, City may offset
   the amount disallowed from any payment due or to become due to Contractor under this Agreement or any other
   Agreement.

R. Independent Contractor
   Contractor shall be deemed at all times to be an independent contractor and shall be wholly responsible for the manner
   in which Contractor performs the service required of Contractor by the terms of this Agreement. Contractor shall be
   liable for the acts and omissions of it, its employees and its agents. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
   creating an employment or agency relationship between City and Contractor.

     Terms in this Agreement referring to direction from City shall be construed as providing for direction as to policy and
     the result of Contractor’s work only and not as to the means by which such a result is obtained.

S.   Liability of City
     City’s obligations under this Contract shall be limited to the payment of the compensation provided for in Part V,
     Section 7 (Payment) of this Agreement, as amended by Contract Modifications. Notwithstanding any other provision
     of this Agreement, in no event shall City be liable, regardless of whether any claim is based on contract or tort, for any
     special, consequential, indirect or incidental damages, including, but not limited to, lost profits, arising out of or in
     connection with this Agreement or the services performed in connection with this Agreement.

T. Contractor’s Default
   Failure or refusal of the Contractor to perform or do any material act herein required shall constitute a default. The
   City shall give Contractor ten (10) days written notice to cure any declared default. In the event of any default, in
   addition to any other remedy available to the City, this Contract may be terminated by the City under the terms of
   Section 18 this Agreement. Such termination shall not waive any other legal remedies available to the City.

U. Proprietary or Confidential Information of City
   Contractor understands and agrees that, in the performance of the work or services under this Agreement or in
   contemplation thereof, Contractor may have access to private or confidential information, which may be owned or
   controlled by City, and that such information may contain proprietary or confidential details, the disclosure of which
   to third parties may be damaging to City. Contractor agrees that all information disclosed by City to Contractor shall
   be held in confidence and used only in performance of the Agreement. Contractor shall exercise the same standard of
   care to protect such information, as a reasonably prudent contractor would use to protect its own proprietary data.

V. Intellectual Property
   1) Works for Hire; Ownership of Results. If, in connection with services performed under this Agreement,
       Contractor or its subcontractors create artwork, copy, posters, billboards, photographs, videotapes, training
       materials, audio tapes, systems designs, software, reports, diagrams, surveys, source code, computerized database
       information, or any other original works of authorship specifically for City, such works of authorship shall be
       works for hire as defined under Title 17 of the United States Code, and all copyrights in such works are the
       property of the City. These shall include, but not be limited to, the data that comprises the destination sign
       system, as specified in Section 3.10.8 of the Technical Specifications-Volume 2; the data that comprises the voice
       annunciation system, as specified in Section 3.11.5 of the Technical Specifications; the source code for the
       MUNI-specific portion of the multiplex electrical system controller, as described in Section 7.9 of the Technical
       Specifications; the vehicle record book, as provided in Section 9.2.7 of the Technical Specifications; and the
       computer database record, as provided in Section 9.1.8.1 of the Technical Specifications. If it is ever determined
       that any works created by Contractor or its subcontractors under this Agreement are not works for hire under U.S.
       law, Contractor hereby assigns all copyrights to such works to the City, and agrees to provide any material and
         execute any documents necessary to effectuate such assignment. With the approval of the City, Contractor may
         retain and use copies of such works for reference and as documentation of its experience and capabilities.

    2) Licenses Granted
       a) Computerized software and systems. To the extent that software, firmware, systems designs, computerized
           manuals, training modules, or other such deliverables are not designed specifically for City’s purposes in
           connection with the Agreement, Contractor grants City a perpetual, exclusive, non-transferable, license at all
           locations owned or controlled by City to use all such deliverables, or portions thereof. City shall also be
           authorized to modify or prepare derivative works of the deliverables and make copies of such deliverables for
           internal use only. Any such modifications shall become the property of the City unless such modifications
           are not used exclusively for internal purposes. City agrees not to remove or destroy any proprietary markings
           or proprietary legends placed upon or contained within the deliverable(s) or any related materials or
           documentation. Contractor hereby warrants that it has title to and/or the authority to grant a license of such
           deliverables to the City. Upon request, Contractor shall provide to City a copy of the source code, which
           corresponds to the most current version of the deliverable, as well as any and all applicable proprietary
           materials that are otherwise not furnished under this Agreement, but may become necessary for the long-term
           maintenance and operation of the vehicles. Alternatively, prior to Notice to Proceed, City and Contractor
           shall negotiate and enter into an escrow agreement whereby the applicable source codes for software that is
           proprietary to Contractor or its suppliers or subcontractors, including periodic updates of said source codes,
           and other proprietary materials, are placed in escrow. The source codes placed in escrow shall be on
           magnetic media and shall be accompanied by detailed software documentation, including a list of applicable
           software development tools. The Director shall execute said escrow agreement on behalf of City.

         b) Other Deliverables. Contractor grants City a perpetual, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use,
            retain, and reproduce at all locations controlled by MUNI, for internal use only, all copies (whether in hard
            copy or electronic format) of drawings, plans, specifications, schematics, studies, reports, memoranda,
            computation sheets and all other documents that are (i) prepared by Contractor or its subcontractors or
            suppliers (but not exclusively for City); and (ii) required to be provided to City in connection with this
            Agreement. Contractor hereby warrants that it has title to and/or the authority to grant a license of such
            deliverables to the City.

    3) Proprietary Materials. To the extent that the Contractor considers any document or deliverable to be a trade
       secret or otherwise proprietary, Contractor shall so mark them. MUNI shall require individuals using such
       proprietary documents to maintain the confidentiality of the documents, and if necessary, sign a confidentiality
       agreement regarding use of highly sensitive documents. Alternatively, at MUNI’s request, documents shall be
       placed in escrow, along with source codes, as described in subsection 2.a above. Contractor shall hold the City
       harmless from and defend the City against all claims, suits or other proceedings instituted against the City for
       copyright infringement, misuse or misappropriation of a trade secret, or for access to the documents or
       deliverables under the City’s Sunshine Ordinance or the California Public Records Act. Contractor will pay the
       costs and damages awarded in any such action or proceeding, or the cost of settling such action or proceeding,
       provided that Contractor shall have sole control of the defense of any such action and all negotiations or its
       settlement or compromise. If notified promptly in writing of any informal claim (other than a judicial action)
       brought against City based on an allegation that City’s use of the buses, spare parts, documents or deliverables
       constitutes infringement, Contractor will pay the costs associated with resolving such claim and will pay the
       settlement amount (if any), provided that Contractor shall have sole control of the resolution of any such claim
       and all negotiations for its settlement.

W. Sunshine Ordinance
   In accordance with §67.24(e) of the San Francisco Administrative Code, contracts, contractors’ bids, responses to
   RFPs and all other records of communications between City and persons or firms seeking contracts shall be open to
   inspection immediately after a contract has been awarded. Nothing in this provision requires the disclosure of a
   private person’s or organizations net worth or other proprietary financial data submitted for qualification for a contract
   or other benefit until and unless that person or organization is awarded the contract or benefit. Information provided
   which is covered by this paragraph will be made available to the public upon request.

X. Other Agreements between City and Contractor
   Contractor agrees that neither it nor any of Contractor’s employees has any interest, however remote, in any other
   Agreement with City, whether or not such Agreement is with Contractor’s firm, affiliate firms, or through separate
    employment, except as expressly itemized below. Failure to disclose such information may result in termination of
    this Agreement under Section 17 of this Agreement. These other Agreements are:(List or enter “NONE”)

Y. Disputes
   For any dispute involving a question of fact that does not involve a claim for additional compensation (see 4.M) the
   aggrieved party shall furnish the other party with a notice of dispute within forty-five (45) days of the determination of
   the dispute. The party receiving a notice of dispute shall submit a written reply within fourteen (14) days of delivery
   of the notice. The notice and response shall contain the following: (a) a statement of the party’s position and a
   summary of the arguments supporting that position, and (b) any evidence supporting the party’s position.

    Disputes arising in the performance of this Agreement which are not resolved by negotiation between the parties shall
    be decided in writing by the MUNI Project Manager / Representative. The decision shall be administratively final and
    conclusive unless within ten (10) days from the date of such decision, the Contractor mails or otherwise furnishes a
    written appeal to the Deputy General Manager of Maintenance, or his/her designee. In connection with such an
    appeal, the Contractor shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard and to offer evidence in support of its position.
    The decision of the Deputy General Manager shall be administratively final and conclusive. This section applies to all
    disputes unless a specific provision of this Agreement provides that the MUNI Project Manager / Representative’s
    decision as to a particular dispute is final.

    Pending final resolution of a dispute hereunder, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with the performance of its
    obligations under the Contract in accordance with the written directions of the MUNI Project Manager /
    Representative.

    If agreed to by both parties, disputes may be resolved by a mutually agreed to alternative dispute resolution process.

Z. Guaranteed Maximum Costs
   (1) The City's obligation hereunder shall not at any time exceed the amount certified by the Controller for the purpose
       and period stated in such certification.
    (2) Except as may be provided by laws governing emergency procedures, officers and employees of the City are not
        authorized to request, and the City is not required to reimburse the Contractor for, Commodities or Services beyond
        the agreed upon contract scope unless the changed scope is authorized by amendment and approved as required by
        law.
    (3) Officers and employees of the City are not authorized to offer or promise, nor is the City required to honor, any
        offered or promised additional funding in excess of the maximum amount of funding for which the contract is
        certified without certification of the additional amount by the Controller.
    (4) The Controller is not authorized to make payments on any contract for which funds have not been certified as
        available in the budget or by supplemental appropriation.
AA. Compliance with Laws
    Contractor shall keep itself fully informed of the City’s Charter, codes, ordinances and regulations of the City and of
    all state, and federal laws in any manner affecting the performance of this Agreement, and must at all times comply
    with such local codes, ordinances, and regulations and all applicable state and federal laws, as they may be amended
    from time to time.

BB. Time
    Time is of the essence in this agreement.

CC. Resource Conservation
    Chapter 5 of the San Francisco Environment Code (“Resource Conservation”) is incorporated herein by
    reference. Failure by Contractor to comply with any of the applicable requirements of Chapter 5 will be
    deemed a material breach of contract.

DD. Earned Income Credit (EIC) Forms
    Administrative Code section 12O requires that employers provide their employees with IRS Form W-5 (The Earned
    Income Credit Advance Payment Certificate) and the IRS EIC Schedule, as set forth below. Employers can locate
    these forms at the IRS Office, on the Internet, or anywhere that Federal Tax Forms can be found.
    (1) Contractor shall provide EIC Forms to each Eligible Employee at each of the following times: (ai) within
        thirty days following the date on which this Agreement becomes effective (unless Contractor has
        already provided such EIC Forms at least once during the calendar year in which such effective date
        falls); (b) promptly after any Eligible Employee is hired by Contractor; and (iii) annually between
        January 1 and January 31 of each calendar year during the term of this Agreement.

    (2) Failure to comply with any requirement contained in subparagraph (a) of this Section shall constitute a
        material breach by Contractor of the terms of this Agreement. If, within thirty days after Contractor
        receives written notice of such a breach, Contractor fails to cure such breach or, if such breach cannot
        reasonably be cured within such period of thirty days, Contractor fails to commence efforts to cure
        within such period or thereafter fails to diligently pursue such cure to completion, the City may pursue
        any rights or remedies available under this Agreement or under applicable law.

    (3) Any Subcontract entered into by Contractor shall require the subcontractor to comply, as to the
        subcontractor's Eligible Employees, with each of the terms of this section.

    (4) Capitalized terms used in this Section and not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings
        assigned to such terms in Section 12O of the San Francisco Administrative Code.

EE. Limitations on Contributions
    Through execution of this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges that it is familiar with section 1.126 of the City's
    Campaign and Governmental Conduct Code, which prohibits any person who contracts with the City for the rendition
    of personal services or for the furnishing of any material, supplies or equipment to the City, whenever such transaction
    would require approval by a City elective officer of the board on which that City elective officer serves, from making
    any campaign contribution to the officer at any time from the commencement of negotiations for the contract until the
    later of either (1) the termination of negotiations for such contract or (2) three months after the date the contract is
    approved by the City elective officer or the board on which that City elective officer serves.

FF. Prohibition on Political Activity with City Funds
    In accordance with San Francisco Administrative Code Chapter 12.G, Contractor may not participate in, support, or
    attempt to influence any political campaign for a candidate or for a ballot measure (collectively, “Political Activity”)
    in the performance of the services provided under this Agreement. Contractor agrees to comply with San Francisco
    Administrative Code Chapter 12.G and any implementing rules and regulations promulgated by the City’s Controller.
    The terms and provisions of Chapter 12.G are incorporated herein by this reference. In the event Contractor violates
    the provisions of this section, the City may, in addition to any other rights or remedies available hereunder,
    (i) terminate this Agreement, and (ii) prohibit Contractor from bidding on or receiving any new City contract for a
    period of two (2) years. The Controller will not consider Contractor’s use of profit as a violation of this section.
GG. Preservative-treated Wood Containing Arsenic
   Contractor may not purchase preservative-treated wood products containing arsenic in the performance of this
   Agreement unless an exemption from the requirements of Chapter 13 of the San Francisco Environment Code is
   obtained from the Department of the Environment under Section 1304 of the Code. The term "preservative-treated
   wood containing arsenic" shall mean wood treated with a preservative that contains arsenic, elemental arsenic, or an
   arsenic copper combination, including, but not limited to, chromate copper arsenate preservative, ammoniacal copper
   zinc arsenate preservative, or ammoniacal copper arsenate preservative. Contractor may purchase preservative-treated
   wood products on the list of environmentally preferable alternatives prepared and adopted by the Department of the
   Environment. This provision does not preclude Contractor from purchasing preservative-treated wood containing
   arsenic for saltwater immersion. The term "saltwater immersion" shall mean a pressure-treated wood that is used for
   construction purposes or facilities that are partially or totally immersed in saltwater.

HH. Construction
   All paragraph captions are for reference only and shall not be considered in construing this Agreement.

II. Severability
    Should the application of any provision of this Agreement to any particular facts or circumstances be found
    by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then (a) the validity of other provisions of
    this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby, and (b) such provision shall be enforced to the
       maximum extent possible so as to effect the intent of the parties and shall be reformed without further
       action by the parties to the extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.

  JJ. Incidental and Consequential Damages
      Contractor shall be responsible for incidental and consequential damages resulting in whole or in part from
      Contractor’s acts or omissions. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a waiver or limitation of any
      rights that City may have under applicable law.

5. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
  A. Fabrication
     The coaches procured under this contract shall be fabricated and guaranteed in accordance with the enclosed bound
     specifications entitled “Technical Specifications for the Procurement of Standard Low Floor, Hybrid-Electric
     Diesel Coaches.”

  B. Omission
     Notwithstanding the drawings, Technical Specifications, or other data provided by the MUNI Project Manager /
     Representative, the Contractor shall have the responsibility of supplying all parts and details required to make the
     coach complete and ready for service even though such details may not be specifically mentioned in the drawings and
     specifications. Items that are installed by MUNI shall not be the responsibility of the Contractor unless they are
     included in this contract or should have been installed by the Contractor.

  C. Priority
     In the event of any deviation between the description of the coaches in the Technical Specifications and in this
     document, the Technical Specifications shall govern.

  D. Design Review
     Prior to start of coach construction, the Contractor and the MUNI Project Manager / Representative shall agree to the
     specific details of coach construction. These details shall include, but not be limited to, items such as: engineering
     and design details, test plans and procedures, training and manuals, sub-suppliers equipment, colors, wording, and
     placement of numbers and signs. Each decision not covered in these Specifications, whether affecting cost or not,
     shall be documented in a master resolution list. Periodically, this document shall be incorporated into the Contract by
     modification. In cases where consensus cannot be reached, the opinion of the MUNI Project Manager /
     Representative as to design details shall be administratively final unless clearly arbitrary or capricious. Disputes
     regarding cost and other matters shall be subject to the provisions of Part V, Agreement , Section 4.Y, Disputes.

       When plans, drawings, requests for information, procedures or other contract deliverables are submitted to MUNI for
       approval and/or comments, the Contractor shall delineate any deviations from the Contract specifications in such
       deliverables. MUNI shall approve, disapprove and/or comment on such deliverables within 30 days after receipt.
       However, no extension of time will be allowed for review of submittals that have been disapproved. Such
       disapproved submittals shall be resubmitted and will be reviewed and returned within 30 days after subsequent
       receipt. Neither review nor approval of any plans, drawings, procedures, other contract deliverables or the materials
       supplied under this contract shall in any way relieve the Contractor of its obligations to perform work under the
       provision of this Contract.

  E. Preliminary Drawings
     Preliminary drawings shall provide enough detail to conduct preliminary engineering evaluations of structural,
     electrical, mechanical, and other subsystems. Drawings shall show the general arrangement of equipment layout and
     subsystems and such detail as is necessary to give a comprehensive idea of the product contemplated.

  F.   Interchangeability
       All units and components procured under this Contract, whether provided by subcontractors or manufactured by the
       Contractor, shall be sufficiently similar in design, manufacture, and installation to assure interchangeability among
       coaches in this procurement. This interchangeability shall extend to the individual components as well as to their
       locations in the coaches.
  G. Materials/Accessories Responsibility
     The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials and workmanship in the construction of the coach and all
     accessories used, whether the same are manufactured by the Contractor or purchased from a subcontractor. This
     provision excludes equipment leased or supplied by MUNI, except insofar as such equipment is damaged by the
     failure of a part or component for which the Contractor is responsible, or except insofar as the damage to such
     equipment is caused by the Contractor during the manufacture of the coaches.

6. MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT
  A. City-Ordered Changes
     The City may order changes in the work herein and may order extra materials and extra work in connection with the
     performance of the Agreement, and the Contractor shall respond within thirty (30) days to such orders, except that:

      If changes ordered in design, workmanship, services, or materials are of such a nature as to increase or decrease the
      cost or the time required to execute the change in scope of work, the City shall make a reasonable and proper
      adjustment in the contract price, delivery schedule, or both, as agreed upon by the Contractor and the Agency as the
      reasonable and proper allowance for the increase or decrease required.

      No order for any alteration, modification, or extra that will increase or decrease the cost of the work shall be valid
      unless the resulting increase or decrease in price shall have been agreed upon in writing and approved by the City in
      the manner required under City law. No oral statement of any person whomsoever shall in any manner or degree
      modify or otherwise affect the terms of this Contract, which include the requirements of the Technical Specifications.

  B. Regulatory Changes
     If a price adjustment is necessary to incorporate changes mandated by legislation or regulations that are promulgated
     or become effective after the effective date of the Contract and before manufacture of the coaches, the Agency and the
     Contractor shall negotiate the price adjustment. Such price adjustments may be audited, where required.

7. PAYMENT
  A. Amount
     Subject to any subsequent deductions for Liquidated Damages for late delivery of Contract deliverables as specified in
     Section 7.G herein, the City agrees to pay an amount not to exceed,

                                                          $29,398,629

      in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any credits for Early Completion Bonus, under
      Section 7.E herein and/or Incentives, under Section 7.F herein, shall be included in the above amount.

  B. Invoices
     Contractor's invoices shall be submitted to the following address:

                                             San Francisco Municipal Railway
                                                Fleet Engineering Section
                                                Attn: Mr. Elson Hao, P.E.
                                                     Project Manager
                                        700 Pennsylvania Avenue, Bldg. C, Rm. 110
                                                 San Francisco, CA 94107

      Each invoice shall include:
       Relevant milestones
       Contract order number;
       Quantity of items;
       Description of items;
       Unit price;
       Total invoice amount.
C. Progress Payments
   City shall make payments as the work proceeds in accordance with the progress payment provisions as specified
   below. Title to material included in any progress payment shall pass to the City upon payment by the City. Said title
   shall be free and clear of any encumbrances. However, such transfer of title shall not relieve the Contractor of its
   responsibility for the furnishing, installation, fabrication, or inclusion of said materials as a deliverable element of
   buses procured in accordance with the requirements of this Contract. Contractor shall also issue a certificate of
   insurance as required under subsection 14.A.5 of this Agreement.

    All Work covered and paid for during the construction of the Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches shall become the sole
    property of MUNI. This provision shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from the sole responsibility for
    all Work upon which payments have been made or for the restoration of all damaged Work or as waiving the right of
    MUNI to require the fulfillment of all of the terms of the Contract specifications. The Contractor shall remain liable
    for insuring and delivering the material in the final form as specified in the Contract, and shall replace material at no
    cost to MUNI in the event it is not delivered and accepted by MUNI.

    Contractor shall prepare invoices supported by evidence satisfactory to MUNI that the Work invoiced has been
    accomplished and that the materials, listed, if any, are stored and ready for use.

    Each item listed below is from the Schedule of Prices in Part IV of these Contract Documents. Vol. 1.

    Item 1 - Prototype Design, Testing and Acceptance
  The City shall make progress payments for Hybrid-Electric Diesel Prototype design, testing and acceptance upon
  satisfactory completion of the milestones listed below at the percentages allocated to each milestone. Invoices submitted
  after milestone 1.a shall include a listing of all major components and component serial numbers that shall be the same
  as in the final bus record.

           Milestone                                                                                 Percent of Bid Item 1
     (a)   Completion of Axle Installation                                                             40% of Unit Price
     (b)   Vehicle arrives at MUNI-designated location                                                 40% of Unit Price
     (c)   Acceptance of vehicle by MUNI                                                               15% of Unit Price
     (d)   All contract deliverables have been received and accepted as satisfactory                          5%
           (Including Items 1, 2, 3, and 5 of Section 13.1, Delivery Schedule)

    Item 2 – Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches
  The City shall make progress payments for Item 2- Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches upon satisfactory completion of each
  milestone in accordance with the percentage allocation below. Invoices submitted after milestone 2.a shall include a
  listing of all major components and component serial numbers that shall be the same as in the final bus record.

           Milestone                                                                                Percent of Bid Item 2
     (a)   Completion of Axle Installation                                                             40% of Unit Price
     (b)   Vehicle arrives at MUNI-designated location                                                 40% of Unit Price
     (c)   Acceptance of each vehicle by MUNI                                                          15% of Unit Price
     (d)   All contract deliverables have been received and accepted as satisfactory                           5%
           (Including Items 8, 9, and 10 of Section 13.1, Delivery Schedule)


    With respect to Milestone 2 (c) above, in the event that the coach does not meet all requirements for acceptance,
    MUNI may, at its exclusive option, “conditionally accept” the bus and place it into revenue service, pending receipt of
    Contractor-furnished materials and/or labor necessary to effectuate corrective action for acceptance. For any
    conditionally accepted coach, the payment shall be reduced by an amount equal to twice the estimated cost for parts
    and labor for the corrective action, which amount shall be withheld and paid after corrective action by the Contractor
    and final acceptance by MUNI.

    Item 3 - Spare Parts
    The City shall make payments for spare parts by Lot (see Section 8.C, Spare Parts Delivery Procedure, of this
    Agreement). Payment shall be made after the particular Lot has been delivered and accepted.
       Item 4 - Training
     City shall make progress payments for Training upon satisfactory completion of each milestone in accordance with the
     percentage allocation below:
           Milestone                                                                              Percent of Bid Item 5
     (a)   Completion of first 300 hours of training                                                          25%
     (b)   Completion of second 300 hours of training                                                         25%
     (c)   Completion of third 300 hours of training                                                          30%
     (d)   Completion of last 250 hours of training                                                           20%


       Item 5 - Interactive Multimedia Training
       City shall make progress payments for Interactive Multimedia Training upon satisfactory completion of each
       milestone in accordance with the percentage allocation below:
              Milestone                                                                      Percentage of Bid Item 5
        (e)   MUNI Approval of Design Detail Documentation                                                 10%
        (f)   Delivery and Approval of one Prototype Module                                                20%
        (g)   Delivery and Approval of all Pre-production Modules                                          30%
        (h)   Delivery and Approval of all Production Modules                                              40%

       Item 6 - Operating, Maintenance, and Parts Manuals
       Contractor shall deliver to MUNI draft operating, maintenance and parts manuals with prototype vehicle. When
       satisfactory draft operating, maintenance and parts manuals have been received, City shall pay 30 percent of this
       payment item. The balance will be paid when final manuals have been approved, delivered and accepted.

       Item 7 – Special Tools Separate from Coach
       City shall pay for special tools and other maintenance equipment upon their acceptance by MUNI.

D. Exchange Rate Risk
   The City will not make price adjustments on this Contract to protect the Contractor from fluctuations in the value of
   the applicable foreign currency in relation to the United States dollar.

E. Early Completion Bonus
   The timely delivery of vehicles is very important to MUNI. Accordingly, the City will pay an early completion bonus
   of $1,000.00 per vehicle delivered and at least conditionally accepted by MUNI within 120 days of prototype
   approval. The above shall not conflict with the delivery requirements of Section 13.3 of the Technical Specifications-
   Volume 2.

F.     Incentives
       (1) Approach and Departure Angles

              The City will issue a payment incentive separately on each bus based on increasing the approach and departure
              angles without compromising front (when kneeled) and rear step height as follow:

              An incentive payment of $800 per vehicle will be made for approach and departure angles of 11 degrees, based
              on Section 1.2.1, Underbody Clearance of the Technical Specifications. An additional incentive payment of $800
              per vehicle will be made for each 1 degree added to the approach and departure angles above 11 degrees. The bus
              will be at standard operating height during the determination of approach angle incentive payments; manual
              height adjustment will not be allowed.

       (2) Noise Levels:

              The City will issue a payment incentive separately on each bus based on the reduction of the maximum interior
              and exterior noise level as follows:
         a.    An incentive payment of $800 per vehicle will be made for passenger interior noise level reduction to 70
               dBA based on Section 1.6.1, Interior Noise, of the Technical Specifications. An additional incentive
               payment of $800 per vehicle will be made for each 1 dBA interior noise level reduction below 70 dBA. No
               incentive credit will be issued for noise levels below 65 dBA.

         b.    An incentive payment of $800 per vehicle will be made for passenger exterior pull-away noise level
               reduction to 70 dBA based on Section 1.6.2, Exterior Noise, of the Technical Specifications. An additional
               incentive payment of $800 per vehicle will be made for each 1 dBA exterior noise level reduction below 70
               dBA. No incentive credit will be issued for noise levels below 65 dBA.

G. Liquidated Damages
   In case deliveries are not completed within the number of days indicated in Appendix B, Delivery Schedule
   Worksheets 1C, and Technical Specifications, Vol. 2. Sections 10.1.6.1 and 10.2.2.2, as may be modified subject to
   Unavoidable Delays, as defined in Section 11.0, Vol. 1, Contractor agrees that the City will sustain damage, and that it
   will be impracticable or extremely difficult to ascertain the actual damage that the City will sustain. In the event of
   such delay, the Contractor agrees to pay the amounts indicated below for each day in excess of the number of days
   specified. This payment is not a penalty, but is a reasonable amount under the circumstances existing at the time the
   contract is awarded. The City may deduct the sum of liquidated damages from any monies due or that may become
   due to the Contractor under the Agreement, or if such monies are insufficient, the Contractor or its surety shall pay to
   the City any deficiency.

                                                                                                         Amount Per Day
                       Milestone                                                                            Standard
                                                                                                           40-foot Bus
              1.       Delivery of Prototype Coach                                                           $400.00
              2.       Submittal of Training Lesson Plans                                                    $100.00
              3.       Submittal of Draft Operation, Maintenance, and Parts Manual                           $100.00
              4.       Delivery of each Production Coach                                                     $200.00
                                                                                                            per coach
              5.       Completion of Spare Parts Delivery                                                    $300.00
              6.       Completion of Special Tools Delivery                                                  $300.00
              7.       Submittal of Final Operation, Maintenance, and Parts Manuals                          $300.00
              8.       Warranty Fleet Defect Correction                                                      $200.00
                       (See Technical Specifications, Section 10.1.6.1)                                     per coach


     The above Liquidated Damages are in addition to any other damages that are recoverable by the City and specified
     elsewhere in the Contract documents.

     Contractor agrees that City may offset any amounts due City for liquidated damages or other damages authorized in
     this Agreement against any amount owed by City to Contractor in this or any other contract between City and
     Contractor.

H. Inflation Risk
   City will not make price adjustments to this Contract to protect Contractor from economic inflation.

I.   Taxes and Other Governmental Charges on Items Purchased under This Contract
     The City will reimburse the Contractor for any levied sales tax on articles purchased by the City under this
     Agreement. However, if the Contractor cannot be authorized to collect and pay the sales taxes to the State of
     California, then the City will pay the sales tax directly to the State. Contractor shall be solely responsible for any
     penalties, interest or fees assessed as a result of late or erroneous payment of such taxes. The City warrants that it is a
     public entity exempt from certain federal excise taxes and in connection therewith that it has obtained a federal excise
     tax exemption certificate. Contractor will pay all other taxes, licenses, imposts, duties, and all other governmental
     charges of any type whatsoever.
  J.   Payment Does Not Imply Acceptance of Work
       The granting of any payment or payments by the City, or the receipt thereof by the Contractor, shall in no way lessen
       the liability of the Contractor to replace unsatisfactory work or material although the unsatisfactory character of such
       work or material may not have been apparent or detected at the time such payment was made. Materials, components,
       or workmanship that do not conform to the Technical Specifications will be rejected and shall be replaced by the
       Contractor without delay.

8. DELIVERIES
  A. Pre-delivery Tests and Inspections
     Pre-delivery tests and inspections shall be performed at or near the Contractor's plant. They shall be performed in
     accordance with the procedures defined in the Quality Assurance Section of the Technical Specifications, and they
     may be witnessed by the MUNI Resident Inspector. When a coach passes these tests and inspections, the Resident
     Inspector shall authorize release of the coach for shipment. Such authorization does not imply acceptance of the
     vehicle by MUNI.

  B. Coach Delivery Procedure
     Delivery shall be determined by signed receipt of the MUNI Project Manager / Representative at the point of delivery
     and may be preceded by a cursory inspection of the coach. The point of delivery shall be:
              Standard Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches
                   Municipal Railway Department
                     Woods Maintenance Facility
                         1095 Indiana Street
                   San Francisco, California 94107

       Delivery of the coaches shall be F.O.B. point of delivery, freight pre-paid and allowed. Contractor shall ensure that
       all coaches are fully operable when they are delivered.

       Drivers shall keep a complete and accurate maintenance log en route, which shall be delivered to the MUNI Project
       Manager / Representative with the coach. The log shall show the driver's compliance with the tire manufacturer's
       highway operating procedures. If the coaches are towed, the rear axle shafts shall be removed during the towing and
       re-coupled by the Contractor after arrival at the point of delivery. Contractor shall deliver each coach with a full tank
       of fuel and fully cleaned (exterior, interior, underside, and topside) prior to presentation for inspection. Also, if the
       coaches are towed from the Contractor’s facility to MUNI, highway-type tires shall be installed. Upon arrival at a
       MUNI maintenance facility or within the City/County of San Francisco, Contractor, at its expense, shall install city-
       type tires.

  C. Spare Parts Delivery Procedure
     Contract spare parts may deliver in one (1) shipment or lots provided that all spare parts shipment are delivered in
     accordance to Section 13, Delivery Schedule of Technical Specifications. Composition of spare parts in each lot is
     subject to Muni approval. Contractor shall provide Muni with one-week advance notice before a shipment is being
     shipped. Such notice shall include a packing list clearly identify all parts and quantity in the shipment.

       Delivery shall be determined by signed receipt of the MUNI Project Manager / Representative at the point of delivery
       and may be preceded by a cursory inspection of the parts. Within 20 days of delivery, City will issue a notification of
       acceptance, non-acceptance or conditional acceptance. The point of delivery shall be:
              Standard Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches
                   Municipal Railway Department
                     Woods Maintenance Facility
                         1095 Indiana Street
                   San Francisco, California 94107

       Delivery of spare parts shall be F.O.B. point of delivery, freight pre-paid and allowed.
   D. Delivery Schedule
      The coaches and other items shall be delivered between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.
      Contractor shall deliver a maximum of five (5) coaches per week.

   E. Assumption of Risk of Loss
      Prior to acceptance by MUNI, and regardless whether title has passed to the City, the Contractor shall bear risk of loss
      of the coach, including any damage sustained during transportation to the delivery site. The City shall assume risk of
      loss of the coach only after coach is inside the delivery site.

9. ACCEPTANCE OF COACH
   A. Procedure
      Contractor shall ensure that the coach’s underside is washed and cleaned prior to being presented to MUNI for
      acceptance.

       After arrival at the designated point of delivery, each coach will undergo pre-acceptance and acceptance tests by
       MUNI as defined in the Quality Assurance section of the Technical Specifications. When a coach passes all tests,
       written acceptance of the coach will be provided to the Contractor by MUNI. Title to the coach shall be transferred to
       the City on the day of acceptance. Acceptance of one coach does not imply acceptance of any other delivered
       coaches.

       If a coach fails the acceptance tests, the coach shall not be accepted until the repair procedures defined in Section 10,
       of this Agreement have been carried out and the coach has been retested and passes all applicable tests. All deliveries
       of coaches shall be halted whenever 5 or more coaches have failed or have not successfully completed the
       acceptance tests and are awaiting repairs or corrections. Contractor shall be entitled to schedule changes to the
       delivery schedule if the delays are proven to be City-caused delays to the critical path.

       Within 21 calendar days of delivery, the City will issue a notification of acceptance, non-acceptance or conditional
       acceptance.

   B. Conditional Acceptance
      If a coach does not meet all requirements for acceptance, MUNI may, at its exclusive option, “conditionally accept”
      the bus and place it into revenue service, pending receipt of Contractor-furnished materials and/or labor necessary to
      effectuate corrective action for acceptance. For any conditionally accepted coach, payments shall be made as
      provided in Section 7.C above.

   C. Title
      At the time the coach is delivered, Contractor shall provide to the MUNI Project Manager adequate documents for
      securing the title for the coach and registering the coach in the State of California. Upon acceptance of each coach,
      title to each coach shall pass to the City, which title Contractor warrants shall be free and clear of all liens, mortgages
      and encumbrances, financing statements, security agreements, claims, and demands of any character.

10. REPAIRS PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE
   The MUNI Project Manager / Representative may require the Contractor, or its designated representative, to perform
   repairs after non-acceptance or conditional acceptance, or the Contractor may request that the work be done by MUNI
   personnel with reimbursement by the Contractor. Contractor shall inform MUNI in advance of any modifications made to
   the vehicle during the acceptance period.

   A. Repairs by Contractor
      If the MUNI Project Manager / Representative requires the Contractor to perform repairs after non-acceptance of the
      coach, the Contractor's representative must begin the repair within five (5) working day after receiving notification
      from the MUNI Project Manager / Representative of failure of acceptance tests.

       The Contractor shall provide, at its own expense, all spare parts, tools, and labor required to complete the repairs. At
       the MUNI Project Manager / Representative's option, the Contractor may be required to remove the coach from
       MUNI property while repairs are being effected. The Contractor shall then provide a space to complete the repairs,
       shall diligently pursue the repairs, and shall assume risk of loss while the coach is under its control.
  B. Repairs by MUNI
     If the MUNI Project Manager / Representative agrees to a request by the Contractor for MUNI to perform repairs on a
     Contractor-owned coach prior to MUNI acceptance, MUNI shall correct or repair the defect using parts supplied by
     the Contractor specifically for this repair. Monthly, or at a period to be mutually agreed upon, reports of all repairs
     covered by this procedure shall be submitted by the MUNI Project Manager / Representative to the Contractor for
     actual cost reimbursement of parts. The Contractor shall provide forms for these reports.

      If the Contractor supplies parts for repairs being performed by MUNI before acceptance of the coach, Contractor shall
      ship these parts prepaid to MUNI within ten (10) working days after receipt of the request for said parts. The
      Contractor may request that defective components covered by this provision be returned to the manufacturing plant.
      Contractor shall bear all expenses for supplying such parts and for any associated.

      Contractor shall reimburse MUNI for all costs of labor and materials (including taxes) for repairs made or caused to
      be made by MUNI. If MUNI performs the repairs itself, the amount shall be determined by multiplying the number of
      man-hours actually required to correct the defect by the current technician's hourly overtime wage rate, which
      includes fringe benefits and overhead, plus the cost of towing the coach if such action was necessary. If MUNI
      requires the service of an outside repair shop, Contractor shall reimburse MUNI for all such repair invoices.
      Contractor shall also reimburse MUNI for administrative costs incurred in performing the repairs. The use of MUNI
      labor will not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility to ensure that repairs are carried out in accordance with
      proper procedures.

      The City may deduct the cost of repairs from any monies due or that may become due to the contractor under the
      Agreement, or if such monies are insufficient, the contractor or its surety shall pay to the City any deficiency.

11. UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS
  A. Definition
     An Unavoidable Delay is an interruption of the work beyond the control of the Contractor, which the Contractor could
     not have avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, foresight, and diligence. Such delays include and are limited to
     acts of God; floods; windstorms; tornadoes; wars; riots; insurrections; epidemics; quarantine restrictions; strikes and
     lockouts; freight embargoes; acts of a governmental agency; priorities or privileges established for the manufacture,
     assembly, or allotment of materials by order, decree, or otherwise of the United States or by any department, bureau,
     commission, committee, agent, or administrator of any legally constituted public authority; changes in the work
     ordered by the City insofar as they necessarily require additional time in which to complete the entire work; the
     prevention by the City of the Contractor's commencing or prosecuting the work. The duration of said Unavoidable
     Delays shall be limited to the extent that the commencement, prosecution, and completion of the work are delayed
     thereby, as determined by the City.

  B. Notification of Delay
     The Contractor shall notify MUNI as soon as the Contractor has, or should have, knowledge that an event has
     occurred that will delay deliveries. Within five (5) calendar days, the Contractor shall confirm such notice in writing,
     furnishing as much detail as is available.

  C. Request for Extension
     The Contractor agrees to supply, as soon as such data are available, any reasonable proof that is required by MUNI to
     make a decision on any request for extension. MUNI shall examine the request and any documents supplied by the
     Contractor and shall determine if the Contractor is entitled to an extension and the duration of such extension. MUNI
     shall notify the Contractor of its decision in writing.

      The granting of an extension of time because of Unavoidable Delays shall in no way operate as a waiver on the part of
      the City of the right to collect liquidated damages for other delays or of any other rights to which the City is entitled.

12. CARGO PREFERENCE
  The Contractor agrees: (a) to use privately owned United States-Flag commercial vessels to ship at least 50 percent of the
  gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carriers, dry cargo liners, and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any
  equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to the underlying Agreement to the extent such vessels are available at fair
  and reasonable rates for United States-Flag commercial vessels; (b) to furnish within 20 working days following the date
  of loading for shipments originating within the United States or within 30 working days following the date of leading for
   shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, “on-board” commercial ocean bill-of-lading in
   English for each shipment of cargo described above to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development,
   Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590 and to the FTA recipient (through the Contractor in the case of a
   subcontractor’s bill-of-lading.); and (c) to include these requirements in all subcontracts issued pursuant to this Agreement
   when the subcontract may involve the transport of equipment, material, or commodities by ocean vessel.
13. BONDS
   The Contractor shall maintain at its own expense, and furnish to City, corporate surety bonds, as follows:

   A. Within 20 days following the receipt of a notice of tentative award of contract, the Contractor shall furnish to City a
      performance bond in the amount of twenty percent (20%) of the total contract amount, to guarantee Contractor’s
      faithful performance of all obligations of the Contract. Upon delivery and acceptance by the City of fifty percent
      (50%) of the original contracted number of vehicles, the amount of the performance bond may be reduced to sixty-five
      percent (65%) of the original bond amount. Upon delivery and acceptance by the City of seventy-five percent (75%)
      of the original contracted number of vehicles, the amount of the performance bond may be reduced to thirty percent
      (30%) of the original bond amount. If the Contractor requests any further reduction in the amount of the performance
      bond, the request shall be subject to approval by MUNI and the City's Risk Manager. One (1) year after the City fully
      accepts the last bus, the City will release the performance bond, provided that all contract deliverables have been
      performed and accepted and, if the City has so elected, a warranty bond meeting the requirements of Subsection 13.C
      is in place. Notwithstanding the above, if all training has not been completed within said one- (1-) year period, the
      City may still release the performance bond provided the City and Contractor have executed a separate agreement for
      Contractor to perform the remaining training obligations.

   B. Within 20 days of receipt of a notice from MUNI of intention to exercise the option to purchase more coaches, the
      Contractor shall furnish to City a performance bond in the amount of twenty percent (20%) of the cost of the
      additional coaches to be purchased, to guarantee performance of all contract obligations with respect to such optional
      vehicles. Provisions for reducing the amount of and release of such bond shall apply in the same manner as described
      in Subsection A. above.

   C. Warranty Bond; Extension Option; Escrow Account Alternative. Contractor shall provide a two- (2-) year warranty or
      guaranty bond in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the Contract price covering all of Contractor's warranty
      obligations under the Contract, which bond shall become effective upon release of the Performance Bond required
      under Subsection A. above. At the end of the first year of warranty coverage, the Contractor may request a reduction
      of coverage, which may be approved at the discretion of City and the City's Risk Manager. Additionally, at City's
      election, and subject to approval of the surety issuing the bond, Contractor shall provide for up to two (2) one- (1-)
      year extensions or renewals of the warranty or guaranty bond at an amount approved by City and the City's Risk
      Manager. If the original surety declines to extend or renew the initial bond, Contractor shall in good faith try to obtain
      the required additional coverage from another surety and shall document to the City its efforts in this regard.

   D. Warranty Account. As an alternative to the warranty bond described above, Contractor may elect to establish, as
      comparable security for completion of its warranty obligations, an interest-bearing escrow account in the amount of
      ten percent (10%) of the Contract price ("Warranty Account"). Contractor shall notify City of its election prior to
      receipt of notice to proceed with the Contract from City. In that event, notwithstanding any other provision of this
      Agreement, the effective date of the Agreement shall be conditioned on the City's receipt of an escrow agreement
      signed by City, Contractor and the escrow agent. In order to fund the Warranty Account, City shall retain the
      following payments from Contractor and pay them into the Warranty Account: entire amount under Items 1(d) and
      2(d); and the amount due under Item 2(c), until ten percent of the Contract price is held in escrow. The Warranty
      Account shall commence upon release of the Performance Bond and be maintained for the entire term of the above-
      described warranty bond, including options (four years). Said retained amount shall be in addition to any other
      amounts entitled to be retained under this Agreement.

       1.   Withdrawal of Funds. In the event of a default by Contractor of any of its warranty obligations under the
            Agreement, or on any of its obligations set out in any warranty service plan submitted to, and approved by, City,
            and such default remains unremedied for a period of ten (10) business days after written notice of the default by
            City, City shall be entitled to withdraw from the Warranty Account any amounts required by City to complete the
            warranty work, as provided in Sections 10.2.2 et seq. of the Technical Specifications, up to the entire amount of
            the Warranty Account. City's right to withdraw from the Warranty Account as a result of an unremedied default
            on the part of Contractor shall not require the consent of Contractor. Contractor shall not be entitled to withdraw
            funds from the Warranty Account for any purpose.

       2.   Reduction in Escrow Amount. At the end of the first year of establishment of the Warranty Account, the
            Contractor may request a reduction of the amount in the Warranty Account provided there have been no
            withdrawals up to that time. Any such reduction may be approved at the discretion of City and the City's Risk
            Manager.

       3.   Termination of Escrow Account. After completion of the term of the Warranty Account (four years), and
            provided that work has been completed on all outstanding warranty claims that accrued prior to completion of the
            term, City shall authorize payment to Contractor of all remaining funds in the Warranty Account, including
            interest. If at the end of the four-year period, outstanding warranty claims remain, City shall estimate the cost to
            complete outstanding warranty work ("estimated costs") and authorize payment to Contractor of all remaining
            funds in the Warranty Account, less the estimated costs plus twenty-five percent (25%) of the estimated costs.
            After all work has been completed on the outstanding claims, Contractor shall be entitled to the remaining funds
            in the Warranty Account.

       4.   Warranty Account as Security. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Contractor
            acknowledges that the amount held in the Warranty Account is held as security in accordance with the escrow
            agreement for the Contractor's warranty obligations under this Agreement, and not as a penalty or as liquidated
            damages for a breach of any such obligations, nor in substitution for the Contractor's performance of such
            obligations, in respect of which the Contractor remains fully bound in the event of any claim by City against the
            Warranty Account. City has no obligation to draw funds from the Warranty Account in lieu of claiming against
            the Contractor in relation to the provision of warranty service under this Agreement, or any failure by the
            Contractor to provide warranty. The Warranty Account does not constitute or represent a limit of any kind or to
            any degree with respect to any of City's claims for damages against the Contractor in regard to warranty service
            under this Agreement. Any claims on the Warranty Account by City are in addition to any other rights City may
            have at law or in equity with respect to Contractor's warranty obligations.

   The corporate surety on these bonds must be legally authorized to engage in the business of furnishing surety bonds in the
   State of California. All sureties, bond coverage forms, and requests for changes to the bonding requirements must be
   approved by the City’s Risk Manager.

   During the period covered by the Contract, if the surety on these bonds shall, in the opinion of the City’s Risk Manager,
   become insolvent or unable to pay promptly the amount of such bonds to the extent to which surety might be liable, the
   Contractor, within 30 days after notice given by the City to the Contractor, shall by supplemental bonds or otherwise
   substitute another and sufficient surety approved by the Risk Manager in place of the surety becoming insolvent or unable
   to pay. If the Contractor fails within such 30 day period to substitute another and sufficient surety, the Contractor shall, if
   the City so elects, be deemed to be in default in the performance of its obligations hereunder, and the City, in addition to
   any and all other remedies, may terminate the Contract or bring any proper suit or proceeding against the Contractor and
   the surety, or may deduct from any monies then due or which thereafter may become due to Contractor under the Contract
   the amount for which the surety, insolvent or unable to pay as aforesaid, is obligated on the bonds, and the monies so
   deducted shall be held by the City as collateral security for the performance of the conditions of the bonds.

14. INSURANCE
   A. The Contractor shall maintain, at its own expense, throughout the term of this Agreement, insurance as follows:

       1.   Workers’ Compensation, including Employers’ Liability coverage, with limits not less than $1,000,000.00 each
            accident, or as required by law in the jurisdiction in which the work is performed.

       2.   Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability insurance with limits not less than $5,000,000.00 each
            occurrence combined single limit of Bodily Injury and Property Damage, including coverage’s for Contractual
            Liability, Independent Contractor, Broad-form Property Damage, Products and Completed Operations.

       3.   Comprehensive or Business Automobile (Transit Coach, Truck, and other vehicles included) Liability Insurance,
            with limits not less than $5,000,000.00 each occurrence combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property
            Damage, including coverage’s for owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles, as applicable.
       4.   During the course of this Agreement, should any vehicles already accepted by City and in which title is vested in
            the City, be returned to Contractor for any reason, Contractor shall maintain, with respect to such vehicles,
            Garagekeepers’ Legal Liability Insurance with limits not less than 100 percent of the value of City vehicles and
            equipment in Contractor’s care, custody, or control, including coverage’s for fire, theft, riot and civil commotion,
            vandalism or malicious mischief, and collision; all-risk transportation insurance for the full value of all City-
            owned coaches in transit between Contractor and City premises; and any loss payable to the City as its interest
            may appear.

       5.   During the course of this Agreement, as title to components or coaches is transferred to City (refer to Section
            7.C), Contractor shall provide property insurance on such components against all risks of loss or damage for
            100% of their replacement value, including City as a named insured and loss payee, as its interests may appear.

   B. Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability and Comprehensive or Business Automobile policies shall be
      endorsed to provide the following:

       1.   Name as Additional insured’s the City and County of San Francisco, its Officers, Agents, Employees and
            Members of the Commissions;

       2.   That such policies are primary to any other insurance available to the Additional Insured’s, with respect to any
            claims arising out of this Agreement, and that such insurance applies separately to each insured against whom
            claim is made or suit is brought and that such coverage shall not exceed policy limits.

   C. All policies shall be endorsed to provide:

       Thirty (30) days advance written notice to City of cancellation, non-renewal or reduction in coverage, mailed to the
       following address:

                                                City and County of San Francisco
                                                         Elson Hao, P.E.
                                                        Project Manager
                                                        Contract No. 350
                                             Fleet Procurement Engineering Section
                                            700 Pennsylvania Ave, Bldg. C, Rm. 110
                                                    San Francisco, CA 94107


       Before commencement of the term of this Contract, certificates of insurance, and copies of additional insurance
       endorsements, in form and with insurers acceptable to City, evidencing all required insurance, shall be furnished with
       complete copies of policies to City promptly upon request.

   D. Should any of the required insurance be provided under a claims-made form, the Contractor shall maintain such
      coverage continuously throughout the term of this Contract and, without lapse, for a period of three years beyond the
      Contract expiration, to the effect that, should occurrences during the contract term give rise to claims made after
      expiration of the Contract, such claims shall be covered by such claims-made policies.

   E. Should any of the required insurance be provided under a form of coverage that includes a general annual aggregate
      limit or provides that claims investigation or legal defense costs be included in such general annual aggregate limit,
      such general annual aggregate limit shall be double the occurrence limits specified above.

   F. Should any required insurance lapse during the contract term, requests for payments originating after such lapse shall
      not be processed until the City receives satisfactory evidence of reinstated coverage as required by this Contract,
      effective as of the lapse date. If insurance is not reinstated, the City may, at its sole option, terminate this Agreement
      effective on the date of such lapse of insurance.

15. INDEMNIFICATION
   Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless City and its officers, agents and employees from, and, if requested, shall
   defend them against any and all loss, damage, injury, liability and claims thereof for injury to or death of a person,
   including employees of Contractor or loss of or damage to property, resulting directly or indirectly from Contractor’s
   performance of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the use of Contractor’s facilities or equipment provided by
   City or others, regardless of the negligence of, and regardless of whether liability without fault is imposed or sought to be
   imposed on City, except to the extent that such indemnity is void or otherwise unenforceable under applicable law in effect
   on or validly retroactive to the date of this Agreement and except where such loss, damage, injury, liability or claim is the
   result of active negligence or willful misconduct of City and is not contributed to by any act of, or by any omission to
   perform some duty imposed by law or agreement on Contractor, its subcontractors or either’s agent or employee.

   In addition to Contractor’s obligation to indemnify City, Contractor specifically acknowledges and agrees that it has an
   immediate and independent obligation to defend City from any claim which actually or potentially falls within this
   indemnification provision, even if the allegations are or may be groundless, false or fraudulent, which obligation arises at
   the time such claim is tendered to Contractor by City and continues at all times thereafter.

   Contractor shall indemnify and hold City harmless from all loss and liability, including attorney’s fees, court costs and all
   other litigation expenses for any infringement of the patent rights, copyright, trade secret or any other proprietary right or
   trademark and all other intellectual property claims of any person or persons in consequence of the use by City, or any of
   its officers or agents, of articles or services to be supplied in the performance of this Agreement.

16. AUDIT AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS
   Contractor agrees to maintain and make available to the City, during regular business hours, accurate books and
   accounting records relating to its Work under this Agreement. Contractor will permit City to audit, examine and make
   excerpts and transcripts from such books and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records or
   personnel and other data related to all other matters covered by this Agreement, whether funded in whole or in part under
   this Agreement. The City, including its authorized agents and representatives, agrees to maintain the confidentiality of any
   proprietary information obtained during an audit to the extent permitted by law, provided that such information is properly
   designated as proprietary. In the event of a legal challenge to the confidentiality of said information under the California
   Public Records Act, San Francisco Sunshine Ordinance or Federal Freedom of Information Act, Contractor agrees to
   assume the defense of and indemnify the City for all costs, fees and damages arising from any such challenge. Contractor
   shall maintain such data and records in an accessible location and condition for a period of not less than three years after
   final payment under this Agreement or until after final audit has been resolved, whichever is later. The State of California
   or any federal agency having an interest in the subject of this Agreement shall have the same rights conferred upon City by
   this Section.

17. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF CITY
   The performance of work under this contract may be terminated by City in accordance with this clause in whole, or from
   time to time part, whenever the Project Manager shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of City. Any
   such termination shall be effected by delivery to the Contractor of a notice of termination specifying the extent to which
   performance of work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which such termination becomes effective.

   After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall:

      stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination;
      place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities except as may be necessary for completion
       of such portion of the work under the Contract as is not terminated;
      terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of work terminated by the notice
       of termination;
      assign to City in the manner, at the times, and to the extent directed by the Contracting Officer, all of the right, title,
       and interest of the Contractor under the orders and subcontracts so terminated, in which case City shall have the right,
       in its discretion, to settle or pay any or all claims arising out of the termination of such orders and subcontracts;
      settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of such termination of orders and subcontracts, with the
       approval or ratification of the Contracting Officer, to the extent he may require, which approval or ratification shall be
       final for all the purposes of this clause;
      transfer title to City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the City the fabricated
       or un-fabricated parts, work in process, completed work, supplies, and other material produced as part of, or acquired
       in connection with the performance of the work terminated, and the completed or partially completed plans, drawings,
       information and other property which, if the contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to
       City;
      use its best efforts to sell, in the manner, at the times, to the extent, and at the price(s) directed or authorized by the
       City, any property of the types referred to above, provided, however, that the Contractor shall not be required to
       extend credit to any Purchaser, and may acquire any such property under the conditions prescribed by and at a price(s)
       approved by the City, and provided further that the proceeds of any such transfer or disposition shall be applied in
       reduction of any payments to be made by City to the Contractor under this Contract or shall otherwise be credited to
       the price or cost of the work covered by this contract or paid in such other manner as the City may direct;
      complete performance of such part of the work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination;
      and take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection or preservation of the property
       related to this contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which City has or may acquire an interest.

   Settlement of claims by the Contractor under this termination for convenience clause shall be in accordance with the
   applicable provisions in the Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR).

18. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT
    City may, by written notice of default to the Contractor, terminate the whole or any part of this Contract if the Contractor
    fails to make delivery of the supplies or to perform the service within the time specified herein or any extension thereof;
    or if the Contractor fails to perform any of the other provisions of the Contract, or so fails to make progress as to
    endanger performance of this Contract in accordance with its terms, and in either of these two circumstances does not
    cure such failure within a period of 10 days (or such longer period as the Contracting Officer may authorize in writing)
    after receipt of notice from the City specifying such failure.

    If the Contract is terminated in whole or in part for default, City may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as the
    Contracting Officer may deem appropriate, supplies or services similar to those so terminated. The Contractor shall be
    liable to City for any excess costs for such similar supplies or services, and shall continue the performance of this
    Contract to the extent not terminated under the provisions of this clause.

    The performance of Work under this Contract may be terminated by City, in its discretion, upon application therefore by
    the Contractor for unforeseen causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including
    acts of God, acts of the public enemy, governmental acts, fires and epidemics if such causes irrecoverably disrupt or
    render impossible Contractor's performance hereunder. An "act of God" shall mean an earthquake, flood, cyclone, or
    other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature beyond the power of the Contractor to foresee or make preparation in defense
    against.

    Payment for complete supplies delivered to and accepted by City shall be at the Contract price. City may withhold from
    amounts otherwise due the Contractor for such completed supplies such sum as the City determines to be necessary to
    protect City against loss because of outstanding liens, or claims of former lien holders.

    If, after notice of termination of this Contract under the provisions of this clause, it is determined for any reason that the
    Contractor was not in default under the provisions of this clause, or that the default was excusable under the provisions of
    this clause, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the notice of termination had been pursuant to
    termination for convenience of City.

    The rights and remedies of City provided in this clause shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and
    remedies provided by law or under this Contract.

19. U.S. DOT REQUIREMENTS
    The provisions contained in the FTA Requirements for Procurement Contracts in Volume 1, Appendix E-1, are
    incorporated into this Agreement. If there is any conflict between the FTA terms and conditions and any other terms and
    conditions of this Contract, the FTA terms and conditions shall take precedence.

20. COMPLIANCE WITH AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT
   Contractor acknowledges that, pursuant to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), programs, services and other
   activities provided by a public entity to the public, whether directly or through a contractor, must be accessible to the
   disabled public. Contractor shall provide the services specified in this Agreement in a manner that complies with the ADA
   and any and all other applicable federal, state and local disability rights legislation. Contractor agrees not to discriminate
   against disabled persons in the provision of services, benefits or activities provided under this Agreement and further
   agrees that any violation of this prohibition on the part of Contractor, its employees, agents or assigns will constitute a
   material breach of this Agreement

21. LETTER OF CREDIT
   Any and all letters of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained from a national or California bank with at
   least a Moody’s A rating and having at least one branch office within the City and County of San Francisco. The letter of
   credit shall be a confirmed, clean irrevocable letter of credit in favor of the City and County of San Francisco, a municipal
   corporation. The letter of credit shall have an original term of one (1) year, with automatic extensions of the principal
   amount throughout the term of the contract, or until released by the City. The letter of credit shall provide that payment of
   the entire face amount of the letter of credit, or any portion thereof, shall be made to the City and County of San Francisco,
   upon presentation of a written demand to the bank signed by the General Manager on behalf of the City and County of San
   Francisco. The letter of credit shall constitute a security deposit guaranteeing all progress payments for which the letter of
   credit is issued.

   If Contractor defaults with respect to any provision of this Agreement, City may, but shall not be required to, make its
   demand under the letter of credit for all or any portion thereof to compensate City for any loss of progress payments,
   which City may have incurred by reason of Contractor’s default. City shall present its written demand to the bank for
   payment under the letter of credit only after City shall have made its demand for payment directly to Contractor, and five
   (5) full business days have elapsed without Contractor having made payment to City or otherwise cured the default. City
   need not terminate this Agreement in order to receive compensation for its damages. If any portion of a letter of credit is
   so used or applied, Contractor, within ten (10) business days after written demand therefore, shall reinstate the letter of
   credit to its original amount; Contractor’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

   Any letter of credit issued hereunder shall provide for sixty (60) days notice by the bank to City in the event of non-
   extension of the letter of credit; in that event, Contractor shall replace the letter of credit at least ten (10) business days
   prior to its expiration. If Contractor fails to do so, City shall be entitled to present its written demand for payment of the
   entire face amount of the letter of credit. Any amounts so received by City shall be returned to Contractor upon
   replacement of the letter of credit.

   If City receives any payments from the aforementioned bank under the letter of credit by reason of having made a
   wrongful or excessive demand for payment, City shall return to Contractor the amount by which City’s total receipts from
   Contractor and from the bank under the letter of credit exceeds the amount to which City rightfully is entitled, together
   with interest thereon at the legal rate of interest, but City shall not otherwise be liable to Contractor for any damages or
   penalties.

22. OPTION PROCEDURES – PRICE ADJUSTMENT
   All items purchased under the options shall be functionally identical in every way to those purchased under the base
   Contract. Any changes to items or components furnished under the options are subject to approval by the City. All
   conditions, specifications and requirements set forth in the Contract documents shall apply to the items purchased under
   option unless otherwise specified in this section. Delivery of the option coaches shall be in accordance with Volume 1,
   Section 8 of this Agreement.

   At the option of the City, the Contractor shall provide between 1 and 56 Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel
   Coaches in addition to the initial purchase(s). These options may be exercised at any time up to and including three years
   from the Effective Date, as defined in Section 24. The quantities will be set at the time(s) of exercising the option. City,
   at its exclusive option, may assign all or a portion of this option to another transit agency. Such assignment shall be
   effectuated by an assignment agreement between the City and the transit agency, with notice to Contractor. The
   assignment agreement may be executed by the Director on behalf of City.

   These option coaches shall be provided at the bid price(s) quoted in the Schedule of Prices, Item No. 8, plus any price
   increase or decrease adjustment based on the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, Producer Price Index:
   NAICS Product Code 336211, Motor Vehicle Body Mfg. The increase or decrease of the base price (the Contract Price(s)
   for option) shall be in proportion to the percent (%) change (increase or decrease) in the PPI Detailed Report.

   The adjustment(s) shall be calculated based on the index four (4) months prior to the month the Contract was executed,
   and the index four (4) months prior to the month an option is exercised.

   Definitions:
  A. Base Price          the Contract Price for the option
  B. Base Index          the Producer Price Index published four (4) months prior to the month in which the Contract was
     executed.
  C. Current Index       the Producer Price Index published four (4) month prior to the month in which an option is
     exercised.

  Calculation example:

  1) 150.4               Index at time option is exercised minus four (4) months,

  2) 132.6               Index at time of Contract execution minus four (4) months,

       150.4  132.6
                     100  13.42 (percent change)
          132.6
  3) Base price should be increased by 13.42%

       ($100.00 = Base price)

  4) $100.00 X 13.42% = $13.42

  5) $100.00 plus $13.42 = $113.42 (revised price based on the percent change of the Producer Price Index)

  If the product code and index for the month specified is not available, the index for the next previous month, in which the
  index is available, will be used.

  If the Bureau of Labor Statistics designates an index with a new title and/or code number as being continuous with the
  index being cited herein, the new index will be used. Further, if the index is discontinued, the index for the next more
  general product will be used or, with mutual agreement by all parties, a substitute index will be used.

  In the event that it is determined by the City that this method of price adjustment has become inapplicable, a new method
  may be adopted by mutual agreement.

23. FIRST SOURCE HIRING PROGRAM
  a.   Incorporation of Administrative Code Provisions by Reference
       The provisions of Chapter 83 of the San Francisco Administrative Code are incorporated in this Section by reference
       and made a part of this Agreement as though fully set forth herein. Contractor shall comply fully with, and be bound
       by, all of the provisions that apply to this Agreement under such Chapter, including but not limited to the remedies
       provided therein. Capitalized terms used in this Section and not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings
       assigned to such terms in Chapter 83.
  b.   First Source Hiring Agreement.
       (1) Contractor will comply with First Source interviewing, recruitment and hiring requirements, which will provide
           the San Francisco Workforce Development System with the exclusive opportunity to initially provide Qualified
           Economically Disadvantaged Individuals for consideration for employment for Entry Level Positions. The
           duration of the First Source interviewing requirement shall be ten (10) days, unless business necessity requires a
           shorter period of time.;
       (2) Contractor will comply with requirements for providing timely, appropriate notification of available Entry Level
           Positions to the San Francisco Workforce Development System so that the System may train and refer an
           adequate pool of Qualified Economically Disadvantaged Individuals to participating Employers;
       (3) Contractor agrees to use good faith efforts to comply with the First Source hiring requirements. A Contractor
           may establish its good faith efforts by filling: 1) its first available Entry Level Position with a job applicant
           referred through the First Source Program; and, 2) fifty percent (50%) of its subsequent available Entry Level
           Positions with job applicants referred through the San Francisco Workforce Development System. Failure to
           meet this target, while not imputing bad faith, may result in a review of the Contractor's employment records.
   c.   Hiring Decisions.
        Contractor shall make the final determination of whether an Economically Disadvantaged Individual referred by the
        System is "qualified" for the position.
   d.   Exceptions
        Upon application by Employer, the First Source Hiring Administration may grant an exception to any or all of the
        requirements of Chapter 83 in any situation where it concludes that compliance with this Chapter would cause
        economic hardship.
   e.   Liquidated Damages
        Violation of the requirements of Chapter 83 is subject to an assessment of liquidated damages in the amount of $2,070
        for every new hire for an Entry Level Position improperly withheld from the first source hiring process. The
        assessment of liquidated damages and the evaluation of any defenses or mitigating factors shall be made by the
        FSHA.
   f.   Subcontracts
        Any subcontract entered into by Contractor shall require the subcontractor to comply with the requirements of Chapter
        83 and shall contain contractual obligations substantially the same as those set forth in this Section.

24. EFFECTIVE DATE
   This Agreement shall be effective upon certification by the City’s Controller as to the availability of funds, as evidenced
   by MUNI’s issuance of the Notice to Proceed.
25. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
   This contract sets forth the entire Agreement between the parties, and supersedes all other oral or written provisions. No
   change or waiver of any provision hereof shall be valid unless made in writing and executed as required under City law.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first mentioned above.

CITY                                                         CONTRACTOR

MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY



Michael T. Burns                                             Firm Name
Director of Transportation

Approved as to form:
Dennis J. Herrera, City Attorney                             Address


by:
  Robin M. Reitzes,                                          City                State                     Zip
  Deputy City Attorney

                                                             I have read and understood Sec. 4.0. -J (V, General
                                                             Agreement), the City’s statement urging companies
                                                             doing business in Northern Ireland to move towards
MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY                              resolving employment inequities, encouraging
BOARD OF DIRECTORS                                           compliance with the MacBride Principles, and urging
                                                             San Francisco companies to do business with
RESOLUTION NO.
                                                             corporations that abide by the MacBride Principles.

Dated:

                                                                                   Signature
ATTEST:



Roberta Boomer, Secretary                                                    Name Typed or Printed



BOARD OF SUPERVISORS                                                                 Title

RESOLUTION NO.

                                                                              Telephone Number
Dated:

ATTEST:
                                                                         Federal Employer I.D. Number


GLORIA YOUNG, CLERK OF THE BOARD
VI. APPENDICES
                                APPENDIX A: CERTIFICATES




1.   BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS

2.   FAIR EMPLOYMENT

3.   CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING

4.   BUSINESS TAX CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENT

5.   CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH FTA'S BUS TESTING REQUIREMENTS
6.   DECLARATION SAN FRANCISCO ADMINSTRATIIVE CODE CHAPTER 12B NONDISCRIMINATION IN
     CONTRACTS
                               1.        BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and 49 CFR Part 661, which provide that Federal funds may not
be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United States,
unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are listed in 49
CFR 661.7, and include final assembly in the United States for 15 passenger vans and 15 passenger wagons produced by
Chrysler Corporation, microcomputer equipment, software, and small purchases (less than $100,000) made with capital,
operating, or planning funds. Separate requirements for rolling stock are set out at 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) (2) (C) and 49 CFR
661.11. Rolling stock not subject to a general waiver must be manufactured in the United States and have a 60 percent
domestic content.

A bidder or offer or must submit the appropriate Buy America certification (below) with all bids on FTA-funded contracts,
except those subject to a general waiver. Bids or offers that are not accompanied by a completed Buy America
certification must be rejected as nonresponsive. This requirement does not apply to lower tier subcontractors.

                                               Buy America Certificate
                        Procurement of Buses, other Rolling Stock and Associated Equipment

                                    (applicable to procurements greater than $100,000)

Certificate of Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323 (j) (2) (C)

The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323 (j) (2) (C) and the
regulations at 49 CFR Part 661.

    Date

    Signature

    Company Name

    Title

Certificate of Non-Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323 (j) (2) (C)

The Bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323 (j) (2) (C), but may
qualify for an exception pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5323 (j) (2) (B) or (j) (2) (D) and the regulations in 49 CFR 661.7.

    Date

    Signature

    Company Name

    Title
                                                 2. FAIR EMPLOYMENT
     In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows:

1.   The Contractor will not willfully discriminate against any employee because of race, color, religion, ancestry, national
     origin, sex, physical handicap, or medical condition as defined in Labor Code Section 1413(i). The Contractor will take
     affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without
     regard to their race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, sex, physical handicap, or medical condition as defined in
     Labor Code Section 1413(i). Such action shall include but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading,
     demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of
     compensation; and selection for training including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places,
     available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this Fair Employment
     Practices section.

2.   The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining
     agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, advising the said labor union or workers’ representative of the
     Contractor’s commitments under this section and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to
     employees and applicants for employment.

3.   The Contractor will permit access to his records of employment, employment advertisements, application forms, and other
     pertinent data and records by the Fair Employment Practices Commission, the awarding authority, or any other appropriate
     agency of the State of California designated by the awarding authority, for the purpose of investigation to ascertain
     compliance with the Fair Employment Practices section of this contract.

4.   A finding of willful violation of the Fair Employment Practices section of this contract or of the Fair Employment
     Practices Act shall be regarded by the awarding authority as a basis for determining the Contractor to be not a “responsible
     bidder” as to future contracts for which such Contractor may submit bids, for revoking the Contractor’s pre qualification
     rating, if any, and for refusing to establish, reestablish, or renew a pre qualification rating for the Contractor.

     The awarding authority shall deem a finding of willful violation of the Fair Employment Practices Act to have occurred
     upon receipt of written notice from the Fair Employment Practices Commission that it has investigated and determined
     that the Contractor has violated the Fair Employment Act and has issued an order under Labor Code Section 1426 or
     obtained an injunction under Labor Code Section 1429.

     Upon receipt of such written notice from the Fair Employment Practices Commission, the awarding authority shall notify
     the Contractor that unless it demonstrates to the satisfaction of the awarding authority within a stated period that the
     violation has been corrected, its pre qualification rating will be revoked at the expiration of such period.

5.   The Contractor agrees that should the awarding authority determine that the Contractor has not complied with the Fair
     Employment Practices section of this contract, then pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1735 and 1775, the Contractor shall,
     as a penalty to the awarding authority, forfeit, for each calendar day or portion thereof, for each person who was denied
     employment as a result of such noncompliance, the penalties provided in the Labor Code for violation of prevailing wage
     rates. Such monies may be recovered from the Contractor. The awarding authority may deduct such damages from any
     monies due the Contractor.

6.   Nothing contained in this Fair Employment Practices section shall be construed in any manner or fashion as to prevent the
     awarding authority from pursuing any other remedies that may be available at law.

7.   Prior to award of the contract, the Contractor shall certify that it has met or will meet the following standards for
     affirmative compliance, which shall be evaluated in each case by the awarding authority:

     (a) The Contractor shall provide evidence, as required by the awarding authority, that it has notified all supervisors,
         foremen, and other personnel officers in writing of the content of the anti-discrimination clause and their
         responsibilities under it.
     (b) The Contractor shall provide evidence, as required by the awarding authority, that it has notified all sources of
         employee referral (including unions, employment agencies, advertisements, Department of Employment) of the
         content of the anti-discrimination clause.

     (c) The Contractor shall file a basic compliance report, as required by the awarding authority. Willfully false statements
         made in such reports shall be punishable as provided by the law. The compliance report shall also spell out the sources
         of the work force and who has the responsibility for determining whom to hire, or whether or not to hire.

     (d) Personally, or through its representatives, the Contractor shall, through negotiations with the unions with which it has
         agreements, attempt to develop an agreement that will:

              i. Spell out responsibilities for nondiscrimination in hiring, referral, upgrading, and training.

              ii. Otherwise implement an affirmative anti-discrimination program in terms of the unions, specific areas of
              skill, and geography, to the end that qualified minority workers will be available and given an equal opportunity
              for employment.

     (e) The Contractor shall notify the contracting agency of opposition to the anti-discrimination clause by individuals,
         firms, or organizations during the period of its pre qualifications.

8.   The Contractor shall include the provisions of the foregoing paragraphs 1 through 7 in every first-tier subcontract, so that
     such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor.

9.   The Contractor shall maintain its records in conformance with the following special provisions:

     (a) The submission by the Contractor of payrolls, or copies thereof, is not required. However, each Contractor and any
         subcontractor shall preserve its weekly payroll records for a period of three years from the date of completion of this
         contract.

     (b) The payroll records shall contain the name, address, and Social Security number of each employee, his or her correct
         classification, rate of pay, daily and weekly number of hours worked, itemized deductions made, and actual wages
         paid.

     (c) The Contractor shall make its payroll records available at the project site for inspection by the awarding agency and
         shall permit the awarding agency to interview employees during working hours on the job.

     The undersigned hereby certifies that it will meet the above standards of affirmative compliance with the Fair Employment
     Practices Act.

                            Signature:

                            Typed Name:

                            Title:

                            Company:

                            Date:
                          3.       CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING
Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans and Cooperative Agreements

(To be submitted with each bid or offer exceeding $100,000)

The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:

      1.   No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person
           for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer
           or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any
           Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any
           cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal
           contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.

      2.   If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for making
           lobbying contacts to an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of
           Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or
           cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to
           Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instructions.

      3.   The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all
           sub awards at all tiers (including subcontracts, sub grants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative
           agreements) and that all sub recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or
entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by
section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code (as amended by the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995). Any person who fails to file the
required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such
failure.

The Consultant or Contractor, ________________, certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of each statement of
its certification and disclosure, if any. In addition, the Consultant or Contractor understands and agrees that the provisions
of 31 U.S.C. § 3801, et seq., apply to this certification and disclosure, if any.

Executed this                                       day of                              , 19          .

By:
                                      (signature of authorized official)



                                          (title of authorized official)
                                 4.           BUSINESS TAX CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENT
General                                                                            Do Company Divisions, Parents and Subsidiaries have to register
                                                                                   separately?
In order to receive an award, a vendor must have a current Business Tax
Certificate. The registration fee is $25, $150, $250 or $500, depending on         That depends on a company's individual situation. Contact the Tax
the type and size of your business. The fee (except the $25 fee) is pro-rated;     Collector at (415) 554-6718 or 554-4426 for more information.
depending on when during the year you started your business. The fee is
based on estimated Gross Receipts Tax or Payroll Expense tax liability.            Can I do business with the City without a certificate?

Who must obtain a registration certificate?                                        Not if you "do business in San Francisco." The City can award contracts
                                                                                   and purchase orders to businesses only in the following situations:
Any business located in San Francisco or doing business in San Francisco.
                                                                                     •     the business does business in San Francisco and has registered.
What is "doing business in San Francisco"?                                           •     the business does not do business in San Francisco and has signed
Briefly, it means having employees or a place of business in San Francisco,                the Declaration.
or having employees visit San Francisco on a regular basis. Questions 1-4            •     the business is non-profit and tax-exempt, has signed the
on the reverse specifically related to "doing business."                                   Declaration and has submitted an IRS exemption letter.
Are there exceptions?                                                                •     the business is a government agency, bank, or an insurance
                                                                                           company.
Yes. A non-profit, tax-exempt business is not required to register or pay the
registration fee. See Question 5 on reverse.                                         •     there is an emergency. Although Purchasing can award the
                                                                                           contract, the vendor may be subject to business taxes and required
My business in not located in San Francisco. Is a registration certificate still           to possess a certificate.
required?
                                                                                   These requirements cover service contracts, construction contracts and
Yes, if the business "does business in San Francisco," unless it is non-profit     commodity purchases.
and tax-exempt, or a bank, or an insurance company. Businesses with
annual gross receipts below $15,000 must have a certificate and pay a fee of       What if my application is pending during a bid evaluation?
$25.                                                                               If you are the low bidder on a City contract, and have applied for the
                                                                                   certificate but your application has not yet been approved, the City may
All businesses, including those, which do not “do business in San
Francisco”, but excluding government agencies, must sign and return the            make the award to you if you sign the Declaration. If you have a receipt
                                                                                   from the Tax Collector for the registration fee, submit a copy of the receipt
Declaration.
                                                                                   with this form.
Businesses whose Payroll/Business Tax is less than $1,000 are exempt from
that tax, but not the registration fee. For example, a retailer with less than     What if I currently "do not do business in San Francisco," but if I win this
                                                                                   bid, I will?
$660,000 of sales in San Francisco, or a $90,000 payroll in San Francisco, in
1994 is exempt from the Payroll/Business Tax. But all businesses must              You may answer the questions based on your current status, and you should
register and file annual statements with the Tax Collector.                        not register at this time. If you win the bid, you should register with the Tax
What's involved in obtaining a registration certificate?                           Collector. See Question 10 on reverse.

Obtaining a certificate is easy, but not automatic. Once the Tax Collector         For more information
receives an application, the office must check the payment status of other         For information on how to apply for the certificate, call the Tax Collector's
taxes (Unsecured Personal Property Tax, Payroll/Business Tax) and licenses         Office.
or permits. If any tax or license/permit fee is delinquent, the certificate
cannot be issued. Only when all taxes and fees are paid in full will the           For information on your eligibility to receive a particular award, call
certificate be issued.                                                             Purchasing. See the bottom of the reverse of this form.

Where do I obtain the certificate?                                                 Completing the Declaration; Failure to do so

At the Tax Collector's Office. You would obtain an application form from,          Unless you previously submitted this form, please complete the Declaration
and submit it and the registration fee to:                                         and return it with your bid or quotation. See next section.

                            Tax Collector's Office                                 Failure to complete the Declaration and return it with the bid will be a basis
                            Business Tax Division                                  for rejection of the bid, and for Purchasing assuming that your company
                             City Hall, Room 107                                   should register but will not and therefore that the City cannot do business
                        San Francisco, CA 94102-4696                               with you.
                              (415) 554-6718, or
                                                                                   If you submitted this form previously
                                (415) 554-4426
                                                                                   If you submitted this form for an earlier transaction, and if your business tax
The Tax Collector's Office can provide information on whether the other
                                                                                   status has not changed, please discard this form.
taxes noted above apply to you.
                                                      4A. BUSINESS TAX DECLARATION
Please answer Yes or No to Questions 1-5.                                                    Tax-Exempt Businesses, Banks, Insurance Companies
Doing Business in San Francisco                                                              Yes     No
Yes     No                                                                                   ___     ___ 5. This business is non-profit, tax-exempt.
                   This person, business, or person's or business's employee:                                   If "yes," you need not register and may omit items 6-10, but
                                                                                                                you must sign the declaration and submit proof of tax-
___     ___ 1. maintains, owns or leases a fixed place of business within                                       exempt status to Purchasing. Proof is usually an exemption
               San Francisco.                                                                                   letter from the IRS, noting §501 (c) or (d) of the Internal
___     ___ 2. regularly maintains a stock of tangible personal property in                                     Revenue Code.
               San Francisco for sale in the ordinary course of business.
                                                                                             ___     ___ 6. This business is a bank or an insurance company. (Please
___     ___ 3. in the ordinary course of business, loans capital on property                                indicate on this form your type of business.)
               within San Francisco.
                                                                                             Applying for a Business Tax Certificate
___     ___ 4. is physically present within San Francisco through property
               (e.g., trucks or inventory) or employees (e.g., sales                         If you answered "yes" to any of Questions 1-4, and "no" to Questions 5 or 6,
               representatives) during 7 or more separate days per year                      check item 7, 8, or 9 and complete any applicable blanks. If no item is
               (e.g., 4 employees in San Francisco for 2 days each                           checked, or if the Declaration is not signed, this will constitute a basis for
               constitute 8 separate days, and require a "yes" answer to                     Purchasing's rejecting the bid.
               this question). If a manufacturer does not do business in                     ___ 7.       This company has registered with the Tax Collector. The
               San Francisco but the manufacturer's representative does,                                  Certificate number is __________. (It is a 6-digit number, e.g.,
               only the representative must register.                                                     "123456.")
If you answered "no" to Questions 1-4, ordinarily you are not doing business                 ___ 8.       This company applied for a Certificate by mailing the application
in San Francisco, need not register with the Tax Collector and may omit                                   and fee to the Tax Collector, or by submitting the application in
items 5-9 below, but you must sign and return this Declaration. However,                                  person, on ___________, 19____. The application is pending.
this is subject to review by the Tax Collector. If you answered "yes" to any                              (NOTE: Completing this Declaration is not the same as applying
of the questions, you must answer the remaining questions in this                                         for a Certificate.)
Declaration and, unless an exemption applies must register. Question 10 is
optional if winning this bid will require you to register.                                   If you submitted the application in person, please submit with this
                                                                                             Declaration a copy of the fee receipt you received from the Tax Collector.
                                                                                             ___ 9. This company does not intend to apply for a certificate.
                                                                                             ___ 10. (Optional) If, as a result of winning this bid, this company is
                                                                                                        required to register, we will do so.

I understand that my representation, if any, that I am not engaged in business in San Francisco is subject to review by the Tax Collector. If the Tax Collector
determines that I am doing business in San Francisco, the City may either cancel the contract or withhold payment ten days after written notification by the
Tax Collector.
I declare (or certify) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct, and that I am authorized to bind
this entity contractually.
Executed this day of               , 19 , at                        , .
                                                                                                            (City)                    (State)
 ___________________________________________                                              ___________________________________________
Signature                                                                                Name of Company

                                                                                          ___________________________________________
Name of Signatory                                                                        Mailing Address

                                                                                          ___________________________________________
Title                                                                                    City, State, ZIP

 ___________________________________________                                              ___________________________________________
Telephone Number                                                                         Federal ID or Social Security Number

Routing
If you are registering, send the application to the Tax Collector (address on obverse). Do not send this form to the Tax Collector.
Send this form with your bid or quotation to: Purchasing Department, Business Tax Compliance, City Hall, Room 270, San Francisco, CA 94102-4685. If
you submitted this form previously and if your business tax status has not changed, discard this form.
For more information
Regarding how to apply, call the Tax Collector at (415) 554-6718 or 554-4426.
Regarding a bid, call Purchasing. See the last line or page on the bid for the buyer's number, or call 554-6718.
                                                               Yes          No

b. Do you provide, or offer access to, any benefits to employees with domestic partners (DPs) or to domestic partners of employees?      ___
                                                                 ___
    5. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH FTA'S BUS TESTING REQUIREMENTS


The undersigned [Contractor/Manufacturer] certifies that the vehicle offered in this procurement complies with 49 U.S.C. A
5323(c) and FTA's implementing regulation at 49 CFR Part 665.

The undersigned understands that misrepresenting the testing status of a vehicle acquired with Federal financial assistance may
subject the undersigned to civil penalties as outlined in the Department of
Transportation's regulation on Program Fraud Civil Remedies, 49 CFR Part 31.

In addition, the undersigned understands that FTA may suspend or debar a manufacturer under the procedures in 49 CFR Part
29


Company Name: ____________________________________________


Date: ___________________________________


Signature: _____________________________________


Title: _________________________________________
              6. DECLARATION SAN FRANCISCO ADMINISTRATIVE CODE CHAPTER 12B
                            NONDISCRIMINATION IN CONTRACTS
A    What is Chapter 12B of the Administrative Code?                                            If you are unable to end discrimination in benefits, despite taking all reasonable
                                                                                                   measures to do so, you must provide the employee with a cash equivalent. This
Chapter 12B of the S.F. Administrative Code is entitled “Nondiscrimination in                      qualification is intended to address situations where your benefits provider will
Contracts,” and requires companies providing products or services to, or acquiring a               not provide equal benefits and you are unable to find an alternative source. (See
real property interest from, City government to agree not to discriminate against                  Question 2d on reverse.)
specified groups for specified reasons, and to include a similar provision in                   The law does not require any benefits be offered to spouses or domestic partners.
subcontracts and other agreements. Those provisions are the subject of this form. The             It does require, however, that whatever benefits are offered to spouses be
text of Chapter 12B is posted on the Web at: www.sfhumanrights.org/lgbth.                         offered equally to domestic partners, and vice versa.
If you cannot fulfill all the requirements of Chapter 12B, the City cannot do business    3.         Examples of benefits
with you, except under very limited circumstances. (See Sec. 12B.5-1.)                    The law is intended to apply to all benefits offered to employees with spouses and
Chapter 12B also requires contractors to submit workforce reports and affirmative         employees with domestic partners. A sample list appears in Question 2c on reverse.
action plans to the City for review. Those documents, however, are not related to this    B.   Form required
Information Sheet or Declaration and are considered separately on a bid-by-bid basis.     Complete the other side of this form to tell the City whether you comply with Chapter
The Human Rights Commission is the City department responsible for enforcing the          12B’s nondiscrimination requirements. After June 1, 1997, when a contract is amended
provisions of Chapter 12B.                                                                or when a new contract is awarded, the City will require you to complete the form. All
                                                                                          parties to a Joint Venture must submit separate Declarations.
B.   What City Contracts are covered by Chapter 12B?                                      Please submit an original of the Declaration and keep a copy for your records. If a City
      Contracts where the City purchases products, services or construction.             department should ask you to complete the form again, you may submit a copy of the
                                                                                          form you originally submitted, unless you are advised otherwise.
      Leases of property owned by the City. In these cases, the City is the landlord.
                                                                                          C. Attachments
      Concessions or franchisees granted by the City.
                                                                                          If you provide equal benefits, as indicated by your answers to Question 2c on reverse,
C. What are the specified groups?                                                         YOU MUST ATTACH DOCUMENTATION TO THIS FORM, unless
                                                                                          documentation does not exist. See item 3, “Documentation for Nondiscrimination in
You may not discriminate against:                                                         Benefits,” on reverse. If documentation does not exist, attach an explanation (e.g.,
      your employees                                                                     some of your policies are informal and unwritten).
      an applicant for employment                                                        D. If your answers change
      any employee of City government                                                    If, after you submit the Declaration, your company’s nondiscrimination policy or
                                                                                          benefits change such that the information you provided to the City is no longer
      a member of the public having contact with you.                                    accurate, you must advise the City promptly by submitting a new Declaration.
D. What are the prohibited types of discrimination?
You may not discriminate against the specified groups for the following reasons (see
Question 1a on reverse):
      race                           Color

      creed                          national origin

      ancestry                       age

      sex                            disability

      sexual orientation             gender identity (transgender status)

      HIV status

      In the provision of benefits, discriminating between employees with spouses
       and employees with domestic partners, or between the spouses and domestic
       partners of employees, subject to the conditions listed in F.2 below.
E.   How are subcontracts affected?
For any subcontract, sublease, or other subordinate agreement you enter into which is
related to a contract you have with the City, you must include a nondiscrimination
provision as required by Sec. 12B.1(a) and 12B.2. (See Question 1b on reverse.) The
subcontracting provision need not include nondiscrimination in benefits as part of the
nondiscrimination requirements. If you’re unsure whether a contract qualifies as a
subcontract, contact the City department administering the (prime) contract.
“Subcontract” also includes any subcontract of your subcontractor for performance of
10or more of the subcontract.
A.    Nondiscrimination in benefits for spouses and domestic partners
1.         Who are domestic partners?
If your employee and another person are currently registered as domestic partners with
a state, county or city which authorizes such registration, then those two people ARE
DOMESTIC PARTNERS. It doesn’t matter where the domestic partners now live, or
whether they are a same-sex couple or an opposite-sex couple.
2.         What is nondiscrimination in benefits?
You must provide the same benefits to employees with spouses and employees with
domestic partners, and to spouses and domestic partners of employees, subject to the
following qualifications (see Question 2c on reverse):
      If your cost of providing a benefit for an employee with a domestic partner
         exceeds that of providing it for an employee with a spouse, or vice versa, you
         may require the employee to pay the excess cost.
1. Nondiscrimination --                                        Yes        No

     Protected Classes                                                              d.   If you answered “yes” to 2a or 2b, and in 2c
                                                                                         indicated that you do not provide equal benefits,
a.     Is it your company’s policy that you will not                                     you may still comply with Chapter 12B if you have
     discriminate against your employees, applicants for                                 taken all reasonable measures to end discrimination
     employment, employees of the City, or members of                                    in benefits, have been unable to do so, and now
     the public for the following reasons:                                               provide employees with a cash equivalent.             Yes   No
    race                                                      ___        ___       (1) Have you taken all reasonable measures?                ___   ___

    sex                                                       ___        ___       (2) Do you provide a cash equivalent?                      ___   ___

    color                                                     ___        ___

    creed                                                     ___        ___

    national origin                                           ___        ___

    ancestry                                                  ___        ___

    age                                                       ___        ___

    disability                                                ___        ___

    sexual orientation                                        ___        ___

    gender identity (transgender status)                      ___        ___

    HIV status                                                ___        ___

b. Do you agree to insert a similar nondiscrimination
    provision in any subcontract you enter into for the
    performance of a substantial portion of the contract you
    have with the City?                                        ___        ___
    If you answered “no” to any part of 1a, or 1b, the
    City cannot do business with you.

     Item 2 does          not   apply to subcontracts   or
     subcontractors.

2.   Nondiscrimination – Spousal and Domestic
     Partner Benefits

a. Do you provide, or offer access to, any benefits to
    employees with spouses or to spouses of employees?         ___        ___




                                                               Yes        No

b. Do you provide, or offer access to, any benefits to
    employees with domestic partners (DPs) or to
    domestic partners of employees?                            ___        ___

     If you answered “no” to both 2a and 2b, skip 2c and
     2d, and sign, date and return the form. If you
     answered “yes” to 2a or 2b, continue to 2c.

c.   If “yes,” please indicate which ones. This
     list is not intended to be exhaustive.
     Please list any other benefits you provide.   Yes, for    Yes, for

                                                   Spouses     DPs             No

Medical (health, dental, vision)

Pension

Bereavement

Family leave

Parental leave

Employee assistance programs

Relocation and travel

Company discounts, facilities, events

Credit union

Child care

Other
3.      Documentation for Nondiscrimination in Benefits

If you answered “yes” to any part of Question 2c or to Question 2d, you must attach to this form those provisions of insurance policies, personnel policies, or other documents you
have which verify your compliance with Question 2c or 2d. Please include the policy sections which list the benefits for which you indicated “yes” in Question 2c. If
documentation does not exist, attach an explanation, e.g., some of your personnel policies are informal and unwritten. It you answered “yes” to Question 2d(1), complete and attach
form HRC-12B-102, “Nondiscrimination in Benefits—Documentation of Reasonable Measures,” available from the Human Rights Commission. You need not document your
“yes” answer to Question 1a or 1b.

I declare (or certify) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct, and that I am authorized to bind this entity contractually.

Executed this        day of               , 19    , at                          ,    .

                                                                                                                  (City)                        (State)

__________________________________________________                                            __________________________________________________

Name of Company (please print)                                                                Mailing Address for General Corresp., Orders, etc.

__________________________________________________                                            __________________________________________________

Signature                                                                                     City, State, ZIP

                                                                                              __________________________________________________

Name of Signatory (please print)                                                              Remittance Address, if different

                                                                                              __________________________________________________

Title                                                                                         City, State, ZIP

__________________________________________________                                            __________________________________________________

Telephone Number                                                                              Federal ID or Social Security Number



                                                                                              Vendor Number (if known)

       Check here if your address has changed.

       Check here if your organization is nonprofit.                                         Approx. number of employees in the U.S.:



                                                                   Return this form to:       HRC,25 Van Ness Ave., Suite 800, San Francisco 94102-6033, or to the department which
                                                                                              sent the form to you if the department so requests.

HRC-12B-101 (4-97)
                                      APPENDIX B: WORKSHEETS



1A   Technical Proposal Worksheet For Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches

1B   Follow-up Service Worksheet For Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches

1C   Delivery Schedule Worksheet For Standard Low Floor Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches
Bus Manufacturer: ORION BUS INDUSTRIES

Bus Model Number: Orion VII

1 Dimensions
A. Overall Length
   i. Over Bumpers              41                                   Feet                0                            Inches
     ii. Over Body              40                                   Feet                1.5                          Inches

B. Overall Width
   i. Over Body excluding mirrors and lights                                             101.8                        Inches
     ii. Over body including mirrors                                                     120                          Inches
     iii. Over tires                                                                     97.5                         Inches

C. Overall Height
   i. Excluding Roof-Mounted H&V System                                                  119.5                        Inches
     ii. Including Roof-Mounted H&V System                                               133.0                        Inches

D. Angle of Approach                                                                     11.56 w/over-riser          Degrees
E. Angle of Departure                                                                    11.21 w/over-riser          Degrees
F.   Breakover Angle                                                                     10.65 w/over-riser          Degrees
G. Doorway Clear Opening                 With Grab Handles           No Grab Handles
                                              Width                        Width                     Height
     i.   Front Door                     34.4             In.        37.66       In. 88.5” to Light/88.5 to Header       In.
     ii. Rear Door                       34.4                 In.    37.66                    In.   87.83                In.
H. Door Height From Ground
   i. Front Door Height From Ground                                         (Kneeled) 11.0                            Inches
                                                                              (Raised)   15.0                         Inches
     ii. Rear Door Height From Ground                                                    16.0                         Inches
I.   Interior Step (Step height and depth to be measured at center of step)
     i. Number of Steps                                                                  2
     ii. Step Depth                                                                      24”                          Inches
     iii. Step Riser Height                                                              10”                          Inches
J.   NOT USED
K. Interior Head Room (center of aisle)
   i. First Axle Location                                                                98                           Inches
     ii. Drive Axle Location                                                             77                           Inches
L. Aisle Width
   i. Minimum Width on Floor Between First Axle Wheel Housings                           35                           Inches
     ii. Minimum Width on Floor Between Second Axle Wheel Housings                       38                           Inches
     iii. Minimum Aisle Width Between Longitudinal Seats                                 38                           Inches
     iv. Minimum Aisle Width Between Transverse Seats                                    22 raised area/39.4 lower    Inches
M. Minimum Ground Clearance
   i. Excluding Axles                                                                    13                           Inches
     ii. At Axles                                                                        7                               Inches

N. Turning Envelope
   i. Outside Body Corner Turning Radius Including Bumper 521                             Inches
     ii. Inside Turning Radius                                          262               Inches

O. Wheel Base
   i. First axle to Drive axle                                                           286                             Inches
P.   Track
     i. First axle measured center of tire to center of tire                             85.96                           Inches
     ii. Drive axle measured center of dual tires to center of dual tires                77                              Inches
Q. Overhang, Centerline of Axle Over Bumper
   i. Front                                                                              88.5                            Inches
     ii. Rear                                                                            117.5                           Inches

R. Floor
   i. Interior Length            34                                     Feet             6.5                             Inches
     ii. Interior Width          7                                      Feet             9.5                             Inches

S.   Capacity
     i. Total Number of Passenger Seats                                                  35
     ii. Total Number of Standing Passengers                                             38

2    Bus Weight                             Curb Weight                       Curb Weight plus             Curb Weight plus
                                                                              Seated Load                 Gross Load(GVWR)
A. First Axle                               9,700                lbs.         11,355           lbs.        14,780          lbs.
B. Drive Axle                               21,520               lbs.         25,265               lbs.    27,760           lbs.
C. Total                                    31,220               lbs.         37,370               lbs.    42,540           lbs.
3 Rubrail
A. Material                                   High Density Polyethylene Copolymer
B. Location (Height from ground)              16"                                                                        Inches
C. Dimension                                  59.75"(5) / 33.38"(1) / 37.13"(1) / 56.75"(1)                              Inches

4 NOT USED
5 Bicycle Rack
A. Manufacturer                               Sportworks
B. Model                                      DL2

6 Paint
A. Manufacturer                               Dupont
B. Type                                       Imron, Polyurethane Low VOC
7 Windshield Wipers and Washer
A. Manufacturer                               Sprague
B. Type                                       Air
C. Reservoir Capacity                         5                                                                             gal.
8 Bumpers
A. Manufacturer                            Romeo Rim HELP
B. Type                                    3 Piece

9 Floor
A. Subfloor
   i. Material                             A/B with Alkaline Copper Quat, XL Bus Panel
     ii. Thickness                         0.75”

B. Floor Covering
   i. Manufacturer                         Altro Transflor
     ii. Thickness                         2.2 mm thick minimum

10 Windows
A. Passenger Windows
   i. Manufacturer                         Atwood Mobile Products (Excel Industries)
     ii. Number of Windows                 11
     iii. Dimensions of Windows            7 @ 54.0 in. (w) x 52.04 in. (h)     and    4 @ 34.5 in. (w) x 61.0 in. (h)
     iv. Total Window area (Street side)   11,251                                                                    sq. in.
     v.   Total Window area (Curb side)    10,442                                                                    sq. in.

B. Rear Window
   i. Dimensions of Windows                Not Available               in. (width) x Not Available              in. (height)

11 Door System
A. Manufacturer                            Vapor
B. Model
   i. Front door                           Slide-Glide
     ii. Rear door                         Slide-Glide
C. Open/Close Mechanism (air, electric, spring, other)
   i. Front door                          Air
     ii. Rear door                         Air
12 Exterior Lighting
A. LED Lights Manufacturer                 Trucklite and/or Dialight
B. Deceleration Lighting System
   Manufacturer and Model Number           Trucklite

13 Interior Lights
A. Manufacturer                            Transmatic
B. Type                                    Fluorescent
C. Model Number                            L20
D. Number of Fixtures                      11
E. Size of Fixtures                        5 @ 6’ & 6 @ 5’
F.   Power Supplies (Ballasts)             Advanced Design Ballast
14 Heating and Ventilating Equipment
A. Heating System Capacity           91,000                                                              B.T.U.
B. Ventilating Capacity              1550 cfm @ 0 inch External Static Vent Capacity           cfm per passenger
C. Heater Cores
   i. Manufacturer & Model           Thermo King / 5D41304G01
     ii. Number of Rows              2
     iii. Number of Fins per Inch    8
     iv. Outer Diameter of Tube      0.375                                                                   In.
     v.   Fin Thickness              0.008                                                                   In.
     vi. Number of Heater Cores      1
D. Heater Blowers
   i. Manufacturer & Model           Thermo King Reliance Brushless
     ii. Horsepower                  High 1.7 HP, Low 0.5 HP
     iii. Speed(s)                   High – 1680 rpm @ 62 Amps, Low – 1260 rpm @25 Amps
     iv. Capacity                    TBD                                                                    cfm
E. Controls
   i. Manufacturer                   Thermo King
     ii. Type                        Microprocessor Based
     iii. Model Number               IntelligAIRE 1
F.   Heating Equipment Location      __X__ Above Engine Compt.             _____ Roof
                                     _____ Under Floor                     _____ Other (describe)

15 Wheelchair Ramp Equipment
A. Manufacturer                      Ricon
B. Type                              Bi Fold
C. Model Number                      BR2SS
D. Capacity                          660                                                                    lbs.
E. Dimensions
   i. Width of Ramp                  30 TBD                                                                  In.
     ii. Length of Ramp              59                                                                      In.
F.   Cycle Times                           Normal Idle                                 Fast Idle
     i. Stowed to Ground             Adjustable 9 to 15        Sec.            N/A                          Sec.
     ii. Ground to Stow              Adjustable 9 to 15        Sec.            N/A                          Sec.
     iii. Total Cycle                Adjustable                Sec.            N/A                          Sec
G. Weight of Complete Ramp           200                                                                    lbs.
16 Passenger Seat
A. Manufacturer                          American Seating
B. Type                                  6468C
C. Seat Material                         High Strength Thermoplastic
D. Seat Insert Material                  Molded Fiberglass
E. Minimum Hip-to-Knee Room              28” rear bench seats / 29” at road side lower seats except / 27” rest
F.   Minimum Foot Room                   14”
17 Destination Signs
A. Manufacturer                          Twin Vision
B. Size                                                 Rows                                  Columns
   i. Front Destination Sign             16                                          160 – 13mm
     ii. Curb Side Destination Sign      14                                          108 – 8mm
     iii. Street Side Destination Sign   14                                          108 – 8mm
     iv. Rear Destination Sign 16                                          48 – 10mm
     v.   Dash Mount Run Number Sign     14                                          36 – 8mm

18 Voice Annunciation System
A. Manufacturer                          Digital Recorders
B. Model Number                          DR600

19 Public Address System
A. Microphone Manufacturer and Model Digital Recorders
B. Amplifier Manufacturer and Model      DR600
C. Number of Speaker(s)                                 Inside                                     Outside
                                         6                                             1
20 Surveillance Camera System
A. Manufacturer                          March – 5308 DVR w 60GB HD and 2 Mobile DVR HD 80GB
B. Number of Cameras                     6 – 2 D-29 High Res camera FF and 4 V-50 Int Cameras
C. Digital Disk Storage Capacity         100+                                                                    hr.
21 Automatic Passenger Counter
A. Manufacturer                          UTA – Urban Transportation Associates
B. Model Number                          SmartSensor

22 Driver’s Area
A. Steering Wheel
   i. Manufacturer                       Key Safety Systems
     ii. Model Number                    81553C1
     iii. Size                           20” Butyrate
B. Operator’s Seat
   i. Manufacturer                       USSC
     ii. Model Number                    9100 ALX
C. Driver Heater/Defroster
   i. Manufacturer                       Red Dot
     ii. Type                        Rotron Brushless
     iii. Model Number               R-6125-4M
     iv. Capacity                    65,000                                                                              B.T.U.
     v.   Blower Speed(s)            3
D. Windshield
   i. Dimensions (Length x Height)   Street Side           45        in. (w) x          40      in. (h)          11.2 Sq. Ft.
                                     Curb Side             51        in. (w) x          39      in. (h)          12.9 Sq. Ft.
     ii. Number of Sections          2
     iii. Material                   Laminated Safety Glass
     iv. Thickness                   0.75”                                                                               Inches
E. Driver’s Side Window
   i. Dimensions (Length x Height)   44.00                                in.     x         41.89                                in.
     ii. Number of Sections          1
     iii. Material                   Laminated Safety Glass
     iv. Thickness                   0.75”
F.   Side Mirrors                                    Curb Side                                      Street Side
     i. Manufacturer(s)              B&R                                                    B&R
     ii. Model Number(s)             Split Convex w/Turn Signal                             Split Convex w/Turn Signal
G. Storage Locker
   i. Number of Lockers              3
     ii. Size                        2 @ 22”W x 19.5”H x 22”D & 1 @ 22”W x 15.5”H x 23”D                                 Cu. Ft.
     iii. Location                   Behind Driver, 2 accessible from aisle and 1 accessible behind driver

23 Engine
A. Manufacturer                      Cummins
B. Type                              Diesel
C. Model Number                      ISB
D. Number of Cylinders               6
E. Bore                              4.02                                                                                       In.
F.   Stroke                          4.72                                                                                       In.
G. Displacement                      359                                                                                 Cu. In.
H. Compression Ratio                 16.5:1
I.   Injector Size & Type            Cummins
J.   Power                           260                   HP    (194                  kW) at 2500                          rpm
K. Peak Torque                       550                   lb. ft. (895                Nm) at 1600                          rpm
L. Engine Speed at                            Idle                              Fast Idle                  Governed
                                     700                   rpm            1500                  rpm       2100              rpm
M. Dry Weight                        1150                                                                                       lbs.
N. Crankcase Oil Capacity
   i. New Engine, Dry                4.0                                                                                   gals.
     ii. New Engine, Wet             4.0                                                                      gals.
O. Turbo Charger
   i. Manufacturer                   Holset
     ii. Type                        HX40
     iii. Maximum rpm, not at load   2400                                                                      rpm
     iv. Maximum rpm, at full load   2200                                                                      rpm

24 Cooling System
A. Radiator
   i. Manufacturer                   Modine
     ii. Type                        Side by Side
     iii. Model Number               1A19043D
     iv. Core Area                   24.78” W               in. x     32.32” H          in. =    801            in2
     v.   Number of Tubes            252
     vi. Tube Outer Diameter         0.625                                                                      In.
     vii. Fins per Inch              12
     viii. Fin Thickness             0.003                                                                      In.
     ix. Fin Construction            Serpentine non-louvered having copper hemmed edges on leading edge

B. Total Cooling System Capacity     29                                                                       gals.
C. Radiator Fan Speed Control Type   Closed feedback loop
D. Surge Tank Capacity               5                                                                         gals
E. Surge Tank Material               Stainless Steel
F. Engine Thermostat Temperature
   Settings                          190                                                                  Degrees F
G. Overheat Alarm Temperature
   Sending Unit Settings             212                                                                  Degrees F
H. Maximum Ambient Operating Temperature 220                                                              Degree F

25 Propulsion System Generator
A. Manufacturer                      BAE Systems
B. Type                              Air Cooled
C. Size                              19” x 14”
D. Weight, Complete                  260                                                                       lbs.
E.   Power Output                    186 HP continuous @ 2300 rpm

26 Traction Motor
A. Manufacturer                      BAE Systems
B. Type                              High-power-density, oil cooled
C. Model Number                      TB2004
D    Oil Capacity (including
     heat exchanger)                 11                                                                        gal.
27 Energy Storage
A. Manufacturer                           Hawker
B. Type                                   Lead Acid
C. Size                                   105” x 34”
D. Weight, Complete                       4000                                                                 lbs.
E. Power Output                           71 W-hr/I (@ C/1 rate) per battery module

28 Energy Storage Controller
A. Manufacturer                           BAE Systems

29 Propulsion System Controller
A. Manufacturer                           BAE Systems

30 Axle
A. First Axle
   i. Manufacturer & Model Number         Meritor FH 946
   ii. Type                               Deep Drop Solid Beam
   iii. Rating                            16,500
B. Drive Axle
   i.     Manufacturer & Model Number     Meritor 71000
   ii. Type                               Single Reduction
   iii. Rating                            28,600
   iv. Differential Ratio                 6.14
   v.     Hub Reduction Ratio (if used)   Not Applicable
   vi. Final Axle Ratio (if hub reduction is used) Not Applicable

31 Suspension
A. Air Bellows
   i. Manufacturer                        Firestone
   ii. Number of Air Bag per Wheel                                           Front                   Rear
                                                                      2                      4
   iii. Total Air Bag Volume                                          1078            Cu. In. 2112          Cu. In.
B. Shock Absorbers
   i. Manufacturer                        Arvin
   ii. Type                               Hydraulic
   iii. Number of Shock per Wheel                                            Front                   Rear
                                                                      2                      4
32 Brake System
A. Fundamental System Manufacturer        Meritor
B. First Axle Brake Chamber Model
   and Part Number                        MGM – Type 24
C. Drive Axle Brake Chamber Model
   and Part Number                        MGM – Type 30/75
D. First Axle Brake Rotor
   i. Manufacturer                       Meritor
     ii. Part Number                     85123561002
     iii. Diameter                       16.5                                               In.
     iv. Width                           6                                                  In.
E. Drive Axle Brake Rotor
   i. Manufacturer                       Meritor
     ii. Part Number                     3219Y5927
     iii. Diameter                       16.5                                               In.
     iv. Width                           8.63                                               In.
F.   Brake Pad Manufacturer              Front – ABEX, Rear - Carlisle
G. First Axle Brake Pad Identification
   i. Forward                            ABB 931-162
     ii. Reverse                         ABB 931-83

H. Drive Axle Brake Pad Identification
   i. Forward                            SOR 610
     ii. Reverse                         SOR 610

I.   Brake Pads per Shoe                 2
J.   Brake Pad Size                                Length                       Width
     i. First Axle                       7.81                      In.   6.00               In.
     ii. Drive Axle                      7.98                      In.   8.63               In.
K. Pad Thickness                         0.85”
L. Pad Area per Wheel
   i. First Axle                         189                                            Sq. In.
     ii. Drive Axle                      271                                            Sq. In.
M. Anti-Lock Brake System Manufacturer Wabco

33 Air System
A. Air Compressor
   i. Manufacturer                       Wabco (Cummins)
     ii. Type                            Piston
     iii. Model Number                   SS250
     iv. Capacity at Idle                9.5                                               cfm
     v.   Capacity at Maximum Speed      18.7                                              cfm
     vi. Maximum Warranted Speed         3000                                             rpm
     vii. Idle Speed                     678 – 904                                        rpm
     viii. Drive Type                    Gear
B. Air Reservoir Capacity
   i. Supply Reservoir                   460                                            Cu. In.
     ii. Primary Reservoir               1784                                           Cu. In.
    iii. Secondary Reservoir            2200                                                               Cu. In.
    iv. Parking Reservoir               N/A                                                                Cu. In.
    v.    Accessory Reservoir           900 & 2200                                                         Cu. In.
    vi. Other Reservoir                 N/A                                                                Cu. In.
C. Air Dryer
   i. Manufacturer                      Graham White SludgeBraker
    ii. Model Number                    QBA15

34 Fuel System
A. Fuel Tank
   i. Manufacturer                      M J Manufacturing
    ii. Size                            100 Gal
    iii. Material                       Stainless Steel
B. Filler
   i. Manufacturer                      Scully & Emco Wheaton w/ Posilock
    ii. Model Number                    299-899
35 Hydraulic System
A. Fan Drive
   i. Manufacturer                      Sunstrand (Sauer-Danfross)
    ii. Type                            Hydraulic
    iii. Model Number                   TAM 22/90
B. Power Steering
   i. Steering Gear Manufacturer        Sheppard – M110
    ii. Type                            Integral
    iii. Relief Pressure                2175                                                                   psi
    iv. Power Steering Fluid Capacity   28                                                                    qts.
    v.    Effort at Steering Wheel
          (Unloaded stationary coach
          on dry asphalt pavement)      60” – 80”                                                             lbs.

36 Wheels
A. Manufacturer                         Alcoa
B. Type                                 Aluminum
C. Size                                 22.5 x 8.25
D. Mounting                             Hub

37 Tires
A. Manufacturer                         Michelin XZU2
B. Type                                 Radial
C. Size                                 305 / 70R22.5
D. Load Range                           L
E. Inflation Pressure                   1st Axle 7,830 lb. @ 120     p.s.i.   Drive Axle 6,940 lb. @ 120     p.s.i.
38 Starter
A. Manufacturer                        Delco Remy
B. Model Number                        38MT
C. Tank volume                         Not Applicable, Starter is Electric (24V)

39 Not Used
40 Fire Detection/Suppression System
A. Manufacturer                        Kidde Dual Spectrum
B. Model Number                        AFSS-49
C. Dry Chemical Tank Capacity          25                                                   lbs.
D. Expellant Gas Tank Capacity         Not Required

41 Chassis Electrical
A. Multiplex System
   i. Manufacturer                     I/O Controls
     ii. Model Number                  Dinex G-2
B. Starter Batteries
   i. Manufacturer                     East Penn Mfg. Co.
     ii. Model Number                  Deka 908 D
     iii. Type                         Low Maintenance

42 Alternator
A. Manufacturer                        Niehoff
B. Type                                Air Cooled
C. Model Number                        C703
D. Output at Idle                      240                                                 Amps
E. Output at Maximum Speed             330                                                 Amps
F.   Maximum Warranted Speed           8000                                                 rpm
G. Speed at Idle                       2550                                                 rpm
H. Drive Type                          Belt

43 Charge Air Cooler
A. Manufacturer                        Modine
B. Material (s)                        Aluminum
C. Core Area                           0.337                in. x   0.025          in. =    in2.
D. Number of tubes                     27
E. Tube outer diameter                 3.00                                                  in.
F.   Fins per inch                     12
G. Fin thickness                       0.006                                                 in.
H. Fin construction                    Serpentine, non-louvered

44 Chassis and Frame
A. Roof Structure Material             18 Guage G-90 Galvanized Steel
B. Roof Anti-Corrosion Material        Isoclad
C. Roof Skin Material                      3003 Aluminum
D. Sidewall Structure Material             Hollow structural steel pillars
E. Sidewall Anti-Corrosion Material        Isoclad
F.   Sidewall Skin Material                5052 Aluminum
G. Skirt Material                          5052 Aluminum
H. Main Bus Structure/Frame Material       Hollow structural steel meeting A500C Grade 50W
                                           Rear Frame, A/C Compartment & Wheelhousings 304 Stainless Steel
I.   Main Bus Structure/Frame Anti-Corrosion Material Isoclad

45 Special Tools
A. Tools                                   Please Refer to Section IV of the Pricing Proposal




B. Special Test Equipment                  Please Refer to Section IV of the Pricing Proposal
                          1B.      FOLLOW-UP SERVICE WORKSHEET
                                                    FOR
                STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES
 Location of Technical Service Representative Nearest to MUNI

Name:                Frank Rytych (On site Service Rep & PDI location TBD)

Address:             28831 Glencoe Lane, Manifee, CA 92584

Telephone:           (714) 803-5516

 Location of Parts Distribution Center Nearest to MUNI

Name:                Detroit Diesel Corporation

Address:             515 11th Street SE, Canton, OH 44707

 Telephone:          (315) 223-4419 or (800) 786-8099

 Policy for Delivery of Parts and Components To Be Purchased for Service and Maintenance

Regular Method of Shipment:           Common Carrier

F.O.B. Point:                         None
                                         1C.        DELIVERY SCHEDULE WORKSHEET
                                                                             FOR
                      STANDARD LOW FLOOR HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES
         Item                                                                                                                        Calendar Days after
                                                                                                                                      Notice-to-Proceed

         Submittal of Baseline Schedule and Management Work Plan                                                                                 30

         Submittal of vehicle drawings, control, Reliability Program Plan and test plans                                                         60

         Submittal of training program (including lesson plans)                                                                                 210

         Delivery of prototype coach 1                                                                                                          180

         Submittal of draft operations, maintenance, parts manuals, recommended spare parts                                                     180



         Item                                                                                                                        Calendar Days after
                                                                                                                                         Approval of
                                                                                                                                          Prototype

         Beginning of coach delivery2                                                                                                            75

         Completion of spare parts delivery                                                                                                     255

         Submittal of final operations, maintenance, and parts manual                                                                            60

         Completion of special tools delivery                                                                                                    60

         Completion of coach delivery                                                                                                           255

     1
     Approval to deliver prototype will not be granted until after receipt and approval of all vehicle drawings, control and test plans.
     2
     Approval to deliver production vehicles will not be granted until after submittal of a satisfactory training plan; draft operations, maintenance, and parts
manuals; and after successful completion of all appropriate tests as described in Section 11.2 of the Technical Specification.
                         APPENDIX C: BONDS


PROPOSAL BOND (BID BOND), PERFORMANCE BOND, LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND
                                                                                                                                     ON FILE
                                     PROPOSAL BOND (BID BOND)


KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we

                                                                             (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)


as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and

                                                                             (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)


a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State
as Surety, herein called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto

                                                                             (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner)


as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of

                                                                             Dollars ($                                                             ),

for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for

                                                                             (Here insert full name, address, and description of project)


NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with
the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or
Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt
payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter
such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the
penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith
contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise
to remain in full force and effect.

Signed and sealed this                                day of                                                            , 20


                                                                             (Principal)                                                        (Seal)

                         (Witness)

                                                                                                  (Title)


                                                                             (Surety)                                                           (Seal)

                         (Witness)
                                                                                                                      ON FILE
                                                 PERFORMANCE BOND
                                             KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS

That

                                                                                                                     , as Principal

and

                                                                                                                    , a corporation

duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of
and duly authorized to transact business within the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City
and County of San Francisco, a municipal corporation, in the penal sum of

                                                                                    Dollars ($                                    )
in lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid to the said City and County of San Francisco, a municipal
corporation, for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves and each of our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally firmly by these presents.

WHEREAS, the above bounded Principal has this day entered into a contract with the Municipal Transportation

Agency
, for and on behalf of said City and County of San Francisco, a municipal corporation, which said contract is hereto
annexed and by this reference made a part thereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal does well and faithfully perform all
the conditions and covenants of said contract, according to the true intent and meaning thereof, upon his part to be kept
and performed, then the above obligation is to be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.

Signed, sealed and delivered this ______ day of                                                                   ,20_______, in
the City and County of San Francisco, State of California.

                                          (Principal sign here)
NOTE – The Contractor is the Principal.
                                                                  By                                 Title

                                                                  By                                 Title



                                          Sureties sign here



NOTE – Signatures of Sureties to be ac-
knowledged by a Notary Public.



                                                                       Controller of the City and County of San Francisco
                                     CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO
                                    MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY
                                           LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that WHEREAS, the Municipal Transportation Agency of the City and
County of San Francisco, State of California, by Resolution


No.____________, adopted _________________, 20__________, has duly awarded to


                                                                               hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for
the construction of the
                                                  Hybrid-Electric Diesel Coaches
                                                         (Contract No. 350)


          And WHEREAS, said Principal is required to furnish a bond in connection with said Contract, providing that if said
Principal, or any subcontractor of said Principal, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies, or teams
used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind, or for
amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or labor, the Surety on this Bond will pay for the
same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this bond, and also, in case suit is brought upon the Bond, a reasonable
attorney's fee to be fixed by the Court.
         NOW, THEREFORE, we,
_____________________________________________________________________________________


__________________________________________________________________________as Principal,


and_______________________________________________________________________, as Surety,


are held and firmly bound unto the City and County of San Francisco, in the sum


of____________________________________________________Dollars ($___________________)
lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sums well and truly to be made, we, the said Principal and Surety, bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
          THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if said Principal, his heirs, executors, administrators,
successors or assigns, or its successors and assigns, or any subcontractor of said Principal, shall fail to pay for any materials,
provisions, provender or other supplies, or teams, used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or
for any work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or
labor, then the Surety on this bond will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond, and in case suit
is brought upon this Bond will also pay a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court.
        This Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, corporations, political subdivisions and State
Agencies, entitled to file claims under the provisions of California Civil Code Section 3247, et seq.


          And the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall
in any wise affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-bounden parties have executed this instrument under their several seals
this_________________________day of_________________, 20____, the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being
hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body.




APPROVED AS TO FORM:                                    ______________________________________________
                                                                           Principal


    DENNIS HERRERA                                      By____________________________________________
    City Attorney


                                                        ______________________________________________
                                                                           Surety
By:_______________________________


                                                        By____________________________________________
Date______________________________


Bond No.__________________________


This premium charged for this bond is $__________________for the term.




                                            PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
                           APPENDIX D: DBE REQUIREMENTS


                  DBE REQUIREMENTS, FTA SPECIAL PROVISIONS


SAN FRANCISCO MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY/MUNICIPAL RAILWAY

             DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE REQUIREMENTS




SECTION 1 –

             FTA SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR TRANSIT VEHICLE MANUFACTURERS (TVMS)

             ATTACHMENT: Transit vehicle manufacturers certification with subpart D, 49 CFR part 26.



SECTION 2 –

             QUESTIONAIRE ON RECRUITMENT, HIRINGG, AND TRAINING PRACTICES/ NON-
              DISCRIMINATION

              EXHIBIT: San Francisco Administrative Code Chapter 12(B)
                                               APPENDIX D:

                                                   Section I

                                FTA SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR
                           TRANSIT VEHICLE MANUFACTURERS (TVMS)




         INTRODUCTION – PROCEDURES FOR TRANSIT VEHICLE MANUFACTURERS
The MTA/MUNI shall require that each transit vehicle manufacturer, as a condition of being authorized to bid
on transit vehicle procurements in which FTA funds participate, certify that it has complied with the
requirements of 49 CFR Section 26.49 (see Attachment 1)
For questions regarding certification information or technical assistance, TVMs should contact:

              Ms. Cylinda Queen
              Office of Civil Rights
              400 – 7th Street, S.W., Rm. 9100
              Washington, D.C.
              (202) 366-0795 or (202) 366-4018


   TVM proposers must contact Ms. Cylinda Queen immediately to ensure sufficient time to receive
   assistance prior to proposal receipt date.
                                                   ATTACHMENT 1


                                                  SAMPLE FORMAT

                    TRANSIT VEHICLE MANUFACTURES CERTIFICATION OF
                       COMPLIANCE WITH SUBPART D, 49 CFR PART 26


This procurement is subject to the provisions of Section 26.49 of 49 CFR Part 26. Accordingly, as a condition of permission to
bid, the following certification must be completed and submitted with the bid. A bid which does not include the certification will
not be considered.


                                   TRANSIT VEHICLE MANUFACTURES CERTIFICATION

      Orion Bus Industries Inc.               , a TVM, hereby certifies that it has complied with the requirements of Section
26.49 of 49 CFR Part 26 by submitting a current annual DBE goal to FTA. The goals apply to Federal Fiscal Year (October 1,
2004 to September 30, 2005) and have been approved or not disapproved by FTA.

       Orion Bus Industries Inc.               , hereby certifies that the manufacturer of the transit vehicle to be supplied
       Orion Bus Industries Inc.                has complied with the above-referenced requirement of Section 26.49 of 49 CFR
Part 26.


Signature:                                                              Date:


Title:


Firm:
                                               APPENDIX D
                                                SECTION 2


A.        QUESTIONNAIRE ON RECRUITMENT, HIRING, AND TRAINING PRACTICES/NON-
          DISCRIMINATION
                1.     MTA/MUNI Memorandum
                2.     Questionnaire on recruitment,    hiring    and   training   practices/non-discrimination
                       Nondiscrimination Requirements
                3.     Workforce Data Forms


     A.   EXHIBITS:
                San Francisco Administrative Code Chapter 12(B)



          Please contact Andre P. Boursee, Director, Accessible Services and Contract Compliance, San
          Francisco Municipal Railway at (415) 934-3985. If you have questions regarding the
          nondiscrimination questionnaire.
                                        San Francisco Municipal Railway

                                  ● Accessible Services: 2610 Geary Boulevard, San Francisco, CA 94115
                                                   (Tel: 415/923-6142; Fax: 415/923-6307)
                           ● Contract Compliance Office: 1145 Market Street, 7th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94103
                                                  (Tel: 415/934-3985; Fax: 415/934-3980)



                                                           1. MTA Memorandum

TO:                Prospective Consultants/Contractors/Suppliers for the
                   City and County of San Francisco

FROM:              André P. Boursse, Director
                   Accessible Services and Contract Compliance

RE:                Information Concerning Nondiscrimination/ Equal Employment Opportunity
                   Requirements for Consultants/Contractors/Suppliers

The San Francisco Municipal Transportation Agency is responsible for contract compliance relative to affirmative action for the San
Francisco Municipal Railway. Federal law requires recipients of federal assistance to ensure that third party contractors comply with
federal equal employment opportunity requirements. The intent of this memorandum is to provide information regarding appropriate
implementation of the obligations under federal law.
A.       Employment
         Under 41 CFR Chapter 60, contractors may be required to establish placement goals and other programs when the percentage of
         minorities or women employed in a particular job group is less than would reasonable be expected given their availability
         percentage in that particular job group.
         The City and County recognizes that it has a joint responsibility to cooperate and participate with the
         consultant/contractor/supplier to achieve the goals set forth. However, the contractor/supplier retains the responsibility for
         showing evidence of compliance. In this regard, the contractor/supplier must show to the satisfaction of the Municipal
         Transportation Agency that good faith efforts were made in attempting to reach the goals.
B.       Compliance
         Each bidder shall complete and submit the attached nondiscrimination QUESTIONNAIRE AND WORKFORCE DATA form
         with the bid.


NOTE:              TO PREVIOUS BIDDERS
If the bidder has already submitted the required information on a previous contract proposal, the Questionnaire should be completed only through
item 3 and returned with the bid.
                                            The workforce data must be updated on a yearly basis.
SAN FRANCISCO MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY/MUNICIPAL RAILWAY
                QUESTIONAIRE – NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS
                     FEDERALLY ASSISTED THIRD PARTY CONTRACTS



                                      Proposer's Instructions/Information

1.   Each proposer shall complete and submit the attached Nondiscrimination Questionnaire, and Workforce Data Forms,
     with the price proposal.

2.   Please complete the questionnaire for the office that will ultimately perform the project work.

3.   The questionnaire must be completed by:

     1.       All prime contractors

     2.       All joint venture partners

     3.       Subcontractors upon request

4.   Support firms (e.g., printers, photographers, etc.) need not complete any part of the questionnaire.

5.   Approved state or federal Nondiscrimination Programs may be substituted for those items where the information
     requested in the questionnaire is identical to that contained in the state or federal programs.

6.   If the questionnaire(s) is/are not correctly and fully completed, the MTA/Muni may not consider your proposal.
                SAN FRANCISCO MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY/MUNICIPAL RAILWAY


                  QUESTIONNAIRE ON RECRUITMENT, HIRING, AND TRAINING PRACTICES

                                (Please answer all questions. Use additional sheets if necessary.)


    Name of Company:

    Address:



    Location of Company Workforce (Check one)

                                              San Francisco

                                              Other Location, provide address:




1. Name, title, telephone number of company official at the establishment who is responsible for recruiting and hiring and who
   will provide information concerning this matter.




2. Name, title, and telephone number of senior managing official at the establishment if not the person named in the answer to
   question 1.




3. Describe briefly the basic business activity at the establishment (i.e., identify the product produced or the services
   performed).




   Note: Workforce – The term “minorities” or “disadvantaged” refers to the following groups:

   African-American, Hispanic, Asian or Pacific Islander, and American Indian or Alaskan Native.

4. Describe briefly how employees at various levels are hired (see attached Workforce Breakdown, page D–8).

   A. Technicians and/or others
     B. Support Staff (accounting, reception, and clerical)




5. Describe in full, Nondiscrimination Programs in the past two years, which serve to increase the number of underrepresented
   minorities. (Proposers may submit one (1) copy of their Nondiscrimination Program directly to San Francisco Municipal
   Railway’s Contract Compliance, 1145 Market Street, 7th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94103, (415) 934-3985.

     – Participation in training programs.




     – Participation in apprenticeship programs.




     – Participation in any summer hire programs or own program to hire minority and female students in the summer and/or
       part-time.




     – Paid educational leave or tuition for minorities or women to improve skills and level.




     – Participation in scholarship fund specifically designated for minorities and women.




     – Participation in minority clerical training programs.



        Participation in “other” programs.




6.    If minorities and/or women are underutilized explain steps firm would take to increase their participation.
      Nondiscrimination Programs with goals and timetables can be included.
7.   Describe joint ventures or sub consulting/subcontracting arrangements in past projects. If there is a company policy on
     this issue, include it.




8.   Complete workforce breakdown on page D-8.




9.   Complete hires in last 12 months on page D-9.
3A. WORKFORCE DATA
8. Please fill out this workforce breakdown                                                                                     Name of firm:

                                                                                                                                Address:




    EMPLOYEE *                          TOTAL                    AFRICAN                                        ASIAN/              AMER. IND./                     TOTAL                   PERCENTAGE                       PERCENTAGE

    CATEGORIES                       EMPLOYEE                   AMERICAN                HISPANIC               PAC. ISL.             ALAK. NTV.                    MINORITY                       WHITE                       MINORITY



                                       M               F          M            F         M               F     M           F          M              F              M            F               M               F             M          F



       Officials



       Managers



     Professionals



      Technicians



    Admin. Support




       Trainees



        Others




       Full-time



       Part-time



       TOTAL
                                    COMPLETED BY Name:                                          Title:                               Date:

                     * If the list of occupations on the left side of the workforce data form does not match your occupation titles, please modify the data form    to indicate occupations peculiar to your organization.
3B. WORKFORCE DATA
9. Hires in the last 12 months                                                                                                  Name of firm:

                                                                                                                                Address:




    EMPLOYEE *                          TOTAL                    AFRICAN                                        ASIAN/              AMER. IND./                     TOTAL                    PERCENTAGE                      PERCENTAGE

    CATEGORIES                       EMPLOYEE                   AMERICAN                HISPANIC               PAC. ISL.             ALAK. NTV.                    MINORITY                       WHITE                       MINORITY



                                       M               F          M            F         M               F     M           F          M              F              M            F               M               F             M          F



       Officials



       Managers



     Professionals



      Technicians



    Admin. Support




       Trainees



        Others




       Full-time



       Part-time



                       TOTAL
                                    COMPLETED BY Name:                                          Title:                                Date:

                     * If the list of occupations on the left side of the workforce data form does not match your occupation titles, please modify the data form    to indicate occupations peculiar to your organization.
                                          CHAPTER 12B
                                 NONDISCRIMINATION IN CONTRACTS

Sec. 12B.1.      All Contracts and Property Contracts to Include Nondiscrimination Provisions;
                 Definitions.

Sec. 12B.2.      Nondiscrimination Provisions.

Sec. 12B.3.      Human Rights Commission Empowered.

Sec. 12B.4.      Nondiscrimination Guidelines.

Sec. 12B.5.      Chapter Applies Only to Discriminatory Employment Practices.

Sec. 12B.5-1.    Nonapplicability, Exceptions and Waivers.

Sec. 12B.6.      Severability.


        SEC. 12B.1. ALL CONTRACTS AND PROPERTY CONTRACTS TO INCLUDE NONDISCRIMINATION
        PROVISIONS; DEFINITIONS.
     (a) All contracting agencies of the City, or any department thereof, acting for or on behalf of the City and
County, shall include in all contracts and property contracts hereinafter executed or amended in any manner or as
to any portion thereof, a provision obligating the contractor not to discriminate on the basis of the fact or perception
of a person's race, color, creed, religion, national origin, ancestry, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity,
domestic partner status, marital status, disability or Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome, HIV status (AIDS/HIV
status), weight, height, association with members of classes protected under this chapter or in retaliation for
opposition to any practices forbidden under this chapter against any employee of, any City employee working with,
or applicant for employment with such contractor and shall require such contractor to include a similar provision in
all subcontracts executed or amended thereunder.
     (b) No contracting agency of the City, or any department thereof, acting for or on behalf of the City and
County, shall execute or amend any contract or property contract with any contractor that discriminates in the
provision of bereavement leave, family medical leave, health benefits, membership or membership discounts,
moving expenses, pension and retirement benefits or travel benefits as well as any benefits other than
bereavement leave, family medical leave, health benefits, membership or membership discounts, moving
expenses, pension and retirement benefits or travel benefits between employees with domestic partners and
employees with spouses, and/or between the domestic partners and spouses of such employees, where the
domestic partnership has been registered with a governmental entity pursuant to State or local law authorizing such
registration, subject to the following conditions. In the event that the contractor's actual cost of providing a certain
benefit for the domestic partner of an employee exceeds that of providing it for the spouse of an employee, or the
contractor's actual cost of providing a certain benefit for the spouse of an employee exceeds that of providing it for
the domestic partner of an employee, the contractor shall not be deemed to discriminate in the provision of benefits
if the contractor conditions providing such benefit upon the employee agreeing to pay the excess costs. In addition,
in the event a contractor is unable to provide a certain benefit, despite taking reasonable measures to do so, the
contractor shall not be deemed to discriminate in the provision of benefits if the contractor provides the employee
with a cash equivalent.
     (c) Definitions. As used in this Chapter the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated
herein:
     “Age” shall mean the age of any employee or applicant for employment who has attained the age of 40 years
and has not attained the age of 65 years. For the purposes of this Chapter, discrimination because of age shall
mean dismissal from employment of, or refusal to employ or rehire any person because of his or her age, if such
person has attained the age of 40 years and has not attained the age of 65 years, if the person is physically able
and mentally competent to perform the services required. Age limitations of apprenticeship programs in which the
State or its political subdivisions participate shall not be considered discriminatory within the meaning of this
Chapter.
     “Amend” shall mean to substantively change the terms of a pre-existing contract, and shall not include
amendments to decrease the scope of work or the amount to be paid under a contract. Construction change orders
shall not be construed as contract amendments for the purposes of this Chapter.
     “City” shall mean the City and County of San Francisco.
     “Commission” shall mean the Human Rights Commission of the City and County of San Francisco.
     “Contract” shall mean an agreement for public works or improvements to be performed, or for goods or services
to be purchased or grants to be provided, at the expense of the City and County or to be paid out of moneys
deposited in the treasury or out of trust moneys under the control or collected by the City and County, and does not
include property contracts, agreements entered into after June 1, 1997 pursuant to settlement of legal proceedings,
contracts for urgent litigation expenses, or contracts for a cumulative amount of $5,000 or less per vendor in each
fiscal year.
     “Contractor” means any person or persons, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, who enters
into a contract or property contract with a department head or officer empowered by law to enter into contracts or
property contracts on the part of the City and County.
     “Director” shall mean the Director of the Human Rights Commission.
     “Disability” shall mean a physical or mental impairment, which substantially limits one or more major life
activities, or a record of such an impairment.
     “Domestic partner” shall mean any person who has a currently registered domestic partnership with a
governmental body pursuant to State or local law authorizing such registration.
     “Gender identity” shall mean a person's various individual attributes, as they are understood to be masculine
and/or feminine.
     “Property contract” shall mean a written agreement for the exclusive use or occupancy of real property for a term
exceeding 29 days in any calendar year, whether by singular or cumulative instrument, (i) for the operation or use
by others of real property owned or controlled by the City for the operation of a business, social, or other
establishment or organization, including leases, concessions, franchises and easements, or (ii) for the City's use or
occupancy of real property owned by others, including leases, concessions, franchises and easements. For the
purposes of this Chapter, “exclusive use” means the right to use or occupy real property to the exclusion of others,
other than the rights reserved by the fee owner. “Property contract” shall not include a revocable at-will use or
encroachment permit for the use of or encroachment on City property regardless of the ultimate duration of such
permit, except that “property contract” shall include such permits granted to a private entity for the use of City
property for the purpose of a for-profit activity. “Property contract” shall also not include street excavation, street
construction or street use permits, agreements for the use of City right-of-way where a contracting utility has the
power of eminent domain, or agreements governing the use of City property which constitutes a public forum for
activities that are primarily for the purpose of espousing or advocating causes or ideas and that are generally
recognized as protected by the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution, or which are primarily recreational in
nature.
     “Qualified disabled employee” shall mean a person able to perform the essential functions of a job with
reasonable accommodation.
     “Sex” shall mean the character of being male or female.
     “Sexual orientation” shall mean the status of being lesbian, gay, bisexual or heterosexual.
     “Subcontract” shall mean an agreement to (i) provide goods and/or services, including construction labor,
materials or equipment, to a contractor, if such goods or services are procured or used in the fulfillment of the
contractor's obligations arising from a contract with the City, or (ii) to transfer the right to occupy or use all or a
portion of a real property interest subject to a property contract to a subcontractor and pursuant to which the
contractor remains obligated under the property contract.
     “Subcontractor” means any person or persons, firm, partnership, corporation or any combination thereof, who
enters into a subcontract with a contractor. Such term shall include any person or entity who enters into an
agreement with any subcontractor for the performance of 10 percent or more of any subcontract.
     (d) The requirements of this Chapter shall apply to (i) any of a contractor's operations within San Francisco;
(ii) a contractor's operations on real property outside of San Francisco owned by the City or which the City has a
right to occupy if the contractor's presence at that location is connected to a contract or property contract with the
City; (iii) where the work is being performed by a contractor for the City within the United States; and (iv) any of a
contractor's operations elsewhere within the United States. (Amended by Ord. 489-86, App. 12/18/86; Ord. 433-94,
App. 12/30/94; Ord. 215-96, App. 5/30/96; Ord. 440-96, App. 11/8/96; Ord. 481-96, App. 12/20/96; Ord. 201-97,
App. 5/27/97; Ord. 286-97, App. 7/18/97; Ord. 255-99, File No. 991146, App. 10/8/99; Ord. 101-00, File No.
000476, App. 5/26/2000)

        SEC. 12B.2. NONDISCRIMINATION PROVISIONS.
     Every contract and property contract for or on behalf of the City shall incorporate by reference and require the
contractor to comply with the provisions of Section 12B.2. In addition, all contractors must incorporate by reference
in all subcontracts and require subcontractors to comply with the requirements set forth in Sections 12B.2(a) and
12B.2(c) through 12B.2(k), and failure to do so shall constitute a material breach of contract.
     In the performance of a contract the contractor agrees as follows:
     (a) The contractor or subcontractor will not discriminate against any employee, City and County employee
working with such contractor or subcontractor, or applicant for employment with such contractor or subcontractor on
the basis of the fact or perception of that person's race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, age, sex, sexual
orientation, gender identity, domestic partner status, marital status, disability, weight, height, AIDS/HIV status, or
association with members of classes protected under this chapter or in retaliation for opposition to any practices
forbidden under this chapter. Discrimination on the basis of sex includes sexual harassment as defined in Section
16.9-25(b) of this Code. The contractor or subcontractor will take action to ensure that applicants are employed,
and that employees are treated equally during employment, without regard to the fact or perception of their race,
color, creed, religion, ancestry, national origin, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, domestic partner
status, marital status, disability or AIDS/HIV status. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rate of
pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Nothing in this Chapter
shall require or prohibit the establishment of new classifications of employees in any given craft. The provisions of
this Section with respect to age shall not apply to (1) termination of employment because of the terms or conditions
of any bona fide retirement or pension plan, (2) operation of the terms or conditions of any bona fide retirement or
pension plan which has the effect of a minimum service requirement, and (3) operation of the terms or conditions of
any bona fide group or insurance plan. The contractor or subcontractor agrees to post in conspicuous places,
available to employees and applicants for employment, notices in such form and content as shall be furnished or
approved by the awarding authority setting forth the provisions of this Section.
     (b) The prime contractor shall state that the prime contractor does not, and will not during the term of the
contract discriminate in the provision of bereavement leave, family medical leave, health benefits, membership or
membership discounts, moving expenses, pension and retirement benefits or travel benefits as well as any benefits
other than bereavement leave, family medical leave, health benefits, membership or membership discounts,
moving expenses, pension and retirement benefits or travel benefits between employees with domestic partners
and employees with spouses, and/or between the domestic partners and spouses of such employees, where the
domestic partnership has been registered with a governmental entity pursuant to State or local law authorizing such
registration, subject to the following conditions. In the event that the contractor's actual cost of providing a certain
benefit for the domestic partner of an employee exceeds that of providing it for the spouse of an employee, or the
contractor's actual cost of providing a certain benefit for the spouse of an employee exceeds that of providing it for
the domestic partner of an employee, the contractor shall not be deemed to discriminate in the provision of benefits
if the contractor conditions providing such benefit upon the employee agreeing to pay the excess costs. In addition,
in the event a contractor is unable to provide a certain benefit, despite taking reasonable measures to do so, the
contractor shall not be deemed to discriminate in the provision of benefits if the contractor provides the employee
with a cash equivalent. The Director shall be the final arbiter of a contractor's or property contractor's compliance or
substantial compliance with this Chapter and the Director's determination shall not be appeal able to the
Commission. Contractors shall treat as confidential to the maximum extent allowed by law or the requirements of
contractor's insurance provider any request by an employee or applicant for employment for domestic partner or
spousal benefits or any documentation of eligibility for domestic partner or spousal benefits submitted by an
employee or applicant for employment.
     In adopting this Section 12B.2(b), the intent of the Board of Supervisors is to equalize to the maximum extent
legally permitted the total compensation between similarly situated employees with spouses and employees with
domestic partners.
     In particular, consistent with the severability clause set forth in Section 12B.6 below, the Board of Supervisors
intends that if a court or agency of competent jurisdiction finds that a State or federal law, rule or regulation
invalidates (1) the application of this Section to any business, person, type of compensation or benefit, or location;
or (2) any other requirement of this Section, then the court or agency should sever the invalid clause and leave in
effect the remainder of this Section.
    (c) The contractor or subcontractor shall provide reasonable accommodation for qualified disabled applicants
for employment and for qualified disabled employees. Said contractor or subcontractor need not provide
reasonable accommodation if such would present an undue hardship. An undue hardship may include but not be
limited to more than a de minimus cost, violation of the seniority rights of other co- workers as established by a
bona fide seniority system, or a health or safety risk to the employee or co- employees. The burden of establishing
an undue hardship rests on the employer.
    (d) The contractor or subcontractor will in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on his
or her behalf, state that qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to the fact or
perception of their race, creed, religion, color, ancestry, national origin, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity,
domestic partner status, marital status, disability, weight, height or AIDS/HIV status.
      (e) The contractor or subcontractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he
or she has a collective bargaining agreement or other agreement or understanding, a notice, in such form and
content as shall be furnished or approved by the awarding authority, advising the said labor union or workers'
representative of the contractor's or subcontractor's commitments under this Section, and shall post copies of the
notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.
    (f) The contractor or subcontractor will permit access to its records of employment, employment
advertisements, application forms, and other pertinent data and records by the Commission, the City's awarding
authority or the Fair Employment and Housing Commission, for the purposes of investigation to ascertain
compliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this Chapter, and upon request shall provide evidence that the
contractor has complied or will comply with the nondiscrimination provisions of this Chapter.
    (g) A contractor or subcontractor shall be deemed to have breached the nondiscrimination provisions of this
Chapter upon:
    (1) A finding by the Director or such other official who may be designated by the Commission, that the
contractor or subcontractor has willfully violated such nondiscrimination provisions; or
    (2) A finding by the California Fair Employment and Housing Commission that a contractor or subcontractor
has violated any provision of the California Fair Employment and Housing Act or the nondiscrimination provisions of
this Chapter, provided that the California Fair Employment and Housing Commission has issued a final order
pursuant to Section 12970 of the Government Code, or has obtained a judgment and order enforcing the final order
pursuant to Section 12973 of the Government Code; provided further, that for the purposes of these provisions, an
order or injunction shall not be considered final during the period within which (1) appeal may be taken, or (2) the
same has been stayed by order of court, or (3) further proceedings for vacation, reversal or modification are in
progress before a competent administrative or judicial tribunal.
    (3) Upon such finding by the Director or other official designated by the Commission, or the California Fair
Employment and Housing Commission, the awarding authority shall notify the contractor or subcontractor that
unless the contractor or subcontractor demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Director or other official designated by
the Commission, within such reasonable period as the Commission shall determine, that the violation has been
corrected, action will be taken as set forth in Subparagraphs (h) and (i) hereof.
    (4) The Commission shall, within 10 days of the date of issuance of any finding by the Director or other official
designated by the Commission for the enforcement of this Chapter, mail to any person or persons affected by said
finding, a copy of said finding, together with written notice of the right to appeal such finding. Notice of appeal must
be filed in writing with the Chairperson of the Commission within 20 days of the date of mailing said copy and
notice.
    (5) For purpose of appeal proceedings under this Section, a quorum shall consist of eight members of the
Commission. The vote of the majority of the full Commission shall be necessary to affirm, reverse or modify such
decisions, order or other action rendered hereunder. Should a member of the Commission be designated under
Section 12B.2(g)(1) of this Chapter, that Commissioner may not participate in an appeal under this Section except
as a witness.
    (6) The presiding officer of the Commission shall have the power to administer oaths to witnesses in appeals
before the Commission under this Section. In the event that any person shall fail or refuse to appear as a witness in
any such proceeding after being requested to do so, and if it shall appear to the Commission that his or her
testimony, or books, records, documents or other things under his or her control are material and relevant as
evidence in the matter under consideration by the Commission in the proceeding, the presiding officer of the
Commission may subpoena such person, requiring his or her presence at the proceeding, and requiring him or her
to bring such books, records, documents or other things under his or her control.
    (7) All appeals to the Commission shall be open to the public. Records and minutes shall be kept of such
proceedings and shall be open to public inspection. Upon reaching a decision in any appeal, the Commission shall
give written notice thereof to the Director or other official designated by the Commission, and the appellant or
appellants. The decision of the Commission shall be final unless within 15 days of the filing and service of written
notice thereof appropriate legal proceedings are filed in a court of competent jurisdiction by any party to the
contract, property contract or subcontract.
    (8) If any contractor or subcontractor shall fail to appear at an appeal proceeding of the Commission after
having been given written notice to appear, such failure to appear shall be grounds for termination of the contract,
property contract or subcontract and such contractor or subcontractor shall be deemed to have forfeited all rights,
benefits and privileges thereunder.
    (9) The Commission shall promulgate rules and regulations for the implementation of the nondiscrimination
provisions of this Chapter.
    (h) The awarding authority may deduct from the amount payable to the contractor or subcontractor by the City
under any contract or property contract subject to this Chapter, or may impose upon the contractor or
subcontractor, a penalty of $50 for each person for each calendar day during which such person was discriminated
against in violation of the provisions of this Chapter. In addition to any other penalties provided for the violation of
the nondiscrimination provisions of this Chapter or for the failure of any contractor or subcontractor to abide by the
rules and regulations of the Commission, the contract, property contract or subcontract may be terminated or
suspended, in whole or in part, by the awarding authority upon the basis of a finding as set forth in Section 12B.2(g)
that the contractor has discriminated contrary to the provisions of this Chapter, and all moneys due or to become
due hereunder may be forfeited to, and retained by, the City.
    (i) A breach of the nondiscrimination provisions in the performance of a contract, property contract or
subcontract shall be deemed by the City to be material breach of contract and the basis for determination by the
awarding authority that the contractor or subcontractor is an irresponsible bidder as to all future contracts or
property contracts for which such contractor or subcontractor may submit bids. Such contractor or subcontractor
shall not for a period of up to two years thereafter, or until it shall establish and carry out a program in conformity
with the nondiscrimination provisions of this Chapter, be allowed to act as a contractor or subcontractor under any
contract or property contract.
    (j) Nothing contained in this Chapter shall be construed in any manner so as to prevent the City from pursuing
any other remedies that may be available at law, equity or under any contract or property contract.
    (k) The contractor or subcontractor will meet the following standards for compliance:
    (1) If the contractor or subcontractor has been held to be an irresponsible bidder under Section 12B.2(i)
hereof, the contractor or subcontractor shall furnish evidence that it has established and is carrying out a program
in conformity with the nondiscrimination provisions of this Chapter.
    (2) The contractor or subcontractor may be required to file with the Commission a basic compliance report,
which may be a copy of the federal EEO-1, or a more detailed report as determined by the Commission. Willful
false statements made in such reports shall be punishable as provided by law. No contractor or subcontractor shall
be held in noncompliance for not filing such a report with the Commission unless it has been specifically required to
do so in writing by the Commission.
    (3) Personally, or through its representatives, the contractor or subcontractor shall, through negotiations with
the unions with whom it has collective bargaining or other agreements requiring the contractor or subcontractor to
obtain or clear its employees through the union, or when the contractor or subcontractor otherwise uses a union as
an employment resource, attempt to develop an agreement which will:
    (A) Define and outline responsibilities for nondiscrimination in hiring, referral, upgrading and training;
    (B) Otherwise implement a nondiscrimination program in terms of the unions' specific areas of skill and
geography, such as an apprenticeship program, to the end that minority workers will be available and given an
equal opportunity for employment.
    (4) The contractor or subcontractor shall notify the awarding authority of opposition to the nondiscrimination
provisions of a contract by individuals, firms or organizations during the term of the contract. (Amended by Ord.
489-86, App. 12/18/86; Ord. 84-87, App. 3/20/87; Ord. 433-94, App. 12/30/94; Ord. 215-96, App. 5/30/96; Ord. 440-
96, App. 11/8/96; Ord. 481-96, App. 12/20/96; Ord. 201-97, App. 5/27/97; Ord. 286-97, App. 7/18/97; Ord. 255-99,
File No. 991146, App. 10/8/99; Ord. 101-00, File No. 000476, App. 5/26/2000)

        SEC. 12B.3. HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION EMPOWERED.
   The San Francisco Human Rights Commission, its presiding officer and its director are hereby granted the
power to do all acts and exercise all powers referred to in Section 12B.2 hereof. (Added by Ord. 261-66, App.
10/21/66)
        SEC. 12B.4. NONDISCRIMINATION GUIDELINES.
     The following nondiscrimination guidelines shall apply to all contracts and property contracts subject to this
Chapter.
     In order to be eligible to submit a bid or proposal or to have a bid or proposal considered by the awarding
authority, the prospective contractor shall agree to abide by a nondiscrimination program, which conforms to the
requirements of the Commission.
     The Commission may also require contractors and subcontractors to take part in a pre-bid or pre- award
conference in order to develop, improve or implement a qualifying nondiscrimination program.
     (a) Nondiscrimination programs developed pursuant to this Section shall be effective for a period of 12
months from the date of approval by the Commission. Contractors or subcontractors who are members in good
standing of a trade association which has negotiated a nondiscrimination program with the Commission may make
this association program their commitment for the specific contract or property contract upon approval of the
Commission without the process of a separate pre-bid or pre-award conference. Such an association agreement
shall be effective for a period of 12 months from the date of approval by the Commission. Trade associations shall
provide the Commission with a list of members in good standing in such association. The Commission shall
annually supply contracting agencies of the City and County with a list of contractors and subcontractors who have
developed approved nondiscrimination programs.
     (b) The awarding authority shall be responsible for notifying all prospective bidders or proposers of the
requirements of this Section and, when requested by the Commission, for notifying the Commission of each
contract or property contract which is being proposed to be put to public bid.
     (c) The proposed nondiscrimination program described by this Section, and the pre-bid or pre- award
conference which may be required by the Commission, shall, without limitation as to the subject or nature of
employment activity, be concerned with such employment practices as:
     (1) Apprenticeship where approved programs are functioning, and other on-the-job training for
nonapprenticeable occupations;
     (2) Classroom preparation for the job when not apprentice able;
     (3) Pre-apprenticeship education and preparation;
     (4) Upgrading training and opportunities;
     (5) Encouraging the use of contractors and subcontractors of all ethnic groups, provided, however, that any
contract or property contract subject to this Chapter shall require the contractor or subcontractor to provide not less
than the prevailing wage, working conditions, and practices generally observed in private industries in the City for
such work; and
     (6) The entry of qualified minority journeypersons into the industry.
     (d) Nondiscrimination agreements resulting from the proposed nondiscrimination programs or the pre-bid or
pre-award conferences shall not be confidential and may be publicized by the Commission at its discretion. In
addition, the Commission may report to the Board of Supervisors, either on request of the Board or on its own
initiative, on the progress or the problems which attend the implementation of these agreements or any other
aspect of enforcement of this Chapter.
     (e) Any job training or education program using the funds, facilities, or staff of the City which, in the judgment
of the Board of Supervisors or the Commission, can make a contribution to the implementation of this Chapter shall
submit reports to the Commission as requested and shall be required to cooperate with the contractors,
subcontractors and unions and with the Commission for the effectuation of the nondiscrimination programs
developed under this Chapter. (Amended by Ord. 498-75, App. 1/5/75; Ord. 201-97, App. 5/27/97; Ord. 286-97,
App. 7/18/97)

        SEC. 12B.5. CHAPTER APPLIES ONLY TO DISCRIMINATORY EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES.
   (a) This Chapter shall not confer upon the City and County of San Francisco or any agency, board or
commission thereof any power not otherwise provided by law to determine the legality of any existing collective
bargaining agreement and shall have application only to discriminatory employment practices by contractors or
subcontractors engaged in the performance of City and County contracts or property contracts.
   (b) The Board of Supervisors shall appropriate such funds from the General Fund of the City, subject to
budgetary and fiscal provisions of the Charter, as it may deem necessary for the enforcement of this Chapter.
(Amended by Ord. 340-68, App. 12/6/68; Ord. 201-97, App. 5/27/97)
        SEC. 12B.5-1. NONAPPLICABILITY, EXCEPTIONS AND WAIVERS.
    (a) The Director shall waive the requirements of this Chapter under the following circumstances:
    (1) Whenever the Director finds, upon the advice of the awarding authority, that there is only one prospective
contractor willing to enter into a property contract with the City for use of City property on the terms and conditions
established by the City, or that the needed goods, services, construction services for a public work or improvement,
or interest in or right to use real property are available only from a sole source and the prospective contractor is not
currently disqualified from doing business with the City, or from doing business with any governmental agency
based on any contract compliance requirements;
    (2) If the contracting department, board or commission certifies in writing to the Director that pursuant to
Administrative Code Sections 6.30 or 21.25 the contract or property contract is necessary to respond to an
emergency which endangers the public health or safety and no entity which complies with the requirements of this
Chapter capable of responding to the emergency is immediately available; provided that such certification must be
made prior to the Controller's contract certification;
    (3) Where the City Attorney certifies in writing to the Director that the contract involves specialized litigation
requirements such that it would be in the best interests of the City to waive the requirements of this Chapter.
    (b) This Chapter shall not apply where the prospective contractor is a public entity and the Director finds that
goods, services, construction services for a public work or improvement or interest in or right to use real property of
comparable quality or accessibility as are available under the proposed contract or property contract are not
available from another source, or that the proposed contract or property contract is necessary to serve a substantial
public interest.
    (c) This Chapter shall not apply where the contracting officer finds that the requirements of this Chapter will
violate or are inconsistent with the terms or conditions of a grant, subvention or agreement with a public agency or
the instructions of an authorized representative of any such agency with respect to any such grant, subvention or
agreement, provided that the contracting officer has made a good faith attempt to change the terms or conditions of
any such grant, subvention or agreement to authorize application of this Chapter.
    (d) Upon the request of a potential contractor or upon the contracting officer's own initiative, after taking all
reasonable measures to find an entity that complies with the law, the contracting officer may waive any or all of the
requirements of this Chapter for any contract, property contract or bid package advertised and made available to
the public, or any competitive or sealed bids received by the City as of the date of the enactment of this ordinance
under the following circumstances:
    (1) Where the contracting officer determines that there are no qualified responsive bidders or prospective
contractors who could be certified by the Commission as being in compliance with the requirements of this Chapter
and that the contract or property contract is for goods, a service or a project that is essential to the City or City
residents; or
    (2) Where the contracting officer determines that transactions entered into pursuant to bulk purchasing
arrangements through federal, State or regional entities which actually reduce the City's purchasing costs would be
in the best interests of the City; or
    (3) Where the contracting officer determines that the requirements of this Chapter would result in the City's
entering into a contract with an entity that was set up, or is being used, for the purpose of evading the intent of this
Chapter, which is to prohibit the City from entering into contracts with entities that discriminate based on the criteria
set forth in this Chapter;
    (4) The waiver authority granted to contracting officers in this Section 12B.5-1(d) shall be subject to the
requirements that:
    (i) All proposed waivers must be submitted to the Director and the Clerk of the Board of Supervisors. All
proposed waivers must set forth the reasons the contracting officer is requesting the waiver, what steps were taken
to find an entity that complies with this Chapter and why the waiver does not defeat the intent of this Chapter, which
is to prohibit the City from entering into contracts with entities that discriminate based on the criteria set forth in this
Chapter. Such waivers shall be subject to the prior approval of the Director, who shall take action approving or
denying a proposed waiver within 30 days of receiving a notification of a proposed waiver from a contracting officer.
If after 30 days the Director has taken no action on the proposed waiver, the waiver shall be deemed approved.
The Clerk of the Board of Supervisors shall list the notice of the proposed waiver at the rear of the next available
Board agenda, and
    (ii) Contracting officers report to the Director whenever such a waiver is granted within five days of granting
the waiver, and
    (iii) For any contract subject to approval by the Board, the contracting officer shall state in the approving
resolution whether any waiver under this Section 12B.5-1(d) has been or is proposed to be granted for that
contract, and
    (iv) The Director shall conduct quarterly comprehensive reviews of the use of the waiver authority by
departments and shall make a report to the Board of Supervisors. Contracting officers who have exercised waiver
authority under this Section 12B.5-1(d) in the previous quarter must appear before a Board of Supervisors
committee and report on their use of such waiver authority. If the Board finds abuse of waiver authority by a
department under this Section 12B.5-1(d), either as a result of a report of the Director or upon its own initiative, the
Board may by resolution transfer that waiver authority for that department to the Director, to be exercised by the
Director upon recommendation of the contracting officer under any or all of the circumstances enumerated in this
Section 12B.5-1(d);
    (5) Nothing in this Section 12B.5-1(d) shall limit the right of the Board of Supervisors to waive the provisions
of this Chapter.
    (e) This Chapter shall not apply to (i) the investment of trust moneys or agreements relating to the
management of trust assets, (ii) City moneys invested in U.S. government securities or under pre-existing
investment agreements, or (iii) the investment of City moneys where the Treasurer finds that:
    (1) No person, entity or financial institution doing business in the City and County which is in compliance with
this Chapter is capable of performing the desired transactions(s); or
    (2) The City will incur a financial loss which in the opinion of the Treasurer would violate his or her fiduciary
duties.
    This subparagraph (e) shall be subject to the requirement that City moneys shall be withdrawn or divested at the
earliest possible maturity date if deposited or invested with a person, entity or financial institution other than the
U.S. government, which does not comply with this Chapter.
    (f) The General Manager of the Public Utilities Commission may waive the requirements of this Chapter
where the contractor is providing wholesale or bulk water, power or natural gas, the conveyance or transmission of
same, or ancillary services such as spinning reserve, voltage control, or loading scheduling, as required for
assuring reliable services in accordance with good utility practice, to or on behalf of the San Francisco Public
Utilities Commission; provided that the purchase of same may not practically be accomplished through the City's
standard competitive bidding procedures; and further provided that this exemption shall not apply to contractors or
franchisees providing direct, retail services to end users within the City and County of San Francisco.
    (g) Sections 12B.1(b) and 12B.2(b) shall not apply to any contracts or property contracts executed or
amended prior to June 1, 1997, or to bid packages advertised and made available to the public, or any competitive
or sealed bids received by the City, prior to June 1, 1997, unless and until such contracts or property contracts are
amended after June 1, 1997, and would otherwise be subject to this Chapter. (Added by Ord. 481-96, App.
12/20/96; amended by Ord. 401-97, App. 5/27/97; Ord. 286-97, App. 7/18/97; Ord. 431-97, App. 11/21/97)

        SEC. 12B.6. SEVERABILITY.
    This Chapter shall be construed so as not to conflict with applicable federal or State laws, rules or regulations.
Nothing in this Chapter shall authorize any City agency to impose any duties or obligations in conflict with
limitations on municipal authority established by federal law at the time such agency action is taken.
    In the event that a court or agency of competent jurisdiction holds that the State or federal law, rule or regulation
invalidates any clause, sentence, paragraph or section of this Chapter or the application thereof to any person or
circumstances, it is the intent of the Board of Supervisors that the court or agency sever such clause, sentence,
paragraph or section so that the remainder of this Chapter shall remain in effect. (Amended by Ord. 261-66, App.
10/21/66; Ord. 286-97, App. 7/18/97)
                                     APPENDIX E: ATTACHMENTS



1.   FTA Requirements for Procurement Contracts

2.   MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY - Protest Procedures for the Bidding and Award of Federally Assisted
     Third-Party Contracts

3.   Negotiated Procurement Procedure

4.   Chapter 12C – Nondiscrimination in property contracts.
            1. FTA REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS


1. DEFINITIONS

   a. Approved Project Budget means the most recent statement, approved by the FTA, of the costs of the
      Project, the maximum amount of Federal assistance for which the City is currently eligible, the specific
      tasks (including specified contingencies) covered, and the estimated cost of each task.

   b. Contractor means the individual or entity awarded a third party contract financed in whole or in part with
      Federal assistance originally derived from FTA.

   c.   Cooperative Agreement means the instrument by which FTA awards Federal assistance to a specific
        Recipient to support a particular Project or Program, and in which FTA takes an active role or retains
        substantial control.

   d. Federal Transit Administration (FTA) is an operating administration of the U.S. DOT.

   e. FTA Directive includes any FTA circular, notice, order or guidance providing information about FTA's
      programs, application processing procedures, and Project management guidelines. In addition to FTA
      directives, certain U.S. DOT directives also apply to the Project.

   f.   Grant Agreement means the instrument by which FTA awards Federal assistance to a specific Recipient
        to support a particular Project, and in which FTA does not take an active role or retain substantial control, in
        accordance with 31 U.S.C. § 6304.

   g. Government means the United States of America and any executive department or agency thereof.

   h. Project means the task or set of tasks listed in the Approved Project Budget, and any modifications stated
      in the Conditions to the Grant Agreement or Cooperative Agreement applicable to the Project. In the case
      of the formula assistance program for urbanized areas, for elderly and persons with disabilities, and non-
      urbanized areas, 49 U.S.C. §§ 5307, 5310, and 5311, respectively, the term "Project" encompasses both
      "Program" and “each Project within the Program," as the context may require, to effectuate the
      requirements of the Grant Agreement or Cooperative Agreement.

   i.   Recipient means any entity that receives Federal assistance directly from FTA to accomplish the Project.
        The term " Recipient" includes each FTA "Grantee" as well as each FTA Recipient of a Cooperative
        Agreement. For the purpose of this Agreement, Recipient is the City.

   j.   Secretary means the U.S. DOT Secretary, including his or her duly authorized designee.

   k.   Third Party Contract means a contract or purchase order awarded by the Recipient to a vendor or
        contractor, financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance awarded by FTA.

   l.   Third Party Subcontract means a subcontract at any tier entered into by Contractor or third party
        subcontractor, financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance originally derived from FTA.

   m. U.S. DOT is the acronym for the U.S. Department of Transportation, including its operating administrations.

2. FEDERAL CHANGES
   Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable FTA regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including
   without limitation those listed directly or by reference in the Master Agreement between the City and FTA, as they may be
   amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of this contract. Contractor’s failure to so comply shall
   constitute a material breach of this contract.

3. ACCESS TO RECORDS

       a. The Contractor agrees to provide the City and County of San Francisco, the FTA Administrator, the
          Comptroller General of the United States or any of their authorized representatives access to any
          books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to this Agreement
          for the purposes of making audits, examinations, excerpts and transcriptions.

       b. The Contractor agrees to permit any of the foregoing parties to reproduce by any means whatsoever or
          to copy excerpts and transcriptions as reasonably needed.

       c.   The Contractor agrees to maintain all books, records, accounts and reports required under this
            Agreement for a period of not less than three years after the date of termination or expiration of this
            Agreement, except in the event of litigation or settlement of claims arising from the performance of this
            Agreement, in which case Contractor agrees to maintain same until the City, the FTA Administrator, the
            Comptroller General, or any of their duly authorized representatives, have disposed of all such
            litigation, appeals, claims or exceptions related thereto. 49 CFR 18.36(i)(11).

4. DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION
   See Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters.

5. NO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS TO CONTRACTOR

       a. The City and Contractor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any concurrence by the Federal
          Government in or approval of the solicitation or award of the underlying contract, absent the express
          written consent by the Federal Government, the Federal Government is not a party to this contract and
          shall not be subject to any obligations or liabilities to the City, Contractor, or any other party (whether or
          not a party to that contract) pertaining to any matter resulting from the underlying contract.

       b. The Contractor agrees to include the above clause in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with
          Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clause shall not be modified, except
          to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to its provisions.

6. CIVIL RIGHTS

       a. Nondiscrimination - In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §
          2000d, section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6102, section 202
          of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 41 U.S.C. § 12132, and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C.
          § 5332, the Contractor agrees that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
          employment because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, age, or disability. In addition, the
          Contractor agrees to comply with applicable Federal implementing regulations and other implementing
          requirements FTA may issue.

       b. Equal Employment Opportunity - The following equal employment opportunity requirements apply to
            the underlying contract:

                   1. Race, Color, Creed, National Origin, Sex - In accordance with Title VII of the Civil Rights
                      Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e, and Federal transit laws at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the
                      Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable equal employment opportunity requirements
                      of U.S. Department of Labor (U.S. DOT) regulations, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance
                      Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor,” 41 CFR Parts 60 et seq.,
                      (which implement Executive Order No. 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity,” as
                      amended by Executive Order No. 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to
                      Equal Employment Opportunity,” 42 U.S.C. § 2000e note), and with any applicable Federal
                  statutes, executive orders, regulations, and Federal policies that may in the future affect
                  construction activities undertaken in the course of the Project. The Contractor agrees to take
                  affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated
                  during employment, without regard to their race, color, creed, national origin, sex, or age.
                  Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading,
                  demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay
                  or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. In
                  addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may
                  issue.

              2. Age - In accordance with section 4 of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as
                 amended, 29 U.S.C. § 623 and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor
                 agrees to refrain from discrimination against present and prospective employees for reason
                 of age. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements
                 FTA may issue.

              3. Disabilities - In accordance with section 102 of the Americans with Disabilities Act, as
                 amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12112, the Contractor agrees that it will comply with the requirements
                 of U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, “Regulations to Implement the Equal
                 Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act,” 29 CFR Part 1630, pertaining
                 to employment of persons with disabilities. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with
                 any implementing requirements FTA may issue.

   c. The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract financed in whole or in
       part with Federal assistance provided by FTA, modified only if necessary to identify the affected
       parties.

7. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS (applicable to nonconstruction contracts in
   excess of $100,000 that employ laborers or mechanics on a public work)

       a. Overtime requirements - No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract
          work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit
          any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to
          work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives
          compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours
          worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek.

       b. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages - In the event of any violation of the
          clause set forth in paragraph A of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible
          therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be
          liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed
          with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in
          violation of the clause set forth in paragraph A of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar
          day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek
          of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph
          A of this section.

       c.   Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages - The City and County of San Francisco
            shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department
            of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed
            by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the
            same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours
            and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be
            determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid
            wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2) of this section.
        d. Subcontracts - The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set
           forth in paragraphs A through D of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to
           include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for
           compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in
           paragraphs A through D of this section.

8. ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS
    The Contractor agrees to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are
    contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act.

9. CLEAN WATER REQUIREMENTS (applicable to all contracts in excess of $100,000)

        a. The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders, or regulations issued
           pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq.
           Contractor agrees to report each violation of these requirements to the City and understands and
           agrees that the City will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and
           the appropriate EPA regional office.

        b. The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000
           financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.

10. CLEAN AIR (applicable to all contracts and subcontracts in excess of $100,000, including indefinite
    quantities where the amount is expected to exceed $100,000 in any year.)

        a. Contractor agrees to comply with applicable standards, orders, or regulations issued pursuant to
           the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq. The Contractor agrees to report each
           violation to the City and understands and agrees that the City will, in turn, report each violation as
           required to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office.

        b. The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000
           financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.

11. PRIVACY
    If Contractor or its employees administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government, Contractor and
    its employees agree to comply with the information restrictions and other applicable requirements of the Privacy Act
    of 1974, 5 U.S.C. § 552a (the Privacy Act). Specifically, Contractor agrees to obtain the express consent of the
    Federal Government before the Contractor or its employees operate a system of records on behalf of the Government.
    Contractor acknowledges that the requirements of the Privacy Act, including the civil and criminal penalties for
    violations of the Privacy Act, apply to those individuals involved, and that failure to comply with the terms of the
    Privacy Act may result in termination of this Agreement. The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in
    each subcontract to administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government financed in whole or in
    part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.

12. DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING
    To the extent Contractor, its subcontractors or their employees perform a safety-sensitive function under the
    Agreement, Contractor agrees to comply with, and assure compliance of its subcontractors, and their employees, with
    49 U.S.C. § 5331, and FTA regulations, "Prevention of Prohibited Drug Use in Transit Operations," 49 CFR Parts 653
    and “Prevention of Alcohol Misuse in Transit Operations," 49 CFR Part 654.

13. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF CITY (required for all contracts in excess of $10,000)
    See Agreement Terms and Conditions.



14. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT (required for all contracts in excess of $10,000)
    See Agreement Terms and Conditions.

15. BUY AMERICA
    The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and 49 CFR Part 661, which provide that Federal funds may
    not be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United
    States, unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are
    listed in 49 CFR 661.7, and include final assembly in the United States for 15 passenger vans and 15 passenger
    wagons produced by Chrysler Corporation, microcomputer equipment, software, and small purchases ($100,000 or
    less) made with capital, operating, or planning funds. Separate requirements for rolling stock are set out at 49 U.S.C.
    5323(j)(2)(C) and 49 CFR 661.11. Rolling stock not subject to a general waiver must be manufactured in the United
    States and have a 60 percent domestic content.

16. CARGO PREFERENCE - USE OF UNITED STATES FLAG VESSELS
    The Contractor agrees: (a) to use privately owned United States-Flag commercial vessels to ship at least 50 percent of
    the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carriers, dry cargo liners, and tankers) involved, whenever
    shipping any equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to the underlying Agreement to the extent such vessels are
    available at fair and reasonable rates for United States-Flag commercial vessels; (b) to furnish within 20 working days
    following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United States or within 30 working days following
    the date of leading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, “on-board”
    commercial ocean bill-of-lading in English for each shipment of cargo described above to the Division of National
    Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590 and to the FTA recipient
    (through the Contractor in the case of a subcontractor’s bill-of-lading.); and (c) to include these requirements in all
    subcontracts issued pursuant to this Agreement when the subcontract may involve the transport of equipment,
    material, or commodities by ocean vessel.

17. RECYCLED PRODUCTS
    The Contractor agrees to comply with all the requirements of Section 6002 of the Resource Conservation and
    Recovery Act (RCRA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 6962), including, but not limited to, the regulatory provisions of 40
    CFR Part 247, and Executive Order 12873, as they apply to the procurement of the items designated in Subpart B of
    40 CFR Part 247.

18. BUS TESTING (applies to contracts for rolling stock)
    To the extent applicable, the Contractor (or Manufacturer) agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. §
    5323(c) and FTA implementing regulations at 49 CFR Part 665, and shall perform the following:

    a. A manufacturer of a new bus model or a bus produced with a major change in components or
       configuration shall provide a copy of the final test report to the Recipient at a point in the procurement
       process specified by the Recipient which will be prior to the Recipient’s final acceptance of the first
       vehicle.

    b. A manufacturer who releases a report under paragraph 1 above shall provide notice to the operator of
       the testing facility that the report is available to the public.

    c.   If the manufacturer represents that the vehicle was previously tested, the vehicle being sold should
         have the identical configuration and major components as the vehicle in the test report, which must be
         provided to the Recipient prior to Recipient’s final acceptance of the first vehicle. If the configuration or
         components are not identical, the manufacturer shall provide a description of the change and the
         manufacturer’s basis for concluding that it is not a major change requiring additional testing.

    d. If the manufacturer represents that the vehicle is “grandfathered” (has been used in mass transit
       service in the United States before October 1, 1988, and is currently being produced without a major
       change in configuration or components), the manufacturer shall provide the name and address of the
       recipient of such a vehicle and the details of that vehicle’s configuration and major components.
19. PRE-AWARD AND POST-DELIVERY AUDIT REQUIREMENTS
   To the extent applicable, Contractor agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. § 5323(l) and FTA
   implementing regulations at 49 CFR Part 663, and to submit the following certifications:

   a. Buy America Requirements: The Contractor shall complete and submit a declaration certifying either
      compliance or noncompliance with Buy America. If the Bidder/Offeror certifies compliance with Buy
      America, it shall submit documentation which lists (1) component and subcomponent parts of the rolling
      stock to be purchased identified by manufacturer of the parts, their country of origin and costs; and (2)
      the location of the final assembly point for the rolling stock, including a description of the activities that
      are planned to take place and actually took place at the final assembly point and the cost of final
      assembly.

   b. Solicitation Specification Requirements: The Contractor shall submit evidence that it will be
      capable of meeting the bid specifications and provide information and access to Recipient and its
      agents to enable them to conduct post-award and post-delivery audits.

   c.   Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS): The Contractor shall submit (1) manufacturer’s
        FMVSS self-certification sticker information that the vehicle complies with relevant FMVSS or (2)
        manufacturer’s certified statement that the contracted buses will not be subject to FMVSS regulations.

20. FALSE OR FRAUDULENT STATEMENTS AND CLAIMS

   a. The Contractor acknowledges that the provisions of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, as
      amended, 31 U.S.C. §§ 3801 et seq. and U.S. DOT regulations, “Program Fraud Civil Remedies,” 49
      CFR Part 31, apply to its actions pertaining to this Project. Upon execution of the underlying
      Agreement, the Contractor certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of any statement it has
      made, it makes, it may make, or causes to be made, pertaining to the underlying contract or the FTA-
      assisted project for which this contract work is being performed. In addition to other penalties that may
      be applicable, the Contractor further acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false,
      fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification, the Federal Government reserves
      the right to impose the penalties of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 on the Contractor to
      the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate.

   b. The Contractor also acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or
      fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification to the Federal Government under a contract
      connected with a project that is financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance originally awarded
      by FTA under the authority of 49 U.S.C. § 5307, the Government reserves the right to impose the
      penalties of 18 U.S.C. § 1001 and 49 U.S.C. § 5307(n)(1) on the Contractor, to the extent the Federal
      Government deems appropriate.

   c.   The Contractor agrees to include the above two clauses in each subcontract financed in whole or in
        part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clauses shall not be
        modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to the provisions.

21. FLY AMERICA
   The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 40118 (the “Fly America” Act) in accordance with the
   General Services Administration’s regulations at 41 CFR Part 301-10, which provide that recipients and
   subrecipients of Federal funds and their contractors are required to use U.S. Flag air carriers for U.S
   Government-financed international air travel and transportation of their personal effects or property, to the
   extent such service is available, unless travel by foreign air carrier is a matter of necessity, as defined by
   the Fly America Act. The Contractor shall submit, if a foreign air carrier was used, an appropriate
   certification or memorandum adequately explaining why service by a U.S. flag air carrier was not available
   or why it was necessary to use a foreign air carrier and shall, in any event, provide a certificate of
   compliance with the Fly America requirements. The Contractor agrees to include the requirements of this
   section in all subcontracts that may involve international air transportation.



22. INCORPORATION OF FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION (FTA) TERMS
   The preceding provisions include, in part, certain Standard Terms and Conditions required by DOT,
   whether or not expressly set forth in the preceding contract provisions. All contractual provisions required
   by DOT, as set forth in FTA Circular 4220.1E, are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything to the
   contrary herein notwithstanding, all FTA mandated terms shall be deemed to control in the event of a
   conflict with other provisions contained in this Agreement. The Contractor shall not perform any act, fail to
   perform any act, or refuse to comply with any (name of grantee) requests which would cause (name of
   grantee) to be in violation of the FTA terms and conditions.
     MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY                                       SAN FRANCISCO MUNICIPAL RAILWAY



                                            2. PROTEST PROCEDURES
FOR THE BIDDING AND AWARD OF FEDERALLY ASSISTED THIRD PARTY CONTRACTS
                              (Construction, public improvements, personal services,
                         negotiated procurement and other major procurement contracts)

                                               REVISED:          JULY 2000
1.      Policy

        In the event that any protests, discrepancies, or legal questions arise during the bidding and award process of federally
        assisted construction, public improvements, personal services, negotiated procurement and other major procurement
        contracts, the Administrative Engineer shall report unresolved protests to the Director of Transportation, who shall
        review the protest and recommend its resolution to the Municipal Transportation Agency (Agency). These procedures
        shall be incorporated by reference in all bid packages.

2.      Definitions

        Administrative Engineer (AE) refers to the San Francisco Municipal Railway engineer in charge of administering the
        contract, which is the subject of the protest. AE also refers to the Project Manager for the project when there is no
        MUNI Project Manager / Representative administering the contract.

        Award shall mean authorization by resolution of the Municipal Transportation Agency Board for its staff to contract
        with a bidder or proposer, or recommendation by resolution of the Agency that the City's Board of Supervisors
        approve a contract to a bidder or proposer.

        Award Process includes the pre-award, award and post-award phases of a negotiated procurement, a request for
        proposals (RFP) and a sealed bid.

        Bid includes the terms “offer” or “proposal” as used in the context of negotiated procurements, requests for proposals
        and sealed bids.

        City means the City and County of San Francisco, acting through the Municipal Transportation Agency.

        Days refers to working days of the City and County of San Francisco (unless otherwise indicated).

        Deputy General Manager refers to either (a) the Chief Operating Officer (b) the Deputy General Manager,
        Maintenance Division, or (c) the Deputy General Manager, Finance & Administration of the San Francisco Municipal
        Railway.

        Director refers to the Director of Transportation.

        Federal Transit Administration (FTA) is an operating administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.

        Municipal Transportation Agency (Agency) is the agency of the City and County of San Francisco that is in charge of
        the construction, management, supervision, maintenance, extension, operation, use and property of the San Francisco
        Municipal Railway, and, as of July 1, 2000, has exclusive authority over contracting, leasing and purchasing by the
        Municipal Railway, subject to certain restrictions of the City's Charter. The Agency acts through its Board of
        Directors.

        Protest is a complaint by a bidder or proposer regarding a bid or the award process, which arises prior to award and is
        formally communicated to the Director, as provided below.
         Post-Award Protest is a complaint by a bidder or proposer when Municipal Transportation Agency awards a contract,
         or recommends that the Board of Supervisors award a contract, to other than the bidder or proposer recommended for
         award by Muni staff.

         San Francisco Municipal Railway (MUNI) refers to the San Francisco Municipal Railway of the Municipal
         Transportation Agency of the City and County of San Francisco.

3.       Responsibilities:

3.1      The Administrative Engineer (AE) obtains the response to issues not related to DBE compliance and coordinates the
         resolution of all protest issues.

3.2      The Contract Compliance Office (CCO) resolves issues regarding DBE compliance.

3.3      In the event that a protest is not resolved by the AE, the Director shall review the protest and make a recommendation
         to the Agency for final action.

4.       Implementation

4.1.     Submit Protest

         A protest describing the nature of the disagreement must be submitted in writing to Muni no later than five (5) days
         following notification of proposed award. A post-award protest describing the nature of the disagreement must be
         submitted in writing to Muni no later than five (5) days following the Notification of Award of the contract. If the bid
         procedure requires submission of documents in separate phases and bidders may be disqualified at the end of a phase
         prior to the final award, then protests regarding a phase of the procedure (including protests concerning documents
         received by bidders during the phase) must be submitted in writing with a description of the disagreement to Muni no
         later than five (5) days following receipt of notification of the results of that phase.

Protests shall be addressed to:

                                    Fred Stephens
                                    General Manager
                                    Municipal Transportation Agency
                                    700 Pennsylvania Ave, Bldg C, Rm. C 126
                                    San Francisco, CA 94107
         with a copy to:

           Mike Hursh                                                 Elson Hao, P.E.
           Deputy General Manager                                     Project Manager
           Maintenance Division                                       Fleet Procurement Engineering Section
           San Francisco Municipal Railway                            San Francisco Municipal Railway
           700 Pennsylvania Ave, Bldg C, Rm. C 127                    700 Pennsylvania Ave, Bldg C, Rm. C 110
           San Francisco, CA 94107                                    San Francisco, CA 94107



         The letter shall contain the project description and shall be signed and dated. Information copies of all protests shall
         be sent to:


                                                        Gigi Harrington
                                                    Deputy General Manager
                                                   Finance & Administration
                                                San Francisco Municipal Railway
                                                    875 Stevenson, 2nd Floor
                                                   San Francisco, CA 94103
4.2    Coordination Efforts

       With direction from the Director, and following the requirements of FTA Circular 4220.1D, the AE shall determine
       the nature of the disagreement and coordinate resolution efforts.

4.3.   Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Requirements

       If the protest involves meeting DBE requirements, the AE shall forward a copy of the protest to the Contract
       Compliance Office for review and recommendations. The AE shall also send a copy to the City Attorney for
       information.

       The CCO shall review DBE requirements for the project and examine whether the protest has merit. Based on the
       examination, the CCO shall notify the Director and the AE of its decision. The AE shall provide copies of the
       decision to the Deputy General Manager of Finance & Administration. The AE shall then inform the protester, in
       writing, of the decision, responding at least generally to each material issue raised in the protest. The AE’s letter to
       the protester shall state that (a) the protester may contact the AE to discuss the response, (b) the protester has the right
       to appeal his decision to the Director pursuant to Section 4.5, and (c) the protester has the right to address the Agency
       on the date when the matter is calendared to be heard if the Director denies the appeal.

       Regarding the issue of whether a bidder has met its DBE goal or demonstrated good faith efforts in reaching the
       contract-specific DBE goal, the CCO's determination will be administratively final except when the CCO has
       determined that an apparent low bidder has failed to meet its goal or make the required good faith efforts. In that
       situation, the procedures in Section V.D.3.v of the Agency's DBE Program apply to requests for reconsideration from
       the apparent low bidder. Neither the Director nor the Agency will have jurisdiction to hear administrative appeals or
       requests for reconsideration of the CCO's decision on good faith efforts.

4.4    Issues Not Related to DBE Requirements

       If the protest concerns complaints regarding discrepancies in the bid documents, missing or required documentation,
       or the selection process, and is not related to DBE requirements, the AE or designee shall prepare a memorandum to
       the City Attorney’s Office requesting an opinion on the protest. The AE shall attach a copy of the bidder’s protest and
       all documentation form the bid package and any other document deemed necessary by the attorney.

       Upon receipt of the memorandum, the City Attorney’s Office will investigate and respond with an opinion to the
       Director and the AE for review and evaluation. The AE shall provide copies of the opinion to the Deputy General
       Manager of Construction Division, Deputy General Manager of Finance &Administration, and the CCO. The AE
       shall inform the protester in writing of the AE’s recommendation, stating the reasons for the recommendation, and
       responding at least generally to each material issue raised in the protest. The AE’s letter to the protester shall state
       that (a) the protester may contact the AE to discuss the response, (b) the protester has the right to appeal the decision
       to the Director pursuant to Section 4.5, and (c) the protester has the right to address the Agency on the date when the
       matter is calendared to be heard if the Director denies the appeal.

4.5    Disagreement by Protester

       Except as provided in Section 4.3, in the event that the protester disagrees with the recommendations or decisions
       rendered, the protester may submit a written request to the Director for review of the decision within five (5) days of
       receipt of the AE’s letter responding to the protest. The Director shall review the decision and make a
       recommendation to Agency for final action. The AE shall inform the protester of the Director’s recommendation, the
       date when the Agency will consider the item, and the protester’s opportunity to address the Agency regarding the
       matter.

4.6    Incorporate Legal Opinion/Recommendation

       The AE shall incorporate appropriate language reflecting the outcome of the protest in the calendar item and
       resolution for approval of the contract by the Agency. However, in the event of a multi-phased bid procedure as
       described in Section 4.1 above, the protest may be considered by the Agency prior to the meeting when final award is
       determined.

4.7    Final Action
      The protester shall be notified in writing of the Agency decision regarding the protest and/or award of the contract.
      The action of the Agency is final. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8, the protester may seek a remedy in State or
      Federal court, as appropriate, from the final action of the Agency.

4.8   Protests to FTA

      FTA may only entertain a protest that alleges that the Agency (1) failed to have written protest procedures; (2) failed
      to follow its written protest procedures; or (3) failed to review a complaint or protest. A protest to FTA must be
      received by the cognizant FTA regional or Headquarters Office within five (5) working days of the date the protester
      knew or should have known of the violation. A protester must exhaust all administrative remedies with the Agency
      before pursuing a protest with FTA.
                              3. NEGOTIATED PROCUREMENT PROCEDURE
                                               PTC RESOLUTION NO. 96-024
                                                REVISED MAY 6, 2004
1. General
   The San Francisco Administrative Code, Section 21.04(e) "Mass Transit Vehicles" provides as follows:

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the charter or ordinances of the City and County of San Francisco,
         the Public Transportation Department, through its department head and through MUNI, is authorized to
         include among its purchasing specifications the use of negotiated procurement procedures for the purchase
         of mass-transit vehicles.

    This document describes the process and prescribes guidelines for the Municipal Railway (MUNI) to purchase mass-
    transit vehicles by the use of negotiated procurement. This document covers those phases in the procurement process that
    may differ from the lowest reliable and responsible bidder procurement and those that are unique to a negotiated
    procurement. All other non-conflicting City purchasing/contracting requirements still apply to this negotiated
    procurement process. The procedures for the major phases of a Negotiated Procurement follow.

2. Request for Proposals
   The Request for Proposal (RFP) will describe the negotiated procurement process and will disclose the evaluation criteria,
   which will be used to determine the proposal ranking. Disclosure of the evaluation criteria will also include their relative
   importance although numerical weighting schemes may be disclosed. Selection of evaluation criteria will be determined
   by the Director of Transportation or his or her designee, and, if MUNI requests, the Director of the Office of Contract
   Administration, and will include items such as but not limited to:

            Conformance with technical specifications
            Price
            Verified service history of subsystems and equipment
            Contractor's performance on past programs either for MUNI and/or other major transit properties
            Adequacy of manufacturing facilities
            Qualifications of management/technical personnel
            Program management experience and financial stability and capability
            Quality assurance program
            After sales and warranty support capability and history
            History of meeting delivery schedules

3. Pre-proposal Conference
   A pre-proposal conference will be held to explain more fully how the Municipal Railway intends to procure mass-transit
   vehicles under the RFP. The RFP will be used to announce the time, place and scope of the pre-proposal conference.
   Potential proposers may be requested to submit written questions in advance of the conference.

    A complete record of the conference proceedings will be made and distributed to all prospective proposers and attendees
    after the conference. Also, all attendees will be advised that remarks and explanations made at the conference will not
    qualify the terms of the RFP and the terms remain unchanged unless the RFP is amended in writing.

4. Receive Proposals
   Receipt and handling of proposals will be accomplished with the same degree of security and confidentiality as other
   sealed bids. There will be no public opening of proposals.

    Proposers will be responsible for delivering the proposals in accordance with the instructions contained in the RFP.
    Proposals delivered to MUNI as stated in the RFP will be entered in a log with the date and time noted. Each proposal will
    be inventoried. Discrepancies, shortages, or other problems discovered during the inventory will be noted and
    documented. After the inventory has been finished by MUNI, the log and the proposal will be placed in secure storage to
    await further processing. MUNI will safeguard from unauthorized disclosure the number of proposals received, the names
    of the proposers, the bid prices, and other information contained in the proposals. However, in the event of a known
    breach in security the City's only obligation will be to disclose the same or equivalent information to all proposers.

5. Evaluate Proposals
   Prior to receipt of proposals, MUNI will assemble a proposal evaluation team and will establish an evaluation method.
   The evaluation method will provide a reasonable basis for source selection and will be in accordance with the evaluation
   criteria identified in the RFP.

    Proposals will be evaluated to:

            Determine that proposals either meet or exceed the evaluation criteria
            Establish a competitive range for negotiations
            Determine which proposals (technical and price) are within the competitive range
            Identify nonconforming areas and potentially beneficial substitute designs for further discussions with proposers
         Identify and document any requirements in the RFP, which may have to be changed.
    The proposals will be evaluated and a ranking established based on the results. The evaluation will be accomplished
    through an objective application of the evaluation procedure. A numerical weighting system will be used in the
    evaluation; however, it need not be disclosed to the proposers. The results of the evaluation will be documented.

6. Establish the Competitive Range
   The evaluation of proposals will determine which proposals are in the competitive range for the purpose of conducting
   negotiations. The competitive range will be established based on the proposer's scores and rankings. The competitive
   range will include those proposers who the proposal evaluation team judges to be within reach of becoming the number
   one ranked proposer after negotiation and submittal of the best and final offer. Proposers judged not to be within reach of
   becoming the number one ranked proposer will be determined to be out of the competitive range and eliminated from this
   procedure. If a proposal is judged to be on the borderline, it will be placed in the competitive range. If only one proposal
   is found to be in the competitive range, one of the following courses will be followed:

            Recommend award to the single proposer without negotiations or a Best and Final offer.
            Negotiate with the single proposer and request a Best and Final offer.
         Reject all proposals.
    Proposers not within the competitive range will be notified in writing at the earliest practical time. This notification will
    advise proposers that any protests must be filed in accordance with the protest procedure referenced in Section 11 herein.

7. Negotiations with Proposers in Competitive Range
   Negotiations will be conducted with all proposers whose proposals are in the competitive range. The content and extent of
   the negotiations may vary from one proposer to another.

    Proposers will be notified in writing to prepare for negotiation of their proposals. The notice will provide the following
    information:

            The location where the negotiations will take place
            The date and time of negotiations
            The expected participants and duration of the negotiations
            Notification of any specific alternatives that will be the subject of negotiation
            Specific elements of proposal requiring clarifications or negotiation

    Notification to each of the proposers will provide the schedule for negotiations and indicated areas of interest or concern
    with their proposal that the proposal evaluation team wishes to examine in more detail during the negotiation.

    During the negotiations with each proposer, the proposal evaluation team will attempt to address each of the following
    areas.
             Deficiencies or nonconformities in the proposal
             Ambiguities and clarifications regarding the technical proposal and other terms and conditions of the proposal
             Suspected mistakes in the proposal
             Alternates to areas where the proposer is considered to have a weak proposal

    A written record of all negotiation proceedings will be maintained and kept confidential.

8. Request for Best and Final Offers
   Following the conclusion of negotiations with the proposers, the proposers who remain under consideration for award will
   be invited to submit a Best and Final Offer (BAFO). The BAFO will provide the opportunity for the proposers to modify
   their offers as a result of negotiations and any changes made to the RFP.

    Each proposer will be advised that the BAFO will be based on the:

             Original RFP and all issued addenda
             Initial technical proposal plus changes submitted in writing during the negotiating process
             New price proposal that is consistent with the two items above

9. Best and Final Offer Evaluation

    The BAFO evaluation will be conducted in accordance with the procedure established for the initial evaluation and all
    criteria will remain the same. The proposals will be ranked in the order of points received. The BAFO evaluation findings
    will be documented.

    After receipt of the BAFO’s, the City will not reopen discussions with any proposers unless it is clearly in the City’s best
    interest to do so. If discussions are reopened, another round of BAFO’s will subsequently be requested from proposers
    who submitted a proposal in the last requested BAFO.

10. Recommended Award
    The evaluation team shall advise MUNI in writing of the numerical ranking of the proposers. This ranking shall be
    achieved by applying the evaluation criteria and numerical weighting system established prior to receipt of the proposals.
    This submittal shall constitute the Evaluation Committee’s recommendation that the contract be let to the highest ranked
    proposer. Following MUNI’s review of and concurrence with the Committee’s award recommendation (the highest
    ranked proposer), the Deputy Director of Capital Projects of the MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY will
    recommend the highest ranked proposer to the MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY for award of contract. In
    the event that the proposed contract totals $10,000,000 or more, the MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY shall
    submit the contract to the Board of Supervisors for its approval.

11. Protest Procedures
    Protest under these Negotiated Procurement Procedures shall be conducted pursuant to the MUNICIPAL
    TRANSPORTATION AGENCY’s “Protest Procedure for the Bidding and Award Process of Federally Assisted Third-
    Party Contracts”.

12. Additional Vehicles
    If, due to the breakdown of mass transit equipment or other situation adversely affecting the public welfare, an expeditious
    procurement of additional transit vehicles is desired from a contractor that has been awarded a contract under these
    negotiated procurement procedures, the MUNI, through MUNI, may procure such vehicles from said contractor through
    non-competitive negotiation without the necessity of a new solicitation.

    In approving a procurement under this section, MUNI shall base his or her determination on the best interests of the City,
    as recommended by the Director of Public Transportation, with supporting documentation, including cost analyses, the
    effect on patrons of MUNI, the effect on MUNI operations and capital planning, and the position of granting agencies,
    including the Federal Transit Administration.
                                                          CHAPTER 12C
                                   NONDISCRIMINATION IN PROPERTY CONTRACTS
    Sec. 12C.1.         All Contracts and Property Contracts to Include Nondiscrimination Provisions.

    Sec. 12C.2.         Definitions.

    Sec. 12C.3.         Nondiscrimination Provisions.

    Sec. 12C.4.         Human Rights Commission Empowered.

    Sec. 12C.5.         Funding.

    Sec. 12C.5-1.       Nonapplicability, Exceptions and Waivers.

    Sec. 12C.6.         Severability.

SEC. 12C.1.       ALL CONTRACTS AND PROPERTY CONTRACTS TO INCLUDE NONDISCRIMINATION
                  PROVISIONS.

(a) All contracting agencies of the City, or any department thereof, acting for or on behalf of the City and County, shall
    include in all contracts and property contracts a provision obligating the contractor not to discriminate on the basis of the
    fact or perception of that person's race, color, creed, religion, national origin, ancestry, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender
    identity, domestic partner status, marital status, disability or Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome or HIV status
    (AIDS/HIV status), against any person seeking accommodations, advantages, facilities, privileges, services, or
    membership in all business, social, or other establishments or organizations, operated by that contractor, and shall require
    such contractor to include a similar provision in all subcontracts.

(b) The requirements of this Chapter shall apply to (i) any of a contractor's operations within San Francisco; (ii) a contractor's
    operations on real property outside of San Francisco owned by the City or which the City has a right to occupy if the
    contractor's presence at that location is connected to a contract or property contract with the City; (iii) where the work is
    being performed by a contractor for the City within the United States; and (iv) any of a contractor's operations elsewhere
    within the United States. (Amended by Ord. 489-86, App. 12/18/86; Ord. 433-94, App. 12/30/94; Ord. 440-96, App.
    11/8/96; Ord. 481-96, App. 12/20/96; Ord. 201-97, App. 5/27/97; Ord. 286-97, App. 7/18/97)

SEC. 12C.2.       DEFINITIONS. As used in this Chapter the term:

    “Age” for the purpose of membership refers to the age of any person who has attained the age of 18 years, except for bona
    fide senior citizen organizations.

    “City” shall mean the City and County of San Francisco.

    “Commission” shall mean the Human Rights Commission of the City and County of San Francisco.

    “Contract” shall mean an agreement for public works or improvements to be performed, or grants to be provided, or for
    goods or services to be purchased, at the expense of the City and County or to be paid out of moneys deposited in the
    treasury or out of trust moneys under the control or collected by the City and County, and does not include property
    contracts, agreements entered into pursuant to settlement of legal proceedings, or contracts for a cumulative amount of
    $5,000 or less per vendor in each fiscal year.

    “Contractor” means any person or persons, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, who enters into a
    contract or property contract with a department head or officer empowered by law to enter into contracts or property
    contracts on the part of the City and County.

    “Director” shall mean the Director of the Human Rights Commission.

    “Disability” is a physical or mental impairment which substantially limits one or more major life activities, or a record of
    such an impairment.
    “Domestic partner” shall mean any person who has a currently registered domestic partnership with a governmental body
    pursuant to State or local law authorizing such registration.

    “Gender identity” shall mean a person's various individual attributes as they are understood to be masculine and/or
    feminine.

    “Property contract” shall mean a written agreement for the exclusive use or occupancy of real property for a term
    exceeding 29 days in any calendar year, whether by singular or cumulative instrument, (i) for the operation or use by
    others of real property owned or controlled by the City for the operation of a business, social, or other establishment or
    organization, including leases, concessions, franchises and easements, or (ii) for the City's use or occupancy of real
    property owned by others, including leases, concessions, franchises and easements. For the purposes of this Chapter,
    “exclusive use” means the right to use or occupy real property to the exclusion of others, other than the rights reserved by
    the fee owner. “Property contract” shall not include a revocable at-will use or encroachment permit for the use of or
    encroachment on City property regardless of the ultimate duration of such permit, except that “property contract” shall
    include such permits granted to a private entity for the use of City property for the purpose of a for-profit activity.
    “Property contract” shall also not include street excavation, street construction or street use permits, agreements for the use
    of City right-of-way where a contracting utility has the power of eminent domain, or agreements governing the use of City
    property which constitutes a public forum for activities that are primarily for the purpose of espousing or advocating
    causes or ideas and that are generally recognized as protected by the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution, or which
    are primarily recreational in nature.

    “Qualified disabled employee” shall mean a person able to perform the essential functions of a job with reasonable
    accommodation.

    “Sex” shall mean the character of being male or female.

    “Sexual orientation” shall mean the status of being lesbian, gay, bisexual or heterosexual.

    “Subcontract” shall mean an agreement to (i) provide goods and/or services, including construction labor, materials or
    equipment, to a contractor, if such goods or services are procured or used in the fulfillment of the contractor's obligations
    arising from a contract with the City, (ii) to transfer the right to occupy or use all or a portion of a real property interest
    subject to a property contract to a subcontractor and pursuant to which the contractor remains obligated under the property
    contract.

    “Subcontractor” means any person or persons, firm, partnership, corporation or any combination thereof, who enters into a
    subcontract with a contractor. Such term shall include any person or entity who enters into an agreement with any
    subcontractor or the performance of 10 percent or more of any subcontract. (Amended by Ord. 489-86, App. 12/18/86;
    Ord. 433-94, App. 12/30/94; Ord. 440-96, App. 11/8/96; Ord. 481-96, App. 12/20/96; Ord. 201-97, App. 5/27/97)

SEC. 12C.3.       NONDISCRIMINATION PROVISIONS.

    Every contract and property contract entered into by any agency of the City shall incorporate by reference and require
    contractor to comply with the nondiscrimination provisions of Section 12C.3. In addition, all contractors must incorporate
    by reference in all subcontracts and require subcontractors to comply with the requirements of this Section 12C.3, and
    failure to do so shall constitute a material breach of contract.

    In the performance of a contract, the contractor or subcontractor shall agree as follows:

(a) The contractor or subcontractor will not discriminate against any person seeking accommodations, advantages, facilities,
    privileges, services, or membership in the business, social or other establishment or organization operated by the
    contractor or subcontractor on the basis of the fact or perception of that person's race, color, creed, religion, national
    origin, ancestry, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, domestic partner status, marital status, disability or
    AIDS/HIV status. Services provided by contractor or subcontractor to the public shall be provided regardless of disability
    of persons otherwise entitled to or qualified for such services.

(b) Should the contractor or subcontractor operate as a membership organization, the contractor or subcontractor will permit
    access to its membership records, rules, regulations and other pertinent data, by the City's awarding authority, or the
    Commission, for the purpose of investigating to ascertain compliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this
    Chapter, and on request provide evidence that the contractor or subcontractor has complied or will comply with the
    nondiscrimination provisions of this Chapter. The Director shall be the final arbiter of a contractor's or subcontractor's
    compliance or substantial compliance with this Chapter and the Director's determination shall not be appealable to the
    Commission.

(c) A contractor or subcontractor shall be deemed to have breached the nondiscrimination provisions of this Chapter upon:

    (1) A finding by the Director or such other official who may be designated by the Commission, that contractor or
        subcontractor has willfully violated such nondiscrimination provisions.

    (2) Upon such finding by the Director or other official designated by the Commission, the awarding authority shall notify
        the contractor or subcontractor that unless the contractor or subcontractor demonstrates to the satisfaction of the
        Director or other official designated by the Commission within such reasonable period as the Commission shall
        determine, that the violation has been corrected, action will be taken as set forth in Section 12C.3(d) and/or Section
        12C.3(g).

    (3) The Commission shall, within 10 days of the date of issuance of any findings by the Director or other official
        designated by the Commission for the enforcement of this Chapter, mail to any person or persons affected by said
        finding, a copy of said finding, together with written notice of the right to appeal such finding. Notice of appeal must
        be filed in writing with the Chairperson of the Commission within 20 days of the date of mailing said copy and notice.

    (4) For purposes of appeal proceedings under this Section, a quorum shall consist of eight members of the Commission.
        The vote of the majority of the full Commission shall be necessary to affirm, reverse or modify such decisions, order
        or other action rendered hereunder. Should a member of the Commission be designated under Section 12C.3(c)(1) of
        this Chapter, that Commissioner may not participate in an appeal under this Section except as a witness.

    (5) The presiding officer of the Commission shall have the power to administer oaths to witnesses in appeals before the
        Commission under this Section. In the event that any person shall fail or refuse to appear as a witness in any such
        proceeding after being requested to do so, and if it shall appear to the Commission that his or her testimony, or books,
        records, documents or other things under his or her control are material and relevant as evidence in the matter under
        consideration by the Commission in the proceeding, the presiding officer of the Commission may subpoena such
        person, requiring his or her presence at the proceeding and requiring him or her to bring such books, records,
        documents or other things under his or her control.

    (6) All appeals to the Commission shall be open to the public. Records and minutes shall be kept of such proceedings and
        shall be open to public inspection. Upon reaching a decision in any appeal, the Commission shall give written notice
        thereof to the Director or other official designated by the Commission, and the appellant or appellants. The decision of
        the Commission shall be final unless within 15 days of the filing and service of written notice thereof appropriate
        legal proceedings are filed in a court of competent jurisdiction by any party to the contract, property contract or
        subcontract.

    (7) If any contractor or subcontractor shall fail to appear at an appeal proceeding of the Commission after having been
        given written notice to appear, such failure to appear shall be grounds for termination of the contract, property
        contract or subcontract and such contractor or subcontractor shall be deemed to have forfeited all rights, benefits and
        privileges thereunder.

    (8) The Commission shall promulgate rules and regulations for the implementation of the nondiscrimination provisions of
        this Chapter.

(d) A breach of the nondiscrimination provisions in the performance of a contract, property contract or subcontract shall be
    deemed by the City to be a material breach of contract and the basis for determination by the awarding authority that the
    contractor or subcontractor is an irresponsible contractor or subcontractor as to all future contracts or property contracts for
    which such contractor or subcontractor may submit bids. Such contractor or subcontractor shall not, for a period of up to
    two years thereafter, or until it shall establish and carry out a program in conformity with the nondiscrimination provisions
    of this Chapter, be allowed to act as a contractor or subcontractor under any contract or property contract.

(e) Nothing contained in this Chapter shall be construed in any manner so as to prevent the City from pursuing any other
    remedies that may be available at law, equity or under any contract or property contract.

(f) The contractor or subcontractor will meet the following standards for compliance:
    (1) If the contractor or subcontractor has been held to be irresponsible under Section 12C.3(d) hereof, the contractor or
        subcontractor shall furnish evidence that it has established and is carrying out a program in conformity with the
        nondiscrimination provisions of this Chapter.

    (2) The contractor or subcontractor may be required to file with the Commission a basic compliance report. Willful false
        statements made in such reports shall be punishable as provided by law. No contractor or subcontractor shall be held
        in noncompliance for not filing such a report with the Commission unless it has been specifically required to do so in
        writing by the Commission.

(g) The awarding authority may deduct from the amount payable to the contractor or subcontractor by the City under any
    contract or property contract subject to this Chapter, or may impose upon the contractor or subcontractor, a penalty of $50
    for each person for each calendar day during which such person was discriminated against in violation of the provisions of
    this Chapter. In addition to any other penalties provided for the violation of the nondiscrimination provisions of this
    Chapter or for the failure of any contractor or subcontractor to abide by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the
    contract, property contract or subcontract may be terminated or suspended, in whole or in part, by the awarding authority
    upon the basis of a finding as set forth in Section 12C.3(d) that the contractor or subcontractor has discriminated contrary
    to the provisions of this Chapter, and all moneys due or to become due hereunder may be forfeited to, and retained by, the
    City. (Amended by Ord. 489-86, App. 12/18/86; Ord. 433-94, App. 12/30/94; Ord. 201-97, App. 5/27/97; Ord. 286-97,
    App. 7/18/97)

SEC. 12C.4.       HUMAN RIGHTS COMMISSION EMPOWERED.

    The San Francisco Human Rights Commission, its presiding officer and its director are hereby granted the power to do all
    acts and exercise all powers referred to in Section 12C.3 thereof. (Amended by Ord. 84-77, App. 3/11/77)

SEC. 12C.5.       FUNDING.

    The Board of Supervisors shall appropriate such funds from the General Fund of the City and County of San Francisco,
    subject to budgetary and fiscal provisions of the Charter, as it may deem necessary for enforcement of this ordinance.
    (Amended by Ord. 84-77, App. 3/11/77)

SEC. 12C.5-1.     NONAPPLICABILITY, EXCEPTIONS AND WAIVERS.

(a) The Director shall waive the requirements of this Chapter under the following circumstances:

    (1) Whenever the Director finds, upon the advice of the awarding authority, that there is only one prospective contractor
        willing to enter into a property contract with the City for use of City property on the terms and conditions established
        by the City, or that the needed goods, services, construction services for a public work or improvement, or interest in
        or right to use real property are available only from a sole source, and the prospective contractor is not currently
        disqualified from doing business with the City, or from doing business with any governmental agency based on any
        contract compliance requirements;

    (2) If the contracting department or commission certifies in writing to the Director that pursuant to Administrative Code
        Section 6.30 or 21.25 the contract or property contract is necessary to respond to an emergency which endangers the
        public health or safety and no entity which complies with the requirements of this Chapter capable of responding to
        the emergency is immediately available; provided that such certification must be made prior to the Controller's
        contract certification;

    (3) Where the City Attorney certifies in writing to the Director that the contract involves specialized litigation
        requirements such that it would be in the best interests of the City to waive the requirements of this Chapter.

(b) This Chapter shall not apply where the prospective contractor is a public entity and the Director finds that goods, services,
    construction services for a public work or improvement or interest in or right to use real property of comparable quality or
    accessibility as are available under the proposed contract or property contract are not available from another source, or that
    the proposed contract or property contract is necessary to serve a substantial public interest.

(c) This Chapter shall not apply where the contracting officer finds that the requirements of this Chapter will violate or are
    inconsistent with the terms or conditions of a grant, subvention or agreement with a public agency or the instructions of an
    authorized representative of any such agency with respect to any such grant, subvention or agreement, provided that the
    contracting officer has made a good faith attempt to change the terms or conditions of any such grant, subvention or
    agreement to authorize application of this Chapter.

(d) The Board of Supervisors may waive by resolution any or all of the requirements of this Chapter in any instance in which
    (i) the awarding authority determines that there are no qualified responsive bidders or prospective contractors who comply
    with the requirements of this Chapter, and that the contract or property contract is for an essential City service or project;
    or (ii) the Board determines that transactions entered into pursuant to bulk purchasing arrangements through federal, State
    or regional entities which actually reduce the City's purchasing costs would be in the best interests of the City.

(e) This Chapter shall not apply to (i) the investment of trust moneys or agreements relating to the management of trust assets,
    (ii) City moneys invested in U.S. government securities or under pre-existing investment agreements, or (iii) the
    investment of City moneys where the Treasurer finds that:

    (1) No person, entity or financial institution doing business in the City and County which is in compliance with this
        Chapter is capable of performing the desired transactions(s); or

    (2) The City will incur a financial loss which in the opinion of the Treasurer would violate his or her fiduciary duties.
        This subparagraph (e) shall be subject to the requirement that City moneys shall be withdrawn or divested at the
        earliest possible maturity date if deposited or invested with a person, entity or financial institution other than the U.S.
        government which does not comply with this Chapter.

(f) The General Manager of the Public Utilities Commission may waive the requirements of this Chapter where the contractor
    is providing wholesale or bulk water, power or natural gas, the conveyance or transmission of same, or ancillary services
    such as spinning reserve, voltage control, or loading scheduling, as required for assuring reliable services in accordance
    with good utility practice, to or on behalf of the San Francisco Public Utilities Commission; provided that the purchase of
    same may not practically be accomplished through the City's standard competitive bidding procedures; and further
    provided that this exemption shall not apply to contractors or franchisees providing direct, retail services to end users
    within the City and County of San Francisco. (Added by Ord. 481-96, App. 12/20/96; amended by Ord. 201-97, App.
    5/27/97; Ord. 286-97, App. 7/18/97)

SEC. 12C.6.       SEVERABILITY.

    This Chapter shall be construed so as not to conflict with applicable federal or State laws, rules or regulations. Nothing in
    this Chapter shall authorize any City agency to impose any duties or obligations in conflict with limitations on municipal
    authority established by federal law at the time such agency action is taken.

    In the event that a court or agency of competent jurisdiction holds that the State or federal law, rule or regulation
    invalidates any clause, sentence, paragraph or section of this Chapter or the application thereof to any person or
    circumstances, it is the intent of the Board of Supervisors that the court or agency sever such clause, sentence, paragraph
    or section so that the remainder of this Chapter shall remain in effect. (Amended by Ord. 84-77, App. 3/11/77; Ord. 286-
    97, App. 7/18/97)
CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO
MUNICIPAL TRANSPORTATION AGENCY
SAN FRANCISCO MUNICIPAL RAILWAY




             VOLUME 2


 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
                FOR


       THE PROCUREMENT OF
       STANDARD LOW FLOOR
  HYBRID-ELECTRIC DIESEL COACHES




   CONTRACT PROPOSAL NO. 350
             AUGUST 2004
1   OVERALL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................................................. VI-1
    1.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        1.1.1 Definition ..................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        1.1.2 Abbreviation ................................................................................................................................................................. VI-4
        1.1.3 Legal Requirements ...................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
    1.2 DIMENSIONS ....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
        1.2.1 Underbody Clearance ................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
    1.3 PROPULSION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE ........................................................................................................................ VI-6
    1.4 DUTY CYCLE ...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-7
    1.5 CAPACITY ........................................................................................................................................................................... VI-7
    1.6 AUDIBLE NOISE LEVEL CONTROL ................................................................................................................................ VI-7
        1.6.1 Interior Noise................................................................................................................................................................ VI-7
        1.6.2 Exterior Noise .............................................................................................................................................................. VI-8
    1.7 ELECTRONIC NOISE CONTROL....................................................................................................................................... VI-8
    1.8 COMPONENT PROTECTION AND OVER-RIDE ............................................................................................................. VI-8
    1.9 SHOCK HAZARDS .............................................................................................................................................................. VI-9
    1.10 MASTER DISCONNECT ..................................................................................................................................................... VI-9
    1.11 ELECTRO-MAGNETIC RADIATION .............................................................................................................................. VI-10
    1.12 PROTOTYPE ...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-10
    1.13 ALTOONA TESTING ......................................................................................................................................................... VI-10
    1.14 MATERIALS....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-11
    1.15 CORROSION RESISTANCE ............................................................................................................................................. VI-11
         1.15.1 Electrolyte Spills ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-11
    1.16 WORKMANSHIP ............................................................................................................................................................... VI-11
    1.17 MAINTAINABILITY ......................................................................................................................................................... VI-11
         1.17.1 Maintenance and Inspection ...................................................................................................................................... VI-11
         1.17.2 Electronic Components ............................................................................................................................................. VI-11
         1.17.3 Interchangeability...................................................................................................................................................... VI-12
    1.18 FIRE SAFETY ..................................................................................................................................................................... VI-12
    1.19 NEW COMPONENTS......................................................................................................................................................... VI-12

2   BODY ........................................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
    2.1 BODY STRUCTURE ............................................................................................................................................................ VI-1
        2.1.1 Strength and Fatigue Life ............................................................................................................................................. VI-1
        2.1.2 Distortion...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        2.1.3 Crashworthiness ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        2.1.4 Resonance..................................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
        2.1.5 Towing ......................................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
        2.1.6 Jacking and Hoisting .................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
        2.1.7 Exclusion of Water ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
        2.1.8 Resistance to Corrosion ................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
    2.2 EXTERIOR............................................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
        2.2.1 Strength and Installation ............................................................................................................................................... VI-3
        2.2.2 Rain Gutters.................................................................................................................................................................. VI-3
        2.2.3 License Plate Holders ................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
        2.2.4 Rubrails ........................................................................................................................................................................ VI-3
          2.2.5 Bicycle Rack ................................................................................................................................................................ VI-3
          2.2.6 Finish and Color ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
          2.2.7 Fender Skirts ................................................................................................................................................................ VI-3
          2.2.8 Splash Aprons .............................................................................................................................................................. VI-3
          2.2.9 Windshield Wipers and Washers.................................................................................................................................. VI-4
          2.2.10 Service Compartments and Access Doors ................................................................................................................... VI-4
          2.2.11 Bumper System ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
    2.3   INTERIOR TRIM, PANELING AND ACCESS ................................................................................................................... VI-5
          2.3.1 Modesty and Side Trim Panel ...................................................................................................................................... VI-5
          2.3.2 Rear Bulkhead .............................................................................................................................................................. VI-6
          2.3.3 Headlining .................................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
          2.3.4 Front End ...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
          2.3.5 Fastening ...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
          2.3.6 Access Doors ................................................................................................................................................................ VI-6
    2.4   FLOOR .................................................................................................................................................................................. VI-7
          2.4.1 Height ........................................................................................................................................................................... VI-7
          2.4.2 Edges ............................................................................................................................................................................ VI-7
          2.4.3 Floor Covering ............................................................................................................................................................. VI-7
    2.5   STEPS AND STEPWELLS ................................................................................................................................................... VI-7
          2.5.1 Steps ............................................................................................................................................................................. VI-7
    2.6   WHEEL HOUSINGS ............................................................................................................................................................ VI-8
    2.7 INSULATION ....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-8
        2.7.1 Thermal Insulation ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-8
        2.7.2 Sound Insulation ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-8
3   FURNISHINGS ........................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
    3.1 WINDSHIELD, DRIVER, PASSENGER AND REAR WINDOWS .................................................................................... VI-1
        3.1.1 Windshield ................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        3.1.2 Driver’s Side Window .................................................................................................................................................. VI-1
        3.1.3 Passenger Windows ...................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        3.1.4 Rear Window................................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
    3.2 DOORS .................................................................................................................................................................................. VI-2
        3.2.1 Materials ....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
        3.2.2 Dimensions ................................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
        3.2.3 Door Glazing ................................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
        3.2.4 Door Projection ............................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
        3.2.5 Door Height Above Pavement...................................................................................................................................... VI-2
        3.2.6 Actuator ........................................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
        3.2.7 Emergency Operations ................................................................................................................................................. VI-3
        3.2.8 Sensitive Edges ............................................................................................................................................................ VI-3
        3.2.9 Front Door Timing (Entrance Door) ............................................................................................................................ VI-3
        3.2.10 Rear Door Timing (Exit Door) ................................................................................................................................... VI-3
    3.3 LIGHTING ............................................................................................................................................................................ VI-3
        3.3.1 Exterior Lighting & Back-up Alarm ............................................................................................................................ VI-3
        3.3.2 Deceleration Lighting System ...................................................................................................................................... VI-4
        3.3.3 Interior Lighting ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-4
        3.3.4 Service Area Lighting .................................................................................................................................................. VI-5
    3.4 INTERIOR CLIMATE CONTROL ....................................................................................................................................... VI-5
        3.4.1 Controls ........................................................................................................................................................................ VI-5
        3.4.2 Air Flow ....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
        3.4.3 Air Intakes .................................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
    3.5 ROOF VENTILATORS......................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
3.6 WHEELCHAIR LOADING SYSTEM .................................................................................................................................. VI-6
     3.6.1 Wheel Chair Ramp ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
3.7 PASSENGER SEATS ............................................................................................................................................................ VI-6
     3.7.1 Dimensions ................................................................................................................................................................... VI-7
     3.7.2 Design .......................................................................................................................................................................... VI-7
     3.7.3 Structure ....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-7
     3.7.4 Construction and Materials........................................................................................................................................... VI-8
     3.7.5 Wheelchair Accommodation ........................................................................................................................................ VI-8
3.8 PASSENGER EXIT SIGNAL ............................................................................................................................................... VI-8
     3.8.1 Exit Signal .................................................................................................................................................................... VI-8
     3.8.2 Mobility Aid Passenger Exit Signal ............................................................................................................................. VI-9
3.9 PASSENGER ASSISTS ........................................................................................................................................................ VI-9
     3.9.1 Doorways ..................................................................................................................................................................... VI-9
     3.9.2 Vestibule....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-9
     3.9.3 Overhead .................................................................................................................................................................... VI-10
     3.9.4 Longitudinal Seats ...................................................................................................................................................... VI-10
     3.9.5 Modesty Panel ............................................................................................................................................................ VI-10
3.10 DESTINATION SIGNS....................................................................................................................................................... VI-10
     3.10.1 Display ...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-10
     3.10.2 Front Destination Sign .............................................................................................................................................. VI-11
     3.10.3 Curb Side Designation .............................................................................................................................................. VI-11
     3.10.4 Street Side Destination Sign ...................................................................................................................................... VI-11
     3.10.5 Rear Destination Sign ............................................................................................................................................... VI-11
     3.10.6 Run Number Sign-Dash Mounted ............................................................................................................................. VI-11
     3.10.7 Operator Display Keyboard (ODK Unit) .................................................................................................................. VI-11
     3.10.8 Emergency Message Display .................................................................................................................................... VI-11
     3.10.9 Training and Support for the Destination Sign System ............................................................................................. VI-11
3.11 AUTOMATIC NEXT STOP PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM ........................................................................... VI-13
     3.11.1 Integrated system control Unit (ISCU) ..................................................................................................................... VI-13
3.12 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................................ VI-16
3.13 SURVEILLANCE CAMERA SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................. VI-16
     3.13.1 Camera ...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-17
     3.13.2 Silent Alarm Requirements ....................................................................................................................................... VI-17
     3.13.3 Data Storage .............................................................................................................................................................. VI-17
     3.13.4 Security Enclosure .................................................................................................................................................... VI-17
     3.13.5 Downloads/Wireless Capability/Viewing ................................................................................................................. VI-17
     3.13.6 Wireless Software/programming............................................................................................................................... VI-18
     3.13.7 Viewing Stations ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-18
     3.13.8 Documentation and Training ..................................................................................................................................... VI-18
3.14 MOBILE RADIO SYSTEM ................................................................................................................................................ VI-18
     3.14.1 MUNI-Supplied Equipment ...................................................................................................................................... VI-18
     3.14.2 Contractor-Supplied Equipment ................................................................................................................................ VI-18
3.15 FARE COLLECTION ......................................................................................................................................................... VI-20
     3.15.1 Electrical ................................................................................................................................................................... VI-20
     3.15.2 Fare Box Mounting ................................................................................................................................................... VI-20
     3.15.3 Transfer Mounting Bracket ....................................................................................................................................... VI-20
     3.15.4 TransLink® ................................................................................................................................................................ VI-20
3.16 AUTOMATIC PASSENGER COUNTING (APC) ............................................................................................................. VI-20
     3.16.1 Electrical ................................................................................................................................................................... VI-21
     3.16.2 System Enclosure ...................................................................................................................................................... VI-21
     3.16.3 Passenger Counting Sensors...................................................................................................................................... VI-21
     3.16.4 GPS (Global Positioning System) ............................................................................................................................. VI-21
         3.16.5 Computer Data Logging System ............................................................................................................................... VI-21
         3.16.6 Computer Data Analysis Software ............................................................................................................................ VI-22
         3.16.7 Computer Data Analysis Software Training and Support ......................................................................................... VI-22
         3.16.8 APC System Hardware and Software Technical Training and Support .................................................................... VI-22
         3.16.9 Testing and Acceptance ............................................................................................................................................ VI-22
    3.17 PASSENGER INFORMATION HOLDER ......................................................................................................................... VI-23
    3.18 NUMBERING AND SIGNING ........................................................................................................................................... VI-23
    3.19 ADVERTISING................................................................................................................................................................... VI-23
    3.20 EMERGENCY WARNING LIGHT SYSTEM .................................................................................................................... VI-23
    3.21 CHASSIS MOUNTED PEDESTRIAN BARRIER ............................................................................................................. VI-23
    3.22 NEXTBUS ........................................................................................................................................................................... VI-24

4   OPERATOR’S AREA ................................................................................................................................................................ VI-1
    4.1 CONTROLS .......................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        4.1.1 Operator Control .......................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        4.1.2 Instruments ................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        4.1.3 Indicators ...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
        4.1.4 Door Controls ............................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
        4.1.5 Steering Wheel and Horn Button ................................................................................................................................. VI-5
        4.1.6 Accelerator and Brake Pedal ........................................................................................................................................ VI-6
        4.1.7 Master Run Switch ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
        4.1.8 Hill Holder.................................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
        4.1.9 Turn Signal ................................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
        4.1.10 Destination Sign Control & Automatic Next Stop Passenger Information System ..................................................... VI-6
        4.1.11 Fare Collection Area Light Control............................................................................................................................. VI-6
        4.1.12 Climate Control ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-7
        4.1.13 Silent Alarm and Event Marker .................................................................................................................................. VI-7
    4.2 OPERATOR SEAT................................................................................................................................................................ VI-7
        4.2.1 Dimensions and Adjustability ...................................................................................................................................... VI-7
        4.2.2 Structure and Materials ................................................................................................................................................ VI-8
    4.3 OPERATOR’S VENT AND HEATER/DEFROSTER .......................................................................................................... VI-8
    4.4 OPERATOR WINDOWS ...................................................................................................................................................... VI-8
        4.4.1 Windshield ................................................................................................................................................................... VI-8
        4.4.2 Side Window ................................................................................................................................................................ VI-8
    4.5 MIRRORS ............................................................................................................................................................................. VI-8
        4.5.1 Exterior ......................................................................................................................................................................... VI-8
        4.5.2 Interior .......................................................................................................................................................................... VI-9
    4.6 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM .............................................................................................................................................. VI-9
    4.7 OPERATOR’S AREA LIGHTING ....................................................................................................................................... VI-9
    4.8 OPERATOR BARRIER ........................................................................................................................................................ VI-9
    4.9 TRASH RECEPTACLE ........................................................................................................................................................ VI-9
    4.10 FARE COLLECTION EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................................................... VI-9
    4.11 SUN SHADES ....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-9
    4.12 STORAGE LOCKER .......................................................................................................................................................... VI-10
    4.13 OPERATOR’S PLATFORM ............................................................................................................................................... VI-10

5   CHASSIS ..................................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
    5.1 SUSPENSION AND AXLES ................................................................................................................................................ VI-1
        5.1.1 General Requirement .................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        5.1.2 Axles ............................................................................................................................................................................ VI-1
        5.1.3 Wheel Bearings ............................................................................................................................................................ VI-1
        5.1.4 Air Bellows .................................................................................................................................................................. VI-1
        5.1.5 Travel ........................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        5.1.6 Damping ....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        5.1.7 Kneeling ....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
        5.1.8 Lubrication ................................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
    5.2 STEERING ............................................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
        5.2.1 Strength ........................................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
        5.2.2 Turning Radius ............................................................................................................................................................. VI-2
        5.2.3 Turning Effort .............................................................................................................................................................. VI-2
    5.3 BRAKES................................................................................................................................................................................ VI-3
        5.3.1 Description ................................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
        5.3.2 Actuation ...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
        5.3.3 Friction Material ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
        5.3.4 Hubs, Rotors and Drums .............................................................................................................................................. VI-3
        5.3.5 Brake Adjustment ......................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
        5.3.6 Parking Brake ............................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
        5.3.7 Anti-Lock Braking System with Traction Control ....................................................................................................... VI-4
        5.3.8 Hill Holder.................................................................................................................................................................... VI-4
        5.3.9 Brake Jerk ..................................................................................................................................................................... VI-4
    5.4 REGENERATIVE BRAKING .............................................................................................................................................. VI-4
    5.5 AIR SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................................................................ VI-4
        5.5.1 Air Compressor ............................................................................................................................................................ VI-4
        5.5.2 Air Lines and Fittings ................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
        5.5.3 Air Reservoirs .............................................................................................................................................................. VI-5
        5.5.4 Air Dryer ...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
    5.6 FUEL SYSTEM ..................................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
        5.6.1 Fuel Tank...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
        5.6.2 Fuel Filler ..................................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
        5.6.3 Fuel Control.................................................................................................................................................................. VI-6
    5.7 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
        5.7.1 Hydraulic Lines ............................................................................................................................................................ VI-6
        5.7.2 Wheelchair Ramp Hydraulic System ........................................................................................................................... VI-7
    5.8 FLUID LINES........................................................................................................................................................................ VI-7
    5.9 WHEELS AND TIRES .......................................................................................................................................................... VI-7
         5.9.1 Wheels .......................................................................................................................................................................... VI-7
         5.9.2 Tires.............................................................................................................................................................................. VI-7
    5.10 NOT USED ............................................................................................................................................................................ VI-7
    5.11 ELECTRONIC ODOMETER, HUB-MOUNTED ................................................................................................................ VI-7
    5.12 FIRE DETECTION /SUPPRESSION .................................................................................................................................... VI-7

6   PROPULSION SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
    6.1 PROPULSION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................ VI-1
    6.2 PROPULSION SYSTEM SERVICE ..................................................................................................................................... VI-1
    6.3 APU GENERATOR AND TRACTION MOTOR ................................................................................................................. VI-1
    6.4 ENERGY STORAGE AND CONTROLLER ........................................................................................................................ VI-1
    6.5 PROPULSION CONTROLLER ............................................................................................................................................ VI-1
    6.6 TOP SPEED ........................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
    6.7 GRADABILITY .................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
    6.8 ACCELERATION ................................................................................................................................................................. VI-1
    6.9 OPERATING RANGE .......................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
    6.10 HYBRID SYSTEM ................................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
    6.11 ENGINE ................................................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
         6.11.1 Emissions .................................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
         6.11.2 Engine Firewall ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
         6.11.3 Mounting ..................................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
         6.11.4 Engine Protection ........................................................................................................................................................ VI-3
         6.11.5 Propulsion System Interlocks ...................................................................................................................................... VI-3
         6.11.6 Engine Override Button .............................................................................................................................................. VI-3
         6.11.7 Starter .......................................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
         6.11.8 Lubrication .................................................................................................................................................................. VI-3
         6.11.9 Not Used ..................................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
         6.11.10     Cooling System ................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
         6.11.11     Engine Piping...................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
         6.11.12     Service ................................................................................................................................................................ VI-5
         6.11.13     Accessories ......................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
    6.12 DRIVE SHAFT ...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
    6.13 GEAR RATIO........................................................................................................................................................................ VI-5
    6.14 HEAT EXCHANGER ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
    6.15 LUBRICATION .................................................................................................................................................................... VI-6

7   ELECTRICAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ VI-1
    7.1 POWER REQUIREMENT .................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
    7.2 CIRCUIT PROTECTION ...................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
    7.3 GROUNDING ....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
    7.4 SHIELDING .......................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
    7.5 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ........................................................................................................................................... VI-1
    7.6 MODULAR DESIGN ............................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
    7.7 WIRING, TERMINALS ........................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
    7.8 ENCLOSURES AND JUNCTION BOXES .......................................................................................................................... VI-2
    7.9 MULTIPLEX WIRING SYSTEM ......................................................................................................................................... VI-3
    7.10 BATTERIES AND ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM ............................................................................................................ VI-3
         7.10.1 Traction Energy Storage System ................................................................................................................................. VI-3
         7.10.2 Low Voltage Batteries................................................................................................................................................. VI-4
    7.11 MASTER BATTERY SWITCH ............................................................................................................................................ VI-4
    7.12 ALTERNATOR ..................................................................................................................................................................... VI-4
    7.13 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC NOISE ........................................................................................................................ VI-5

8   MATERIALS AND OVERALL WORK QUALITY ............................................................................................................... VI-1
    8.1 MATERIALS......................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        8.1.1 Hazardous Materials ..................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        8.1.2 Consumables ................................................................................................................................................................ VI-1
    8.2 OVERALL WORK QUALITY ............................................................................................................................................. VI-2
          8.2.1 Welding ........................................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
          8.2.2 Mechanical Fastening ................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
          8.2.3 Finishing ....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
          8.2.4 Electrical....................................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
      8.3 PROOF OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT ................................................................................................................. VI-3
      8.4 DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS .......................................................................................................... VI-3

9     TRAINING, PUBLICATION, DIAGNOSTICS TESTING SOFTWARE ............................................................................ VI-1
      9.1 TRAINING ............................................................................................................................................................................ VI-1
          9.1.1 Training Plan ................................................................................................................................................................ VI-1
          9.1.2 Training Materials and Personnel ................................................................................................................................. VI-1
          9.1.3 Operations Instructors, Maintenance Instructors, And Managers ................................................................................ VI-2
          9.1.4 Maintenance Manager Training ................................................................................................................................... VI-2
          9.1.5 Service Personnel Training........................................................................................................................................... VI-2
          9.1.6 Mechanic/ Electronic Technician Training .................................................................................................................. VI-2
          9.1.7 Road Call Training ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
          9.1.8 Surveillance Camera System Training ......................................................................................................................... VI-2
          9.1.9 Videos .......................................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
          9.1.10 Training Charts............................................................................................................................................................ VI-3
          9.1.11 Interactive Multimedia Training ................................................................................................................................. VI-4
      9.2 PUBLICATIONS: MAINTENANCE MANUALS, ILLUSTRATED PARTS MANUALS, OPERATOR’S
          MANUALS, & VEHICLE RECORD BOOKS ...................................................................................................................... VI-5
          9.2.1 Maintenance Manuals................................................................................................................................................... VI-6
          9.2.2 Preventive Maintenance Manual .................................................................................................................................. VI-6
          9.2.3 Illustrated Parts Manual................................................................................................................................................ VI-7
          9.2.4 Operator's Manuals ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-7
          9.2.5 Electronic Systems Documentation .............................................................................................................................. VI-8
          9.2.6 Surveillance Camera System Manuals ......................................................................................................................... VI-8
          9.2.7 Vehicle Records ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-8
          9.2.8 Computerized Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance, and Illustrated Parts Manual System ...................................... VI-8
      9.3 VEHICLE SUB-SYSTEMS INTEGRATION AND DIAGNOSTIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS .................................... VI-9

10 WARRANTY AND SPARE PARTS ......................................................................................................................................... VI-1
   10.1 BASIC PROVISIONS ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        10.1.1 Warranty Requirements............................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        10.1.2 Voiding Of Warranty .................................................................................................................................................. VI-1
        10.1.3 Exceptions To Warranty.............................................................................................................................................. VI-2
        10.1.4 Detection Of Defects ................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
        10.1.5 Intentionally Blank ...................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
        10.1.6 Fleet Defects ............................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
        10.1.7 Contractor's Representative ......................................................................................................................................... VI-3
   10.2 REPAIR PROCEDURES....................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
        10.2.1 Repairs By Contractor ................................................................................................................................................. VI-4
        10.2.2 Repairs By MUNI ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-4
        10.2.3 Warranty After Replacement Or Repairs .................................................................................................................... VI-5
        10.2.4 Failure Analysis .......................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
   10.3 DATA PROCESSING ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-5
        10.3.1 Warranty And Computer Program .............................................................................................................................. VI-5
        10.3.2 Warranty Data ............................................................................................................................................................. VI-5
        10.3.3 Database Information .................................................................................................................................................. VI-6
        10.3.4 Publications Software .................................................................................................................................................. VI-8
   10.4 SPARE PARTS ...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-8
        10.4.1 Recommended Spare Parts .......................................................................................................................................... VI-9
             10.4.2 Availability.................................................................................................................................................................. VI-9
11 RELIABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY, SAFETY ................................................................................................................... VI-1
   11.1 SERVICE LIFE...................................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
      11.2 VEHICLE RELIABILITY REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................................... VI-1
      11.3 FAILURES ............................................................................................................................................................................ VI-1
           11.3.1 Accountable Failures ................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
           11.3.2 Non-Accountable Failures........................................................................................................................................... VI-1
      11.4 FAILURE REVIEW BOARD................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
      11.5 RELIABILITY PROGRAM PLAN ....................................................................................................................................... VI-2
      11.6 MAINTAINABILITY ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
           11.6.1 Tools ........................................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
           11.6.2 Electrical ..................................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
           11.6.3 Tire .............................................................................................................................................................................. VI-3
           11.6.4 Maintenance And Inspection ....................................................................................................................................... VI-3
      11.7 SYSTEM SAFETY ................................................................................................................................................................ VI-3
           11.7.1 Hazards Definitions ..................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
           11.7.2 System Safety Program Objectives ............................................................................................................................. VI-3
           11.7.3 System Safety Criteria................................................................................................................................................. VI-3
           11.7.4 System Safety Data ..................................................................................................................................................... VI-4
12 QUALITY ASSURANCE ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
   12.1 CONTRACTORS IN-PLANT QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................... VI-1
        12.1.1 Quality Assurance Organization ................................................................................................................................. VI-1
        12.1.2 Quality Assurance Organization Functions ................................................................................................................. VI-1
        12.1.3 Standards and Facilities ............................................................................................................................................... VI-1
        12.1.4 Control of Purchases ................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
        12.1.5 Manufacturing Control ................................................................................................................................................ VI-2
        12.1.6 Inspection System ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-2
        12.1.7 Resident Inspector ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-3
        12.1.8 Compliance Demonstration ......................................................................................................................................... VI-4
   12.2 TEST REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................................................................... VI-4
        12.2.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ VI-4
        12.2.2 Prototype Tests ............................................................................................................................................................ VI-7
        12.2.3 Pre-Delivery Tests ....................................................................................................................................................... VI-7
        12.2.4 Post-Delivery Tests ..................................................................................................................................................... VI-8
   12.3 PROJECT PLANNING, SCHEDULING AND CONTROL ................................................................................................. VI-8
        12.3.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................. VI-8
        12.3.2 Definition And Clarifications ...................................................................................................................................... VI-8
        12.3.3 Description Of Submittals ........................................................................................................................................... VI-9
        12.3.4 Early Completion Schedule ......................................................................................................................................... VI-9
        12.3.5 Progress Review Meetings .......................................................................................................................................... VI-9
        12.3.6 Modifications To The Schedule ................................................................................................................................ VI-10
        12.3.7 Scheduling Of Work ................................................................................................................................................. VI-10
13 DELIVERY SCHEDULE ........................................................................................................................................................... VI-1
   13.1 PREFERRED DELIVERY SCHEDULE............................................................................................................................... VI-1
      13.2 PROPOSED DELIVERY SCHEDULE ................................................................................................................................. VI-1
      13.3 COACH DELIVERY ............................................................................................................................................................. VI-1
ATTACHMENT 1: Clearance ............................................................................................................................................................... A-1
ATTACHMENT 2: Decal Listing.......................................................................................................................................................... A-3
ATTACHMENT 2: Decal Listing.......................................................................................................................................................... A-4
ATTACHMENT 2: Decal (Exterior Numbering) ..................................................................................................................................A-5
ATTACHMENT 3: MUNI Exterior Color Scheme ............................................................................................................................... A-6
ATTACHMENT 4: Hoist Dimensions................................................................................................................................................... A-7
ATTACHMENT 5: Materials, Colors And Finishes.............................................................................................................................. A-8
ATTACHMENT 5: Materials, Colors And Finishes.............................................................................................................................. A-9
ATTACHMENT 5: Materials, Colors And Finishes............................................................................................................................ A-10
ATTACHMENT 6: MUNI Typical Seating Layout ............................................................................................................................ A-11
ATTACHMENT 7: Seating Dimensions and Standard Configuration ................................................................................................ A-12
ATTACHMENT 8: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienist (ACGIH) ............................................................ A-13
ATTACHMENT 9: Power Cable, Farebox .......................................................................................................................................... A-14
ATTACHMENT 10: Farebox Mounting Support Plate ....................................................................................................................... A-15
ATTACHMENT 11: WheelChair Maneuvering Room ....................................................................................................................... A-16
ATTACHMENT 12: Special Tools List .............................................................................................................................................. A-17
ATTACHMENT 13: Warranty Claim Tag Report............................................................................................................................... A-18
ATTACHMENT 14: MUNI Proposed Training Schedule................................................................................................................... A-24
                                         1     OVERALL REQUIREMENTS
1.1           SCOPE
These specifications detail the technical requirements for the construction of new heavy-duty standard (40-foot), Low Floor,
Hybrid-electric diesel coaches for the San Francisco Municipal Railway (MUNI). The new coaches are intended to provide
superior performance in the unique San Francisco operating environment with improved reliability and reduced emissions
compared to existing MUNI equipment. These coaches are intended for the widest possible spectrum of passengers, including
children, adults, the elderly, and the disabled.

The coach shall be designed to operate in transit service for at least 12 years or 500,000 miles and it shall be capable of
operating at least 40,000 miles per year. The Contractor shall be responsible for designing, fabricating, assembling, testing and
finishing transit coaches, which are in all respects compliant with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Included with
these requirements are specified components, equipment and systems usually accompanied by the phrase “or approved equal.”
Such components, equipments and systems, or deviations and substitute items, specifically approved by MUNI, shall be
provided as part of the completed coaches by the Contractor.

1.1.1       Definition
The following are definitions of special terms used in the Technical Specifications:

ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act) – Federal mandates, which insure business and institutions, provide persons with
disabilities access and communication in their daily life so they able to function as near as possible to normal.

Approach Angle - The angle is measured between a line tangent to the front tire static loaded radius and the initial point of
structural interference forward of the front tire to the ground.

APU (Auxiliary Power Unit) - Converts consumable fuel energy into mechanical and/or electrical energy.

Audible Discrete Frequency - An audible discrete frequency is determined to exist if the sound power level in any 1/3-octave
band exceeds the average of the sound power levels of the two adjacent 1/3-octave bands by four (4) decibels (dB) or more.

Battery Rated Ampere-hour Capacity - manufacturer-rated capacity of a battery in Ampere-hours obtained from a battery
discharged at the manufacturer’s recommended discharge rate such that a specified minimum cut-off terminal voltage is
reached.

BMS (Battery Management System) - Monitors energy, as well as temperature, individual cell or module voltages, and total
pack voltage. The BMS adjusts the control strategy algorithms to maintain the batteries at uniform state of charge and optimal
temperatures.

Break over Angle - The angle is measured between two lines tangent to the front and rear tire static loaded radius and
intersecting at a point on the underside of the vehicle that defines the largest ramp over which the coach can roll.

CL/ID - Clearance/Identification lights for vehicle not in motion.

Coach - The terms coach, coach and vehicle are used interchangeably.

Controller - See definition of PCS (below).

Curb Weight - Weight of vehicle, including maximum fuel, oil, and coolant, and all equipment required for operation and
required by this specification, but without passengers or operator.

dBA - Decibels with reference to 0.0002 microbar as measured on the "A" scale.

Defect(s) - Patent or latent malfunctions or failure in manufacture or design of any component or subsystem.

Departure Angle - The angle is measured between a line tangent to the rear tire static loaded radius and the initial point of
structural interference rearward of the rear tire to the ground.

DR - Diagnostic Reader
ECM - Engine Control Module

Electric Drive System - electric motor, system controller, generator, and energy storage system.

Electronic Parts Lists – This list shall be associated with an IPC assembly layout drawing. and provides all manufacturers part
numbers for all the parts identified and shown on the layout drawing.

Electronics Schematic Diagram – This is a detailed drawing of the components and connections at a level detailing to the
circuit boards and identifying those individual pieces, functions and connections.

EMI - Electro-Magnetic Interference

Energy Density - The relationship between the weight of an energy storage device and its power output in units of watt-hours
per kilogram (Wh/kg).

Energy Storage System - A component or system of components that stores energy and for which its supply of energy is re-
chargeable by an APU, an off-vehicle electric energy source, or both.

Failure Definitions - Classification of failures are described below:

   Bad Order: A failure that does not require removal of the coach from service during its assignments but does degrade
    coach operation. The failure shall be reported by operating personnel.

   MDBF (Mean Distance Between Failure): This measure of failure includes the definition of MDBSF as well as any
    incident, malfunction, intermittent condition, or failure of equipment or hardware, which prevents the vehicle from being
    deployed in revenue service.

   MDBSF (Mean Distance Between Service Failure): Any incident, malfunction, intermittent condition, or failure of
    equipment or hardware which in either actual or simulated revenue service causes a delay in excess of five (5) minutes and
    under normal operating conditions would cause passengers to be transferred to another vehicle.

   Physical Safety: A failure that could lead directly to passenger, operator or maintainer injury

Fireproof - Materials that will not burn or melt at temperatures less than 2,000°F.

Fire-Resistant - Materials that have a flame spread index less than 150 as measured in a radiant panel flame test per ASTM-E
162-75.

Free Floor Space - Floor area available to standees, excluding stepwells, area under seats, area occupied by feet of seated
passengers, and the vestibule area forward of the standee line. Floor area of 1.5 square feet shall be allocated to be occup ied by
the feet of each standee.

Gross Load - 150 pounds for every designed passenger seating position, for the operator, and for each 1.5 square feet of free
floor space.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - Curb weight plus gross load.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rated) - The maximum total weight, as determined by the vehicle manufacturer, at which the
vehicle can be safely and reliably operated for its intended purpose. The GVWR shall be greater than or equal to GVW.

High Voltage - 50-800 volts (AC and DC).

Human Dimensions - The human dimensions used in the Technical Specifications are defined in SAE Recommended practice
J833.

Hybrid-electric Drive System - propulsion system comprised of an APU and corresponding electric drive system connected
with the APU.

H&V (Heating and Ventilating) – The on-board system which provide the operator and passengers temperature comfort within
the coach.
IPC (Illustrated Parts Catalog) – Layout drawings containing essential parts and part numbers which make up an assembly.
These documents include the original manufacturers name part numbers, part quality, quantity, and sub-part and vendor
information.

J1708 – An SAE standard defining a bi-directional, serial communication link among control modules containing
microcomputers in heavy-duty vehicle applications.

Low Floor - Vehicle configuration primarily identified by the lack of steps at the front and rear doors.

Low Voltage - 50 volts or less.

Maintenance Personnel Skill Levels - Definitions of maintenance personnel skill levels are listed below:

                  5M:      Specialist Mechanic or Class A Mechanic Leader
                  4M:      Journeyman or Class A Mechanic
                  3M:      Service Mechanic or Class B Servicer
                  2M:      Mechanic Helper or Coach Servicer
                  1M:      Cleaner, Fueler, Oiler, Hostler, or Shifter
                  3E:      Assistant Supervising Electronics Maintenance Technician
                  2E:      Electronics Maintenance Technician
                  1E:      Assistant Electronics Maintenance Technician

Operator’s Eye Range - The 95th percentile ellipse defined in the SAE recommended Practice J941, except that the height of
the ellipse shall be determined from the seat at its reference height.

Parallel Hybrid - Electric motor and APU are both mechanically connected to the drive wheels.

PCB (Printed Circuit Board Assembly) - A PCB includes the printed circuit board and all of the individual electronic
components and interconnections that make up the assembly.

PCS (Propulsion Control System) - The electronic controller regulates the amount of energy, (DC power in the case of batteries
and capacitors), that is transferred (or converted to AC power by the inverter in AC motors) for acceleration. It also ensures
that voltage is maintained within the specifications required for operating the motor(s). An electronic controller can also
recover electrical energy by switching the motor(s) to a generator in order to capture the vehicle’s kinetic energy through
regenerative braking. The controller also ensures that the regenerative current does not overcharge the energy storage system
and that regenerative energy is otherwise safely dissipated when not captured.

Power Density - The power of a battery cell in terms of its ability to discharge and accept energy at a given rate.

Propulsion System - System that provides propulsion for the vehicle in an amount proportional to what the driver commands.

Regenerative Braking - Deceleration of the coach caused by operating an electric motor-generator system. This act returns
energy to the vehicle propulsion system and provides charge to the Energy Storage System.

Related Defect(s) - Damages inflicted on any component or subsystem as a direct result of a defect.

RFI - Radio Frequency Interference

Seated Load - 150 pounds for every designed passenger seating position and for the operator.

Series Hybrid - No mechanical connection between the APU and the drive wheels. The APU supplies electricity to motor(s)
and energy storage system. There are three (3) basic variations: 1) a single electric motor or set of motors drives the wheels
directly or 2) a single electric motor or set of motors drives the wheels through a mechanical transmission; or 3) an independent
wheel motor drives each drive wheel. In each case, the electric motor(s) may draw energy from either the energy storage device
or from the APU as determined by the controller. Subcategories of series hybrids include: engine-dominant and battery-
dominant. These subcategories are generally linked to whether the hybrid system is charge sustaining or charge depleting.

SHOPS (Shop History and On-Line Parts System) – MUNI’s computerized maintenance system utilized for tracking vehicle
history including but not limited to labor, parts, warranty, vendor activity, in addition to inventory of parts and supplies.
SLW (Seated Load Weight) - Curb weight plus seated load.

Standee Line - A line marked across the coach aisle in line with the front curbside modesty panel to designate the forward area,
which passengers may not occupy when the coach is moving.

SOC (State of charge) - Quantity of electric energy remaining in the battery relative to the maximum rated Amp hour (Ah)
capacity of the battery expressed in percent. This is a dynamic measurement used for the energy storage system. A full SOC
indicates that the energy storage system cannot accept further charging from the APU or the regenerative braking system.

Wheelchair - Mobility aid belonging to any class of three or four-wheel devices, usable indoors, designed for and used by
individuals with mobility impairments, whether operated manually or powered. A “common wheelchair” is such a device,
which does not exceed 30 inches in width and 48 inches in length measured two inches above the ground, and does not weigh
more than 600 pounds when occupied.

Working Day - All 24-hour periods beginning and ending at midnight, Monday through Friday inclusive.

1.1.2       Abbreviation
The following is a list of abbreviations used in the Technical Specifications:

ABS          Anti-lock Braking System
ADA          Americans with Disabilities Act
ANSI         American National Standards Institute
ASHRAE       American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers
ASTM         American Society for Testing and Materials
AWS          American Welding Society
CCR          California Code of Regulations
CFR          Code of Federal Regulations
DVD          Digital Versatile Disc
DTE          Diagnostic Test Equipment
DVAS         Digital Voice Annunciation System
EPA          Environmental Protection Agency
FCC          Federal Communications Commission
FSRP         Field Service Repair Procedure
FMCSR        Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations
FMVSS        Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
FTA          Federal Transit Administration
GVWR         Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
H&V          Heating and Ventilating
IPC          Illustrated Parts Catalog
ISO          International Organization for Standardization
ITS          Intelligent Transportation Systems
JIC          Joint Industrial Council
LED          Light Emitting Diode
MIL-STD      Military Standard
NEC          National Electrical Code
NFPA         National Fire Protection Association
NHTSA        National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
ODK          Operator Display Keyboard
OEM          Original Equipment Manufacturer
PA           Public Address
PCB           Printed Circuit Board
PLC           Programmable Logic Controller
RF            Radio Frequency
SAE           Society of Automotive Engineers
SPI           Society of the Plastics Industry
SDTS          Self Diagnostic Testing Software
SHOPS         Shop History and On-Line Parts System
SLW           Seated Load Weight
UL            Underwriters Laboratories
USDOT         United States Department of Transportation
1.1.3         Legal Requirements
A.The coach shall meet all applicable FMVSS in effect at the date of manufacture. The coaches and equipment must comply             Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations. Local regulations are defined as those below the state level. In the
event of any conflict between the requirements of these specifications and any applicable legal requirement, the legal
requirement shall prevail.

B.Manufacturer shall certify to MUNI that the vehicle complies with 49 CFR (latest version), Coach Testing Rule.

C.Manufacturer shall test the prototype coach at the Altoona, PA Testing Facility and shall provide copies of all testing. If the
coach proposed by the manufacturer has already been tested successfully at the Altoona, PA Testing Facility, then re-test of the
prototype will not be necessary, subject to MUNI’s approval of the test results. The Contractor shall provide results from all
Altoona Testing.

D.Manufacturer shall verify that the vehicle is certified by the California Air Resources Board for meeting both exhaust
emissions and engine durability requirements as specified for use in heavy-duty, urban transit coaches. If manufacturer intends
to emissions certify through vehicle testing, a detailed testing strategy and design review shall be approved by MUNI prior to
testing.

E.Manufacturer shall certify that the proposed coach meets the specifications set forth in the Americans with Disability Act
(ADA) of 1990 (latest version).

1.2          DIMENSIONS
With the exceptions of exterior mirrors, marker and signal lights, flexible portions of the bumpers, fender skirts, and rubrail,
the coach shall have the following overall general dimensions:

                                                          TABLE 1.2

        Length, excluding bumpers:                                                             40' +/- 1'
        Width - exterior, excluding mirrors                                                    102" max
        Height Overall, without roof-mounted system                                            125" max
        Height Overall, with roof-mounted system                                               140" max
        Seating Capacity: (recommended)                                                        38
        Width of Seat (one passenger)                                                          18” min
        Width of Seat (two passenger)                                                          35" min
        General Aisle Width                                                                    22" min
        Headroom along Center Aisle, at Front Axle Wheelhouse                                  80" min
        Headroom along Center Aisle, at Rear Axle Wheelhouse                                   77" min
        Front Floor Height From Ground (raised)                                                15" max
        Front Floor Height From Ground (kneeled)                                               11" max
        Rear Floor Height From Ground (raised)                                                 16" max
        Body Ground Clearance                                                                  8" min
        Approach Angle                                                                         10 degrees min
        Break over Angle                                                                       10 degrees min
        Departure Angle                                                                        10 degrees min
        Turning Radius (Front Body Corners)                                                    45’ max


1.1.4         Underbody Clearance
The coach shall maintain the minimum clearance dimensions as shown in Table 1.2 and defined in SAE Standard J689,
regardless of load, up to the GVWR. All components under the coach, engine including the oil pan, traction motor, generator,
shall be protected from impacts.

Ramp Clearances: Approach and departure angles shall be no less than ten (10) degrees. Break over angle shall be no less than
ten (10) degrees. Any encroachment into the approach or departure angle area shall encounter a structural member before any
component. A wedge supplied by the Contractor shall verify the approach and departure angles. Muni requires that the
manufacturer install an over-raise switch that will increase the ground clearance of the bus above normal ride height in order to
prevent the chassis or any part of the bus from scraping the pavement. The over-raise mode must be automatically disabled at
above a pre-set speed and the bus must reset to normal ride height. Muni will provide an incentive of $800 per coach for each
degree of increase above the ten (10) degree of the approach and departure angles without compromising front step height
when the coach is in the kneeled position.

Ground Clearance: Ground clearance shall be no less than eight (8) inches except within the axle zone and wheel area.

Axle Zone Clearance: Axle zone clearance (the axle zone is the projected area between tires and wheel on the same axial
centerline) shall be no less than five (5) inches.

1.1    PROPULSION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
All coaches shall be road tested and shall meet the following criteria with a full passenger load, and a full tank of fuel.
Acceleration times begin when the accelerator pedal is depressed; lag time between depression of the accelerator pedal and
movement of the coach should be minimized. Minimum actual vehicle performance requirements are:

                                                          TABLE 1.3

                        PARAMETER                      CONDITION                        REQUIREMENTS
                        Speed on Grade:                 0% Grade                          55 mph (max)
                                                        2% Grade                             50 mph
                                                        5% Grade                             25 mph
                                                        10% Grade                            15 mph
                                                        16% Grade                            10 mph
                                                        21% Grade                            5 mph
                         Acceleration                                                          Acceleration
                                                                             mph
                          on Grade:                                                             on Grade:
                                                        0% Grade             0-10
                                                        0% Grade             0-20
                                                        0% Grade             0-40
                                                        2% Grade             0-15
                                                        5% Grade             0-13
                                                        10% Grade            0-10
                                                        16% Grade             0-6


Jerk, the rate of change of acceleration, shall be minimized throughout acceleration and deceleration and shall average no
greater than 3 mph/s per second over any half-second interval. This requirement shall be achieved regardless of operator
actions.

The propulsion and braking systems shall meet the performance requirements of the Duty Cycle. Braking application and
performance shall remain consistent regardless of hybrid system SOC or other variances related to regenerative braking.
1.2    DUTY CYCLE
Coaches shall be designed to be compatible with the terrain and environment found in MUNI’s service area. Also, coaches
shall be capable of running continuously with capacity load in the environmental conditions found in MUNI’s service area.
These conditions include high humidity, rain, and occasional temperature extremes.

Coaches shall be capable of continuous operation at freeway speeds with a capacity load and an ambient temperature of 105°F
without overheating or degradation of any operating component. They shall operate in stop and go downtown traffic with no
adverse effects. They shall also be able to safely and efficiently negotiate the hilly conditions found in the City and County of
San Francisco. Grades of up to 21 percent make up MUNI’s service area.

The coach shall achieve normal operation in the environmental conditions of San Francisco with temperature ranges of 0
degree Fahrenheit (°F) to 115°F, at relative humidity between 5 percent and 100 percent, and at essentially sea level altitudes.
Any exception to the above requirement shall be approved by MUNI.

The following composite routes are typical routes the coach will take in normal revenue service. These include freeway and
arterial travel.

Locations of Grades and Turns:
Sacramento Street     -- Drum to Van Ness
Clay Street           -- Van Ness to Drum
24 Divisadero Line    -- 30th and Mission, 30th, R-Noe, L-26th, R-Castro, Divisadero to Geary (both directions)
Market and Clayton -- operate around turn onto Market and also from Market onto Clayton
DeHaro                -- Mariposa to 23rd Street. (Note: this is a 21% grade.)
23rd Street           -- Indiana to Pennsylvania (both directions - without contacting road with chassis) Note: this
                         determines straight-on approach, break over, and departure clearances.
Mansell Street       -- Mansell at San Bruno is the exact location. This determines departure angle clearance.
                         Rhode Island and 26th Street --       negotiate southbound turn onto 26th without contacting road
                         with chassis. Note: this determines front-left side chassis clearance through left hand turn.
2nd Street at Folsom -- Negotiate westbound turn onto Folsom, as tight as possible, without contacting road with
                         Chassis. Note: this determines rear-right side chassis clearance through right hand turn.

Endurance Routes:
Lines: 2 Clement, 16AX/BX Noriega, 17 Park Merced, 19 Polk, 23 Monterey, 28 19th Avenue, 29 Sunset, 43 Masonic, 71
Haight, 89 Laguna Honda.

1.3    CAPACITY
The coach should have the following rated capacity: 84 Passengers & 1 Operator at 12,750 lb. The number of passengers is a
design goal. However, the structure of the bus and the axles must be designed to meet the rated capacity of 12,750 lbs.

1.4    AUDIBLE NOISE LEVEL CONTROL
MUNI strongly prefers that each coach have a low level of exterior/interior noise and, as a design goal, that each coach be
significantly quieter than the specification allows. Instrumentation and other requirements shall conform to SAE Standard
J366, except that the two- (2) dBA tolerance is not allowed. If the noise level contains an audible discrete frequency, a penalty
of five (5) dBA shall be added to the sound level. The contractor shall develop a test plan for validating the noise levels based
on the following criteria. This plan shall be presented to MUNI for review and approval. The tests shall be configured to be
conducted with the coach loaded to SLW.

1.4.1     Interior Noise
The coach shall be empty except for test personnel, not to exceed four persons, and the test equipment. All openings shall be
closed and all accessories shall be operating during the test, including the requirement that the cooling fan be locked in the full
“ON” position. During the test, the ambient noise level in the test area shall be at least 10 dBA lower than the coach under test
. In determining interior noise levels (dBA), the contractor shall not average results between locations.
                                                         TABLE 1.6.1

                  OPERATING MODE                                  MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
                                                       Passenger at any seat location            Operator Seat
                        (0-35 mph)                               75 dBA                            70 dBA


If contractor demonstrated to Muni that the best available technology to mitigate the noise level has been used, Muni may
allow an increase to a maximum interior noise level of 80 dBA for passenger seat location and 75 dBA for operator seat
location. An incentive payment of $800 per vehicle will be made for passenger interior noise level reduction to 70 dBA based
on Section 1.6.1, Interior Noise, of the Technical Specifications. An additional incentive payment of $800 per vehicle will be
made for each 1 dBA interior noise level reduction below 70 dBA. No incentive credit will be issued for noise levels below 65
dBA.

1.4.2    Exterior Noise
All noise readings shall be taken 50 feet from, and perpendicular to, the centerline of the coach with all accessories operating
and the cooling fan locked on. The pull-away test is measured with the throttle fully applied and the vehicle accelerating at
maximum rate. It shall begin with the front bumper even with the microphone. The curb idle test shall be conducted in such a
way that the APU is forced to operate at the maximum rpm possible while the vehicle is stationary (for example, simulating the
re-charging of severely depleted batteries). The curb idle test shall be conducted with the rear bumper even with the
microphone.

                                                         TABLE 1.6.2

                                OPERATING MODE                           MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
                                   Pull-away test                              75 dBA
                                   Curb idle test                              65 dBA


If contractor demonstrated to Muni that the best available technology to mitigate the noise level has been used, Muni may
allow an increase to a maximum noise level of 80 dBA for exterior pull-away test. An incentive payment of $800 per vehicle
will be made for passenger exterior pull-away noise level reduction to 70 dBA based on Section 1.6.2, Exterior Noise, of the
Technical Specifications. An additional incentive payment of $800 per vehicle will be made for each 1 dBA interior exterior
noise level reduction below 70 dBA. No incentive credit will be issued for noise levels below 65 dBA

1.5    ELECTRONIC NOISE CONTROL
Electrical and electronic sub-systems and components on the coaches shall not emit electromagnetic radiation that will interfere
with on-board equipment, fare collection, telephone, radio, TV reception or be susceptible to R.F.I./E.M.I., and shall not be
affected by external sources of R.F.I./E.M.I. Reference Section 7.13. (Electrical and Electronic Noise).

1.6    COMPONENT PROTECTION AND OVER-RIDE
The engine and all major components of the propulsion system shall be monitored for proper operation, and shall be provided
with automatic shut-down features that will protect the components from damage in the event of conditions such as over-speed,
over-temperature, overload, or short circuit. Such shutdown features shall be tied to warning lights in the driver’s area, and to
fault codes logged in the diagnostic system. The components that must be protected in this way include: APU and its major
subsystems (including engine, emissions control equipment, and propulsion system generator), traction motor(s), power
electronics, and energy storage unit. Such automatic shut-down features shall be capable of being overridden in order to allow
the vehicle to be safely moved a short distance (for example: out of the flow of traffic), unless overriding will pose a serious
safety hazard (for example: a fire). The over-ride feature shall be activated by a guarded momentary contact switch located at
the driver’s position.

The control system shall be designed so that components that are mechanically connected to the rear wheels shall be prevented
from over-speeding. This shall be accomplished automatically, without operator intervention, through a vehicle speed limiting
control system. As an example, accelerator application shall be progressively reduced and/or regenerative braking shall be
progressively applied to prevent the drive motor system from over-speeding.
1.7    SHOCK HAZARDS
Casual contact with components that have a sufficient voltage potential (emf) to cause bodily injury shall not be possible. No
passenger, driver, or passerby shall be able to contact such equipment.

Electrical systems and equipment shall conform to the applicable SAE standards and/or recommended practices for
electric/hybrid vehicles (including, J1673, J1718, J1742, J1766, J1797, J1798, J2344, J2293). The electrical system shall also
conform to SAE standards for wiring (J1654 and J1673) and connectors (J1742).

There should be no high voltage areas within the passenger compartment. For maintenance purposes, all devices that contain
high-voltage circuits (maximum circuit operating voltages above 50V) shall be contained within protective enclosures or
enclosed coach body compartments that are either non-conductive or have been coated with MUNI approved non-conductive
insulation. All access covers for such enclosures and compartments shall be permanently labeled with a warning and the
voltage, for example "DANGER-> 600 VOLTS DC". All high voltage wiring and equipment shall be shielded by access
covers, requiring the removal of at least one bolt, screw, or latch. It shall not be possible to contact high voltage devices with
the access covers closed.

Appropriate warning signs and labels shall be used to alert maintenance personnel and/or emergency crews to the presence of
high voltage batteries and cabling within the coach. All visible high voltage equipment or conductors shall be identified with a
“HIGH VOLTAGE” marking. The coach should be clearly marked “ELECTRIC POWERED” on the exterior.

Energy storage box enclosures shall be properly grounded and considered part of the chassis ground. Ground fault protection
circuits shall be provided to ensure insulation integrity between the high voltage circuit components and the coach chassis.
Circuit breakers and/or fuses (or accepted equal) shall be provided to effect electrical isolation of components and systems
(including the energy storage unit) in the case of a short circuit and/or excessive current draw. In the case of battery isolation,
the disconnecting contactors shall be located as close as possible to the positive and negative output of the energy storage unit.
A means for informing the operator of the loss of high voltage ground isolation shall be provided by proper annunciation on the
dashboard with visual and audible signals in a phased warning and shutdown.

High voltage cables and wires shall be installed in the dedicated harnesses, wire conduits, or raceways. High voltage wires and
harnesses shall be permanently identified with the use of orange color per SAE specifications.

Low voltage systems should be independent of high voltage systems, so that emergency lighting, cameras, and all other
accessories remain operable in the event of a high voltage system failure.

The energy storage system enclosure, PCS and traction motor terminal covers shall all be labeled with “HIGH VOLTAGE
WARNING” labels.

The energy storage system, PCS, traction motor and propulsion system generator shall be enclosed or covered to prevent casual
contact. The PCS enclosure, where required, shall have a mechanical interlock to ensure that the high voltage connections are
disconnected before the enclosure is opened. The energy storage unit shall be stored in a sealed container(s).

The traction (energy storage) batteries will remain a live power source when the traction battery storage box cover is removed.
The distance between main terminals shall be beyond the mechanics reach to minimize potential problems. Energy storage
modules shall be properly secured to withstand road vibrations and designed to ensure that their terminals do not come in
contact with any part of the coach body or storage box and are not ejected, or leak, even under severe crash conditions.
Module terminals shall under no circumstances be able to come into contact with the storage box lid.

 The storage box must be sealed to the extent practical while being well ventilated and kept within acceptable operating
temperatures by a thermal management system. If the low voltage battery is removed from the coach, all high voltage should
be isolated within the battery boxes, regardless of the position of the master switch.

1.8    MASTER DISCONNECT
Coaches shall be equipped with a master disconnect switch that interrupts all high voltage power. If the master disconnect
switch is in the “Off” position, there will be no high voltages present outside of the battery enclosures. The purpose and
function of the switch shall be clearly and permanently marked so as to be easily understood by an individual unfamiliar with
electric vehicles. The switch shall be readily accessible to maintenance and emergency service personnel but shall not be
located in areas that can be readily accessed by passengers. The design of this switch shall provide for both remote operation
and/or hand operation, and include physical lock-out/tag-out features for maintenance.
1.9         ELECTRO-MAGNETIC RADIATION
EMI requirements evaluation shall be performed by the contractor to identify the following criteria:

       1.    Acceptable levels of radiated emissions from the coach both in low frequency (30Hz - 30kHz) and RF frequency
             (30kHz - 100mHz) ranges. Guidelines of MILSTD - 461 and/or SAE - J551, as well as the properties of existing
             MUNI approved devices, such as: portable/mobile radios, PA systems, fare collection, door control shall be
             considered.

       2.    RF susceptibility levels. Guidelines of MILSTD - 461 and/or SAE - J551, as well as the properties of existing MUNI
             devices, such as: radios, PA systems, fare collection, door control shall be considered.

Electromagnetic compatibility between the various electrical and electronic devices mounted on the hybrid coach shall be
ensured by utilizing established EMC containment techniques, such as proper shielding, grounding, filtering, signal wiring
separation, switching frequency management.

Adequate EMI/EMC testing shall be conducted on the individual components and on the finished prototype coach only to
prove that design goals for EMI/EMC are met. The investigation of failure and analysis must be carried out by a reputable,
independent party.

Muni may accept previous EMI evaluation of similar buses so long as those buses are representative of the buses being offered
to Muni. Manufacturer shall submit the test data to Muni for verification.

1.10        PROTOTYPE
The Contractor shall produce and deliver to MUNI a prototype coach that is entirely representative of a production unit. Muni
will conduct qualification testing in order to verify that the requirements of these specifications are being met. The format for
qualification testing shall be determined by MUNI. The testing shall include the utilization of worn MUNI tires so as to
simulate worst-case maneuverability conditions. MUNI shall notify the Contractor in writing of change orders and the specific
areas in which the prototype does not comply with the specification no later than 60 working days after the prototype has
completed its evaluation period. Any non-compliance with the specifications shall be corrected by the manufacturer at no cost
to Muni.

Any failure by MUNI to detect any defects or omissions in this review shall in no way relieve the contractor from fully
complying with the contract document.

Prototype coach shall be brought up to the final production coach configuration in all respects at no additional cost to MUNI,
except as may be agreed by change orders. An emphasis will be placed on testing and evaluating new technologies, which may
present challenges to the manufacturer and MUNI (an example is the bi-fold ramp).

1.11        ALTOONA TESTING
Prior to acceptance of first coach, the structure of the coach shall have undergone appropriate structural testing and/or analysis,
including FTA required Altoona testing, to ensure adequacy of design for the urban transit service. Any items that required
repeated repairs or replacement must undergo the corrective action with supporting test and analysis. A report clearly
describing and explaining the failures and corrective actions taken to ensure any and all such failures will not occur shall be
submitted to MUNI.

A manufacturer whose coach is involved in a structurally related fleet failure in any transit property in the U.S. or Canada in
the last ten years must have completed the detailed investigation of the failure and the detailed structural analysis of the
complete coach structure to rule out any effect on any part of the structure.

All failures involving basic body, structure, axles, and suspension are considered structural related failures for purposes of this
specification.

The investigation of failure and structural analysis must be carried out by a reputable, independent Transit Industry Consultant
and shall not only be limited to finite element analysis but be confirmed by actual track test with suitable time concentration, to
prove ability of modified structure to perform for the specified 500,000 miles in the MUNI operating conditions. MUNI
reserves the right to approve the consultant prior to work performance.
The Engineering Report submitted to MUNI must be detailed and must include proof of accuracy of the MUNI’s operational
conditions.

If the apparent responsive manufacturer's coach has been involved in a structurally related fleet failure, that manufacturer shall
submit the aforementioned report to MUNI project manager for review with the initial proposal.

A copy of the Altoona test shall be provided.

1.12   MATERIALS
All materials used in construction of the coach and all its parts shall conform in all respects to American Society of Testing
Materials (ASTM), Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), and industry recognized metric standards. Materials used shall be
duplicated in manufacture, design, and construction on each coach. Reference Section 8.1.

1.13   CORROSION RESISTANCE
The coach shall resist corrosion from atmospheric conditions, road chemicals, and other commonly encountered corrosive
substances. It shall maintain structural integrity and maintain nearly original appearance throughout its service life, provided it
is maintained by MUNI in accordance with the procedures specified in the service manual. Reference Section 2.1.8.

1.13.1 Electrolyte Spills
Battery boxes shall be designed to prevent all battery fluids from entering the passenger compartment during a vehicle crash.

1.14   WORKMANSHIP
Workmanship shall be of the best grade and shall conform in all respects to the best practice in the industry. Welding
procedures, welding materials, and qualifications of welding operators shall be in accordance with the standards of the ASTM
and the AWS. Work performed outside the U.S. must conform to U.S. welding standards as approved by MUNI. Reference
Section 8.2.

1.15   MAINTAINABILITY
As a goal, relative accessibility of components, measured in time required to gain access, shall be inversely proportional to
frequency of maintenance and repair of the components. Reference Section 11.6.

1.15.1 Maintenance and Inspection
Scheduled maintenance or inspection tasks as specified by the Contractor shall be within the prevailing industry practices and
subject to MUNI approval. Reference Section 11.6.4.

1.15.2 Electronic Components
Electrical subsystems shall consist of replaceable units so that each major component, apparatus panel, or wiring harness is
easily repairable or replaceable with standard hand tools or by means of connectors. Reference Section 7.5. Contractors shall
provide detailed drawings with part numbers detailing the make of electrical components and controls. This should include but
not be limited to schematics, PCB layout drawing and software listings. Testing and repair procedures with detailed theory of
operation shall be provided in the maintenance and service manuals.

The coach shall have a self-diagnostic system for the purpose of self-testing and fault isolation such that a mechanic in the field
should be able to isolate a failure to a single removable component in less than 30 minutes. Contractor shall identify during
design review those systems that cannot be diagnosed in less than 30 minutes. The number of pieces of equipment required to
locate a fault shall be minimized. All special test equipment required to locate a fault or test equipment function shall be
supplied by the Contractor. Testers of each type shall be supplied in accordance with Attachment 12, Special Tools List.

Shop test equipment shall be supplied for the purpose of testing, trouble-shooting, and calibrating individual electrical
assemblies. Test equipment shall be compatible with MUNI's maintenance facilities. Testers shall be able to isolate a failure
to a component or component grouping. Testers of each type shall be supplied in accordance with Attachment 12, Special
Tools List.

All the supplied testers described above will be accompanied by documentation to allow MUNI personnel to operate and repair
them. This should include but not be limited to schematics, software listings, operation and maintenance manuals.
1.15.3 Interchangeability
Components with identical functions shall be fully interchangeable. These components shall include, but not be limited to,
passenger window hardware, interior trim, step treads, lamps, lenses, and seat assemblies. Components with non-identical
functions shall not be, or appear to be, interchangeable. Reference Section 5F, Part V, Agreement. Volume 1.

1.16   FIRE SAFETY
  The coach shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with all applicable fire safety and smoke emission regulations.        Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
These provisions shall include the use of fire-retardant/low-smoke materials, fire detection systems, firewalls, and facilitation
of passenger evacuation.

  All materials used in the construction of the Passenger Compartment of the coach shall be in accordance with the
Recommended Fire Safety Practices defined in FTA Docket 90, latest version or document superseding Docket 90 or FMVSS
302. Materials entirely enclosed from the passenger compartment, such as insulation within the sidewalls, need not comply. In
addition, smaller components and items, such as seat grabrails, switch knobs and small light lenses, shall be exempt from this
requirement.

  A fire retardant barrier or coating between the energy storage unit and storage box and the coach itself should be used to
prevent, or at the very least delay, the spread of fire. A fire suppression system shall be installed.

  An independently powered system of active thermal detection in the battery compartment that alerts the driver and/or
personnel when the temperature exceeds the bus manufacturer’s design limit.

 Battery box materials that are compatible and non-reactive with the battery electrolytes shall be used.

 Non-conductive storage box, or one coated with non-conductive materials, shall be used.

  Battery overheat, fire or smoke conditions in the battery compartment shall actuate a visual alarm at the operator’s control
panel. The specific type of alert shall be indicated to the operator. If no action is made an audible alarm will follow.
Configuration to be approved by MUNI.

  A warning notice will be provided within the battery compartment and on the outside of the coach NOT to pour water on the
battery equipment in case of fire. Appropriate instructions will be posted.

  Fire detection/ suppression systems shall be provided, including inside the battery box, to reduce the risk of the fire from
spreading to other parts of the vehicle. See Section 5.12.

1.17   NEW COMPONENTS
All components and product innovations not manufactured by the Contractor and required or selected by MUNI that are not
standard equipment on the coach shall have the design, installation, and integration certified by the component/subcomponent
manufacturer to ensure proper installation of the unit. Contractor shall assume primary responsibility for systems integration.
MUNI requires that a representative from the component/subcomponent manufacturer certify the design and installation.
Certifications shall be provided to MUNI prior to delivery of the prototype coach. Certifications shall clearly indicate that the
installation and application of the component/subcomponent meets the installation and operational guidelines of the
manufacturer and has been approved by the manufacturer’s representative. In addition to all components, the component
manufacturers shall certify the following major component installations:

             Engine                                                  Steering and Hydraulic System
             Emission control devices                                Brakes and Air System
             Traction Motor                                          Destination Sign and Voice Annunciation System
             Electric Drive System Generator                         Heating and Ventilation System
             Propulsion Control System                               Fire Detection / Suppression System
             Energy Storage and Management System                    Video Surveillance System
             Cooling System                                          Paint
             Axles                                                   Passenger Doors
             Suspensions
             Wheel Chair Ramp
                                                          2     BODY
1   BODY STRUCTURE
    The coach shall have a clean, simple design, primarily derived from coach performance requirements and passenger
    service criteria established in these specifications. The body and under-structure shall be built as an integral unit
    reinforced at points of stress and concentration. The exterior and body features, including grilles and louvers, shall be
    shaped to allow complete and easy cleaning by MUNI’s automatic coach washers without snagging washer brushes or
    retaining water and dirt. The body and windows shall be sealed to prevent leaking of air, dust, or water under normal
    operating conditions and during cleaning in automatic coach washers for the service life of the coach. The windows,
    hatches, and doors shall be able to be sealed. Accumulation on any window of spray and splash generated by the coach
    wheels on a wet road shall be minimized.

    The entire coach shall easily negotiate through all established MUNI motor coach infrastructure (including but not limited
    to: fueling areas, coach maintenance and storage areas, body shop areas, and tire shop areas) without coming in contact
    with any part of the facilities or its attachments, or having any clearance issues.

    Body materials shall be selected and the body fabricated for easy replacement and repair, to reduce maintenance, extend
    durability, and provide consistency of appearance throughout the service life of the coach. MUNI will accept fiberglass,
    plastic, or ABS type material for the sidewalls, passenger doors, and equipment access doors if recommended by, and
    certified as compliant with industry safety standards by the bus manufacturer. Side body panels shall be stainless steel or
    aluminum from the window down.

    Detailing shall be kept simple. Add-on devices and trim shall be minimized and, where necessary, integrated into the
    basic design.

    Strength and Fatigue Life
    The basic structure shall be designed so that fatigue damage will not occur during the service life of the coach. The
    structure shall also withstand, without permanent deformation or damage, impact and inertial loads due to street travel
    during normal MUNI service throughout the coach's service life. Manufacturer shall provide test results on a
    representative bus that would indicate all weak points and fatigue life analysis of the basic structure with all correction that
    have been incorporated to alleviate the findings.

    Distortion
    The coach, at GVWR and under static or dynamic conditions, shall not exhibit deformation or deflection that will damage
    panels or structural members or impair operation of doors, windows, or other mechanical elements. Static conditions
    include the vehicle at rest with any one wheel or dual set of wheels on a six (6) inches curb or in a six (6) inches deep hole.
    Dynamic conditions include operation on a variety of road surfaces at prudent speeds up to the maximum for each type of
    coach and road irregularities such as chuckholes and railroad level crossing.

    Crashworthiness
    The coach body and roof structure shall withstand a static load equal to 150 percent of the curb weight evenly distributed
    on the roof with no more than a six (6) inches reduction in any interior dimension. Windows shall remain in place and
    shall not open under such a load, but shall be easily opened when used as emergency exits.

    Exterior panels below the rubrail and their supporting structural members shall withstand a static load of 2,000 pounds
    applied perpendicular to the coach anywhere below the rubrail by a pad no larger than five (5) inches square. This load
    shall not result in deformation that prevents installation of new exterior panels to restore the original appearance of the
    coach. Components located behind these panels cannot be damaged by this test method.

    The coach structure shall withstand a 25 mph impact by a 4,000 pounds automobile at any point with no more than three
    (3) inches of permanent structural deformation at seated passenger hip height. This impact shall not result in sharp edges
    or protrusions into the coach interior.

    The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance by relevant test results or by dynamic FEA.
    Resonance
    Structure, body, and panel bending mode frequencies, including vertical, lateral, and torsional modes, shall be sufficiently
    removed from all primary excitation, and major harmonic frequencies to minimize audible, visible, or sensible resonant
    vibrations during service.

    Towing
    Fixed towing devices shall be provided on the front end of the coach. Towing shall be performed in accordance with the
    procedures as listed in the bus manufacturer’s Maintenance Manual that shall include instructions for towing of the bus
    from the rear over short distances. Any specialized towing adapters for emergency road service and quick coach recovery
    shall be approved by MUNI. Contractor shall supply all specialized towing adapters including tow bars (see the Special
    Tools List shown in Attachment 12).

    Jacking and Hoisting
    Jacking pads, located on the axle or suspension near the wheels, shall permit easy and safe jacking of the coach, at curb
    weight, with a common ten (10) inches high jack or a ten (10) ton floor jack. Such jacking shall occur, when the coach is
    on a level, hard surface, without the mechanic having to crawl under any portion of the coach. Jacking from a single point
    shall permit raising the coach sufficiently to remove and reinstall a wheel and tire assembly. Jacking and changing any
    one tire shall be completed by a mechanic in less than 30 minutes. The coach shall withstand such jacking at any one or
    any combination of wheel locations without permanent deformation or damage.

    The coach axles and/or jacking plates shall accommodate the lifting pads of MUNI’s hoist system. Jacking plates, if used
    as hoisting pads, shall be approximately 5 by 5 inches, with a turned-down flange not less than 1/2 inch deep on each side.
    The “turned-down” flange can be of welded, bent or cast construction. Other pads, or the coach structure, shall support the
    coach on jack stands independent of the hoist. Hoist adapters, if required, shall be supplied by the Contractor for each in-
    ground hoist (see Attachment 4, Hoist Dimension, in accordance with Attachment 12, Special Tools List.)

    Exclusion of Water
    The coach shall be designed to assure that the underside, wheel houses, floor, exterior body, windows, passenger doors,
    roof ventilators, lamps, access doors, and other openings do not admit water into the interior of the coach or into any
    compartments covered by exterior doors during operation. Any equipment compartment located inside the coach shall be
    sealed to prevent water entry.

    Water testing of the buses shall be performed in accordance with the bus manufacturer’s procedure and is subject to
    approval by Muni. The proposed water test shall include duration of test, rate of water flow, amount and placement of
    nozzles, and nozzle pressure/pattern. Each coach shall be water tested. Coaches, which fail any part of the test shall be
    repaired and fully re-tested until they pass. Use of sealers, externally applied to already attached components to meet the
    water test requirement, is prohibited. All exterior hardware must be installed. No temporary sealing methods can be used.

    MUNI will also water test all coaches prior to final acceptance. Any leaks found during this test shall be repaired by the
    Contractor, who will also make appropriate corrections in the assembly line and factory water test.

    Resistance to Corrosion
    The coach shall resist corrosion from atmospheric conditions, road chemicals, graffiti removal chemicals, commercial
    cleaning solutions, and other commonly encountered corrosive substance. It shall maintain structural integrity and
    maintain nearly original appearance throughout its service life, provided it is maintained by MUNI in accordance with the
    procedures specified in the service manual. Materials exposed to the elements and all joints and connections of dissimilar
    metals shall be either corrosion proof or protected from galvanic corrosion. The corrosion inhibitor shall be non-
    flammable and the application shall be approved by MUNI. All interior and exterior stainless steel hardware shall be of
    approved grades. Representative samples shall withstand a 2-week salt spray test in accordance with ASTM Procedure B-
    117 with no visual or structural detrimental effects and no significant structural degradation or weight loss over one (1)
    percent for other members or components.

2   EXTERIOR
    Exterior protrusions greater than 1/2 inch and within 80 inches of the ground shall have a radius no less than the amount of
    the protrusion. The right side and left side mirrors and required lights and reflectors are exempt from this requirement.
    Grilles, doors, bumpers, and other features on the sides and rear of the coach shall be designed to minimize the ability of
    unauthorized riders to secure toeholds or handholds.
Strength and Installation
Exterior panels above the rubrails, if provided, or at the upper half of the body may be structural components. Exterior
panels below the rubrails, if provided, or at the lower half of the body shall be divided into sections that are repairable
(excluding painting) or replaceable by a mechanic in less than 30 minutes for a section up to five (5) feet long.

Rain Gutters
Gutters shall be provided to prevent water flowing from the roof onto side windows and doors. When the coach
decelerates, accelerates, coasts, or stops, the gutters shall not drain onto the windshield or operator's side window, or into
the door boarding area. Cross sections of the gutters shall be no less than 1/4 square inch. Contractor shall demonstrate
compliance with this section during prototype review.

License Plate Holders
Provisions shall be made to mount standard U.S. license plates on the front and rear of the coach. License plates shall be
mounted so that they can be cleaned by MUNI’s automatic coach washing equipment without being caught by the brushes.
License plates and mountings shall not provide toeholds or handholds for unauthorized riders. The rear license plate shall
be illuminated.

Rubrails
Rubrails composed of flexible, resilient material may be provided to protect both sides of the coach body. Rubrails shall
have vertical dimensions of no less than 1-1/2 inches with the centerline no higher than 36 inches above the ground. The
rubrails shall be capable of withstanding impacts of 200 foot-pounds of energy from a steel-faced spherical missile no less
than nine (9) inches in diameter and of a 500 pound static load applied anywhere along their length by a 1-foot-long rigid
plate, wider than the rubrail with a 1/4 inch end radii, without visible damage to the rubrail, retainer, or supporting
structure. The rubrail may be discontinued at doorways and wheelwells. A damaged portion of the rubrail shall be
replaceable without requiring removal or replacement of the entire rubrail. The rubrail shall not wrap around the corners
of the coach.

Bicycle Rack
The Contractor shall install a Sportworks type bicycle rack on the front bumper of the coach. These shall be of the front-
loading type. The mounting of the bicycle rack to the coach shall be designed in a manner that the rack can be easily
removed in the event the vehicle needs to be towed. The Contractor shall submit details of installation to MUNI for
approval during design review. A dash mounted bike rack deployment indicator light, clearly visible to the operator at all
times, shall be installed along with a rack-mounted flag/indicator.

Finish and Color
Coach exterior shall be painted in silver (Colors and Paint Specifications are given in Attachment 5, Material, Colors, and
Finishes). The Contractor shall furnish buses that will resist graffiti/vandalism.

All exterior surfaces shall be smooth and free of visible fasteners, wrinkles and dents. Exterior surfaces shall be properly
prepared as required by the paint system supplier prior to application of paint to assure a proper bond between the basic
surface and successive coats of original paint for the service life of the coach. Body filler materials may be used for
surface dressing, but not for repair of damaged or improperly fitted panels. Exterior shall be finished with lead-free
Dupont Imron 6000 3.5 VOC basecoat/clearcoat system, PPG Delta DBHS 3.5 VOC or approved equal in accordance with
the paint manufacturers recommendations. All paint used shall be lead free.

Fender Skirts
Fender skirts of flexible rubber shall be included in wheel housing. Fender skirts shall not break under normal use and
shall be easily replaceable. Wheels and tires shall be removable with the fender skirts in place.

Splash Aprons
Splash aprons composed of composition or rubberized fabric at least 1/4 inch thick shall be installed per bus
manufacturer’s design. Apron widths shall be no less than tire widths. Splash aprons shall be bolted to the coach under
structure. Splash aprons and their attachments shall be inherently weaker than the structure to which they are attached.
Splash aprons and their attachments shall not be included in the road clearance measurements. Additional splash aprons
shall be installed where necessary to protect coach equipment.
Windshield Wipers and Washers
The coach shall be equipped with a Sprague, Trico, or approved equal, electric or air powered, continuously variable speed
windshield wiper for each half of the windshield, with separate controls for each side. No part of the windshield or wiper
mechanism shall be damaged by manual manipulation of the arms. At 50 mph, no more than ten (10) percent of the wiped
area shall be lost due to windshield wiper lift. Both wipers shall park along the center divider of the windshield.
Windshield wiper motors and mechanisms shall be easily accessible for repairs or service, mounted with mechanical
fasteners, and removable as individual units from the exterior of the coach. The information supplied for service and repair
shall encompass the individual sub-assemblies to the lowest point of detail.

The windshield washer system shall deposit washing fluid on the windshield and, when used with the wipers, shall evenly
and completely wet the entire wiped area.

The windshield washer system shall have a minimum of two (2) gallons reservoir located for easy refilling. A location
inside the coach near the front step is permissible. Access shall be provided through a spring-loaded paddle door.
Reservoir pumps, lines, and fittings shall be corrosion resistant, and the reservoir itself shall be translucent for easy
determination of fluid level. No equipment shall be located beneath the reservoir.

Service Compartments and Access Doors
MUNI prefers conventional doors with stainless steel piano hinges for access to the engine compartment (APU and
propulsion system) and all auxiliary equipment compartments. Access openings shall be sized for easy performance of
tasks within the compartment, including tool-operating space. All handles shall be surface mounted to, flush with, or
recessed into, the body contour and shall be sized to provide an adequate grip for opening. Springs and hinges shall be
corrosion resistant and shall last for the coach's service life. Keys for all exterior service access shall have a square male
end which matches the door locking mechanism.

    Access Doors
Access doors shall be of rugged, corrosion-resistant metal construction and shall maintain mechanical integrity and
function under normal operations throughout the service life of the coach. They shall close flush with the body surface,
and be prevented from coming loose or opening during transit service or coach washing operations. Access doors when
open, shall not restrict access for servicing other components or systems. The curbside and roadside engine compartment
access doors shall be mounted to horizontal hinges so that they will fold up and out of the way; no vertical hinges will be
permitted. All other doors shall be hinged at the top or on the forward edge.

The exterior access doors shall close flush or tight with the body with a protrusion of not more than the thickness of the
plate, and be prevented from coming loose or opening during transit service or coach washing operations.

    Engine Compartment
The rear maintenance door, and both rear side maintenance doors shall be easily opened by one person. Engine oil, and
traction motor fluid shall be checked and added through the maintenance compartment doors. Engine, and traction motor
coolant shall be checked and added through a paddle door located on the roadside of the coach. All maintenance access
doors shall be locked with 5/16-inch square tool.

MUNI prefers that an access door be installed which allows easy maintenance access to engine exhaust after-treatment
devices. The access door should be designed to minimize labor time related to periodic servicing of the after-treatment
device.

    Low Voltage Battery Compartment
The battery shall have its own compartment. The battery compartment shall be vented and self-drained and shall prevent
accumulation of debris on top of the batteries. It shall be accessible only from the outside of the coach. All components
within the battery compartment, and the compartment itself, shall be protected from damage or corrosion from the
electrolyte. The inside surface of the battery compartment's access door shall be electrically insulated. Battery terminals
shall under no circumstances be able to come into contact with the storage box lid. Batteries shall be properly secured to
withstand road vibrations and designed to ensure that their terminals do not come in contact with any part of the coach
body or storage box and are not ejected, or leak, even under severe crash conditions. Batteries shall be mounted in trays
that are constructed of 304 stainless to resist corrosion and shall easily slide out of the body for service or replacement.
Batteries shall be type 8D and the contractor shall submit plans to MUNI for review and approval of the battery and
storage system. Low voltage systems should be independent of high voltage systems, so that emergency lighting, cameras,
    and all other accessories remain operable in the event of a high voltage system failure. If the low voltage battery is
    removed from the coach, all high voltage should be isolated within the battery boxes, regardless of the position of the
    master switch.

        Radio Compartment
    The radio compartment box (minimum 22” wide x 14” high, and 21” deep) shall be separated from other electronic
    components. The radio compartment box shall be lockable and accessible from the interior of the coach. The bus
    manufacturer shall submit drawings to MUNI for approval.

    Bumper System
    Bumpers shall be Romeo Rim High Energy Level Polymer (HELP) bumpers or approved equal, adapted to the coach
    provided, and installed to meet the performance requirements of these Technical Specifications. Bumpers shall provide
    impact protection for the front and rear of the coach. The bumpers, if wrapped around the coach, shall not exceed the
    allowable coach width. Bumper material shall be corrosion resistant. Visible surfaces shall be black. These qualities shall
    be sustained throughout the service life of the coach. Support and backing of the resilient portion of the bumper shall be
    made from materials and mounted in a manner, which protects the coach in the event of an accident. A steel or reinforced
    aluminum sub-frame shall be used.

        Front Bumper
    No part of the coach, including the bumper, shall be damaged as a result of a five (5) mph impact of the coach at curb
    weight with a fixed, flat barrier perpendicular to the coach's longitudinal centerline. The bumper shall return to its pre-
    impact shape within ten (10) minutes of the impact. The energy absorption system of the bumper shall be independent of
    every power system of the coach and shall not require service or maintenance in normal operation during the service life of
    the coach. The flexible portion of the bumper may increase the overall coach length specified in Section 1.2,
    (Dimensions) by no more than six (6) inches.

        Rear Bumper
    No part of the coach, including the bumper shall be damaged as a result of a two (2) mph impact with a fixed, flat barrier
    perpendicular to the longitudinal centerline of the coach. The bumper shall return to its pre-impact shape within ten (10)
    minutes of the impact. When using a yard tug with a smooth, flat plate bumper two (2) feet wide contacting the horizontal
    centerline of the rear bumper, the bumper shall provide protection at speeds up to five (5) mph, over pavement
    discontinuities up to two (2) inches high, and at accelerations up to two (2) mph/sec.

    The rear bumper or bumper extensions shall not offer footholds to unauthorized riders. The bumper extensions shall not
    hinder service and shall be faired into the coach body with no protrusions or sharp edges. The bumper shall be
    independent of all power systems of the coach and shall not require service or maintenance in normal operation during the
    service life of the coach. Any flexible portion of the bumper may increase the overall coach length specified in Section
    1.2, (Dimensions) by no more than six (6) inches.

3   INTERIOR TRIM, PANELING AND ACCESS
    Materials shall be selected on the basis of ease of maintenance, durability, appearance, safety, flammability, and tactile
    qualities. Trim and attachment details shall be kept simple. Trim shall be secured to avoid resonant vibrations under
    normal operational conditions. Panels shall be reinforced to resist buckling, flexing, drumming, vandalism, and other
    rigors of MUNI coach service. They shall permit easy removal of paint, greasy fingerprints, and ink from felt-tip pens,
    resistant to scratches and markings, and easily replaceable and tamper resistant.

    All interior surfaces below the lower edge of the windows or windshield shall be shaped so that objects placed on them fall
    to the floor when the coach is parked on a level surface. The floor area shall be cleanable with a hose, using a liquid soap
    attachment. Interior mullion trim, moldings, and trim strips shall be textured stainless steel or anodized aluminum.
    Individual trim panels and parts shall be interchangeable. Untrimmed areas shall be painted and finished to the quality
    described in Section 2.2.6, (Finish and Color). The Contractor shall furnish samples of anti-graffiti/vandalism treatment
    for MUNI approval.

    Modesty and Side Trim Panel
    Divider panels of 1/4 inch melamine or approved equal material that matches the sidewalls shall be provided as required at
    the rear exit doors. Surfaces of the modesty panels shall be per Attachment 5, (Materials, colors and Finishes).
These dividers may be mounted on the sidewall or floor, and shall project toward the aisle no farther than passenger knee
projection in longitudinal seats, the aisle side of the transverse seats, or the edge of a stepwell. Modesty panels shall
extend no higher than the lower daylight opening of the passenger windows, and that forward of transverse seats shall
extend to within 1-1/4 inches  1/4 inch of the floor. Panels forward of longitudinal seats shall extend to below the level
of the seat surface. Dividers positioned at the doorways shall provide no less than 2-1/4 inches of clearance between the
modesty panel and the opened door. The modesty panel and its mounting shall withstand normal kicking, pushing, and
pulling loads from 200 pound passengers without permanent visible deformation. The bottom 12 inches of each side of
each modesty panel shall be stainless steel.

Interior side trim panels shall be premium grade melamine-type paneling, backed with a durable, moisture-resistant
material no less than 1/10 inch thick. The material shall permit easy removal of paint, greasy fingerprints, and ink from
felt-tip pens. They shall be reinforced, as necessary, to resist buckling, flexing, drumming, vandalism, and other rigors of
transit coach service.

Rear Bulkhead
The rear bulkhead shall be paneled with premium grade melamine-type material, at least 1/16 inch thick, and trimmed with
aluminum or stainless steel. The panels above the seat shall be contoured to fit the ceiling, sidewalls, and seatbacks. Any
air vents in this area shall be designed to reduce trash or litter being thrown or drawn through the grille and shall be
reinforced to prevent bending by passengers. The air vents shall meet the requirements of Section 2.3.6, (Access Doors) if
components requiring service are located behind the grille.

Headlining
Ceiling panels and the trim between the passenger windows and in the front end down to the level of the lower daylight
opening shall be a minimum of 1/16-inch premium grade melamine. For ease of graffiti removal, the surface shall be
smooth and matte. The specific color and surface type shall be approved by MUNI prior to production. Headlining shall
be supported to prevent buckling, drumming, or flexing, and shall be secured without loose edges. Headlining materials
shall be treated or insulated to prevent marks due to condensation where panels are in contact with metal members.
Moldings and trim strips, as required to make the edges tamper-proof, shall be aluminum or stainless steel.

Front End
The entire front end of the coach shall be sealed to prevent debris accumulation behind the dash and to prevent the
operator's feet from kicking or fouling wiring and other equipment. The front end shall be free of hazardous protrusions.
Paneling across the front of the coach and any trim around the operator's area shall be formed metal or reinforced
fiberglass.

Formed metal dash panels shall be vinyl coated or painted and finished to the quality described in Section 2.2.6 (Finish
and Color). Plastic dash panels shall be reinforced as necessary, resistant to age discoloration and cracking, vandal
resistant, and easily replaceable. All colored, painted, and plated parts forward of the operator's barrier and below the
upper daylight opening shall be finished with a smooth, dull matte surface in a flat black color that matches or coordinates
with the coach interior.

The dash will be constructed with metal support so components designated for dash mounting are securely mounted to an
underside panel. Mounting areas shall be pre-drilled and tapped. The components shall be mounted to the underside panel
using machine screws, or threaded nutserts. The components are radio head, speaker, and sign programming controller.

Fastening
Interior panels shall be attached so that there are no exposed edges or rough surfaces. Panels and fasteners shall not be
easily removed by passengers but shall be easily replaceable when necessary Self-tapping screws are not permissible for
attachment of interior panels.

Access Doors
Access for maintenance and replacement of equipment, shall be provided by panels and doors that appear to be an integral
part of the interior. Removal of fixtures or equipment that are unrelated to the repair task to gain access should be
minimized. Access doors shall be hinged with props, as necessary, to hold the doors out of the mechanic's way. All door
hinges shall be of stainless steel piano-style type. The use of 1/4 turn thumb latches will be allowed within the driver’s
area. The rear door access panel shall be secured with tamperproof screws or approve equal All interior access doors and
panels except on the destination sign compartment and on the door actuator compartments, shall be retained securely with
latches opened with identical 5/16 inch square tool. Access doors for the destination sign compartment shall be secured
    with thumbscrews; access doors for the door actuator compartments shall be secured with latches and shall prevent entry
    of mechanism lubricant into the coach interior.

4   FLOOR
    The floor deck shall be mounted securely on the structure to prevent chafing or horizontal movement. The floor shall be
    attached with either properly installed, hardened self tapping bolts of adequate size or carriage bolts that are serviceable
    from the underside of the coach. Tapping plates used for the floor fasteners shall be no less than the thickness of a
    standard nut, and all floor fasteners shall be secured and protected from corrosion for the service life of the coach. The
    floor deck shall be reinforced as needed to support passenger loads. At GVWR, the floor should have an elastic deflection
    of no more than 0.60 inch from the normal plane. The floor shall withstand the application of 2.5 times gross load weight
    without permanent detrimental deformation. The floor and treads, with coverings applied, shall withstand a static load of
    at least 150 pounds, applied through the flat end of a 1/2 inch diameter rod with 1/32 inch radius, without permanent
    visible deformation.

    The floor, as assembled, including the sealer, attachments, and coverings, shall be waterproof, non-hygroscopic, resistant
    to wet and dry rot, resistant to mold growth, and impervious to insects. If plywood is used, it shall be 3/4 inch thick, 7-ply
    with least possible number of voids. All edges shall be sealed with a MUNI approved sealer, and all gaps filled and
    ground flush with the floor. Sheets shall run the full width of the coach. Structural members shall support all joints. Use
    of parallel joints shall be minimized to the extent practicable. Floor irregularities and joints shall not be visible after
    installation of floor covering.

    Height
    Height of the floor above the street shall be 15 inches (+/- 0.5 inch) measured at the centerline of the doors. The floor
    shall be essentially level from the front door to the rear door. If the floor is raised at the rear axle, it shall have steps with
    risers no greater then 10-3/4 inches. The step method is preferred however a ramp with a slope may be acceptable to
    MUNI.

    Edges
    Where the floor meets the walls of the coach, the surface edges shall be blended with a circular section and a molding or
    cove shall prevent debris accumulation between the floor and wheel housings.

    Floor Covering
    The floor throughout the entire bus shall be covered with no less than 2.2 mm thick nonskid material, Altro Transflor D25-
    421 or approve equal, that remains effective in all weather conditions and complies with all ADA requirements. Bus
    manufacturer may propose a different type of cover or coating on the ramp platform and area under and around ramp for
    approval during the design review meeting. The floor covering throughout the bus shall be smooth and present no tripping
    hazards.

    The standee line shall be at least two (2) inches wide and shall extend across the coach aisle in line with the modesty panel
    behind the front door area. This line shall be the same yellow color as the edge of the door area. Color shall be consistent
    throughout the floor covering.

    The floor covering shall closely fit the sidewall cove or extend to the top of the cove. The color of the floor covering in
    the passenger compartment shall be the same as that in the vestibule. All floor covering shall be secured at the edges with
    tightly fitted aluminum or stainless steel trim strips.

5   STEPS AND STEPWELLS
    Steps
    Interior step risers shall be no more than 10-3/4 inches.

        Step Treads
    Step treads shall be of uniform depth, which shall be no less than 11.75 inches. The plane of the step treads shall be
    essentially parallel to the plane of the floor, sloped only sufficiently to prevent water accumulation on the floor. All step
    treads shall be covered with 5/16-inch nonskid ribbed composition rubber material that shall remain effective in all
    weather conditions. The edge of the vestibule floor shall conform to ADA requirements and shall have a maximum of 5/16
    inch overhang at the step riser. The outer edge of the step, just below the step nosing, at the rear door shall be covered
    with a stainless steel strip. The edge of the vestibule floor tread shall have a bright, contrasting yellow band no less than
    two (2) inches wide on the full width of the opening. The color shall be permanently blended into the floor covering
    material.

6   WHEEL HOUSINGS
    Wheel housings shall be constructed of 14-gauge or heavier stainless steel or equivalent strength fiberglass. Sufficient
    clearance and air circulation shall be provided around the tires, wheels, and brakes to prevent overheating when the coach
    is operating. Wheels and tires shall be removable when the coach is jacked by the axle or suspension, even with the air
    bags depleted. Interference between the tires and any portion of the coach shall not be possible in maneuvers up to the
    limit of tire adhesion with coach weights from curb to GVWR.

7   INSULATION
    Any insulation material used between the inner and outer panels shall be fire resistant and installed to minimize entry and
    retention of moisture. Insulation properties shall not be impaired by vibration compacting or settling during the service
    life of the coach. The insulation material shall be non-hygroscopic and resistant to fungus and the breeding of insects.
    Any insulation material used inside the engine compartment shall be fire resistant and shall not absorb or retain oils or
    water. The material shall be physically retained to prevent tearing.

    Thermal Insulation
    The combination of inner and outer panels on the sides, roof, and ends of the coach, and any material used between these
    panels shall provide a thermal insulation sufficient to meet the interior temperature requirements of Section 3.4 (Interior
    Climate Control). The coach body shall be thoroughly sealed so that the operator or passengers during normal operations
    cannot feel drafts with the passenger doors closed.

    Sound Insulation
    The combination of inner and outer panels and any material used between them shall provide sufficient sound insulation so
    that a sound source with a level of 80 dBA measured at the outside skin of the coach shall have a sound level of 65 dBA or
    less at any point inside the coach. These conditions shall prevail with all openings, including doors and windows, closed
    and with the engine and accessories switched off.
                                                   3     FURNISHINGS
8   WINDSHIELD, DRIVER, PASSENGER AND REAR WINDOWS
    Opening shall be provided in the body structure to accommodate a windshield, driver’s window, passenger windows, and
    rear window. All windows shall be supported by metal sub-structure. Tint shall be applied in the inter-layer. All designs
    and dimensions of windshield and windows shall be approved by MUNI.

    Windshield
    The windshield requirements are given in Section 4.4.1 (Windshield).

    Driver’s Side Window
    The driver’s side window requirements are given in Section 4.4.2 (Side Window).

    Passenger Windows
    Windows shall be required on each side of the coach. Passenger windows shall be EXCEL-GARD Glazing Protection
    System by Excel or MV-XX series windows with protection sheet by Storm-Tite or approved equal. Contractor shall
    provide dimensions, specifications, drawings, and state of the art anti-etching technology for all windows.

        Dimensions
    At minimum, all passenger windows shall extend from the shoulder height of a 5 th-percentile seated female passenger to
    the eye level of a 95th-percentile standing male passenger. Windows shall be divided horizontally. The bottom portions of
    the windows shall be fixed. The upper portion over the side destination sign shall be fixed. The upper portions of all other
    windows shall be 9 to 15 inches high and shall open by sliding forward or rearward up to approximately one-third of the
    length of each window. All windows shall be easily replaceable without disturbing adjacent windows and shall be
    mounted so that flexing or vibration from engine operation or normal road excitation is not apparent. All windows shall be
    the same size to the extent practicable. The replacement of the window should be done by two persons within 30 minutes.

        Materials
    All passenger windows and door windows shall be laminated safety glass of minimum 1/4 inch thick and conform to the
    requirements of ANSI Z26.1 Standard for Type AS-3. All passenger and rear windows shall be un-tinted. Windows over
    the side destination signs shall not be tinted. Window sash shall be weather-protected, corrosion-resistant, and clear
    anodized aluminum. The tracks and seals shall be designed to be vandal resistant and to last the service life of the coach.

        Anti-Vandalism Provision
    The contractor shall apply 1/8-inch thick, scratch resistant, clear panels to all of the interior passenger windows and
    sliders. These panels shall protect the coach windows from etching and other forms of vandalism. The protective panels
    shall be undetectable and capable of being applied to any size or shape window, including sliding windows. The
    protective panels shall be resistant to MUNI’s coach wash bristles, detergents, and graffiti removers. No accumulation of
    moisture shall be allowed between the surfaces of the original windows and the protective panels. Each protective panel
    shall be capable of being removed and installed by a single mechanic within three (3) minutes. This anti-vandalism
    provision shall be approved by MUNI.

        Emergency Exits
    All coaches shall be provided with adequate exits for quick passenger escape during emergency conditions. All
    emergency exits shall comply with applicable codes and requirements and the best industry practice.

    Provide passenger side windows that open outward to provide emergency exits that meet FMVSS requirements. The
    emergency exit windows shall have a simple latch or bar that requires an upward movement to manipulate. It shall take no
    more than 20 pounds of force to manipulate these latches. This latch shall not pinch a person’s fingers or hands when
    operating, and shall be designed so that it returns to its normally closed position. It shall not be possible for passengers to
    use the latch as an accessory hook. Latch design shall be approved by MUNI. Each emergency exit window location shall
    be labeled with a metal instruction plate that is riveted in place (preferably close to the latch). Contractor shall provide
    emergency exit provision for MUNI approval.
    Rear Window
    If applicable, a fixed window shall be provided at the rear of the coach, of maximum practicable area. Materials shall be
    identical to those specified for passenger windows Reference Section 3.1.3.2 (Materials). A bonded-in-place window shall
    not be used. Final design shall be approved by MUNI.

9   DOORS
    Doors shall be double-stream, slide-glide inward opening type provided on the curbside of the coach. The front entrance
    door shall be forward of the front wheels and located so that the operator is able to collect or monitor the collection of
    fares. The rear exit door shall be located in front of the drive (rear) axle Passenger entrance and exit doors and doorways
    shall comply with all requirements of the ADA.

    The passenger exit (rear) door shall have Vapor CLASS (Contact-Less Acoustic Sensing System). This allows the
    passenger to signal through the movement of their hand or body, the opening of the door after operator actuation. Operator
    actuation shall result in the illumination of a green light above the door notifying the passenger the exit door can be
    opened. The door system will recognize the presence of passenger in the exit area or within 24 inches of the outside
    opening of the coach, and not close until the area is cleared of people. The contractor shall present details of their
    methodology for entrance and exit door operation for MUNI review.

    Materials
    Structure of the doors, their attachments, inside and outside trim panels, and any mechanism exposed to the elements shall
    be durable and corrosion resistant. Doors shall be constructed of aluminum. Bottom door seals shall be brush-type. The
    doors, when fully opened, shall provide a firm support and shall not be damaged if used as an assist by passengers.

    Dimensions
    Door openings shall be no less than 75 inches high. Front door free clear opening shall be as wide as possible to
    accommodate a 36-inch wide ramp. A narrower ramp that meets ADA requirements shall be acceptable if bus
    manufacturer is unable to fit the wider ramp into the bus structure. The rear door shall have a free clear opening width of
    44 inches for the entire vertical height. The rear door clear opening width may be reduced in the areas of the passenger
    assists and the passenger head and foot areas, if these projections do not present hazards.

    Door Glazing
    The upper section (1/2 door height) of both the front and rear doors shall be glazed for no less than 45 percent of the door
    opening area. The lower section of the front door shall be glazed for no less than 45 percent of the door opening area of
    the section. The lower section of the rear door shall not be glazed. The edge of a six (6) inches-high curb shall be visible
    to the seated operator through the closed front door when the coach is more than 12 inches from the curb. Door glazing
    materials shall be the same as Section 3.1.3.2 (Materials).

    Door Projection
    Exterior projection of the doors shall be minimized and shall not exceed 6-1/2 inches during the opening or closing cycles
    or when doors are fully opened. The closing edge of each door panel shall have no less than two (2) inches of soft
    weather-stripping. The doors when closed shall be effectively sealed and the hard edges of the doors shall be at least four
    (4) inches apart.

    Inside the coach, the door mechanisms shall be recessed into the ceiling or paneled over so that no ledges are created.

    Door Height Above Pavement
    It shall be possible to open and close the passenger doors when the coach is loaded to GVWR and not knelt and parked
    with the tires touching an eight (8) inches high curb on a street sloping toward the curb so that the street side wheels are
    five (5) inches higher than the curb side wheels.

    Actuator
    Door opening and closing speeds shall be independently adjustable. Both door panels shall be operated by a single
    actuator for each door opening to guarantee synchronization of panels during opening and closing cycles. Actuators and
    the door mechanism shall be concealed from passengers but shall be easily accessible for servicing.
  Emergency Operations
  In the event of an emergency, it shall be possible to open each door manually from inside the coach using a force of no
  more than 25 pounds after actuating an emergency door-unlocking device for the door. The unlocking devices shall be
  clearly marked as an emergency-only device and shall require punching in a small plastic window and activating a control.
  Concise instructions for emergency exits shall be posted near the device. Door emergency unlocking devices shall be
  accessible from the door areas. When any of the door emergency unlocking devices is actuated, the door interlock throttle
  system shall return the engine to idle, and the door interlock brake system shall apply, regardless of the position of the
  override switch described in Section 4.1.4.3 (Interlock Override Switch).

  Locked doors shall require a force of more than 300 pounds to open manually. When the locked doors are manually
  forced to open, damage shall be limited to the bending of minor door linkages with no resulting structural damage to the
  doors, motors, and complex mechanisms.

  Sensitive Edges
  The rear exit door shall be equipped with air-wave-type, sensitive edge sensor system in the meeting edge of the rubber
  weather stripping of the doors. Closing door edge speed shall not exceed 19 inches per second. If a wood block (1.5
  inches thick by 2.0 inches wide) is struck by a closing door along the vertical edges with the 1.5 inches thickness between
  the rubber strips, the door shall stop and reverse direction prior to imparting a ten (10) pound force on a one (1) square
  inch on that wood block. The doors shall be reopened except when the wood block is placed within 2 inches of the top or
  bottom of the edges. Whether or not the obstruction sensing system is present or functional it shall be possible to
  withdraw a 1-1/2 inches diameter cylinder from between the center edges of a closed and locked door with an outward
  force not greater that 35 pounds.

  The sensitive edge system shall alert the coach operator by a visual and audible alarm if the doors completely close on any
  part of a person's body or any object. The system shall react to this obstruction with no more than a second.

  Front Door Timing (Entrance Door)
  Doors shall open or close completely within 2-1/2 seconds from the time of actuation.

  Rear Door Timing (Exit Door)
  Doors shall open or close completely within 2-1/2 seconds from the time of actuation.

10 LIGHTING
  Exterior Lighting & Back-up Alarm
  All exterior lights shall be sealed to prevent entry and accumulation of moisture or dust, and each lamp shall be
  replaceable in less than five (5) minutes. LED (Light Emitting Diode)-type with anti-scratch coating lamps shall be used
  wherever possible, except the headlights. Lights mounted on the APU compartment doors or adjacent panels shall be
  protected from the impact shock of door opening and closing. Lamps, lenses and fixtures shall be interchangeable to the
  extent practicable.

  Turn signal lights shall be provided on both sides of the coach. One (1) amber light shall be mounted above each wheel
  opening or near the wheel openings, where space permits, and one (1) midway between the wheel openings. In addition to
  the amber lights, a right turn cornering lamp shall be installed between the rear wheel well and the rear door. The right
  turn cornering lamp shall be activated by the right turn signal switch during night runs only. Beepers, located under the
  coach just forward of the rear door, shall sound whenever the turn signal is activated. Beepers shall be variable volume.

  A left-rear mounted, amber “YIELD” sign shall illuminate with an operator activated switch as specified by the bus
  manufacturer. MUNI prefers a spring-loaded toggle switch for this operation.

  Incandescent light bulbs shall have a minimum expected life of 5,000 hours of operation at 25C. LED’s shall have a
  minimum expected life of 50,000 hours of operation at 25C.

      LED Lights
  LED lights shall be Truck Lite, or approved equal. Wheelchair ramp and kneeling indicator lights shall be illuminated
  with LED’s mounted flush with the coach exterior. The wheelchair ramp light shall be amber and the kneeling indicator
  light shall be red. Stop, turn, tail lights, and marker lights shall be flush-mounted without guards or surface-mounted with
  guards.
    Courtesy Lights
Lamps mounted on each side of the front and rear doors shall comply with ADA requirements and shall be activated only
when the doors open and shall illuminate the street surface to a level of no less than one (1) foot-candle for a distance of
three (3) feet outward from the step tread edge. MUNI prefers the exterior courtesy lights at the doors be LED, flush,
surface or recess mounted and not prone to damage and should be located inside the coach if the performance specified can
be met. Lamps shall have a minimum life of 5000 hours.

    Back-up Alarm
Visible and audible warning shall inform following vehicles or pedestrians of reverse operation. Visible reverse operation
warning shall conform to SAE Standard J593. Audible reverse operation warning shall conform to SAE Recommended
Practice J994-Type C or D.

Deceleration Lighting System
Contractor shall provide and install a deceleration lighting system controlled either through the MULTIPLEX
programmable logic controller Reference Section 7.9, (Multiplex Wiring System) or approved equal. The system shall be
equipped with two steady burning or strobing LED amber lights mounted on the rear of the coach which operate
simultaneously when the accelerator pedal is in the deceleration position and which are not lighted at any other time. The
lights shall be illuminated with LEDs, which shall be designed to last for the service life of the coach. The light output
from each of the lamps shall not exceed 200 candlepower at any angle horizontal or above. The amber lamps may be used
either separately or in combination with another lamp.

Interior Lighting
The interior lighting system shall provide a minimum 15 foot-candles of illumination on a 1-square-foot plane at an angle
of 45 degrees from horizontal, centered 33 inches above the floor and 24 inches in front of the seatback at each seating
position. Allowable average light level for the rear bench seats shall be 7 foot-candles. Floor surface in the aisles shall be
a minimum of ten (10) foot-candles. Vestibule area shall be a minimum of four (4) foot-candles with the front doors open
and a minimum of two (2) foot-candles with the front door closed.

The light source shall be located to minimize windshield glare with distribution of the light focused primarily on the
passengers’ reading plane while casting sufficient light onto the advertising display. Fluorescent tubes shall be a
maximum 6-foot length, single-pin, T-12 type.

A sweeper switch (MUNI prefers a toggle type switch) shall be provided to activate the interior lighting and diagnostic
systems for 30 minutes to allow minor maintenance, cleaning, or driver pre-trip inspection without placing the Master Run
Switch in NITE/RUN position. The timing of the switch shall be adjustable at the discretion of MUNI. The configuration
and location of the Sweeper Switch shall be approved by MUNI. Reference Section 4.1 (Controls) and Figure 4-2
(Operator Switches and Controls).

    Fixtures and Lenses
Lamp fixtures and lenses shall be fire resistant and shall not drip flaming material onto seats or interior trim if burned. The
fixtures shall be sealed to prevent accumulation of dust and insects but shall be easily opened using hinges for cleaning
and service. The lenses shall be retained in a closed position and with fasteners that are captive in the lens with cross-
recessed heads.

Advertising racks designed for media 11 inches high shall be incorporated into the lighting fixtures. They shall be front lit
and shall run the length of the coach on both sides, with interruptions as necessary for doors.

    Ballasts
Individual ballasts, providing a maximum 205-mA RMS output current, shall be provided for each light fixture. Ballast
shall be non-potted, have a fireproof housing, minimum operating frequency of 18,000 Hz, reverse polarity protection,
integrated circuit breaker/automatic thermal protection, and rebuildable. Interchangeability of fluorescent lamps, lenses,
fixtures, and ballast shall be maximized. The contractor shall provide to MUNI all essential information and equipment
needed to test, troubleshoot, and repair all vehicle lighting ballasts. This information and equipment shall encompass the
system on the coach and the repair of the individual sub-assemblies down to the components on the printed circuit boards
of the sub-assemblies.
      Step well Lighting
  A lighting system in each door area shall be illuminated when the Master Runs Switch is in "RUN" and "NITE/RUN,"
  except the front door area lamps, which shall be extinguished when the front doors are closed. These lights shall be
  shielded to protect passenger's eyes from glare and be equipped with a non-convective heat shield. Light fixtures shall be
  totally enclosed, splash proof, designed to provide ease of cleaning and removal, but not easily removable by passengers.
  Door area lights shall be protected from damage caused by passengers kicking and shall not be a hazard to passengers.
  Lamps shall have a minimum life of 5000 hours.

  Service Area Lighting
  Lights shall be provided in the engine compartments to generally illuminate the area for night emergency repairs or
  adjustments. The lights shall be controlled by a conveniently located toggle switch near the rear start controls in the
  compartment. Necessary lights located in other service compartments shall be provided with toggle switches on the light
  fixture or conveniently near the light fixture. The service compartments that require service lights shall include the fuse
  box, PLC panel, engine compartment, entrance and exit door mechanism boxes. Adequacy of lighting shall be approved
  by MUNI during prototype review.

11 INTERIOR CLIMATE CONTROL
  The interior climate control system shall provide both heating and ventilation functions. In the heating mode, the system
  shall reach an average passenger compartment temperature of 65°F within 15 minutes of startup and maintain an average
  temperature between 65°F and 75°F when the ambient temperature is between 30°F and 55°F with no passengers on
  board. Average interior temperature shall be determined by measurements at the height of the top of the seat surfaces and
  between six (6) inches below the ceiling and six (6) inches above the floor. Temperature measured more than six (6)
  inches below the ceiling shall be within 10°F of the average temperature at the top of the seat surfaces. Temperatures
  measured from front to rear of the coach shall not vary more than ±5°F from the average. The contractor shall provide to
  MUNI all the all essential information needed to test, troubleshoot and repair the Interior Climate Control Electronic
  Controllers. This information and equipment shall encompass the system on the coach and the repair of the individual sub-
  assemblies down to the components.

  Controls
  The heating, ventilating, and "off" operational modes of the interior climate control system shall be controlled by a 3 -
  position switch located in a place that is convenient to the operator. In the heating mode, the system shall automatically
  turn on and off within ±2°F of the preset temperature. In the ventilation mode, the fans shall circulate the air and the hot-
  water circulation will not activate.

  Air Flow
  The ventilation mode of the interior climate control system shall introduce outside air into the coach at or near the ceiling
  height at a minimum rate of 1800 cubic feet per minute. Airflow shall be evenly distributed throughout the coach with air
  velocity not exceeding 60 feet per minute on any passenger.

  Airflow may be reduced to 1500 cubic feet per minute when operating in the heating mode with full standee load. Heated
  air introduced into the coach shall contain no less than 20 percent outside air. The fans shall not activate until the heating
  element has warmed sufficiently to assure a 70°F air outlet temperature.

  Air Intakes
  Outside openings for air intake shall be located opposite to the exhaust pipe of the bus on the curbside and at least seven
  (7) feet above ground level, in a location to ensure cleanliness of air entering the climate control system, particularly with
  respect to exhaust emissions from the coach, adjacent traffic, and airborne dust generated by the rear wheels. All intake
  openings shall be baffled to prevent entry of water.

  Except for roof-mounted ventilators, outside air shall be filtered before discharge into the passenger compartment. The
  filter shall meet the ASHRAE requirement for five (5) percent or better atmospheric dust spot efficiency, 50 percent
  weight arrestance, and a minimum dust holding capacity of 120 gram per 1000-cfm cell. More efficient air filtration may
  be provided to maintain efficient heater operation. Air filters shall be easily cleaned or removed for service. Moisture
  drains from air intake openings shall be located to prevent clogging from road dirt.
12 ROOF VENTILATORS
  Roof ventilators shall be provided in the roof of the coach approximately over each axle or equally spaced at a location
  approved by MUNI. Each ventilator shall be easily opened and closed manually by one person and shall also function as
  an emergency exit. When open, with the coach in motion, these ventilators shall provide fresh air inside the coach. Each
  ventilator shall cover an opening area no less than 425 square inches. Each ventilator shall be capable of being positioned
  as a scoop with either the leading or trailing edge open no less than four (4) inches, or with all four edges raised
  simultaneously to a height no less than 3-1/2 inches.

13 WHEELCHAIR LOADING SYSTEM
  A loading system shall accommodate passengers on wheelchairs or using crutches, canes, walkers or persons with
  difficulty using steps ingress and egress from or to the street level or curb quickly, safely, and comfortably. The
  wheelchair loading system shall conform to all applicable ADA requirements.

  MUNI has recognized the advantages of low floor coaches in transit operation. However an operational obstacle has
  been recognized with using this type of coach in the San Francisco area. A majority of MUNI transit stops are in
  areas where there is not a curb for the wheelchair ramp to rest on during the loading of wheelchair patrons. These
  street level loadings result in a severe ramp angle when a low floor coach is used. MUNI has calculated this angle to
  be 25 percent (%) and has witnessed near rollovers from high power heavily loaded wheelchairs. The contractor is
  encouraged to present MUNI with a ramp angle or methodology, which limits the chances of the patron and their
  wheelchair from injury and damage.

  Wheel Chair Ramp
  A foldout or a slide out ramp, hydraulically or electrically operated, which fully complies with ADA and FTA
  requirements and shall be provided at the front door of the coach. The driver shall be able to deploy the ramp from a
  seated position. In case of a power failure, driver shall be able to deploy the ramp manually. The ramp shall not drift and
  present tripping hazard while in its stowed position. Muni prefers that the deployed ramp be 36 inches wide and of
  sufficient length to allow wheelchair passengers to easily move up the ramp. Contractor shall provide a ramp design,
  which minimizes the slope for passengers on wheelchair ingress and egress from and to street level.

MUNI requires a bi-folding or other ramp design that reduces the ramp angle to 20
percent (%) or less. The final ramp design shall be approved by MUNI.
      Wheel Chair Ramp Controls
  The controls shall be simple to operate and conveniently located so the driver can operate and monitor the loading
  operation without leaving the driver’s station. Control switches shall be of the momentary type, so that release of the
  control switch will stop the ramp immediately. All controls, and switch locations shall be approved by MUNI. The coach
  shall be prevented from moving during the loading or unloading cycle by an accelerator and brake interlock system. The
  power source for the wheelchair loading system shall be an independent power pack with a DC motor driving a hydraulic
  pump. Whenever the ramp system is activated, an audible alarm shall sound and a visual signal shall illuminate with LED.
  The international wheelchair-accessible logo, in blue and white, shall be provided near the ramp signal. One International
  Symbol of Accessibility, in blue and white, shall be provided near the ramp signal at the front door opening and one on the
  front of the coach, curbside visible to patrons in front of the oncoming coach.

14 PASSENGER SEATS
  Passenger seats shall be provided in each coach. The dimensions provided in these sections are recommended by MUNI
  but are subject to change depending on the design of the seating layout and the seat specifications as provided by the bus
  manufacturer. The seatbacks shall be contoured to increase passenger knee room and coach capacity. The aisle between
  the transverse, forward-facing seats shall be no less than 38-1/2 inches wide at seated passenger hip height. Seatbacks
  shall be shaped to increase this dimension to no less than 42-1/2 inches at standing passenger hip height. Contractor shall
  be required to present to MUNI for consideration seating layouts, which maximize the space in the passenger area while
  meeting clearances required for accessible ingress and egress. Seating layout shall be optimized to meet Section 1.5
  (Capacity) and shall be approved by MUNI. A sample seating layout is provided in Attachment 6. MUNI will require
  contractor to provide seating layouts for review and approval that utilize the available space efficiently while meeting
  ADA requirements for clearances and wheelchair maneuverability.
Dimensions
Seats shall have the dimensions shown in Attachment 7, (Seating Dimensions and Standard Configurations). The hip-to-
knee room shall be measured from the front of one seatback horizontally across the highest part of the seat surface to the
seat or panel immediately in front. Wherever possible, the hip-to-knee room shall be no less than 29 inches at all seating
positions. Floor room, measured at the floor forward from a point vertically below the front of the seat surface, shall be no
less than 14 inches. Seats immediately behind the wheel housings may have foot room reduced, provided the wheelhouse
is shaped so that it may be used as a footrest. Transverse seats accommodating two passengers shall have a minimum
width of 35 inches, and seats accommodating one passenger shall have a minimum width of 18 inches.

Design
Passenger seats shall be baseline seats, American Seating #6468 with fiberglass insert, or approved equal, integrally
molded with stainless steel drain holes and with full anti-graffiti treatment. The seat frame structure shall be a cantilever
design that is mounted to the coach wall structure at three points and of the strength necessary to meet the energy-
absorbing requirements. The passenger seat frame and its supporting structure shall be constructed and mounted so that
space under the seat is maximized to increase wheelchair maneuvering room and is completely free of obstructions to
facilitate cleaning. The lowest part of the seat assembly that is within 12 inches of the aisle shall be at least ten (10) inches
above the floor. The underside of the seat and the sidewall shall be configured to prevent debris accumulation, and the
transition from the seat underside to the coach sidewall to the floor cove radius shall be smooth. The seatback shall be
contoured to maximize knee room. All transverse objects in front of forward facing seats, including seatbacks, modesty
panels, and longitudinal seats, shall not introduce a laceration hazard as a result of structural failure.

    Transverse Seat
The back of each transverse seat shall incorporate a stainless steel handhold. The handhold shall extend above the
seatback near the aisle so that standees shall have a convenient vertical assist, no less than four (4) inches long that may be
grasped with the full hand. This handhold shall not cause a standee using this assist to interfere with a seated 40 th-
percentile male passenger. The handhold shall also be usable by a 5 th-percentile female, as well as by larger passengers, to
assist with seat access and egress for either transverse seating position. The seatback handhold may be deleted from seats
that do no have another seat directly behind them and where vertical assist is provided in accordance with Section 3.9
(Passenger Assists). Armrests shall not be included in the design of transverse seats.

    Longitudinal Seat
Longitudinal seats shall be the same general design as transverse seats but without seatback handholds. Longitudinal seats
may be mounted on the wheelhouses. Armrests shall be included on the ends of each set of longitudinal seats except on
the forward end of a seat set that is immediately to the rear of a transverse seat, the operator's barrier, or a modesty panel
where these fixtures perform the function of restraining passengers from sliding forward off the seat. Armrests are not
required on longitudinal seats that fold up in the wheelchair parking area when the armrest on the adjacent fixed
longitudinal seat is within 1-1/2 to 3-1/2 inches of the end of the seat surface. Armrests shall be located from seven (7) to
nine (9) inches above the seat surface. The area between the armrest and the seat surface shall be open. The top and sides
of the armrests shall have a minimum width of two (2) inches and shall be free from sharp protrusions.

    Handholds and Armrest Strength
Seat back handholds and armrests shall withstand static horizontal and vertical forces of 250 pounds applied anywhere
along their length with less than 1/4 inch permanent deformation. Seatback handholds and armrests shall withstand 25,000
impacts in each direction of a horizontal force of 125 pounds with less than 1/4-inch permanent deformation and without
visible deterioration.

Structure
The seat assembly shall withstand static vertical forces of 500 pounds applied to the seat surface in each seating position
with less than 1/4-inch permanent deformation in the seat or its mountings. The seat assembly shall withstand static
horizontal forces of 500 pounds evenly distributed along the top of the seatback with less than 1/4-inch permanent
deformation in the seat or its mountings. (Seatbacks shall withstand repeated impact of two 40-pound sandbags without
visible deterioration. One sandbag shall strike the front 40,000 times and the other sandbag shall strike the rear 40,000
times. Each sandbag shall be suspended on a 36 inches pendulum and shall strike the seatback 10,000 times from
distances of 6, 8, 10, and 12 inches respectively. Seat surfaces shall withstand 100,000 randomly positioned 3-1/2 inches
drops of a squirming, 150 pounds, smooth-surfaced, buttocks-shaped striker with only minimal wear on the seat surface.)
  Construction and Materials
  Seat material shall be fiberglass and shall be attached to the frame without rivet fasteners. Back panel shall be diamond
  pattern stainless steel. Seat surface and back "inserts" shall be integrally molded fiberglass. Super tough-fabric glued
  directly to a steel pan is acceptable. Coloring shall be integrated with the seat material, with no visually exposed portion
  painted. The seat shall be American Seating with the seating shell being medium gray, color # 980 and the cushion and
  back inserts being medium red, color number 1781 consistent with existing MUNI equipment. All visually exposed metal
  of the seat structure, including mounting brackets and other components, shall be stainless steel. The seat shall be
  contoured for individuality, lateral support, and maximum comfort, and shall fit the framework to reduce exposed edges.
  The seatback thickness shall not exceed 1/2 inch in the knee room area. Seatbacks shall absorb energy in a severe crash by
  allowing the passenger's knees to deform them. Complete seat assemblies shall be interchangeable to the extent
  practicable. All materials and workmanship shall conform to SPI standards and specifications in testing for plastic
  materials.

  Wheelchair Accommodation
  Two forward or rear-facing wheelchair securement positions, 55 inches in length, as close to the front door as practical,
  shall be provided for each coach. Each wheelchair accommodation shall provide parking space and secure tie down for
  one passenger in a wheelchair. No portion of the wheelchair or its occupant shall protrude into the normal aisle when
  parked in the designated wheelchair parking space. Proposer shall submit wheelchair accommodation options for MUNI
  review and approval as part of the general seating arrangement.

      Maneuvering room
  Maneuvering room inside the coach shall accommodate easy travel for a passenger in a wheelchair from the loading
  device through the coach to the designated parking area and back out. MUNI prefers the maneuvering room of each coach
  to closely resemble the drawing shown in attachment 11 (Wheel Chair Maneuvering Room). No width dimensions shall
  be less than 34 inches; area requiring 90 degree turns of wheelchair shall have a clearance arc dimensions of no less than
  35 inches; and in the parking area, where 180 degree turns are expected, space shall be clear in a full 60 inches diameter
  circle. Wheelchair footrest clearance of 12 inches above the floor surface shall be provided on the outside turning radius.

      Wheelchair Securing Devices
  A floor-mounted wheelchair-securing device with, four point retractable, pin-locking mechanism shall be provided at each
  wheelchair position. A hand or foot operated release lever shall be conveniently located to release the latching
  mechanism. The wheelchair latching mechanism shall not interfere with battery-operated wheelchairs. The wheelchair
  securing devices configuration and installation shall be approved by MUNI.

      Seat Belts
  Four-point securement system shall be provided in the wheelchair parking area. Seatbelts shall be easily accessible for
  wheelchair users. On the curbside securement area, a shoulder belt should be attached to the sidewall of the coach. A
  belt-type securement system and shoulder strap seat belt shall be included. The latching mechanism and retracted belts
  shall be readily visible when seats are folded down. Wheelchair area accommodations shall comply with the latest ADA
  laws and federal safety requirements and have a retractable shoulder belt.

15 PASSENGER EXIT SIGNAL
  A passenger chime and stop requested signal system that complies with applicable ADA requirements defined in 49 CFR,
  Part 38.37 or latest shall be provided. It shall be integrated with the Automatic Next Stop Passenger Information System
  Reference Section 3.11. “STOP REQUEST” sign shall be illuminated with LEDs. The stop request sign is to be located
  at a position the operator has visible access to and the location shall be approved by MUNI. The sign shall remain
  illuminated until any of the passenger doors is opened, at which point the chime and illumination systems shall reset.
  Whenever the sign is illuminated, the chime signal shall be muted, and it shall not disable the “STOP” pushbutton for a
  wheelchair passenger to request to disembark.

  Exit Signal
  This system shall consist of vandal resistant touch tapes or pull cables, chime, and interior sign message. If pull cable is
  provided, it shall be located the full length of the coach on the sidewall and no higher than the division bar between the
  upper and lower window sections. Vertical pull cable shall be provided at each window mullion and at each wheelchair
  user area. Eyelets shall be provided as necessary to prevent the cords from rubbing against the coach interior. If vandal
  resistant touch tapes are provided, it shall be located on each window mullion. In addition, “STOP” push buttons shall be
  provided on all of the vertical stanchions throughout the coach. The height of the pushbutton switches to the floor shall be
  as per the design of the bus manufacturer and approved by Muni.

  A digital “{CHIME} Stop Requested” and an analog CHIME shall announce when the system is activated from any touch
  tape or pull cable or the “STOP” push buttons located on the vertical stanchions. Simultaneously, a "STOP
  REQUESTED" sign Reference Section 3.11.1.4 (Sign Requirement) shall illuminate and the digital Chime shall sound. In
  the event the digital system fails, the analog chime system will remain functional.

  Mobility Aid Passenger Exit Signal
  This system shall consist of a vandal resistant push button, chime, and interior sign message. The “Stop” push button shall
  be mounted underneath the folding seat or in a position easily accessible to the patron in each of the wheelchair parking
  areas, and shall be no higher than 48 inches and no lower than 15 inches from the floor. Location shall be approved by
  MUNI. The chime shall be distinct and distinguishable from the mobile passenger exit signal defined in Section 3.8.1
  (Exit Signal).

  When this system is activated, a light on the dashboard shall be illuminated to alert the driver that a mobility aid passenger
  wishes to disembark. This shall also illuminate the “STOP REQUESTED” sign. Configuring the system so that coach
  stop, coach ID #, and time are announced upon activation is strongly encouraged.

16 PASSENGER ASSISTS
  Passenger assists in the form of full-grip vertical stanchions or handholds shall be provided for the safety of standees and
  for coach ingress and egress. Passenger assists shall be convenient in location, shape, and size for both the 95 th-percentile
  male and 5th-percentile female standees. Starting from the entrance doorway and moving anywhere in the coach, full-
  length vertical assists shall be provided so that a 5 th-percentile female passenger may easily move from one assist to
  another without losing support. Vertical assists shall be mounted on the aisle side of the seatback of every transverse seat.
  These assists shall be functionally continuous with the overhead assist. Stanchions and other assists shall be bolted or
  pinned at each end.

  Excluding the seatback and doorway assists, the assists shall be between 1-1/4 and 1-1/2 inches in diameter or width with a
  radius no less than 1/4 inch. All passenger assists, including those along edges of modesty panels, shall permit a full
  handgrip with no less than 1-1/2 inches of knuckle clearance around the assist. In addition, flexible vinyl or leather hand
  straps shall be mounted to the overhead assists, allowing passengers a grab handle when not gaining the opportunity for a
  seat (See 3.9.3, Overhead).

  A crash resulting in a 1-foot intrusion shall not produce sharp edges, loose rails, or other potentially dangerous conditions
  associated with a lack of structural integrity of the assist. Any joints in the assist structure shall be underneath supporting
  brackets and securely clamped to prevent passengers from moving or twisting the assist. All areas of the passenger assists
  that are handled by passengers, including functional components used as passenger assists, shall be of stainless steel.
  Assists shall withstand a force of 300 pounds applied over a 12-inch linear dimension in any direction normal to the assist
  without permanent visible deformation. Brackets, clamps, screw heads, and other fasteners used on the passenger assists
  shall be free of rough edges.

  Doorways
  Assists shall be mounted in the doorway and on the doors to aid passengers in boarding and alighting. A 5 th-percentile
  female shall be provided functionally continuous assists from the curb to the assists within the coach. For design purposes,
  use a six (6) inches curb height. These assists shall begin with a vertical element not less than 12 inches long and no more
  than 4 inches from the outside edge of the exit area tread and continue inward no less than the first inboard stanchion.
  Assists in the doorways shall be no less than 3/4 inch in width and shall provide at least 1-1/2 inches of knuckle clearance
  between the assists and their mountings. A full-size vertical assist that is functionally continuous with the overhead assist
  shall be provided on the aisle side of the modesty panels at the entrance and exit areas.

  MUNI will review door opening passenger assists and provide a final approval during the prototype coach development in
  an effort to maximize this aid to impaired and wheelchair passengers boarding the coach.

  Vestibule
  A horizontal passenger assist shall be located across the front of the coach to prevent passengers from sustaining injuries
  on the fare collection device or windshield in the event of a sudden deceleration. Without restricting the vestibule space,
  the assist shall provide continuous support for a boarding passenger from the front door through the fare collection
  procedure. Passengers shall be able to lean against the assist for security while paying fares. The assist shall be no less
  than 36 inches above the floor. The assists at the front of the coach shall be arranged to permit a 5 th-percentile female
  passenger to reach easily from the door assist to the front assist and then to vertical assists on the operator's barrier or front
  modesty panel.

  Overhead
  Except forward of the standee line and at the rear door, a continuous full-closed-grip, overhead assist shall be provided
  along both sides of the coach. This assist shall be located at a height convenient to standees, directly over the aisle-side
  edge of the seats. The assist shall be no less than 70 inches above the floor and no less than 33 inches apart equally spaced
  from the coach centerline. Overhead assists shall be capable of supporting 150-pound loads at 12-inch intervals. No more
  than five (5) percent of the full-grip feature shall be lost due to assist supports.

  Passenger straps shall be attached to the overhead assist tubes. The straps shall be nylon coated and placed strategically
  throughout the coach to aid passengers in either standing while the coach is in motion, or assist them in walking through
  the coach after entrance or before exiting.

  Longitudinal Seats
  Longitudinal seats shall have vertical assists located between each pair of seating positions, except for seats that fold up to
  accommodate wheelchair securement. Assists shall extend from near the leading edge of the seat and shall be functionally
  continuous with the overhead assist. Assists shall be staggered across the aisle from each other where practicable and shall
  be no more than 52 inches apart longitudinally. Vertical assists shall be attached by stainless steel receiver cups with
  isolators welded to the seat grabrail on one end, and "T" bracket attachments to the overhead horizontal assist at the other
  end.

  Modesty Panel
  A horizontal passenger assist shall be mounted on the top of every modesty panel forward of a transverse seat.

17 DESTINATION SIGNS
  Contractor shall provide and install on each bus an automatic electronic sign system by Twin Vision, Luminator, or
  approved equal, and shall demonstrate successful operation of the system on each vehicle. The system shall conform to all
  applicable ADA requirements. All locations and mounting of equipment shall be approved by MUNI.

  The Master Run Switch shall control power to the sign system. The signs shall operate in all positions of this switch except
  off. Sign lighting shall operate in the night run and park positions. The signs shall be internally protected against voltage
  transients and RFI interference to ensure proper operation in the MUNI operating environment.

  The system shall have the ability to sequentially display multi-line destination messages, with the route number portion
  remaining in a constant on mode at all times. The sign system shall incorporate an auto-blanking feature that will cause the
  entire display area to be automatically blanked within five (5) seconds of the vehicle master power switch being turned off.

  The sign system shall be capable to retain preset message codes and last message(s) display information indefinitely. The
  sign system shall extract and process message writing data from its memory according to the codes it receives from the
  ODK, or other controlling device.

  The sign system shall be a proven system and shall be compatible and function seamlessly with the Automatic Next Stop
  Passenger Information System specified in Section 3.11.

  Display
  The displays shall consist of pixels utilizing High Intensity Light Emitting Diode (LED). The LEDs shall be the only
  means of illumination of the displays. LED shall consist of ALLnGaP II, superior UV resistant Epoxy lens, and superior
  resistance to the effects of moisture. Each pixel shall have a dedicated LED for illumination of that pixel in any lighting
  conditions. The displays shall adjust intensity level automatically as a function of the ambient light conditions. No fan or
  special cooling shall be required for the displays. The LEDs will have a life expectancy of 100,000 hours and each LED
  shall consume no more than 0.02 watts. The LED’s power circuit shall be protected against normal bus power surges. The
  characters formed by the displays shall meet the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990
  Reference 49 CFR Section 38.39. The glass used in the signs shall be a glare-resistant type, minimizing the effects of other
  types of light reflecting on it.
    Destination readings shall be furnished by MUNI. The sign enclosure shall inhibit dirt, dust, moisture, water, and insects
    during normal operation or cleaning with a cyclone cleaner. Access shall be provided to clean the inside of destination sign
    windows and to remove or replace the sign mechanism. The vehicle manufacturer shall comply with the destination sign
    manufacturers recommended mounting configuration and installation procedures to assure optimum visibility of the sign
    display.

    Front Destination Sign
    The front destination sign display shall have no less than 16 rows by 160 columns of LEDs, with a message display area of
    not less than 7.9 inches high by not less than 63.0 inches wide. All service performed on this sign must be done through
    the sign access door.

    Curb Side Designation
    The curbside destination sign display shall have no less than 14 x 108 columns of LEDs, with a message display area of
    not less than 4.2 inches high by not less than 42.0 inches wide. The display must be easily read from the sidewalk level.

    Street Side Destination Sign
    The street side destination sign display shall have no less than 14 x 108 columns of LEDs, with a message display area of
    not less than 4.2 inches high by not less than 42.0 inches wide.

    Rear Destination Sign
    The rear destination sign display shall have no less than 16 x 48 columns of LEDs, with a message display area of not less
    than 6.1 inches high by not less than 13.8 inches wide.

    Run Number Sign-Dash Mounted
    The integrated run number sign shall have no less than 14 rows by 36 columns of LEDs, with a display area of not less
    than 4.20 inches high by not less than 14.0 inches wide. The display area shall be able to display a minimum of 4
    characters and each of the 4 characters shall be capable of displaying all 26 upper case letters as well as numbers 0 - 9.
    Run numbers to be displayed shall be input directly into the destination sign system’s ODK Unit (see 3.10.7, Operator
    Display Keyboard), and shall be independent of any destination sign message code. LEDs are required in the display of
    this sign. The sign shall be mounted as low as possible on the dash on the right hand side of the bus. Location shall be
    approved by MUNI. The ODK’s operational requirements are given in Section 3.11, Automatic Next Stop Passenger
    Information System.

     Operator Display Keyboard (ODK Unit)
The ODK Unit shall be used to view and update display messages. It shall be recessed mounted in an area that is easily
accessed by the vehicle operator. Location shall be approved by MUNI. The ODK shall control the operation of the voice
annunciation system. The ODK shall be capable of providing a single logon for all on-board electronics systems using network
protocols to be approved by MUNI. The ODK shall be water resistant. The ODK shall utilize a water resistant 28-key
conductive rubber pad keyboard with tactile feel. The PCMCIA Slot opening shall be sealed with a water resistant cover that
shall have security type screw(s) to open it. Water resistant protection shall be on any other open seam, port, or access openings
that might exist.

    The ODK Unit shall contain a two line by 20-character vacuum fluorescent display. The ODK Unit shall contain an audio
    enunciator that beeps to alert the operator to view the display for a message, or that a key is depressed. The ODK Unit
    shall continuously display the message associated with the selected destination readings. The ODK Unit shall be consistent
    with those found in other MUNI vehicles, and approved by MUNI.

    Emergency Message Display
    An emergency button, in a location approved by MUNI, shall activate an emergency message. The emergency message
    shall be displayed on signs facing outside the vehicle, while signs inside the vehicle, including the Operator's Console,
    remain unchanged. The emergency message shall be canceled by entering a new destination code, or by removing the
    emergency signal. A switched positive voltage from the Emergency Switch located in the operators compartment will send
    a positive voltage (between 5 volts and 24 volts DC) to the ODK, that in turn shall send an emergency signal to the signs.

    Training and Support for the Destination Sign System
    Maintenance: On-site training, support, and the following documentation for the Destination Sign System, to include but
    not limited to:
1)  Theory of operation,
2)  On vehicle system training.
3)  Individual sign components, theory of operation.
4)  ODK wiring diagrams and PCB schematic drawings.
5)  Destination Sign System wiring schematics, wiring diagrams.
6)  Individual sign components PCB schematics.
7)  ODK and Destination Sign System vehicle interface drawings.
8)  Destination Sign System vehicle layout drawings.
9)  ODK and Destination Sign System programming, firmware, and diagnostic system (IBM PC compatible) software,
    including interface cabling.
10) The “Destination Sign Maintenance Unit” shall include a completely functioning “free standing” Destination Sign System.
    This unit shall include all related components needed for Electronic Shop Technicians to use as a Test & Troubleshooting
    Tool.

     This system shall include but not limited to:

1)   1-ODK.
2)   1-Front Sign.
3)   3-Side Signs = 1-Curb, 1-Rear, 1-Streetside.
4)   1-Dash Sign.
5)   LED switches that would simulate signals to the vehicle sign system.

     All the interconnecting wiring and a power supply needed to operate the signs. This Sign Maintenance Unit shall work
     seamlessly and provide space for the complete ISCU Maintenance Unit (3.11 Automatic Next Stop Passenger Information
     System).

     Programming: Each bus shall be delivered with a fully programmed, fully functioning destination sign system. All
     destination signs shall be programmable to display independent messages or the same messages. The system shall allow
     two destination messages and one public relations message to be pre-selected by directly using the push buttons on the
     Operator Display Keyboard Unit (ODK) marked A or B or PR accordingly. The operator shall be able to quickly change
     between pre-selected destination messages without re-entering a message code. Public relations messages shall be capable
     of being displayed alternately with the regular text and route messages or displayed separately. The system shall allow
     operators to scroll through the route list. The ODK shall display current route and time.

     The Contractor shall provide complete software and hardware programming packages to generate message lists for the
     destination sign system. Included in the programming package. The program shall be designed for ease of deleting and
     adding messages to a destination sign list. Context sensitive HELP shall be available by pressing F1. A tutorial shall be
     included for the programmer’s additional self-training assistance.

     The Destination Sign Programming Unit shall include a completely functioning free standing Destination Sign System.
     This unit shall include all related components needed for the Programmer’s use in Destination Sign software development
     and testing.

     This system shall include but not limited to:

     6)    1-ODK.
     7)    1-Front Sign.
     8)    3-Side Signs = 1-Curb, 1-Rear, 1-Streetside.
     9)    1-Dash Sign.
     10)   LED switches that would simulate signals to the vehicle sign system.
     11)   All the interconnecting wiring and a power supply needed to operate the signs.

     The Destination Sign Programming Unit shall work seamlessly and provide space for the complete ISAU Programming
     Unit (3.11 Automatic Next Stop Passenger Information System).

     Any other associated hardware shall also be supplied in accordance with Attachment 12, Special Tools List. PCMCIA
     cards shall also be supplied. All hardware and software shall be uniquely identified as MUNI property with serial numbers.
      Message Displaying Time
  The message programming software shall provide a means of adjusting the length of time the messages are displayed from
  0.1 second to an indefinite duration. The blanking time between messages shall also be adjustable from 0.1second to an
  indefinite duration. Each line or blanking time of each message on each sign shall be capable of having a different
  retention time. The software shall provide the capability for custom message writing by selection of preprogrammed
  standard variable width fonts; by creation of a custom font; by varying spacing between characters, graphic displays can be
  created with draw a dot-at-a-time capability.

      PCMCIA Flash Memory Card
  The system shall be programmable on the coach with the use of a PCMCIA Flash Memory Card 96MB of storage
  capability and measuring 2 1/8” W x 3 1/8” L x 1/8” D. The card shall be inserted into the ISCU, or the ODK.

      PCMCIA Flash Memory Card Wireless Uploading/Downloading
  On-vehicle reprogramming shall be accomplished in a single step process using a 802.11g 2.4GHz Spread Spectrum type
  Wireless Upload/Download Automated system that transfers the new data from a local computer to the on-board PCMCIA
  memory card. When transfer is finished the system then triggers an automated update of the individual Vehicle Sign data
  followed by an “update completed” type message on the Signs and the ODK Display. The Downloading of PCMCIA Card
  Data shall be accomplished in a single step process using an 802.11g 2.4GHz Spread Spectrum type Wireless
  Upload/Download Automated system that transfers the vehicle data from the on-board PCMCIA memory card such as the
  AVM data to a local computer. This Option would require a 96MB PCMCIA Route/Sign Data Card, and a 20MB AVM
  PCMCIA Card. This Wireless System shall be backwards compatible with the existing data and hardware so that we have
  the future option of adding the Wireless System to our existing fleet.

18 AUTOMATIC NEXT STOP PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM
  The sign system shall be a proven system and shall be compatible and function seamlessly with the Destination Sign
  System specified in (reference section 3.10). All interior and exterior displays shall be controlled and programmed by the
  system. The system shall be capable of adding additional signs to the communications network without rewiring existing
  equipment.

  Contractor shall provide and install on each bus an Integrated Automatic Next Stop Passenger Information System by
  Digital Recorders, Inc., Clever Devices, or approved equal, and shall demonstrate successful operation of the system on
  each vehicle. Location and method of installation shall be approved by MUNI. The system shall provide automated audio
  and visual destination and next stop information. The system shall comply with ADA requirements.

  The integrated system shall operate automatically once the operator initializes the system by selecting the desired
  destination code (using a destination code system approved by MUNI) on the Operator Display Keyboard (ODK). Once
  the operator has initialized the bus for revenue service, there shall be a feature that will prevent the operator from disabling
  audio or the stop request chime, but would allow the operator to make temporary audio adjustments within a 10db range
  that will go back to the default setting when the vehicle is shut off. With the vehicle proceeding along MUNI vehicle
  routes, the system shall announce and display information regarding up coming stops. Exterior announcements shall
  provide route and destination information to waiting passengers. Announcement volume shall be automatically adjusted to
  compensate for both internal and external ambient noise levels. This automatic volume adjustment shall to react between
  0.100 of a second to 1.000 second.

  The operator shall have the capability to repeat the last announcement when desired and to select a pre-defined Public
  Relations message for immediate announcement using dedicated buttons on the ODK. The operational procedures of
  entering the destination code shall be simple and user friendly. All operational procedures shall be submitted to MUNI for
  review and approval before prototype delivery.

  Integrated system control Unit (ISCU)
  The Integrated System Control Unit shall contain all critical system logic:

                Integrated voice annunciation
                Ambient noise sensing
                Sign control (Interior next stop and exterior destination signs)
                   System memory
                   Integrated Public Address sub-system
                   Separated and independent 6 Channel GPS Receiver with a separate Dead
                   Reckoning unit.
                   GPS units shall have Status LEDs: “GPS Power,” “GPS 3D Fix,” “No Satellites”
                   and “Fault Condition LEDs.”
                   The GPS receiver shall have a Lithium Ion Battery with externally available
                   Battery access for easy replacement.
                   ISCU shall have Status LEDs: “Power”, “ISCU System Ready”, “Receiving GPS”,
                   “Fault Condition LEDs”
                   Additional asynchronous serial interfaces
      The GPS Receiver and Dead Reckoning Device shall be separate components physically independent of the ISAU.

      Memory for the system shall be contained in a credit card sized non-volatile PCMCIA memory device. The system shall
      not require the use of batteries and shall be capable of storing up to 96 megabytes of memory without hardware
      modification.

      On-vehicle reprogramming shall be accomplished in a single step process by plugging a master memory card into a slot
      allowing the system to automatically transfer the new data to the on-board memory card. When transfer is finished the
      system then triggers an automated update to each of the vehicle signs, followed by an “update completed” and, or the
      “build date” of the new data, displayed on each of the Signs and, the ODK Display.

          Training and Support for the ISCU System
      Maintenance: On-site training, support, and the following documentation for the Electronic Shop Technicians on the ISCU
      and GPS System, to include but not limited to:

12)        Theory of operation.
13)        On vehicle system training.
14)        Theory of operation on individual ISCU and GPS System components.
15)        ISCU and GPS System wiring schematics, wiring diagrams.
16)        ISCU and GPS System components PCB schematics.
17)        ISCU and GPS System vehicle interface drawings
18)        ISCU and GPS System vehicle layout drawings.
19)        2 IBM compatible Laptop PC’s for Electronics Shop Field Technicians using Windows 2000 or newer, installed with
      ISCU and GPS System programming, firmware, and diagnostic system (IBM PC compatible) software, including interface
      cabling.

      The ISCU Maintenance Unit shall integrate seamlessly with the Destination Sign Maintenance Unit (as described in 3.10)
      with all the related components needed for the two systems to co-exist in one test station. This unit shall be used by
      Electronic Shop Technicians to be used as a Test & Troubleshooting Tool. This ISCU Maintenance Unit system shall
      include but not be limited to:

20)   The ISAU assembly, including but not limited to as follows:
21)   2 Speakers (1-Int./1-Ext.).
22)   2 AGC Mic’s (1-Int, /1-Ext.).
23)   1 Stealth-Mic.
24)   1 Internal LED Sign.
25)   1 row of small labeled LED switches that will simulate all inputs and outputs between the vehicle Sign and ISAU
      Systems. Such as: Pass. Stop Request signal, Front Door open/close signal, Emergency signal, wheelchair request signal
      etc…
    In addition, the Destination Sign and ISCU Maintenance Unit once there assembled, shall have a shelf area for a laptop
    computer. Any other associated hardware shall also be supplied in accordance with Attachment 12, Special Tools List.
    PCMCIA cards shall also be supplied. All hardware and software shall be uniquely identified as MUNI property with
    serial numbers.

    Programming: Each bus shall be delivered with a fully programmed, fully functioning voice annunciation system. The
    programming for the voice annunciation system shall include no less than sixty bus lines and four thousand unique bus
    stops. There are three operating divisions servicing these bus lines. The trigger points for all voice announcements shall be
    user programmable. The supplier shall provide to MUNI with all of the necessary hardware and software to maintain this
    Automatic Next Stop Passenger Information System and to collect data (including GPS coordinates & distances between
    stops), record announcements, program signs, and program routes for this Automatic Next Stop Passenger Information
    System.

    This shall include as a minimum the following:

10. 2 IBM compatible computers using Windows 2000 or newer operating system, and at least 2 PCMCIA slots per computer.
    Both with custom 32 bit digital audio PC boards installed.

11. 2 IBM Compatible lightweight Laptop PCs using Windows 2000 or newer for the Programmer’s field use. Each in
    portable cases installed with ISCU and GPS systems hardware and software needed to perform/test field route mapping.
    Destination Sign programming software installed as well.

12. Two-Multi/Gang PCMCIA Flash card programmers for Electronic Shop Maintenance, with at least 20 PCMCIA slots per
    unit.

13. Audio development system software package.

14. Sign messages programming software package.

15. Full Training documentation for the programming and development of Route Mapping, Sign Messages, and Audio
    Messages.

16. On-Site training and support to fully train two MUNI personnel on programming and use of the above equipment and
    software.

17. Two years technical programming support by phone.

18. Five years no cost software and firmware upgrades on all software and equipment.

    The ISCU Programming Unit shall integrate seamlessly with the Destination Sign Programming Unit (reference section
    3.10 Destination Signs) with all the related components needed for the two systems to co-exist in one programming
    station. System Programmer shall use this complete unit as a programming tool to develop and test ISCU and Sign
    software. The program shall be designed for ease of deleting and adding messages to a destination sign list. Context
    sensitive HELP shall be available by pressing F1. A tutorial shall be included for the programmer’s additional self-training
    assistance.

    Any other associated hardware shall also be supplied in accordance with Attachment 12, Special Tools List. PCMCIA
    cards shall also be supplied. All hardware and software shall be uniquely identified as MUNI property with serial numbers.

        Not Used
        Audio Announcement Sub-System
    Audio announcements shall be initiated automatically at points along MUNI motor coach routes. Each announcement
    shall be designated interior and/or exterior. The volume for each announcement shall be automatically set based upon
    analysis of the ambient noise level (this automatic volume adjustment needs to react in a range of 0.100 of a second to
    1.000 second.) All volume settings shall be digitally set to ensure consistent volume throughout the fleet. At least 8
    Exterior and 8 Interior Preset default settings, each with different volume and ambient AGC choices to be provided, as
    well as a enough memory for saving at least 10 of our own volume settings.
  An Integrated Public Address (IPA) Sub-system shall use the vehicle’s interior and exterior public address speakers. This
  system shall also provide the driver the capability to make his own interior and exterior announcements. The IPA shall
  include a driver’s volume control (This should be a temporary volume setting {10db in range} that will go back to the
  default setting when the vehicle is shut off.) and speaker select, which shall only affect PA operation when the PTT (Push-
  to-Talk) button is depressed. The IPA Sub-system shall use the existing bus interior speakers. The exterior speaker and
  bracket shall be supplied. The design, location and position of speakers shall be shall be consistent from coach to coach
  and approved by MUNI.

      Sign Requirements
  The interior information sign shall also function as a Stop Requested sign. This stop requested sign message should be
  automatically mixed with other active messages when applicable. The stop requested message shall be cleared when one
  or both of the passenger doors are opened .As a back up to the Passenger Stop Request System a independent Passenger
  Stop Request System and Chime will be installed and will function only when switched on by an operator. This back-up
  PSR System will have a Dash Board Light that shall illuminate when the Back-Up PSR System is on. The Dash Board
  Light will have a label that states “ISCU Fault- b/u Sign On.”

  Contractor shall install one (1) Interior Information Sign in the bus. The Interior Information Sign shall be an LED sign
  composed of a minimum of seven (7) rows by 96 columns. Character height shall be 1.8 inches minimum. Location and
  mounting shall be approved by MUNI.

      Vehicle Location Sub-system
  The system shall not require any operator's interaction beyond the initial route selection. All messages shall be triggered by
  a completely self-contained vehicle location system. The ISCU and GPS units shall be located in a sturdy water and vandal
  resistant compartment by itself with at least a 5-pin sturdy lock and door set. This self-contained vehicle location sub-
  system shall utilize door openings, odometer pulses, and a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver with Dead
  Reckoning to achieve the required accuracy.

19 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM
  A public address system that complies with the ADA requirements of 49 CFR, Part 38.35 and enables the operator to
  address passengers either inside or outside the coach shall be provided in a location approved by MUNI engineering. The
  public address system shall be activated by a floor-mounted momentary switch to permit driver to make internal
  announcement only or external announcement only - switching from inside to outside speakers shall not require volume
  adjustment. Switch shall be easily accessible to the operator. Six (6) inside speakers and one (1) outside speaker shall be
  installed in the standard 40-foot bus. All speakers shall broadcast in a clear tone so that all announcements are clearly
  heard in all passenger locations. Interior speaker grills shall be metallic material and shall be secured by tamper-proof
  screws or rivets. The PA system shall be muted when not in use. A Stealth Mic hands-free digital microphone system,
  Digital Recorders Inc. P/N 901-1500-000, or approved equal.

  MUNI shall approve all locations and installation for the public address system.

20 SURVEILLANCE CAMERA SYSTEM
  The Contractor shall provide, install and demonstrate successful operation of a Digital video-recording security system on
  each vehicle. The system shall include the following:

               Six interior Color CCD Cameras Silent witness D29 or approved equal
               Three (3) Removable Hard Drive assembly for Video and Audio Storage (96 hour
               storage minimum each)
               Two (2) Microphone (with adjustable gain), shock mounted to avoid panel noise
               SYSTEM STATUS INDICATOR, OUTSIDE OF SECURITY ENCLOSURE
               Security Enclosure (keyed alike with 2 keys for each), ¼ turn for lock/unlock
               Uninterruptible Power Source (30 minute minimum back-up capacity)
               Set of hardware and cabling connecting the system.
               Event button/status light
               Wireless transmission of recorded video capability
The system shall be programmable to automatically tag events, such as panic button activation. Tagged events shall be
stored, and when a recording is retrieved the tagged events shall be easily identifiable.

The location of the equipment on the vehicle will be specified by MUNI.

The system shall be able to retain time, date and any user programmable data (i.e., coach number, etc.) without connection
to the power source. The system shall have its own power supply connected to the 12 Volt power of the coach. The
system must be able to withstand all transients, surges, and dips in power from the vehicle's electrical system without any
deterioration of system performance. The system shall not be affected by Electro-magnetic interference (EMI) or radio
frequency interference (RFI). The system shall meet all applicable rules and regulations of the Federal Communications
Commission (including FCC Part 15 Rules and Regulations) and the Department of Transportation.

The contractor shall include in the vehicle maintenance manuals wiring diagrams clearly showing the interfacing bus
wiring for the system as well as individual maintenance manuals for each piece of supplied equipment. These manuals
shall include schematic diagrams and maintenance procedures including but not limited to operation, preventive
maintenance, and troubleshooting.

The Contractor shall provide decals on all vehicles. There shall be six (6) decals in the bus. The purpose of the decal is to
warn passengers that the vehicle is equipped with security camera system. Design and placement of decals shall be
approved by MUNI.

Camera
All cameras supplied shall have a standard NTSC color signal output. All cameras shall be capable of producing a high
resolution, undistorted image in all lighting conditions (auto back light compensation and auto or electronic iris required)
or combination of lighting conditions without any manual adjustment to any of the equipment required to process, record
or reproduce the video signal.

Silent Alarm Requirements
Upon actuation of the silent alarm switch, the recording system must protect a window of recorded data that extends to a
point prior to the activation of the silent alarm, to a point after the activation and will not allow erasure or recording over
the incident. The amount of time before and after the incident shall be easily user selectable. The recording system must
protect a window of recorded data that extends to a point 30 minutes maximum after the activation. This event will
produce an indication on the System Status Panel inside the security enclosure. The activation of the silent alarm switch
must be recorded on the video medium. Additional requirements for the silent alarm are given in Section 4.1.13 (Silent
Alarm and Event Marker).

Data Storage
A system of color video recording must be capable of recording all camera outputs simultaneously for a period of not less
than four frames per second each, along with at least one synchronous audio track, and be identified with: time, date,
coach number, GPS location information, and any other data from the J1708 and bus multiplex system as programmed by
MUNI.

The surveillance system shall be capable of continuous recording for a user-selectable period of up to 30 minutes after the
vehicle has been powered down.

Security Enclosure
The video storage equipment shall be housed in a security enclosure. The enclosure shall be vibration mounted and have a
minimum of three locking points operated by a single lock. A pick resistant "ACE"-type lock or better shall be used. The
internal and external assembly of the security enclosure shall be designed for ease of removal and repair of an internal
subassembly and of the entire assembly. Ease of and convenience of maintenance, changing user parameters and media
removal and replacement are also important functional requirements for the system. Design of the security enclosure shall
be approved by MUNI during prototype review.

Downloads/Wireless Capability/Viewing
The system shall have the ability to automatically download video off each on-board DVR in user selectable increments
via an 802.11 wireless connection. Specific coach and specific times shall be selectable. Video shall be viewable via a
standard Internet Explorer interface without need of additional plug-ins or software. Wireless range shall exceed 300 ft.
   and be greater than or equal 5 mb/sec. It shall also have capability to transmit live video upon demand to a laptop or PDA
   while the coach is still in revenue service.

   Wireless Software/programming
   The downloading software shall have the capability to be programmed at the server to download recently recorded video
   in 5-minute clips for QA checks for functionality equipment by maintenance tech from each coach on a weekly basis.

   It shall also have the capability to be pre-programmed to download recorded incidents, that have not been “tagged” by the
   operator, up to 1 hour in length from all cameras recorded on the coach when coach returns to home yard.

   The contractor shall provide all needed support equipment needed to facilitate this (i.e. antenna, transmitter, receiver,
   server)

   Viewing Stations
   The contractor shall provide complete viewing stations, in accordance with Attachment 12, Special Tools List, which will
   allow MUNI personnel to review recorded video and audio data, transfer data to long term storage media, or transfer to,
   Compact Disk or DVD for court room viewing. The viewable and audible data shall meet all legal requirements for
   "Rules of Evidence" in the State of California's Courts of Law.

   Documentation and Training
   Documentation and Training are referenced in Section 9.2.7, (Surveillance Camera System Manuals) and Section 9.1.8,
   (Surveillance Camera System Training) respectively.

21 MOBILE RADIO SYSTEM
   The location of all radio and public address equipment shall be subject to MUNI approval.

   MUNI-Supplied Equipment
   The following radio equipment will be provided and installed by MUNI:

   1)26)         Transmitter/receiver, Motorola Model No. T34SRA                                                                 Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
   2)27)         Location processing unit, Motorola Model No. LPU-1200
   3)28)         Power line filter, Motorola Model No. TLN5277B
   4)29)         Fuse blocks and terminal strip
   5)30)         Mobile Data Terminal (MDT), Motorola Model No. T1941 (includes handset, speaker, mounting tray and
       box)
   6)31)         AVL Dasys cable, Motorola Part #TKN-8023B, (D-type connector to radio compartment, pin-type connector
       to front dash)

   Contractor-Supplied Equipment
   The Contractor shall provide and install the following equipment:

 32)   Silent alarm switch, Motorola Part #40-82608M03                                                                           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
 33)   Transmitter/receiver radio antenna and cable, Motorola Model Number RRA4739A
 34)   Location processing unit antenna and cable, Motorola Model Number RRA4455A
 35)   Interconnecting cable harnesses
 36)   Vertical wedge 11-1/2 inches by 7-3/8 inches with a removable back plate. MUNI will supply a sample.

   An 11/16-inch diameter hole on the side panel of the dash shall accommodate the Contractor-mounted silent alarm switch.
   The MUNI Project Manager / Representatives will approve the layout. Contractor shall connect a coiled 3-foot length of
   #18 gauge two-wire to the switch. MUNI will complete switch installation during installation of communication radio.

       Radio Compartment and MDT
   A radio compartment shall be provided to accommodate the first four listed items in Section 3.14.1, (MUNI - Supplied
   Equipment). This compartment shall be in a convenient location to the driver's area. If installed outside of the operator’s
   area, the radio compartment shall be connected to the operator’s area by a waterproof, three (3) inches inside diameter,
   metallic conduit. The compartment shall include a clear space 14 inches high, 24 inches wide, and 20 inches deep for
   location of the radio. The compartment shall be separate from other electronic equipment and shall have a locked door. A
    location convenient to the operator shall be provided for the radio control head, speaker, and handset. The radio
    compartment shall be supplied with a nominal 12-volt, 30-amp direct current with positive and negative leads. This
    service shall be protected by a 30-amp circuit breaker located at the circuit breaker panel.

    A 3-inches minimum inside diameter metallic conduit and mounting plate for the MDT, and a channel between the MDT
    and radio compartment to house the interconnecting cable harness, shall be supplied. The MDT shall be located
    conveniently to the operator.

    The design, location and installation of the radio compartment and MDT shall be approved by MUNI.

        Radio Antenna
    Contractor shall provide and install two Motorola low profile blade-type antennae, or approved equal. One Model No.
    RRA4739A shall be provided and installed at the forward location for the two-way radio, and the second Model No.
    RRA4455A shall be provided and installed at the second rearward location. Contractor shall provide and install type RG
    58 coaxial from the under floor radio compartment to each antenna location.

    Two reinforcement plates, 12 inches x 12 inches x 1/8 inch shall be mounted at two locations on the roof body panel at
    approximately four feet (4') to the rear from the front of the coach. The second plate shall be mounted at a location ten feet
    (10') to the rear of the first plate and be the location for the vehicle locator system external antenna. Both antenna
    locations shall have an access plate in the interior roof panel below the reinforcement for access to a transmitter/receiver
    antenna.

    A concealed 5/8 inch (minimum)conduit and pull wire from each reinforcement plate to radio compartment shall be
    provided. Conduit shall have no sharp or right angle bends.

        Cable Harness Connection
    The interconnecting cable harness and specific installation instructions are as follows:

19. Each:    DDU Cable, fused, Motorola Part #30-5827T01

20. Each:    Data head control cable, Motorola Part #8127A (bulk connector to radio compartment, pin connector end to front
             dash)

21. Each:    Data head alarm cable, Motorola Part #TKN-8130A (connector end to front dash, exposed cable end to radio
             compartment)

22. Pairs:   (18AWG/Strand, color-coded red and black) from front dash to radio compartment

23. Pair:    (12 AWG/Strand, color-coded red and black) provided from the 12-volt battery source to the radio compartment

24. Each:    RG-58A/U radio coaxial cable provided from roof-mounted antenna to the radio compartment

25. Each:    Emergency alarm switch Motorola Part #40-8260M03

 26.        A hole 2 inches in diameter punched on the front dash panel (about 1-1/2 foot distance from the operator's seat)         Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
   with a 2-inch rubber grommet added for protection. All cable/wires terminated at the front dash panel.

 27.        All cables and wires terminated at the front dash panel must have a minimum slack clearance of 1-foot length
   from the rubber grommet.

 28.         All cables and wires terminated at the radio compartment must have a minimum slack clearance of 4-feet length
   into the radio compartment

 29.        The rigid conduit leading into the radio compartment must be large enough to accommodate all cable runs with
   all connectors in place.

 30.       Coaxial cables connecting to the roof antenna must have a minimum slack of 1-foot clearance for future
   maintenance applications. An interior access panel must be provided for antenna maintenance.
22 FARE COLLECTION
  Provisions for mounting a fare box (10-1/2 inches by 10 inches footprint and 39-1/2 inches high) shall be provided as far
  forward and as deep into the floor as practicable. Location of the fare box shall not restrict traffic, including wheelchairs,
  in the vestibule and shall allow the operator to easily reach the fare box operational buttons and to view the deposited
  fares. The fare box shall not restrict access to the operator’s area and shall not restrict operation of operator controls. The
  passenger side of the fare box faces the front door of the coach shall provide sufficient clearance for easy access to the
  cash box/receiver system. The fare box must have sufficient clearance for easy removal of the Coin and Bill Modules, as
  well as the Master Controller Card. Meters and counters on the fare box shall be easily readable on a daily basis. The
  location of the fare box shall comply with ADA requirements. Wiring and mounting shall meet all clearance and access
  requirements, and shall accommodate installation of Cubic Electronic Fare boxes or approval equal.

  Electrical
  A 15-amp maximum, 12-volt, direct current protected circuit shall be available to power the fare box. Bus manufacturer
  shall run wires from the circuit breaker to the location of the farebox. This circuit shall be composed of three wires,
  +12VDC wire, 12VDC return, and a ground lead all enclosed in a protective flexible conduit. All wires are 14 AWG,
  stranded, oil/grease/abrasion resistant. Reference Attachment 9, (Power Cable Fare box). A power-disconnect switch
  shall be provided inside the fare box for maintenance purposes.

  Fare Box Mounting
  MUNI requires a reinforcing mounting support plate with nuts welded onto it. MUNI will supply the bus manufacturer a
  template of the footprint of the farebox so that the bus manufacturer can pre-drill and pre-tap the support plate during the
  production of the coach. The support plate shall be mounted below the coach floor. Reference Attachment 10, (Fare Box
  Mounting Support Plate). The contractor shall place emphasis on the proposed placement of the fare box in order to meet
  space and maneuverability requirements for wheelchairs in addition to entrance and egress for the operator in an effort to
  minimize the possibility of industrial injury. The location of the fare box, installation procedures and rework procedures
  shall be approved by MUNI.

  Transfer Mounting Bracket
  Transfer mounting, cutting, and punching equipment will be located in a convenient position on the right side of the
  instrument panel or on the fare box support. The mounting area shall be reinforced as required. A mounting bracket for
  this equipment shall be provided with the coach. Samples of this equipment shall be provided by MUNI. Transfer
  mounting location shall be approved by MUNI.

  3.15.4TransLink®                                                                                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
  The bus manufacturer shall deliver each bus with wiring harnesses for the TransLink® system in the bus. The TransLink®
  on-board equipment requires either 12VDC or 24VDC power from protected sources with voltage variations from 9VDC
  to 32VDC. The protection shall be a 5A manual resetting circuit breaker that visibly identifies an open circuit in the
  tripped state.

  The TransLink® system shall consist of one (1) DC (Driver Console) at the Operator Area and one (1) PD (Patron Device)
  for each door and wireless transmitting/receiving equipment to upload/download information between the TransLink®
  system on the coach and the TransLink® processing server. Cables shall not be exposed and accessibility to wiring shall
  be a primary design consideration for ease of maintenance. For purposes of determining where the cables harnesses will
  run, the mounting locations of the DC and PD shall be discussed during the design review meeting.

23 AUTOMATIC PASSENGER COUNTING (APC)
  Contractor shall furnish, install, and demonstrate successful operation of a proven system by a well-established APC
  company specializing in Automatic Passenger Counting (APC) systems. APC systems shall be installed on 50% of the
  coaches delivered, as determined by the San Francisco Municipal Railway (MUNI). The APC system shall utilize Global
  Positioning System (GPS) and a wireless RF data gathering system. As part of the required systems engineering analysis
  (reference Section 9.3), the Contractor shall propose design alternatives of both a GPS component shared with other on-
  board systems, or a stand-alone GPS component. Cables shall be mounted so as not to interfere with the operation and
  maintenance of the wheelchair lift or ramp, or other vehicle systems. The installation will be heavy duty and able to
  withstand the stresses of urban transit operation in the MUNI environment, in both articulated and non-articulated
  vehicles. Accessibility of wiring and ease of maintenance shall be primary design considerations. Automatic Passenger
  Counting shall be able to count bicycle and wheelchair users, as well as ambulatory passengers. The APC design and
  location shall be approved by MUNI.
      Electrical
      The Master Run Switch shall control activation of the APC system. The APC system shall operate in all Run positions of
      this switch. Power to the APC system shall be on at all times, except when the battery has been shut off (this is to enable
      the Wireless download to operate at all times, as explained in Section 3.16.5).

      The APC system shall have a very small current draw; it shall not drain vehicle battery below engine starting level for at
      least 4 full days.

      The APC system shall have its own circuit breaker, and it shall be internally protected against voltage transients and RF
      interference to ensure proper operation in the MUNI operating environment.

      System Enclosure
      The APC system shall be housed in its own sturdy vandal-resistant enclosure that includes a tamper and pick-resistant
      lock. The unit shall be installed in an area determined by MUNI. This area must be easily and safely accessible to
      authorized personnel.

      Passenger Counting Sensors
      The Passenger Counting Sensor features shall be proven devices from a well-established APC company specializing in
      APC systems. They should include but not be limited to the following:

37)   Acquisition of passenger counts by means of infrared sensing devices at each vehicle door opening.
38)   Fully adjustable detection zones that meet the requirements of the vehicle design.
39)   Bicycle rack and wheelchair ramp switches that tabulate bicycle rack and wheelchair ramp users.
40)   95% counting accuracy that is not affected by normal variables, including but not limited to:
      a. The reasonable speed at which someone passes by sensors.
      b. Passengers carrying items such as backpacks, boxes, briefcases, etc.
      c. Obstructions to the sensors, such as passengers remaining immobile within the sensor field.
      d. The difference between passengers boarding and exiting the vehicle.
      e. Variations in light and temperature.

      GPS (Global Positioning System)
      The GPS shall provide accurate location of the vehicle while passengers board and exit. Location information will include
      but not be limited to route and bus stop/car stop identification. The GPS shall include a Dead Reckoning system so that
      Stop ID’s can be accurately recorded in poor GPS reception areas, and self-diagnostics with status lights for easy
      troubleshooting. These will include indications such as: “Power,” “Boot Up Mode,” “3-D Fix,” and “Dead Reckoning in
      Use.” The GPS system shall be provided with hardware and software to access status information and configuration
      settings in real time for the Electronics Shop Technicians to use as a troubleshooting and configuration tool.

      Computer Data Logging System
      The Computer Data Logging System shall be a proven device supplied by a well-established company specializing in
      Automatic Passenger Counting. It shall include, but not be limited to:

      41) The GPS described in 3.16.4.
      42) An onboard microcomputer that gathers and stores at least an average of 10-days of vehicle/route data that can be
          wirelessly downloaded to a local server via a RF Wireless System. Data shall also be stored on a non-volatile medium
          for onboard retrieval.
      43) A RF Wireless Receiver System, stationed at each facility where the APC vehicles reside. Each RF Wireless
          Receiving Unit shall be installed in a secure area, determined by MUNI.
      44) An IBM PC server used for the Wireless System. It shall be installed in a secure area determined by MUNI. The
          Server shall connect to our existing LAN for remote data retrieval.
      45) Ability of the RF Wireless System and APC Server to run 24-hours a day, 365-days a year in order to provide
          authorized access to all APC data at any time.
      46) Self-diagnostic capability of individual System units.

      Microcomputer gathered data should consist of but not be limited to:

      47) Route ID
      48) Vehicle ID
49)   Time and date stamp
50)   Stop ID
51)   GPS stop coordinates
52)   Direction of travel
53)   Minimum and maximum passenger numbers
54)   Number of passengers boarding and exiting at each stop ID/GPS location
55)   Passenger load count at any time
56)   Bicycle rack user and wheelchair lift user data.

The above data and other variants shall be used with software described in 3.16.6 Computer Data Analysis Software.

Computer Data Analysis Software
The APC Vendor shall provide complete data analysis (PC Windows) software for use with downloaded APC computer-
logged data, to generate Summaries, Reports, Analyses, Plots, and Graphs, such as but not limited to the following:

57)   Route Summary Report
58)   Route Productivity Plot
59)   Trip Summary Report
60)   Trip Report; Bus/Car Stop Summary
61)   APC Mapping
62)   Schedule Adherence Summaries and Reports

The software shall have the ability to adjust the parameters of the Reports and Summaries, such as dates, routes, addition
of external data, etc. The Vendor shall provide 3 desktop PCs, all installed with a full version of APC software for
converting the compiled data into useful information as outlined above. The Data Analysis Software will be part of the
proven APC system supplied by a well-established APC company specializing in APC systems. The APC data/software
shall be fully compatible with the Plan module of the Trapeze scheduling system.

Computer Data Analysis Software Training and Support
The APC Vendor shall provide the following Training and Support:

63)   Demonstration of satisfactory operation of APC software
64)   Satisfactory training in all aspects of APC software operation to 4 MUNI employees
65)   On-site support during the procurement process
66)   1 year of Computer Data Analysis Software Training and Support

APC System Hardware and Software Technical Training and Support
The APC Vendor shall provide the following Training and Support for Electronics Shop Technicians:

67)   An overview of the complete system, including APC Software
68)   GPS troubleshooting and diagnostic software tools
69)   Computer Data Logging System troubleshooting and diagnostic software
70)   Wireless System troubleshooting and diagnostic tools, with site setup information
71)   All APC software and hardware instruction and operation manuals
72)   All APC hardware interface schematics and wiring diagrams
73)   All APC hardware component schematics and wiring diagrams
74)   All APC troubleshooting and diagnostic manuals for software and hardware
75)   2 Laptop PCs installed with manuals, diagnostics, and drawings listed above
76)   1 year of APC System Hardware and Software Technical Training and Support.

Testing and Acceptance
The APC Vendor and MUNI will agree on a Testing and Acceptance program for all APC equipment on and off the transit
vehicles. Testing and Acceptance of on-board and all other APC systems will begin upon receipt of prototype coach. The
Testing and Acceptance program will continue and run concomitantly with Testing and Acceptance of the delivered
vehicles. All APC hardware and software systems – both on-board vehicles and installed and otherwise located in MUNI
facilities – will undergo an extensive Testing and Acceptance Program. See Attachment 12, (Special Tools Requirements).
24 PASSENGER INFORMATION HOLDER
  Two frames shall be provided on the passenger side of the radio box if a radio box is provided on the street side wheel
  housing immediately in front of the operator's barrier. The frames shall retain information sized 17 inches wide and 11
  inches high posted by MUNI, such as routes and schedules. If a radio box is not provided on the street side wheel housing,
  then the frames shall be provided on the rear of the operator’s barrier.

  One rack, constructed of durable plastic or aluminum shall be provided for displaying transit information. This rack shall
  be mounted on the top of the dash panel adjacent to the run number sign. The rack shall have four compartments, each 4-
  1/8 inches wide, 2-3/4 inches deep, and 5-1/2 inches high. The front face of each compartment shall be cut out with a "V"
  shape that is centered, Three (3) inches high, three (3) inches wide at the top, and two (2) inches wide at the bottom, with
  rounded corners.

  Three "take-one" boxes shall be mounted inside the coach. Two boxes on the street side shall be mounted on the window
  pillars: one half-way between the operator's area and the space across from the rear door and one half-way between the
  rear door and the rear of the coach. One box shall be mounted on the rear door pillar. The "take-one" boxes shall be
  aluminum or stainless steel and shall retain a 1-1/4 inches stack of 4-1/4 inches-wide media. The boxes shall be four (4)
  inches deep.

  Locations and placement of the passenger information holders are subject to MUNI review and approval.

25 NUMBERING AND SIGNING
  Coaches shall have four-digit fleet numbers counting upward in sequence with coach serial numbers. MUNI will inform
  the Contractor of the fleet numbers. MUNI logo and serial numbers shall be decals. The MUNI common carrier number
  “CA 49819” shall be decals in three (3) inches high numbers on both the curbside and the road side of the coach. Coach
  numbers shall be decals on the roof in numerals 48 inches high. Fleet number style and locations shall be subject to the
  final approval by MUNI.

  The interior of the coaches shall have the four-digit fleet number in three-inch block style decal located on the panel or
  access door above the operators head and centered vertically from the windshield to the ceiling and horizontally between
  the coach interior walls. In addition, on the panel behind the operator’s station, a Braille vehicle number sign will be
  placed in accordance with ADA height and size requirements listed below.

  Signing shall be applied to the inside and outside of the coach in compliance with the ADA requirements defined in
  49CFR Part, Subpart B, 38.27. Signs shall be durable and resistant to fading, chipping, and peeling; they may be painted
  signs, decals, or pressure-sensitive appliqués. All decals shall be sealed with clear, waterproof sealant around all exposed
  edges if required by the decal supplier. Appliqués shall be 3M Scotchcal or approved equal. Signing listings are included
  in Attachment 2, (Decal). Contractor will be supplied with a sample of all decals and decal drawings at design review.
  Sign materials, location and placement shall be subject to the final approval by MUNI.

26 ADVERTISING
  MUNI does not require advertising frames on the curbside and the street side of the bus. However, the bus manufacturer
  must provide hoods at all cooling air intake ports to prevent the decal advertising materials from covering the air intake
  louvers. The bus manufacturer shall provide advertising frames inside the coach that are incorporated into the interior
  lighting fixtures, per Section 3.3.3 (Interior Lighting).

27 EMERGENCY WARNING LIGHT SYSTEM
  An Emergency Warning Light System shall be provided and installed by the Contractor. The Emergency Warning Light
  system shall be activated when the silent alarm switch is tripped, reference Section 4.1.13 (Silent Alarm & Event
  Markers). Deactivating the silent alarm switch shall not shut down this system. A toggle switch located outside the coach
  in a locked compartment shall be actuated to disarm the system. The design of the system shall be approved during the
  design review and shall comply with all applicable regulations and codes. The locations, operations, and installations of
  the system shall also be approved by MUNI.

28 CHASSIS MOUNTED PEDESTRIAN BARRIER
  MUNI is requesting the proposer provide design and pricing of a chassis mounted pedestrian barrier in front of the right
  rear wheel as an option. The pedestrian barrier shall be adequate enough to push pedestrian away from the right rear wheel.
29 NEXTBUS
  Contractor shall provide all equipment, provide installation and testing meeting the requirements for a fully functional
  NEXTBUS system. The coach system shall be the most current NEXTBUS technology, which is designed to interface and
  operate with current MUNI equipment. All equipment installation locations and methods shall require approval from the
  MUNI Project Manager. The MUNI Project Manager and/or quality assurance inspector shall witness testing and provide
  approval as part of the vehicle acceptance.
                                              4      OPERATOR’S AREA
   The objective of designing the operator’s area is to provide an environment for the driver to operate the coach safely and
   efficiently for long periods of time without injury and with minimal fatigue. The operator’s area shall also be designed to
   minimize glare to the extent possible. The use of polished metal and light-colored surfaces within and adjacent to the
   operator’s area shall be avoided. To the extent practicable, areas that are visible from outside the coach in the vicinity of
   the dash panel and cowl shall be configured to preclude use for storage of items. The

   Contractor shall present the complete detailed layout of the operator’s area at the design review for approval by MUNI.

   The operator’s area shall comply with the following SAE recommended practices:

                                                          TABLE 4.0

                     SAE J287                            Driver Hand Control Reach
                     SAE J941                             Motor Vehicle Driver Eye Range
                    SAE J1050                                  Driver's Field of View
                    SAE J1052                     Motor Vehicle Driver and Passenger Head Position
                    SAE J1516                          Accommodation Tool Reference Point
                    SAE J1522                              Truck Driver Stomach Position
                    SAE J1834                          Seat Belt Comfort, Fit and Convenience


4.130   CONTROLS                                                                                                                    Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
   All switches and controls shall be marked with easily read backlit or surface lit identifiers and shall be in convenient
   operator locations. All panel-mounted switches and controls shall be replaceable, and the wiring at these controls shall be
   serviceable from the vestibule or the operator's seat or through an electrical panel on the left of the operator’s seat via an
   exterior locked access door. Switches, controls, and instruments shall be dust and water resistant, consistent with the
   coach washing practice described in Section 2.3 (Interior Trim, Paneling and Access). All operator controls shall be
   located in positions where the operator can activate and deactivate them without reaching below the dash level and shall be
   located in a position that the operators body cannot contact them while entering / existing the control station, or while
   operating the coach.

   Operator Control
   MUNI Operations personnel will be heavily involved with the final approval and acceptance of the operator’s area. All
   switches shall be waterproof or, if at MUNI’s approval, weatherproof. All switches and controls necessary for the
   operation of the coach shall be conveniently located in the operator's area and shall provide for ease of operation. They
   shall be identifiable by shape, touch, and permanent non-wear or fading identification markings Specific requirements for
   operator controls are summarized in Figure 4-1, (Operator Control Requirements). Where applicable, the bus
   manufacturer shall provide switches and controls listed in Figure 4-2 (Operator Switches and Controls), which shall be
   constructed and specified as heavy-duty automotive/industrial quality. The final list of switches and controls shall be
   mutually agreed upon between MUNI and the bus manufacturer during the design review meeting. The kneeling switch
   with over-raise function is a momentary switch that will allow the operator to raise the bus when the speed of the bus is
   below 5 mph or as set by the bus manufacturer.

   No wiring, equipment or housings shall interfere with the operation of foot-controlled switches or pedals. Controls and all
   dash features shall be designed so that the operator or passengers may not easily tamper with them. Layout of controls
   shall be approved by MUNI.

   Instruments
   The speedometer, certain indicator lights, and air pressure gauge(s) with two needles and a minimum of 2 inches in
   diameter, shall be located on the front cowl immediately ahead of the steering wheel. Illumination of the instruments shall
   be simultaneous with the marker lamps. Glare or reflection in the windshield, side window, or front door windows from
the instruments, indicators, or other controls shall be minimized. Instruments and indicators shall be easily readable in
direct sunlight. Instrument and indicator light readability in all conditions will be approved by MUNI during prototype
evaluation.

The instrument panel shall include an electric analog-speedometer with a maximum possible indicating speed of no less
than 80 mph. The speedometer shall be a rotating pointer type, with 40 mph near the top of the dial. The speedometer
shall meet size and accuracy requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J678. The instrument panel shall include a fuel
level gauge, an air pressure gauge with indicators for primary and secondary air tanks, and 12 volt and 24 volt voltmeter(s)
(if space is available) to indicate the operating voltage across the coach batteries. The instrument panel shall include a fuel
level gauge, an air pressure gauge with indicators for primary and secondary air tanks, and 24 volt voltmeter(s) to indicate
the operating voltage across the coach batteries. Wiring shall have sufficient length and be routed to permit service
without stretching or chafing the wires.

                             FIGURE 4-1 OPERATOR CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

                      SUBJECT                                                   SPEC/DESIGN
              Steering Wheel Adjustment                               Tilt and telescopic steering column
                    Steering Wheel                                         19" to 20” diameter
        th
       5 Percentile Acc. Pedal Angle at Rest                           SAE J287-J941-J1052 and J1522
      5th Percentile Brake Pedal Angle at Rest                                    SAE J1516
      95th Percentile Acc. Pedal Angle at Rest                                    SAE J1516
     95th Percentile Brake Pedal Angle at Rest                                    SAE J1516
             Turn Signal Controls Left Foot                                 28 - 45 degrees platform
               Control Handreach – Side                                            SAE J287
               Control Handreach – Front                                           SAE J287
                   Seat Dimensions                                 Min. Width - 18" Slope - 5 +/- 5 degrees
              Seatback to Cushion Angle                                         95 - 110 degrees
                Seat Height Adjustment                         13” – 19” from floor to top of uncompressed seat
               Seat Adjustment Forward                                              Min. 9"
                   Object Detection                               3.5' height at 2' in front of coach
                   Horizontal View                                              Min. 90 degrees
                 Obstruction – Divider                                        Less than 3 degrees
                  Obstruction – Pillar                                       Less than 10 degrees
                     Upward View                                            Greater than 15 degrees
                                                                        Range of resistance 10 –50 lbs.
                        Brake                             Angle from the horizontal: 45; freeplay: 1.2 degrees; Pedal
                                                             Travel: 0.5” – 2.5”; height above accelerator: 1.2”
                                                                        Range of resistance: 4 – 10 lbs.
                      Accelerator                             Angle from the horizontal: 45; freeplay: 5 degrees
                                                                         Maximum travel: 20 degrees
                            FIGURE 4-2 OPERATOR SWITCHES AND CONTROLS

                        SWITCHES                                                      CONTROLS
                    Master Run Switch                                               Accelerator pedal
                        Start button                                                   Brake pedal
     Kneel switch (with cover) and over raise function                           Rotary handle for Doors
          Hill holder switch, with extension arm                                    Windshield wipers
                  Interior lighting switch                                         Windshield washers
                     Power door switch                                            Interior climate control
                  Passenger Chime switch                                             Defroster control
               Operator area lighting switch                                    Operator's heater controls
                                                                   Parking brake control (also acts as direction control
                    Silent alarm switch
                                                                                    neutral actuator)
        Hazard warning switch, with extension arm                               Wheelchair ramp controls
      Engine shutdown override switch (with cover)                               Destination sign controls
             Diagnostic light panel test switch                                    Rear throttle control
                    Master door switch                                  Instrument panel lighting intensity control
            Foot-controlled turn signal switches
             Horn button in steering wheel hub
         Foot-controlled headlight dimmer switch
     Fire suppression system manual activation switch
                      Sweeper Switch
                 Electric-only mode switch
 Emergency shut down switch (with “tell tale” indicator)
                         Yield sign


Indicators
Critical systems or components shall be monitored by a built-in diagnostic system with visible and audible indicators. The
diagnostic indicator lamp panel shall be located in clear sight of the operator. The intensity of indicator lamps shall permit
easy determination of "on"/"off" status in bright sunlight but shall not cause a distraction or visibility problem at night. All
indicators shall have a method of momentarily testing the operation of the lamp. Whenever possible, sensors shall be of
the closed-circuit type so that failure of the circuit or sensor shall activate the malfunction indicator. Sensors shall be
accurate to +/- two (2) percent of the manufacturer's specified value. An audible alarm shall be loud enough for the
operator to be aware of its operation and to be inclined to discontinue operation of the coach. Where applicable, the bus
manufacturer shall provide the diagnostic indicators as listed in Figure 4-3, (Onboard Diagnostic Indicators). The final list
of diagnostic indicators shall be mutually agreed upon between MUNI and the bus manufacturer during the design review
meeting. Space shall be provided on the panel for future additions of no less than five indicators.
                        FIGURE 4-3 ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC INDICATORS

VISIBLE INDICATOR              AUDIBLE                         FUNCTION
                                ALARM
      Low Fuel                   No            Clean diesel fuel level at or below 25 gallons
       Low Oil                   Yes                     Engine oil pressure low
      Hot Engine                 Yes                 Engine coolant temperature high
       Low Air                   Yes         Air system low in primary or secondary reservoir
    Alternator stop              No                       Alternator not charging
        Kneel                    Yes                    Kneeling system activated
   Wheelchair ramp               Yes                         System activated
         Fire                    Yes             Over temperature in engine compartment
 Low Hydraulic Fluid             Yes                  Hydraulic fluid low fluid level
    Traction Motor               Yes                   Over Speed and/or overheat
Mobility Aid Passenger           No               Mobility aid passengers want to get off
     Exit Signal
    High headlamp                No                        High headlamp is on
  Right and Left turn            No                 Indication of left-turn or right-turn
   Hazard warning                No         Warning signal to other drivers. (may be common
                                                          with turn indicators)
  Rear doors open or             No                       Rear doors are opened
       enabled
 Parking brake applied           Yes        Parking brake is not applied and Master Run Switch
                                                            is at “OFF” position
 Parking brake applied           No                      Parking brake is applied
 Service brake applied           No          Service brake is applied. (may be common with
                                                         parking brake indicator)
    Check Engine                 Yes                         Engine interlocks
     Stop Engine                 Yes                         Engine interlocks
 Energy Storage Unit             Yes       Warning of high temperature and/or fire and/or smoke
    Temperature                                                condition
     Energy Use                  No            Dynamic energy usage efficiency indicator(s)
        GFCI                     Yes         Progressive indicator of excessively high current
                                                condition within the high voltage system
  Electric-only mode             No                     APU manual off condition
      Controller                 Yes                             Overheat
State of Charge (SOC)            No                 Progressive low power indicator(s)
      Yield sign                 No                 Indication of yield sign activation
Door Controls
Controls for the front entrance, and rear exit doors shall be a single 5-position master door switch, conveniently located
and operable in a horizontal plane by the operator's left hand. The setting of this control shall be easily determined by
position and touch. The 5-position master door switch shall also activate the hazard light whenever the switch is not in the
“centered” position. The master door switch shall be a single 5-position control with the following settings shall be
provided:

                                                      FIGURE 4-4

              Second Position Forward                             Front door open, rear doors enabled
                First Position Forward                            Front door open, rear doors disabled
                       Centered                                  Front door closed, rear doors disabled
                First Position Rearward                          Front door closed, rear doors enabled
              Second Position Rearward                            Front door open, rear doors enabled


    Door Operations
The designs, configurations, locations, operations and mounting installations shall be approved by MUNI. A separate
switch, convenient to the operator, shall convert the rear doors to power doors with simultaneous opening and closing of
both door valves controlled by the operator.

Operation of, and power to, the passenger doors shall be completely controlled by the operator. Doors shall open or close
completely within 2-1/2 seconds from the time of actuation, and shall be subject to the adjustment requirements of Section
3.2.6 (Actuator). Activation of the door mechanism can be accomplished using air power or electric power. Electric
powered doors shall operate similarly to the following description for air-powered doors.

The rear exit door panels shall include a sensitive edge for the purpose of alarming and reversing door operation in the
event an individual or an individuals limbs would be caught between the doors on closure. The sensitive edge will activate
a toned alarm in the operator’s area, and immediately open the exit door. Once the obstruction is cleared, the operator will
be required to recycle the door controller to the open position before being able to again activate closure of the doors.
Detailed specifications are listed in 3.2.8 Sensitive Edges.

    Interlock
When rear door controls are activated or when the front doors begin to move, an accelerator interlock shall inhibit the
acceleration of the vehicle, and a braking interlock shall engage the rear axle service brake system. The interlocks shall
not release until the front and rear doors have closed and the operator has positioned the door control to the "all doors
closed" position. If vehicle speed is above 1 mph when the interlock is engaged, a loud, momentary alarm will sound.
Reference Section 6.11.5, (Propulsion System Interlocks).

    Interlock Override Switch
An interlock override switch, enclosed in the front destination sign compartment and accessible only through a
horizontally-located adequately-sized finger hole beyond the reach of the seated operator, shall, when set in the "off"
position, release and deactivate the door interlocks, allowing the release of the inhibited throttle, and enabling the front and
rear doors. Access to the interlock override switch shall be approved by MUNI during design review.

Steering Wheel and Horn Button
The steering wheel shall last the life of the coach, and shall be constructed of a hard, smooth black material impervious to
diesel or gasoline fuel, cleaning fluids, and body acids. The steering wheel shall be 19 to 20 inches in diameter and shall
be shaped with a soft rim grip for comfort for long periods of time. The steering wheel spokes or rim shall not obstruct the
operator's vision of the instruments when the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position. The bus manufacturer shall
provide a tilt and telescopic steering column. Clearance requirements shall be met in all positions. Reference Section
5.2.3, (Turning Effort).
Dual electric horns shall be provided, mounted to prevent entry of water and dirt into horn trumpets. The horns shall
sound high and low notes that are clearly audible over 80 dBA traffic noises at a distance of 300 feet. The horn button
shall be located in the steering wheel hub and shall be protected from debris accumulation and shall not incorporate any
manufacturers' logo.

Accelerator and Brake Pedal
Accelerator and brake pedals shall be designed for ankle motion and shall meet the requirements of SAE J1516. Foot
surfaces of the pedals shall be faced with wear-resistant, nonskid, replaceable material. Force to activate the brake pedal
control shall be an essentially linear function of the coach deceleration rate and shall not exceed 70 pounds at a point seven
(7) inches above the heel point of the pedal to achieve maximum braking. The heel point is the location of the driver’s
heel when foot is rested flat on the pedal and the heel is touching the floor or heel pad of the pedal. Brake and accelerator
design shall refer to Figure 4-1, (Operator Control Requirements).

Master Run Switch
Controls for engine operation shall be closely grouped within the operator's area. These controls include a separate master
run switch and start switch or button. The master run switch shall be a four-position rotary switch located conveniently to
the operator’s left and shall be labeled as shown in Table 4.1.7 or as per bus manufacturer’s recommendation.

                                                     TABLE 4.1.7

                     All electrical systems off, except power available for the stoplights, turn lights, hazard lights,
      OFF          silent alarm, horn, and fare box. The off switch shall not function unless the traction motor is in
                                                                neutral.
                    All electrical systems, including headlights, parking lights, and marker lights, and engine on.
      RUN          The starter shall be inoperative when the engine is running and when the traction motor is not in
                                                                neutral.

                   All electrical systems and engine on. The starter shall be inoperative when the engine is running
   NITE/RUN
                                             and when the traction motor is not in neutral.


                   All electrical systems off, except those listed in "OFF," and power to passenger interior lighting,
     CL/ID
                                                         radio and marker lights.



Hill Holder
Automatic hill holding is preferred, but if manual control is necessary, the hill holder control shall be conveniently located
to the operator's left. Reference Section 5.3.8, (Hill Holder).

Turn Signal
Turn signal controls shall be foot-controlled, waterproof, heavy-duty momentary contact switches, floor-mounted on a
platform inclined at an angle between 35 and 45 degrees in a manner that precludes confusion among the left, right, and
high-beam switches. Whenever the curbside turn signal control is activated, an external audible warning shall sound to
warn other drivers that the coach is preparing to make a turn. The external audible curbside turn signal alarm shall have an
adjustable rheostat or equivalent methodology so the volume of the alarm can be controlled. The operator shall not have
the ability to completely silence the alarm through this rheostat.

Activating a spring-loaded toggle switch located in the operator’s area shall separately illuminate the left rear “YIELD”
sign described in 3.3.1. (Exterior Lighting and Backup Alarm).

Destination Sign Control & Automatic Next Stop Passenger Information System
Reference Section 3.10, (Destination Sign Control) and Section 3.11, (Automatic Next Stop Passenger Information
System).

Fare Collection Area Light Control
Reference Section 4.7, (Operator Area Lighting).
    Climate Control
    The climate control shall provide switches on the instrument panel to control the heating ventilating system, demister fans,
    and roof ventilating fan. All switch locations shall be reviewed and approved by MUNI. Reference Section 3.4, (Interior
    Climate Control), 3.5, (Roof Ventilator), 4.3, (Operator’s Vent and Heater/Defroster)

   Heating Ventilating System: (3-position switch)

        Heating
                         The system shall automatically turn on and off within ±2°F of the preset temperature.
         Mode
                       The ventilating fans shall circulate the air, and the hot-water circulation will not activate.
      Ventilating
                          When this mode is selected and setting is at “Hi”, the roof-ventilating fan shall be
        Mode
                                                                 activated.
          Off                                                   System off


   Operator Heater/Defroster: There shall be a 2-speed switch to control the Heater/Defroster.
   Demister fans: There shall be a master control 2-speed switch, located on the instrument panel to power both fans.

    Silent Alarm and Event Marker
    Contractor shall install a silent alarm switch in a location to be determined at the design review. When the silent alarm
    switch is activated, the following events shall occur:

   The recording system must protect a window of recorded data that extends beyond the beginning and ending of an event.
    Reference Section 3.13.2, (Silent Alarm Requirements)
   A help message (subject to MUNI approval) shall flash on all outward facing electronic signs.
   MUNI Central Control shall be alerted to notify proper authorities.
   The Emergency Warning Light System shall be activated. Reference Section 3.20, (Emergency Warning Light System)

    At the discretion of the operator, a control event marker (pushbutton or equivalent) shall be available to mark an event in
    the same manner as specified for the silent alarm in Section 3.13.2, (Silent Alarm Requirements).

31 OPERATOR SEAT
    The operator seat shall be a USSC 9100 ALX, modified to meet the specifications listed below in Section 4.2.1,
    (Dimensions and Adjustability), or an approved equal. It shall be easily removable from the coach for service or repair.
    No headrest is required, however provision for easy installation of a headrest in the future must be allowed for in the
    manufacturing of the seat back frame. Installation shall be approved by MUNI.

    MUNI requires a safety interlock in the operators area to insure that the coach cannot be moved having an operator in
    control of the vehicle. The contractor is required to submit to MUNI for review and selection reliable and economic
    options on how this can be accomplished. A weight safety interlock or seat belt safety interlock is not acceptable.

    Dimensions and Adjustability
    The operator’s seat shall be adjustable so that persons ranging in size from the 95th percentile male to the 5th percentile
    female may safely and comfortably operate the coach. A footrest shall be provided for the operator’s left foot. The
    operator's seat cushion shall have a minimum width of 18 inches, a depth of 16 inches and a rearward slope with a total
    range of adjustability of 10 degrees. The operator seatback height, measured from the point of intersection of the
    uncompressed seat cushion with the seatback to the top of the back, shall be a minimum of 23 inches. The angle formed
    between the seat back and the seat cushion shall be adjustable in the range of 95 to 120 degrees. The height of the seat
    shall be adjustable so that the distance between the top of the uncompressed seat cushion and the floor shall vary between
    13 and 19 inches. The height of the lumbar support from the seat shall vary between 9 and 12 inches. The seat shall be
    adjustable forward and rearward for a minimum travel of nine inches and shall provide a minimum of 33.5 inches of
    horizontal distance between the seat reference point and heel of the driver on accelerator pedal. While seated, the operator
    shall be able to make all adjustments by hand, easily and conveniently. Adjustment mechanisms shall hold the adjustments
  and shall not be subject to inadvertent changes. The seat shall be supplied with belt assemblies, lap belt system and shall
  accommodate all drivers in all positions of the seat.

  Structure and Materials
  The operator’s seat shall be contoured to provide maximum comfort and safety for extended periods of time. Cushions
  shall be padded with at least three (3) inches of closed cell molded self-skinning polyurethane on the seat cushion and
  back, and shall comply with FMVSS fire and smoke requirements. Supplementary cushioning shall be provided by air
  suspension of the seat assembly. The spring rate of the supplementary suspension and the seat height shall be
  independently adjustable by the operator. Seat suspension shall effectively dampen road shock, so the seat shall not
  oscillate excessively during normal driving conditions, including passing over potholes. Upholstery shall be H012
  Hampton Black Vinyl, or approved equal, and shall be approved by MUNI during prototype review. All visually exposed
  metal on the operator seat, including the pedestal, shall be aluminum and stainless steel. The seat shall be adjusted without
  unfastening the seat belts. Seat belts shall be stored in automatic retractors. The color of the operator seat shall be black.

32 OPERATOR’S VENT AND HEATER/DEFROSTER
  A separate operator-controlled heater and blower shall be provided, if required, to heat the operator area and defrost the
  windshield. The unit shall be sized and designed to operate in the San Francisco environment providing a comfortable
  work area during normal transit operation. The blower shall have at least two speeds, with a minimum of 500 cubic feet
  per minute at the higher speed. Adjustments shall permit variable distribution or shutting off of the airflow. MUNI
  prefers to have a manually opened vent door. This vent door shall provide unfiltered outside air to the lower portion of the
  operator area. The windshield defroster unit shall comply with the SAE recommended practices J382. Placement and
  operation of the vent shall be approved by MUNI. Contractor shall demonstrate the operator’s area heating and ventilation
  system’s compliance with the specification.

33 OPERATOR WINDOWS
  Windshield
  The windshield shall permit an operator's field of view as specified in SAE Recommended Practice J1050. The vertically
  upward view shall be 15 degrees minimum, measured above the horizontal. The vertically downward view shall permit
  detection of an object 3-1/2 feet high no more than two (2) feet in front of the coach. The horizontal view shall be a
  minimum of 90 degrees above the line of sight. Windshield pillars shall not exceed 10 degrees of binocular obscuration.
  The windshield shall be designed and installed to minimize external glare as well as reflections from inside the coach.

  The windshield shall be laminated safety glass of minimum of 1/4 inch thick and conforms to the requirements of ANSI
  Z26.1-1983 Standard for Type AS-1. The windshield shall be easily replaceable by removing zip-locks from the
  windshield retaining moldings. Bonded-in-place windshields shall not be used. The glazing material shall have single-
  density tint. The upper portion of the windshield above the operator's field of view shall have a dark, shaded band with a
  minimum luminous transmittance of 6 percent when tested according to ASTM D-1003.

  Side Window
  The operator’s side-window shall be laminated safety glass of minimum of 1/4 inch thick and conform to the requirements
  of ANSI Z26.1-1983 Standard for Type AS-2. The entire side window area shall be framed in a two-section sash. Each
  section shall slide horizontally and be glazed with float-type, single-density, tinted safety glass that is neutral gray with
  approximately 76 percent light transmission. The assembly shall have a ratchet mechanism to prevent uncontrolled
  sliding. The side window must include a lock that utilizes a common MUNI “M” and “W” key. The bus manufacturer
  shall provide padded sun visors for the front and side of the operator. The design of the operator’s side window and
  locking arrangement shall be approved by MUNI.

34 MIRRORS
  Exterior
  The coach shall be equipped with a pair of corrosion-resistant exterior rearview mirrors on each side of the coach. The
  mirror shall be B & R remote adjustable with breakaway arm and turn signal mounted in/on the mirror or approved equal.
  The mirrors shall be separately adjustable and replaceable. The mirrors shall permit the operator to view the highway
  along both sides of the coach, including the rear wheels. MUNI prefers the curbside rearview mirrors to be mounted no
  less than 80 inches above the street surface. However, final mounting height of the mirrors will be determined during the
  design review meeting. The street side mirrors shall be mounted in line with the lower daylight opening as far forward as
  practicable.
  Mirrors shall be firmly attached to the coach to prevent vibration and loss of adjustment, but not so firmly attached that the
  coach or its structure is damaged if the mirror is struck, and shall retract or fold sufficiently to allow coach-washing
  operations. All exterior mirrors electrical wiring shall utilize Quick Disconnect Connectors located as close as possible to
  the mirror for ease of maintenance. The mirrors shall be mounted on spring-loaded brackets and be guarded from hitting
  the coach sides in the retracted position. Mounting arms shall not protrude beyond the outside mirror edge. Mirror
  bracket construction, mounting location and installation shall be subject to approval by MUNI Project Manager /
  Representative.

  Interior
  Mirrors shall be provided and arranged so that the operator can observe passengers throughout the coach without leaving
  the operator's seat and without shoulder movement. With a full standee load, including standees in the vestibule, the
  operator shall be able to observe passengers anywhere in the aisles, and in the rear seats. Interior mirrors shall not be in
  the line of sight to the exterior curbside mirror. Mountings shall be sturdy to resist flexing, vibration, and vandalism.

  Interior observation shall be accomplished by a swivel-mounted mirror no smaller than 4 inches by 16 inches attached
  above and to the right of the operator's head. The locations of mirror mountings shall be approved by MUNI.

35 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM
  The public address system shall be activated by a floor-mounted momentary switch to permit driver to make internal
  announcement only or external announcement only - switching from inside to outside speakers shall not require volume
  adjustment. Switch shall be easily accessible to the operator.

36 OPERATOR’S AREA LIGHTING
  The operator's area shall have a light to provide general illumination, and it shall illuminate the half of the steering wheel
  nearest the operator to a level of 10 to 15 foot-candles. This light shall be controlled by a switch convenient to the
  operator.

  A high-intensity bullet light mounted in the ceiling shall spotlight the money receptacle of the fare box when the front door
  is open and the master run switch is in the "NITE/RUN" position.

37 OPERATOR BARRIER
  A barrier that completely encloses the operator’s area shall be provided on 10 percent (%) of the vehicles including the
  prototype. The barrier shall be designed to minimize, glare, reflection and rattle as design criteria. The Contractor shall
  install MUNI "M" and "W" type keys on the barrier access door. The barrier shall have a slide opening such that the lower
  half only or both halves can be closed or safely left opened at the operator’s discretion. Where visibility is required, clear
  Lexan type material or laminated safety glass can be used to comply with all FMVSS visibility and safety requirements.
  The barrier shall extend to within one inch of the floor, ceiling and walls. The design of the operator barrier shall be
  approved during the design review and shall comply with all applicable regulations. The barrier color should match the
  980 gray of the seats. The barrier shall meet the strength requirements described in Section 2.3.1 (Modesty and Side Trim
  Panel).

38 TRASH RECEPTACLE
  A cylindrical plastic trash receptacle, 13 inches high and six (6) inches in diameter, shall be provided and installed by the
  Contractor. It shall be fastened to the vertical assist element of the operator barrier with a removable J clip and shall not
  rest on the coach floor. MUNI will provide a sample unit.

39 FARE COLLECTION EQUIPMENT
  Reference Section 3.15 (Fare Collection).

40 SUN SHADES
  An adjustable sun visor shall be provided for use on the operator's side of the windshield. The visor shall be shaped to
  minimize light leakage between the visor and windshield pillars. The visor shall store out of the way and shall not obstruct
  airflow from the climate control system or foul other equipment, such as the destination sign control. Deployment of the
  visor shall not restrict vision of the rearview mirrors. Visor adjustments shall be made easily by hand with positive
  locking and releasing devices and shall not be subject to damage by over tightening. Sun visor construction and materials
  shall be strong enough to resist breakage during adjustments. The visor, when deployed, shall be effective in the operator's
  field of view at angles more than 5 degrees above the horizontal. A spring-loaded clip not less than 3 inches wide shall be
  securely riveted to each side of the sun visor to retain operator's run sheet. Covering on the visor shall be black vinyl
  similar to that of the operator's seat.

  The sun visor shall comply with all applicable regulations. Configurations and installations of the sun visor and roll-
  curtain shall be approved by MUNI.

41 STORAGE LOCKER
  The contractor shall furnish and install two (2) storage lockers. Both lockers shall utilize a common MUNI "M" and "W"
  type keys. Location, design and materials shall be approved by MUNI. A storage locker with a side-hinged and latch
  shall be provided in the operator area. This locker shall be located over the side operator's window. The locker shall be at
  least two (2) cubic feet in size. A second storage locker shall be located on the driver's station barrier and behind the
  operator's seat. The locker shall be at least four (4) cubic feet.

42 OPERATOR’S PLATFORM
  The operator’s platform shall be finished with no sharp edges and shall not interfere or impede wheelchairs or other
  mobility aids. MUNI prefers that the Contractor provide Operator’s platforms similar to MUNI’s existing motor coaches.

  The floor in the operator's area shall be easily cleaned and shall be arranged to prevent debris accumulation. Floor
  covering shall be Altro Transflor D25-421 “Midnight”, or approved equal.
                                                     5     CHASSIS
43 SUSPENSION AND AXLES
  General Requirement
  All axle suspensions shall be pneumatic type and shall have a load rating compatible with that of the axles. The basic
  elements of the suspension system shall last the life of the coach without major overhaul or replacement. Suspension
  beams, weldments and structural members shall be considered as parts of the basic body structure. Items such as bushings
  and air springs shall be easily and quickly replaceable by a transit mechanic in 60 minutes or less. Suspension pivots shall
  be replaceable. Bushings shall be permanently lubricated and interchangeable at all positions. Adjustment points shall be
  minimized and shall not be subject to a loss of adjustment in service. Necessary adjustment shall be easily accomplished
  without removing or disconnecting the components. Toe-in adjustments shall be possible with minimal removal of any
  components. Contractor shall provide axle tool kits which contain specialty tools required for axle nuts, flanges, bearing
  replacement, seal installation, service brake reline (s-cam and disc brake) / hardware replacement etc. in accordance with
  Attachment 12 (Special Tools List).

  Axles
  All axles shall have a minimum load rating sufficient for the coach loaded to GVWR and shall operate for 300,000 miles
  on the design operating profile without structural repairs. The axle gearing shall be easily accessible for lubrication and all
  axles shall be approved by MUNI.

  The front axle suspension system shall be independent type, reverse Elliott Standard Rockwell, Meritor, or approved equal
  that incorporates Rockwell components from the steering knuckle through the entire brake assembly or approved equal.

  The drive axle shall be heavy-duty full-floating type standard Rockwell, Meritor, or approved equal. End tubes shall be
  threaded to allow for adjustment of wheel bearing nuts.

  Minimum axle load ratings are encouraged to be rated so that GVWR is maximized.

  Wheel Bearings
  Wheel bearings shall provide smooth low friction rotation of the wheels under all operating conditions. The wheel
  bearings shall be easily accessible, maintainable, and replaceable. Wheel bearing inner grease seal shall run on a
  replaceable-chromed wiper wing or the tube. All bearings shall be sealed properly to prevent leakage of lubricant. An oil
  bath type seal or grease type seal as recommended by the manufacturer shall lubricate the non-drive axle bearings.

  Air Bellows
  The air suspension system shall consist of at least two, and preferably four, air bellows per axle. The system shall use
  leveling valves and bellows to maintain constant spring characteristics and coach body height, regardless of coach loading.
  Leveling valve exhaust ports shall be guarded to avoid plugging with road dirt.

  Air bellows shall be removable, replaceable and serviceable without removal of any wheels while the coach is on standard
  in-ground hoists, above ground hoists or in a pit area. The type and manufacturer of the air bellows requires the approval
  of MUNI.

  Travel
  The suspension system shall permit a minimum wheel travel of 3½ inches in jounce-upward travel of a wheel when the
  coach hits a bump (higher than street surface). And a minimum of 3 inches rebound–downward travel when the coach
  comes off a bump and the wheels fall relative to the body. Elastomeric bumpers shall be provided at the limit of jounce
  travel. Rebound travel may be limited by elastomeric bumpers or hydraulically within the shock absorbers. Suspensions
  shall incorporate appropriate devices for automatic height control, so that regardless of load the coach height relative to the
  centerline of the wheels does not change more than ±½ inch at any point.

  Damping
  Vertical damping of the suspension system shall be accomplished by multi-shock absorbers mounted to the suspension
  arms or axles and attached to appropriate locations on the chassis. Damping shall be sufficient to control coach motion to
  two cycles or less after hitting road perturbations. Shock absorbers shall maintain their effectiveness for at least 50,000
  miles and each shock absorber unit shall be individually replaceable by a transit mechanic. Variations in passenger
  loading shall not adversely affect the handling characteristics of the coach sufficient to classify it as dangerous,
  unsatisfactory, and uncontrollable.

  Kneeling
  The coach must kneel evenly on both sides. The operator-actuated kneeling device shall lower the step at the front door to
  a height of no more than 11 inches, measured at the longitudinal centerline of the front door to the ground. Brake and
  throttle interlocks shall prevent movement when the coach is kneeled. A three-position, spring-loaded, normally centered
  switch located in the operator’s area shall control kneeling of the coach. A downward force on the switch shall activate
  the kneeling function. The coach shall complete kneeling in a maximum of four (4) seconds from the time the switch is
  activated. During the lowering and raising operations, the maximum acceleration shall not exceed 0.2g, and the jerk shall
  not exceed 0.3g per second, measured on a front step tread. An indicator, visible to the operator, shall be illuminated
  whenever the coach is too low for safe street travel and the interlocks are engaged. An audible alarm and downward-
  pointing visual signal mounted near the door pillar shall operate when the coach is kneeling or is kneeled. The audible
  alarm shall be a different frequency than other alarms and beepers, sounding a maximum of 3 times during kneeling. The
  sound and operation of this alarm shall be approved by MUNI at the design review. The coach shall remain kneeled when
  the control switch is released. An upward force on the switch shall be required to raise the coach. The coach shall rise to
  the correct operating height within 15 seconds.

  The kneeling switch shall also provide an over-raise feature that raises the entire vehicle while traveling at speed less than
  5 mph. The design and operations shall be determined and approved by MUNI at the design review.

  Lubrication
  All elements of steering, suspension, and drive systems requiring scheduled lubrication shall be provided with grease
  fittings conforming to SAE Standard J534. These fittings shall be located for ease of inspection, and shall be accessible
  with a standard grease gun, from a pit or with the coach on a hoist. Each element requiring lubrication shall have its own
  grease fitting with relief path. The lubricant specified shall be standard for all elements on the coach. The manufacturer
  shall supply MUNI with a maintenance schedule listing lubrication points in 3,000-mile increments.

44 STEERING
  The steering gear shall be either axle-mounted or frame-mounted and shall be a Sheppard steering gear, ZF steering gear,
  Ross Model #HFB70 steering gear, TRW TAS-85 steering gear, or approved equal. The steering column shall have
  telescoping and tilt column adjustments. The steering gear shall be an integral type with the number and length of flexible
  hydraulic fluid lines minimized.

  Strength
  Fatigue life of all steering components shall exceed 1,000,000 miles. No element of the steering system shall sustain a Class I
  failure when one of the tires hits a curb or strikes a severe road hazard. Inadvertent alternations of steering as a result of
  striking road hazards are steering failures

  The manufacturer shall provide MUNI with certificates that validate the strength and security of the suspension and
  steering system along with any test documentation for tests, which have been conducted.

  Turning Radius
  The outside body corner turning radius shall not exceed 45 feet with the coach at Seated Load Weight.

  Turning Effort
  Steering torque applied by the operator shall not exceed 10 foot-pounds with the front wheels straight ahead to turned 10
  degrees. Steering torque may increase to 70 foot-pounds when the wheels are approaching the steering stops. Steering
  effort shall be measured with the coach at GVWR, stopped with the brakes released, and the engine at normal idling speed
  on clean, dry, level, commercial asphalt pavement and the tires inflated to recommended pressure. Power steering failure
  shall not result in loss of steering control. With the coach in operation, the steering effort shall not exceed 55 pounds at the
  steering wheel rim, and perceived free play in the steering system shall not materially increase as a result of power assist
  failure. Gearing shall require no more than seven (7) turns of the steering wheel lock-to-lock.

  Caster angle shall be set to provide a tendency for the return of the front wheels to the straight position with minimal
  assistance from the operator.
45 BRAKES
    Description
    MUNI prefers the service brakes to be air actuated disc type. A second choice would be air operated s-cam drum type. The
    following specifications are for disc and as an option air operated S-cam drum type. The disc brake system and
    replacement parts shall be commercially available in North America.

    Actuation
    Service brakes shall be compressed air operated and controlled with a single actuator at each wheel. Force to activate the
    brake pedal shall be as specified in Section 4.1.6 (Accelerator and Brake Pedal).

    Disc brakes shall have either axial or radial air actuation with a single floating caliper operation.

    Friction Material
    The entire service brake system, including friction materials, shall be designed to have an overhaul or replacement life of
    30,000 miles with brake retardation through regenerative braking.

    Disc pad friction material shall be non-asbestos and bonded to the pad.

    S-cam drum type friction material shall be Tenneco CMT-22-A, or have the capability to be relined with Tenneco CMT-
    22-A, or an approved equal and shall be non-asbestos, preferably bonded to the brake shoes.

    Hubs, Rotors and Drums
    Brake rotors shall be sized to the vehicle weight and wheel diameter and meet all FMVSS requirements. The brake rotors
    shall be able to be resurfaced in the field and have the minimum thickness size stamped in the casting.

    Brake drums shall have a minimum diameter of 14.5 inches and a minimum width of 6 inches on the front wheels and 10
    inches on the rear or as recommended by the manufacturer. They shall be of heavy-duty alloy cast iron ribbed
    construction, free of casting flaws and hard spots. Drums shall be mounted to assure adequate ventilation and to preclude
    conducting heat to the tires. Drum castings shall be true round and of uniform thickness to within 1/16 th inch. Drums shall
    be concentric with a pilot bore within .005 inch total indicator reading, or balanced to less than five inch-pounds. Drums
    must be capable of being machined 0.12 inch minimum over standard diameter.”

    Wheel bearing seals shall run on replaceable wear surfaces. Wheel bearing and hub seals shall be designed not to leak or
    weep lubricant for 50,000 miles when running on the operating profile.

    Brake Adjustment
    Disc brakes shall not require in-service adjustment and have brake wear indicators on each brake assembly.

    Slack adjusters for S-cam type brakes shall be automatically self-adjusting type Haldex or approved equal.

    Parking Brake
    The parking brake shall be spring applied and air released, controlled by manual valve (Bendix or approved equal) and
    shall be mounted on a pedestal to the left of driver’s seat. The pedestal shall be 12 inches high measured from the floor of
    operator’s platform. MUNI shall approve location.

              The parking brake system shall hold the coach loaded to GVWR in both forward
              and rearward directions on a 21 percent grade, and shall be capable of locking the
              braked wheels on a surface with a skid number of .75 at speeds up to 20 mph.
              This brake shall comply with FMVSS-121 requirements. A separate “Parking
              Brake Applied” Reference Section 4.1.3 (Indicators) indicator with audible alarm
              shall be provided on the panel and it shall:
   Activate an audible warning alarm and blinking warning lights if the parking brake is not
    applied and the Master Run Switch is set to the Off position.
      Illuminate the “Parking Brake Applied” indicator upon activation of the control.                                             Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
  Anti-Lock Braking System with Traction Control
  The coach shall be equipped with all-wheel anti-lock braking system (ABS), preferably with Traction Control, by
  Rockwell, Wabco or approved equal. The Contractor shall provide complete performance data and system design of the
  brake system with ABS. The design shall be approved by MUNI. ABS brake diagnostic cartridge, if required, shall be
  supplied by the Contractor in accordance with Attachment 12, (Special Tools List). All essential information and
  equipment needed to test, troubleshoot and repair the brake system controller shall be provided to MUNI by the contractor.
  This information and equipment shall encompass the system on the coach and the repair of the individual sub assemblies
  down to the components on the printed circuit boards of the sub assemblies.

  Hill Holder
  An automatic hill holder system incorporated in the propulsion system is encouraged. A conventional hill holder system
  shall be incorporated into the braking system if an automated system is not utilized. If configured for manual operation,
  control of the hill holder shall be a spring-loaded, guarded switch, which is normally “off,” located to the left of the
  operator. Activation of the switch shall engage the same rear service brake system as the interlock system described in
  Section 4.1.4.2 (Interlock). Regardless of whether the hill holder is configured for automatic or manual operation,
  accelerator operation shall not be affected by activation of the hill holder. Activation of the hill holder shall light the
  brake lamps and prevent roll back.

  Brake Jerk
  Jerk, the rate of change of acceleration measured at the centerline, floor level of the coach shall be minimized throughout
  acceleration and regenerative braking or other methodologies of auxiliary braking and shall be no greater than 0.3 g/sec.
  For a duration of a quarter-second or more.

46 REGENERATIVE BRAKING
  Energy regeneration shall not cause the driver to lose control of the coach regardless of the surface coefficient () that the
  coach is being operated on. Total brake rate shall be 3.5 mph-s or otherwise approved by MUNI.

  Braking effort derived from energy regeneration or dynamic braking shall be blended with the standard air brake system
  such that the braking response of the vehicle is similar to that of a conventional diesel coach and requires no additional
  driver skill or training to operate than a conventional diesel coach. The regenerative brake controller shall be a full range
  control. Stepping controls are not permitted.

  Regenerative braking force shall remain consistent and predictable to the operator. The system shall be designed in a
  manner to effectively dissipate excess energy while providing consistent auxiliary braking.

47 AIR SYSTEM
  The coach air system shall operate all accessories and the braking system with reserve capacity. New coach shall not leak
  down more than five (5) psi as indicated on the instrument panel mounted air gauges, within 15 minutes from the point of
  governor cut-off. Air for the compressor shall be filtered through the main engine air cleaner system. The air system shall
  be equipped with check valve and pressure protection relief valve set at 150 psi to assure partial operation in case of line
  failures. Load and demand calculations shall be submitted to MUNI for approval.

  Provision shall be made to apply shop air to the coach air systems through Amflo CP2 female charging port or approved
  equal. These valves shall be conveniently located in the engine compartment, behind the front bumper, and just inside the
  front door and shall mount into a 3/8 –NPT fitting. Final locations of the valves shall be approved by MUNI during
  prototype review.

  Air Compressor
  The air compressor shall be Meritor Wabco or approved equal. The engine-driven air compressor shall have the capacity
  to charge the air system from 40 psi to the governor cutoff pressure in less than three (3) minutes while not exceeding the
  fast idle speed setting of the engine. The compressor output rating shall be dependent on the manufacturers calculations of
  the required volumes necessary for normal transit operation including but not limited to braking, door operation,
  windshield wiper operation, air suspension and all other components requiring pneumatic power. This calculation shall be
  presented and explained to MUNI personnel for approval prior to the build of the first coach.
Air Lines and Fittings
Air lines, except necessary flexible lines, shall conform to the installation and material requirements of SAE Standard
J1149 for copper tubing with standard brass flared or ball-sleeve fittings, or SAE Standard J844 for nylon tubing. The
routing shall preclude the nylon tubing from being subjected to temperatures over 200°F. Air lines shall be cleaned and
blown out before installation and shall be installed to minimize air leaks. All air lines shall be sloped toward a reservoir
where practical and routed to prevent water traps. Support all rigid and flexible lines at no more than 30 inches interval or
as per bus manufacturer’s standard supporting methods to prevent movement, flexing, tension strain and vibration. Nylon
tubing shall be installed in accordance with the following standard color coding:

                                                      TABLE 5.5.2

                           GREEN                           Primary brakes and supply
                             RED                                Secondary brakes
                           BROWN                                  Parking brake
                          YELLOW                          Compressor governor signal
                           BLACK                                   Accessories


Nylon lines may be grouped and shall be continuously supported and prevented from any movement, flexing, tension
strain, and vibration. Copper lines shall be prevented from touching one another or any component in the coach. To the
extent practicable and before installation, the copper lines shall be pre-formed on a fixture that prevents tube flattening or
excessive local strain. Copper lines shall be bent only once at any point, including pre-bending and installation, to avoid
fatigue of the tubing.

Flexible hoses shall be as short as practicable and individually supported. They shall not touch one another or any part of
the coach except for the supporting grommets. Grommets of bulkhead fittings shall protect the air lines at all points where
they pass through under structure components.

The compressor discharge line between the air compressor and the bulkhead shall be flexible convoluted copper or flexible
Teflon hose with a braided stainless steel jacket. The line between the bulkhead and the air dryer shall be rigid copper.
These lines shall have an inside diameter of one (1) inch, or as per the bus manufacturer’s piping design. End fittings shall
be standard SAE or JIC brass or steel flanged, reusable, swivel-type fittings.

Air Reservoirs
Air reservoir tanks shall supply air for the vehicle’s air suspension system, windshield wipers, door operating mechanism
and brake system. These air tanks can be mounted in the ceiling behind the interior fluorescent lights, easily accessible for
inspection and maintenance. The number of tanks required with a 25% reserve, sizes, mounting and final locations shall
be approved by MUNI.

All air reservoirs shall meet the requirements of FMVSS Standard 121 and SAE Standard J10 and shall be equipped with
clean-out plugs and guarded, protected or flush type drain valves. The primary reservoir or the wet tank shall be equipped
with an S.A.B. Auto Drain valve without heater, or a Haldex auto-moisture ejection valve or approved equal, as well as a
manual valve. Major structural members shall be provided to protect these valves from road hazards. Reservoirs shall be
sloped toward the drain valve.

Air Dryer
A Graham White “SludgeBraker” Air Dryer, or approved equal, is specified meeting the following salient characteristics:

 77)         Dryer shall be sized for the air system volume and compressor capacity                                              Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
78) Continuous flow capacity based on continuous inlet temperatures of 200*F
 79)         Twin tower desiccant style dryer capable of switching towers for regeneration                                       Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
 80)         Dryer shall have an ambient operating temperature range from –40*F to 150*F
 81)         Dryer shall have a filtration package that conditions the air before the towers. This includes a pre-filter for
    bulk carbon, oil and water removal and a coalescing filter with a 99.9% efficiency rating in addition to removal of
    water and oil aerosols down to .03 micron, and dirt and carbon down to .3 micron.
    82)        An automatic discharge for accumulated contaminants.

48 FUEL SYSTEM
  All fuel system components shall be designed to be used with diesel fuels currently being distributed in California. MUNI
  currently uses ultra low sulfur diesel (ULSD). All fuel lines, connectors, and system components shall be marine grade or
  approved equal in order to be compatible with modern alternative diesel fuels.

  Fuel Tank
  The fuel tank shall be securely mounted with anti-squeak strips to prevent movement during coach maneuvers, but shall be
  capable of being removed and reinstalled by a mechanic for cleaning or replacement in 3 hours or less. Fuel tank capacity
  shall meet the operating range specified in Section 6.9, (Operating Range). The fuel tank shall be equipped with an
  external hex-head brass drain plug. The drain plug shall be at least 1 inch minimum in size and shall be located at the
  lowest point of the tank. The tank shall have an inspection plate or removable filler neck to permit cleaning and inspection
  without its removal. The fuel tank shall be constructed of stainless steel.

  The tank shall be baffled internally to prevent fuel-sloshing noise regardless of fill level. The baffles and fuel pick-up
  location shall assure continuous full power operation on a 6 percent upgrade for 15 minutes, starting with no more than 25
  gallons of fuel over the unusable amount in the tank. The underside of the tank shall be protected from damage caused by
  road debris. The coach shall operate at idle on a six (6) percent downgrade for 30 minutes, starting with no more than 10
  gallons of fuel over the unusable amount in the tank. Design and location shall be approved by MUNI.

  Fuel Filler
  The fuel filler shall be Emco Wheaton Posi/SnapCap, Envirotech, or approved equal. It shall be provided approximately
  18 feet behind the front edge of the front bumper on the curbside of the coach. The filler shall accommodate a 1½-inch
  diameter nozzle and a fill rate of 40 gallons per minute without spitting back or causing the nozzle to shut off before the
  tank is full. The fuel filler neck shall be a straight pipe mounted at an angle of 45 degrees or as per the bus manufacturer’s
  standard fuel filler neck design. An audible signal shall indicate when the tank is essentially full. The fuel lines forward
  of the engine bulkhead shall be in conformance to SAE Standard J1149-Type 1 for copper tubing or SAE Standard J844
  for nylon tubing, which shall be color-coded orange.

  Fuel Control
  Any control mechanisms for automatic shut-off of the fuel system shall be subject to MUNI approval.

49 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
  All hydraulic systems shall demonstrate a mean time between repairs in excess of 50,000 miles. Hydraulic system service
  tasks shall be minimized, and scheduled no more frequently than those of other major coach systems. All elements of the
  hydraulic system shall be easily accessible for service or unit replacement. A priority system shall prevent the loss of
  power steering during operation of the coach if other devices are powered by the same hydraulic system.

  Filtering shall be provided as recommended by the manufacturers of the hydraulically powered units. Spin-on filters are
  preferred. Filters shall be provided to protect the hydraulic systems down to 10-micron from contamination. Indicators on
  the reservoirs shall allow visual detection of low hydraulic fluid level. Permanent diagnostic quick-coupler ports, or
  approved equal, shall be installed at all locations necessary to provide complete troubleshooting of all hydraulic systems.
  Filtering system shall be approved by MUNI.

  Hydraulic Lines
  Flexible lines shall be minimized in quantity and length. Necessary flexible hydraulic lines shall be Aeroquip 2807 or as
  recommended by the manufacturer. Lines of the same size and with the same fittings as those on other piping systems of
  the coach, but interchangeable, shall be tagged or marked for use on the hydraulic systems only. It shall not be possible to
  connect the input lines to the output lines.

  Hydraulic lines shall be individually and rigidly supported to prevent chafing damage, fatigue failures, and tension strain
  on the lines and fittings. Underbody lines shall be 304 stainless steel, rigidly mounted and routed separate from all other
  lines. Rigid tubing lines shall be continuous from the forward most bulkhead or cross member to rearmost bulkhead or
  cross member. Welded or NPT unions shall be permitted at maximum intervals of 20 feet for lines longer than 20 feet.
   Wheelchair Ramp Hydraulic System
   The wheelchair ramp shall have a separate 12-volt or 24-volt electric hydraulic drive.

50 FLUID LINES
   Fuel and oil lines within the engine compartment shall be rigidly and independently supported and shall be composed of
   steel tubing, where practicable. Flexible fluid lines shall be kept at a minimum and shall be as short as practicable. They
   shall be routed or shielded so that failure of a line shall not allow fuel or oil to spray or drain onto any component operable
   above the flash point of the fluid. Flexible lines shall be Teflon hoses with braided stainless steel jackets, except in
   applications where premium hoses are required, and shall have standard SAE or JIC brass or steel reusable swivel end
   fittings. Hoses shall be individually supported and shall not touch one another or any part of the coach. The fuel suction
   line shall be equipped with a check valve to aid restarting after fuel filter changes. High-pressure hydraulic lines shall be
   Aeroquip FC395, Aeroquip FC300, or approved equal.

51 WHEELS AND TIRES
   Wheels
   Wheels and rims shall be hub piloted and shall be aluminum one piece, made by Alcoa or approved equal. All wheels
   shall be machine finished and stamped with the following markings a) unique serial number, b) “Property of SF or MUNI
   on a non-stressed area. All wheels shall be interchangeable and shall be removable without a puller. Wheels shall be
   compatible with tires in size and load-carrying capacity. Front wheels and tires shall be spin balanced as an assembly
   utilizing weights specifically designed for aluminum wheels. Contractor shall provide one (1) spare wheel per coach.

   Tires
   Transit-type tires, leased by MUNI, will be furnished to the Contractor by MUNI. Arrangements will be made for tire
   delivery directly to the Contractor's plant. The Contractor shall mount and balance these tires and shall pay any
   transportation, duty, or other charges. The Contractor shall provide "plain" valve stem caps with each mounted tire. No
   valve stem tool will be permitted on the valve stem cap. Tire size to be provided by Muni is 305R70x22.5.

52 NOT USED
53 ELECTRONIC ODOMETER, HUB-MOUNTED
   Each coach shall be supplied with a Fleetwatch Model 392 or approved equal. The electronic odometer shall be
   programmable by the Contractor with vehicle information, initial life-to-date mileage, and tire size factor. It shall be
   sealed and mounted in a casing designed for and suitable for installation on a vehicle hub or axle. The electronic odometer
   shall be programmed to respond to a signal sent from a receiver unit or a portable hand-held unit and upon receipt of such
   signal shall transmit via radio frequency the actual vehicle number, miles to date, and tire factor to the receiver unit. The
   traction motor signal strength shall be adjustable. In addition, the electronic odometer shall transmit a voltage reading to
   show battery status.

   The contractor shall provide to MUNI all essential information and equipment needed to test, troubleshoot and repair the
   electronic odometer. This information and equipment shall encompass the system on the coach and repair of the individual
   sub assemblies down to the components on the printed circuit boards of the sub-assemblies.

   The contractor shall provide a Fleetwatch fixed reader and 10 Fleetwatch hand-held units for collecting fuel and mileage
   data from the Fleetwatch electric odometers in accordance with Attachment 12, (Special Tools List).

54 FIRE DETECTION /SUPPRESSION
   Contractor shall furnish and install a fully automatic fire detection and complete dry chemical fire suppression system. It
   shall be manufactured by Dual Spectrum, Ansul, Amerex, or approved equal.

   The automatic detection and activation system shall provide twenty-four (24) hour fire protection for the engine
   compartment and areas of the coach to be wetted by leaking flammable fluids. The system shall also provide both a
   manual and automatic means to pneumatically actuate the fire suppression system. The location of the manual actuation
   switch shall be approved by MUNI. Fire suppression system testing kit, if required, shall be supplied by the Contractor in
   accordance with Attachment 12, (Special Tools List).

   The system shall have a 30 pounds dry chemical agent or a 22 pounds purple “K” storage tank. Upon actuation of the
   system, pressurized gas shall be released from the expellant gas tank to pressurize and fluidize the dry chemical and propel
it out to the hazardous area. Two or more linear detection wires shall be installed in the coach. The system shall monitor
the heat levels and activate an overheat warning light in the driver’s compartment without discharging the fire
extinguisher, when the temperature returns to normal the overheated alarm shall be deactivated. Also provide appropriate
status and warning lights on the driver’s dashboard and audible fire detection warning. This alarm shall sound in both fire
and fault conditions. The system shall be false alarm immune from sunlight, flashlight, lightning (excluding a direct hit)
and welding arc. The sensor shall have a suppression monitor to determine that each individual component is correctly
installed. The system control module shall be fully programmable via laptop computer or PC. Programming features shall
include at lease the time delay cycles from fire detection to vehicle shutdown and from vehicle shutdown to fire
suppression system actuation. If a fire is detected, the detection/suppression system shall automatically:

 83)        Activate an audible warning alarm and warning lights.                                                             Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
 84)        Shut off and close off the ventilation system.
 85)        Shut off the engine fan.
 86)        Shut off the flow of hydraulic fluids.
 87)        Reduce engine power to slow the coach.
88) Flood the engine with sufficient dry chemical agent to extinguish the fire when either the vehicle speed falls below 15
    mph or after certain time delay, adjustable between zero (0) and 15 seconds.
                                            6     PROPULSION SYSTEM
55 PROPULSION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
    The coach shall be powered by a hybrid-electric diesel propulsion system. Function and operation of the coach shall be
    transparent to the Coach Operator and passengers. The prime contractor shall assure that the coach structure can
    successfully accept the installation of the propulsion system and be operated on a San Francisco duty-cycle for a period of
    12 years without a structural failure. At a minimum, APU shall comply with CCR, Title 13, section 1956.1 for both
    emissions and useful life requirements. The engine shall comply with CFR 40 section 86.090.25 (maintenance) and other
    applicable sections. The engine shall meet all requirements of the Technical Specifications. Durability of the engine and
    its components shall not be reduced and the performance requirements shall be met by operation on commercially
    available fuel.

56 PROPULSION SYSTEM SERVICE
    The propulsion system shall be arranged so that accessibility for all routine maintenance is assured. No special tools, other
    than dollies and hoists, shall be required to remove the APU or any subsystems. Two Coach Maintainers shall be able to
    remove, replace, and prepare the engine for service in less than 20 total combined man-hours. The exhaust system, air
    cleaner, air compressor, starter (if used), alternator, radiator, all engine accessories, and any other component requiring
    service or replacement shall be easily removable. Contractor shall provide all specialty tools and diagnostic equipment
    required for maintaining the Propulsion System in accordance with Attachment 12, (Special Tools List).

57 APU GENERATOR AND TRACTION MOTOR
The engine generator and traction motor may be configured in a variety of methods dependent upon type of drive, series or
parallel. The definition of motor in the context of this specification assumes the devices can provide or consume electrical
energy as well as either can provide or retard mechanical motion.

58 ENERGY STORAGE AND CONTROLLER
The energy storage system shall include a voltage equalization system designed to provide automatic real-time equalization of
voltage between individual energy storage devices within each module or enclosure. Design and performance shall be
approved by MUNI. Energy storage shall be of a commercial design capable of operating in the San Francisco transit
environment. Charging of the energy storage device shall be accomplished by on-board engine-generator and regenerative
braking. Reference Section 7.10 (Batteries and Energy Storage System).

In the event external, stationary chargers are required, Contractor shall provide chargers and all special tools required for
maintaining this requirement in accordance with Attachment 12, (Special Tools List).

59 PROPULSION CONTROLLER
    The hybrid system controller shall monitor system inputs and execute outputs as appropriate to control the operation of all
    hybrid devices. This controller may include or directly control power electronics necessary for operation of the engine,
    generator, traction motor, energy storage and other related hybrid devices. If available, the controller shall be capable of
    storing multiple (minimum 3) configuration/calibration files in an effort to facilitate optimizing drive parameters to a
    variety of route profiles. The configuration default file shall be based upon operator route selection via destination sign
    code and further optimization “on the fly” by toggling between parameters in an effort to optimize via changing route duty
    cycle profiles. The controller may include an automatic optimization in lieu of the manual toggling system

60 TOP SPEED
    The coach shall be capable of a top speed of 55 mph on a straight, level road at GVWR with all accessories operating.
    Reference Section 1.3, (Performance).

61 GRADABILITY
    Gradability requirements shall be met on grades with a dry commercial asphalt or concrete pavement. Reference Section
    1.3, (Performance).

62 ACCELERATION
    The minimum acceleration requirements are given in Section 1.3, (Propulsion System Performance).
63 OPERATING RANGE
The operating range of the coach in revenue service or equivalent operating cycle shall be in excess of 400 miles on a full tank
of fuel (example: operating on the 38 GEARY).

64 HYBRID SYSTEM
    Coaches shall have a Hybrid System unit which, except for the batteries, are designed to last the life of the coach, and
    which, coordinated with the engine and the rear axle drive ratio, enables the vehicle to achieve the required top speed,
    acceleration and hill climbing capability while still maintaining passenger comfort and providing a smooth ride. Hybrid
    System input torque rating shall exceed engine output torque. The Hybrid System shall be rated to operate at a minimum
    of the GVWR of the coach.

65 ENGINE
    The coach shall be powered by an engine to meet or exceed the performance requirements of this specification for the
    strenuous service requirements of public transportation in San Francisco. The engine should be optimized for use in the
    Hybrid System arrangement as well as in the areas of reliability, emissions, audible noise, and vibration.

 31.        The engine shall have diagnostic capability via a laptop computer. Remote communication is encouraged.                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
   Reference Section 9.3, (Vehicle Sub-systems Integration & Diagnostic Testing Requirements).
 32.        Piping or hoses containing fuel, oil, or other flammable liquid shall not be routed through wheel housings or
   bundled with electric wires.
 33.        Contractor shall provide all special tools required for maintaining and rebuilding the engine in accordance with
   Attachment 12, (Special Tools List).
 34.        An engine oil pressure gauge and coolant temperature gauge shall be provided in the engine compartment for ease
   of maintenance.
 35.        “Check engine” and “stop engine” lights and an audible alarm shall be provided at the operator’s dashboard area.
 36.        The ECM shall be capable of being programmed for shut down in the event of extended idle periods. MUNI will
   supply the coach manufacturer the time in minutes, which shall be programmed in the ECM to shut the engine off after
   extended idle.

    Emissions
    The coach shall meet or exceed all appropriate emission standards for use in transit service in the State of California,
    according to date of delivery, including any special circumstances requiring alternative regulatory compliance and/or
    testing. Complete vehicle or systems certification documentation shall be provided to MUNI, based on the CCR, Title 13,
    section 1956.1. This documentation will specify the role and regulatory responsibilities of the coach manufacturer and
    subsystem manufacturer(s). Any requirements must be approved by MUNI. Responsibility for all emissions and useful life
    requirements shall be born by the coach manufacturer or subsystem manufacturer(s) unless specifically detailed in the
    compliance plan and approved by MUNI.

    Vehicle emissions will be minimized with the most current emissions control equipment. The exhaust outlet shall be roof
    mounted and not increase the overall height of the coach. Exhaust gases and waste heat shall not be discharged on the
    curbside and shall be directed vertically away from the coach. Termination of the exhaust pipe shall comply with FMVSS
    108.

    Engine Firewall
    A fire resistant bulkhead (firewall) shall separate the passenger and engine compartments; the bulkhead shall preclude or
    retard propagation of an engine compartment fire into the passenger compartment. Any passageways for the climate
    control system air shall be automatically separated from the engine compartment by fireproof material when a fire is
    detected. All piping, connectors, fittings, engine access panels, fasteners shall be fabricated of fireproof material. These
    panels, their fasteners, and the firewall shall be constructed and reinforced to minimize warping that would compromise
    the integrity of the firewall during a fire.

    Mounting
    All propulsion system mountings shall be mechanically isolated to minimize transfer of vibration to the body structure and
    mounted in a failsafe manner that eliminates the opportunity for a catastrophic failure in the event of a structural failure.
    No special tools, other than dollies and hoists, shall be required to remove the APU sub-systems. Two experienced transit
  mechanics shall be able to remove, replace, and prepare the engine, traction motor and traction generator assembly for
  service in less than 30 total combined hours. Such an installation shall incorporate quick-disconnects for wiring, piping,
  and all mounting hardware for ease of removal.

  Engine Protection
  All components specified within this section shall be adequately protected from the weather. The engine shall be protected
  by an electronic control system recommended by the engine and Hybrid System manufacturers.

  The Engine Control Module (ECM) shall be equipped with self-diagnostic system as well as engine system protection and
  engine performance diagnostic as a minimum. The ECM shall retain/record an engine failure and which can be uploaded
  to a PC, laptop, or a diagnostic reader (D.R.) for evaluation/analysis. Two (2) D.R. plug-ins shall be provided for the D.R.,
  one shall be at the operator's dashboard and the second shall be at the engine run control box or compartment. Locations
  shall be approved by MUNI. Both plugs shall be permanently affixed to the coach for ease of plug-in. The option to
  include remote diagnostic communication is encouraged. All coaches shall complete all ECM programming prior to
  delivery.

  Propulsion System Interlocks
  The electronic foot pedal accelerator shall be interlocked (disabled) when:

37.       Any door of the coach is activated by the operator door control (4.1.4.2 Interlock)                                      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
38.       The coach kneeling system is activated
39.       The wheelchair ramp is activated, not stowed and locked completely or as indicated by Federal or California State
  Regulations.
40.       Propulsion system interlock arrangement and control shall be approved by MUNI.

  Engine Override Button
  If the propulsion system cannot operate without the engine running and an engine failure has occurred, the operator shall
  receive a 30-second warning that an engine failure has been sensed and that a system shutdown will occur. An engine
  override shall be provided that will allow the propulsion system to continue to operate for at least an additional 60 seconds
  before the system shuts down, to give the operator additional time to move the vehicle. The momentary override button
  (with cover) or guarded toggle switch shall automatically return to the off position when released. The design and location
  of the override button shall be approved by Muni.

  MUNI prefers that the vehicle be capable of returning (without passengers) to a coach maintenance division without the
  use of an engine. The ability for the vehicle to operate in engine-off mode shall be appropriately optimized and subject to
  MUNI approval.

  Starter
  The starting switch shall be controlled by an electric push button and shall only be activated when the Master Run Switch
  is in the on position. If a conventional engine starter is needed, MUNI requires an electric starter system; the starter shall
  have a pre-engaged drive, which will engage into the ring gear before the motor begins to turn. The electric start system
  shall be warranted for three (3) years or 150,000 miles. All mounting and cables locations shall be approved by MUNI.

  Lubrication
  The manufacturer shall install a "Probalyzer", or approved equal, mini gauge oil sampling system on the engine. Location
  shall be approved by MUNI.

  6.11.9Not Used                                                                                                                   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering


  Cooling System
  The cooling system shall be lead free and shall operate using water-based fluids only. The cooling system shall be
  designed to maintain the radiator top tank inlet temperature below 225°F under the following combined-circumstances: a)
  the coach loaded to GVWR and ambient temperature up to 115°F, b) Maximum heat rejected from the engine, traction
  motor and traction generator, and all other liquid cooled subsystems, c) The radiator is 15% clogged. The pressure type
  cooling system shall not permit boiling or coolant loss during the operations described above. The Contractor shall submit
  an analysis verifying cooling system capabilities to MUNI. Design and locations shall be approved by MUNI. The
  cooling system shall include but not be limited to the following requirements:

41.       Engine thermostats shall be easily accessible for replacement.                                                          Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
42.       Equipped with a properly sized water filter with a spin-on, disposable, borate element filter.
43.       All shutoff valves shall be ¼ turn
44.       Filter replacement without coolant loss.
45.       Valves shall permit complete shutoff of lines for both the heating and defroster units.
46.       All low points in the water-based cooling system shall be equipped with drain cocks.
47.       All high points in the cooling system shall be vented to the surge tank.
48.       If an air to air after cooler is required, MUNI specifies a side by side with the radiator design.
49.       The cooling system shall be filled with an approved non-ethylene-glycol rust inhibitor approved by the engine
  manufacturer.

  If climatic conditions require shipping coaches with ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze, the Contractor shall, off MUNI
  property and prior to delivery, legally dispose of the antifreeze and replace it with the specified fluid.

  The coach manufacturer shall test the design of the cooling system insuring it meets the requirements of the engine
  manufacturer for cooling capabilities along with de-aeration and maintainability of the system. MUNI requires the engine
  manufacturer provide representation during the testing and documentation of the prototype coach. This installation and
  cooling system documentation should be reviewed and approved by the engine manufacturers engineering staff prior to
  manufacture of the first production coach.

      Radiator
  Radiator shall be Modine, Diesel Radiator Corp., Long, G&O, or approved equal. Radiator shall utilize lead free
  construction. MUNI prefers down-flow radiators. Fins shall be extra strength copper, flat dimpled style. Louvered fins
  are not acceptable. Drain cock location shall be such so that it will not sustain damage by road hazards while being easily
  accessible by a mechanic.

  Radiator top and bottom brass (stress relieved) or stainless steel tanks shall be bolted using one-piece gaskets and finished
  with high heat prime & enamel paint. The radiator shall be of durable corrosion-resistant construction. An identification
  tag with the manufacturer’s name, part number, and date of manufacture must be soldered to the face of the radiator core

  Radiator piping shall be seamless stainless steel or brass tubing, and hoses if absolutely necessary shall be silicone. A
  tight fit between fins and tubes are required, zero clearance between the outer wall of the tube and elongated fin holes.

      Surge Tank
  A stainless steel surge tank with a sight glass shall be mounted above the radiator. The surge tank shall include a manual
  pressure relief valve, an automatic cooling system pressure control system, coolant filler, a low coolant sensor, and
  provisions for adequate de-aeration of the cooling system. A spring-loaded, push-button type or lever type valve to safely
  release pressure or vacuum in the cooling system shall be provided. The sight glass, coolant fill location, and the valve
  shall be accessible and clearly visible from the exterior of the coach through a separate access door without opening the
  main engine compartment door. The bottom of the surge tank shall be above all of the rest of the cooling system. The
  surge tank shall be certified by the engine manufacture.

      Cooling Fan
  A thermostatically controlled cooling fan shall be installed that provides a variable fan speed reducing engine load and
  maximizing fuel economy. The cooling fan and control system are subject to MUNI review and approval.

      Cooling System and Charge Air Hoses
  Hoses shall be copper or premium silicone-rubber type, impervious to all coach fluids. Hoses shall be secured with heavy-
  duty Oetiker clamps, Breeze, or approved equal, with one (1) or two (2) clamps per connection.
  Engine Piping
  Stainless steel piping shall be provided throughout the cooling and exhaust system. Aluminized steel piping shall be
  provided throughout the air intake charger system.

  Service
  The muffler, exhaust system, air cleaner, air compressor, starter (if used), alternator, radiator, cooling system surge tank,
  all accessories, and any other component requiring service or replacement shall be identified at the design review. Each
  coach shall be designed to facilitate the disassembly, re-assembly, servicing or maintenance by use of tools and items,
  which are normally available as commercial standard items. Any special tools must have the approval of MUNI.

      Fillers
  Engine oil and coolant filler caps shall be hinged to the filler neck and closed with spring pressure or positive locks. All
  filler locations shall be approved by MUNI and they shall be properly labeled. All fillers shall be accessible with standard
  funnels, pour spouts, and automatic dispensing equipment. All lubricant sumps shall be fitted with Femco Dripless Drain
  Plug or approved equal.

      Filters
  The engine, traction motor and traction generator shall be equipped with sufficient heavy-duty fuel, air, and oil filters for
  efficient operation and for engine, traction motor and traction generator protection between scheduled filter changes. The
  filters shall be of the spin-on, disposable type. All filters shall be easily accessible and the filter bases shall be plumbed to
  assure correct reinstallation. The secondary fuel filter housing shall be fitted with a pipe plug to check the fuel pressure.
  The plug shall have an external hex head of standard size.

  The engine air intake shall be equipped with a dry type air filter. The filter and housing shall be sized to meet the engine
  manufacturers recommendations for air volume in CFM. The housing shall have a one-way vented port to allow for the
  drain of moisture. The housing shall be isolator mounted and utilize a minimal amount of bends and angles either on the
  inlet or outlet hose and piping. A manually re-settable filter restriction gauge shall be mounted per the engine
  manufacturers recommendations in the delivery pipe. The pipe shall have a threaded boss welded in to accommodate the
  replacement of the threaded indicator.

  The engine coolant system will have a coolant filter meeting the requirements of the engine manufacturer.

  Accessories
  Wherever appropriate, all engine-driven accessories shall be gear-driven, without adapters, directly from the engine and
  shall be unit-mounted for quick removal and repair. Accessory drive systems shall operate without failure or unscheduled
  adjustment for 50,000 miles. These accessories shall be driven at speeds sufficient to assure adequate system performance
  during extended periods of idle and low route speeds typical of MUNI operation. Belt guards shall be provided for all
  belts.

66 DRIVE SHAFT
  The drive shaft and universal joints shall be heavy-duty type. The drive shaft shall be guarded to prevent it from striking
  the floor of the coach or the ground in the event of a tube or universal joint failure. Universal joints and drive shaft slip
  joints shall have separate grease fitting accessible by a standard grease gun. The drive shaft assembly, mounting and
  components are required to be approved by MUNI.

67 GEAR RATIO
  The gear ratio shall provide the coach with the ability to maximize acceleration and climbing while still maintaining the
  ability to achieve the maximum specified speed and meets the performance of these specifications. Reference Section 1.3,
  (Propulsion System Performance). The final drive gear ratio requires MUNI review and approval.

68 HEAT EXCHANGER
  The traction motor and traction generator shall have an external SERCK, Modine, or approved equal heat exchanger that
  utilizes coolant from the engine cooling system. The heat exchanger shall be located in an accident-free area.

  In the event the traction motor or generator is air-cooled, the cooling system ductwork, fans, filtration and control shall be
  constructed meeting the OEM motors recommendations.
69 LUBRICATION
  Traction motor and traction generator shall have an oil sampling device compatible with the Probalyzer system or
  approved equal. The location of the sampling plug requires MUNI review and approval.
                                                   7    ELECTRICAL
  The coach shall be equipped with a Programmable Logic Control (PLC) system that is computer based and completely
  modular. All electrical components or equipment shall comply with all the following subsections.

70 POWER REQUIREMENT
  The electrical power system shall supply a nominal 12 and 24 volts of direct current (DC). Consumable items, such as
  light bulbs, shall be supplied at a nominal 12 volts DC or 24 volts DC, and headlamps at a nominal 12 volts DC. An
  isolated and dedicated control circuit and an isolated and dedicated line feed circuit with a continuous load rating of at
  least 150% of the engine and propulsion system control system current demand shall be provided. Precautions shall be
  taken to minimize hazards to service personnel. The power-generating system shall be rated sufficiently higher than the
  total possible electrical load to maintain the charge on the batteries at all operating conditions including the engine at idle.
  Manual reset circuit breakers or fuses shall protect all circuits, except for those involved in propulsion system start-up.
  Fuses shall be used only where it can be demonstrated that circuit breakers are not practicable. All fuses and circuit
  breakers shall be easily accessible for replacement or reset by being located in areas where special equipment (ladder or
  hoist) is not required for service or reset. Precautions shall be taken to minimize hazards to service personnel. All manual
  reset circuit breakers shall provide visual trip indicators and manual on/off trip functions to aid in isolating circuits for
  troubleshooting.

71 CIRCUIT PROTECTION
  All circuits and circuit branches (except starter solenoid, headlamp and battery 12 & 24-volt feeds to the driver's apparatus
  panel) shall be protected by manual reset circuit breakers. Manual reset circuit breakers that are critical to the operation of
  the coach shall be mounted with visible indication of open circuits. The exceptions shall be protected by automatic reset
  circuit breakers. Fuses shall be used only where it can be demonstrated that circuit breakers are not practicable, and they
  shall be easily accessible for replacement. All wire shall be rated as high as the protection (circuit breaker) for that circuit.
  Circuit breaker connections shall be crimped and soldered on both sides of the breaker -- rosin core electrical solder shall
  be used. All wiring shall have insulation protection rated for utilization in environments up to 125 degrees C.

72 GROUNDING
  Redundant grounds shall be used for all electrical equipment, except where it can be demonstrated that redundant grounds
  are not feasible or practicable. One ground may be the coach body and framing. Grounds shall not be carried through
  water piping, hinges, bolted joints (except those specifically designed as electrical connectors). Electrical equipment shall
  not be located in an environment that will reduce the performance or shorten the life of the component or electrical system.
  Major wiring harnesses shall not be located under the coach floor, and under-floor wiring shall be eliminated to the extent
  practicable. Wiring and electrical equipment necessarily located under the coach shall be insulated from water, heat,
  corrosion, and mechanical damage, and shall be contained in sealed conduit.

73 SHIELDING
  All wiring that requires shielding shall meet the following minimum requirements. A shield shall be generated by
  connecting to a ground, which is sourced from a power distribution coach bar or chassis. A shield shall be connected at
  one location only, typically at one end of the cable. However certain standards or special requirements, such as SAE
  J1939 or RF applications, have separate shielding techniques that shall also be used as applicable. Note: A shield grounded
  at both ends forms a ground loop, which can cause intermittent control or faults. When using shielded or coaxial cable,
  upon stripping of the insulation, the metallic braid shall be free from frayed strands, which can penetrate the insulation of
  the inner wires. To prevent the introduction of noise, the shield shall not be connected to the common side of a logic
  circuit.

74 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
  All electrical components, including switches, relays, flashers, and circuit breakers, shall be heavy-duty designs. These
  components shall be the longest lasting commercially available, and designed to last the service life of the coach. Any
  manual - reset circuit breaker critical to the operation of the coach shall be mounted in a location convenient to the
  operator and provide visible indication of open circuits. All electric motors shall be heavy-duty type, with a constant duty
  rating of no less than 240,000 hours. Electric motors shall be located for easy replacement. Electronic circuit protection
  for the cranking motor shall be provided to protect engaging of the motor for more than 30 seconds at a time.
75 MODULAR DESIGN
  Design of the electrical system shall be modular so that a major component, apparatus panel, or wiring bundle is easily
  separable with standard hand tools or by means of connectors. Each module, except the main body wiring harness, shall
  be removable and replaceable in less than 30 minutes by a transit mechanic. Power plant wiring shall be an independent
  wiring module. Replacement of the engine compartment wiring module(s) shall not require pulling wires through any
  bulkhead or removing any terminals from the wires.

76 WIRING, TERMINALS
  All lamp sockets shall be of two-wire design with Cannon-Shearson or equal disconnects to eliminate corrosion or ground
  problems. To facilitate servicing, all lamp wires shall have leaders of at least six (6) inches.

  All wiring between major electrical components and terminations shall have double electrical insulation, shall be
  waterproof, and shall conform to specification requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J1127 and J1128. Except as
  interrupted by the master battery disconnect switch, battery and starter wiring shall be continuous cables grouped
  numbered and/or color-coded with connections secured by bolted terminals, and shall conform to the specification
  requirement of SAE Standard J1127-Type SGT, SGX or SXL, and SAE recommended Practice J541. MUNI prefers that a
  minimum of eight (8) colors be used and that no one color be repeated within a single harness. Wiring numbers shall be
  hot-stamped every six (6) inches. Any other wire number identification methods require Muni approval. Installation shall
  permit ease of replacement. All wiring harnesses over five (5) feet long and containing at least five (5) wires shall include
  15% excess wires for spares that are the same size as the largest wire in the harness, excluding the battery cables. Wiring
  harnesses shall not contain wires of different voltages unless all wires within the harness are sized to carry the current and
  insulated for the highest voltage wire in the harness. Ground harnesses, except for battery cables, shall be neutral or off-
  white in color.

  Double insulation shall be maintained as close to the terminals as possible. The requirement for double insulation shall be
  met by sheathing all wires and harnesses with nonconductive rigid or flexible conduit. Strain-relief fittings shall be
  provided at points where wiring enters all electrical components. Grommets of elastomeric material shall be provided at
  points where wiring penetrates metal structure outside of electrical enclosures. Any clamps used throughout the electrical
  system shall be stainless steel and of aircraft-type quality and shall be "dipped". Wiring supports shall be nonconductive.
  Precautions shall be taken to avoid damage from heat, water, solvents, or chafing. Wiring length shall allow replacement
  of end terminals twice without pulling, stretching, or replacing the wire. Except for large wires such as battery cables,
  terminals shall be crimped to the wiring and may be soldered only if the wire is not stiffened above the terminal and no
  flux residue remains on the terminal. Terminals shall be corrosion-resistant full ring type or interlocking lugs with
  insulating ferrules. "T" splices may be used when there is less than 25,000 circular mills of copper in the cross-section, a
  mechanical clamp is used in addition to solder on the splice; the wire supports no mechanical load in the area of the splice,
  and the wire is supported to prevent flexing.

  All connectors shall be locking type, keyed, and of sealed and watertight variety unless located in watertight enclosure.
  Connectors adjacent to each other shall use different inserts, different orientations, or other means to prevent cross-
  connection. Connectors shall be common, weather pack, Deutsch, Packard Electric, AMP or Ameriline, aircraft quality,
  self-aligning, or approved equal.

77 ENCLOSURES AND JUNCTION BOXES
  All relays, controllers, flashers, circuit breakers, and other electrical components shall be grouped according to voltage and
  mounted in easily accessible junction boxes. The boxes shall be sealed to prevent moisture from normal sources,
  including engine compartment cleaning, from reaching the electrical components and shall prevent what may occur inside
  the box from propagating outside the box. The components and circuits in the main boxes shall be identified and their
  locations shall be permanently recorded on a schematic drawing glued to or printed on the inside of the box cover or door.
  The drawing shall be protected from oil, grease, fuel, and abrasion. The front junction box shall be completely serviceable
  from the street side exterior of the coach, or from inside the header over the operator's seat. It shall be replaceable as a unit
  in less than 15 minutes by a single transit mechanic. A rear start and run control box shall be mounted in an accessible
  location in the engine compartment. The run control box shall contain: 1) a starter pushbutton, 2) engine oil pressure
  gauge, 3) traction motor oil temperature gauge, 4) traction generator oil temperature gauge 5) coolant temp gauge, 6)
  sealed, coach data port connector, 7) ignition switch (front/rear/disable options). Enclosures and junction boxes shall meet
  NEMA 4 requirements.
78 MULTIPLEX WIRING SYSTEM
  The electrical system shall be controlled by “MULTIPLEX” programmable logic controller, which shall be an Allen
  Bradley SLC 500, Dinex, Vansco or approved equal and shall be located in a sealed compartment. Contractor shall
  provide complete details of the design of the PLC system during the design review. Versatility and future expansion shall
  be provided for by system architecture. Multiplex Wiring System shall provide and distribute power to ensure satisfactory
  performance of all electrical components. The system shall be capable of monitoring and recording all coach systems
  including, but not limited to, passenger counts, door operation, ramp operation, engine, energy storage system, traction
  motor and traction generator. Reference Section 7.6, modular design. The system shall store and retrieve data for the
  mechanical and electrical functions of the coach. All electrical and all electronic devices sub-systems and components
  shall be repairable and maintainable by MUNI. MUNI shall be granted a no cost license to utilize the software as long as
  the coach remains in service. MUNI shall be provided with the ability to make configuration changes to the software such
  as adding, deleting, or re-characterizing devices on the multiplex system, without having to go back to the supplier for
  software changes. Any associated devices required for reprogramming the coach should be identified with special
  equipment, training, and manuals included as part of the coach purchase.

  The components of the multiplex system shall be of modular design thereby providing for ease of replacement by
  maintenance personnel. The modules shall be easily accessibly for troubleshooting electrical failures and performing
  system maintenance. Each module shall be shielded to prevent interference by EMI and RFI; and shall utilize LEDs to
  indicate circuit integrity and assist in rapid circuit diagnostics and verification of the load and wiring integrity. Each
  circuit shall be capable of providing a current a load of no less than 2 Amperes. The internal controls shall be a solid-state
  device providing an extended service life. Wiring for data coach node module power shall consist of three, 22 gage or
  larger, UL approved, shielded, twisted pairs.

  Protection to each individual circuit shall be provided. An automatic test system integral to the multiplexing shall be
  provided. A single test button mounted on a panel at the driver’s compartment area, upon activation, will provide a system
  check of the circuits. Where necessary, a single test button shall be provided on a panel at the driver’s compartment area,
  which upon activation, will provide a system check of the circuits. The system shall be hosted on an IBM-compatible
  personal computer as well as a hand held field diagnostic unit capable of reading the network data, control function and
  address data, or function code. The mechanic shall be able to use either unit to check coach wire function. Laptop
  computer programmer and maintenance reader shall be supplied by the Contractor in accordance with Attachment 12,
  Special Tools List.

  The contractor shall provide MUNI all essential information and identify equipment needed to test, troubleshoot and repair
  the Multiplex system controller. This information and equipment shall encompass the system on the coach and the repair
  of the individual sub assemblies down to the components on the circuit board of the sub assemblies.

79 BATTERIES AND ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM
  Traction Energy Storage System
  The traction energy storage system shall be composed of batteries and/or other energy storage devices, along with
  associated power electronics interface and controls, diagnostic systems, and environmental controls. This system shall be
  designed to provide a load-leveling function for the engine/generator in the hybrid propulsion system. The energy storage
  devices used, and their arrangement shall be selected and sized to meet coach performance specifications and design goals,
  including: vehicle reliability, reduced exhaust emissions, improved vehicle fuel economy, long cycle life, low life-cycle
  cost, safety, maintainability, durability, and simple, robust diagnostics. The design and projected unit life of the energy
  storage system shall be optimized in order to reduce life cycle costs to a minimum while maintaining full system reliability
  throughout.

  Individual energy storage devices (batteries, ultra-capacitors) shall be packaged in one or more modules, which shall be
  mounted in an enclosure(s) that permits ease of servicing. The enclosure shall prevent any leaked substance from
  escaping. The energy storage system and enclosure(s) shall be designed to minimize shock hazard to maintenance
  personnel. Access to individual devices within each module shall be through two covers or panels. Hazard warnings shall
  be visible on the inner cover or panel and hazard warnings shall remain visible with both covers open. Individual devices
  within a module, or the entire module, shall be replaceable within 1 hour. Contractor and MUNI shall perform hazard
  assessment and develop a procedure to replace individual devices within a module and entire modules.

  The PCS shall include a management system to monitor and control the operating conditions within each energy storage
  system module, including voltage, current, and temperature. This system shall include an over-current and an over-
  temperature protection feature that disconnects current to and from the energy storage modules in the event of an over-
  temperature or over-current condition.

  The energy storage system shall include a voltage equalization system that will provide real-time equalization of voltage
  between individual energy storage devices within each module. This equalization function shall be accomplished
  automatically, and shall not require manual intervention by the coach operator or maintenance personnel.

  The propulsion system shall be designed so that the energy storage system shall not require regular external charging from
  the electric grid. Connection to the external electric grid is acceptable for periodic maintenance (not more frequently than
  once per month), if required. If such periodic maintenance is required, the energy storage system shall be designed so that
  the required maintenance tasks can be accomplished with minimal labor, without requiring a maintainer to access the roof
  of the coach and without requiring a maintainer to open the energy storage module enclosure(s). The contractor shall
  provide all special equipment required to perform these maintenance tasks. Such equipment shall be designed to be
  compatible with the electric service typically found in a coach depot (110v or 208v 3 phase; no more than 50 amp circuit;
  standard connectors). The contractor shall provide MUNI all essential information and identify equipment needed to test,
  troubleshoot and repair the energy storage system. This information and equipment shall encompass the system on the
  coach and the repair of the individual sub assemblies down to the components on the circuit board of the sub assemblies.

  Low Voltage Batteries
  At least two GNB 8D lead-acid batteries, Deka 908D batteries, or approved equal, conforming to SAE Standard J537 shall
  be provided. Batteries shall be of premium construction and shall be fitted with threaded stud terminals. They shall bear
  an initial warranty date no earlier than 60 days prior to coach manufacture. In the event of a temporary failure of the
  battery charging system, the low voltage batteries shall be able to maintain an adequate charge to operate the low voltage
  control system and the interior lighting system for a minimum of two hours. Positive and negative terminals shall have
  different size studs, or the battery terminals and cables shall be arranged to prevent incorrect installation. Battery
  terminals shall be located for access in less than 30 seconds with jumper cables. Battery cables shall be flexible and
  sufficiently long to reach the batteries in the extended tray position without stretching or pulling on any connection.
  Cables shall not lie on top of the batteries, and shall be sheathed and wrapped to prevent corrosion. The battery terminals
  and cables shall be color-coded with red for the primary positive and black for negative.

  The battery tray shall be made of 304 stainless steel and shall pull out easily and properly support the batteries during
  service, filling by manual or automatic equipment, inspection of water levels, and replacement. In the normal position, the
  battery tray shall not be supported by rollers. A positive lock shall retain the battery tray in the normal position. Batteries
  shall be easily accessible for inspection, serviceable only from outside the coach, securely mounted on a sliding or swing
  out stainless steel tray, treated to prevent corrosion and be readily accessible for servicing, under the coach floor and
  separate from the engine compartment. The battery containment area shall be vented to the outside allowing for the
  mitigation of fumes from gassing batteries and provisions made for the drainage of cleaning liquid. The containment area
  access door shall be able to be opened without the use of a special key.

  A polarized lug mating with Anderson power products #6320G1 or approved equal shall be provided inside the battery
  compartment and adjacent to, but no further outboard than, the batteries.

80 MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
  A master battery switch shall be provided for complete disconnection from all coach electrical systems. The master
  battery switch shall be located in an outside compartment, which requires no tool(s) to access. The location of the master
  battery switch shall be clearly identified on the access panel and be accessible in less than 10 seconds for activation. The
  master switch shall be capable of carrying and interrupting the total circuit load. Opening the master switch with the
  power plant operating shall not damage any component of the electrical system.

81 ALTERNATOR
  The alternator shall be sized to supply the entire nighttime operating electrical load of the coach while providing at least 20
  percent of its current output for battery charging when the battery is fully discharged. The alternator shall be a Delco
  Remy 50-DN oil-cooled with an external Delco Remy electronic, fully transistorized adjustable regulator, Neihoff 703 air-
  cooled, or approved equal.

  The Contractor shall provide an analysis, approved by MUNI, demonstrating that the alternator supplied is adequate for
  coach operation in the service area of MUNI. Alternator cooling methods shall be approved by MUNI.
   The Contractor shall provide evidence that an average transit mechanic shall be able to replace the alternator in one (1)
   hour or less.

82 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC NOISE
   Electrical and electronic subsystems and components shall not emit directly or indirectly electromagnetic radiation that
   will cause undesirable electrical and electronic noise interference on radio and television transmission and reception,
   radiation at unsafe levels, or radiation that will cause undesirable responses, degraded performance, or malfunction of
   equipment. This includes but is not limited to the following systems and equipment.

 50.        Commercial radio and television transmission and reception                                                         Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

 51.        FCC and official local and state radio and television transmission and reception

 52.        Onboard equipment supplied by MUNI or by the Contractor

 53.        Pacemakers and other implanted medical devices.

   The performance of the coach shall not be degraded by electromagnetic interference from external sources. The coaches
   shall meet all applicable FCC and FTA requirements in addition to the following standards and guidelines listed below:

 54.       Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Procedure for Measuring RF Emissions from Computing Devices                 Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
   and meet part 15 of FCC regulations

 55.        MIL-STD-461D - Requirements for the Control of Electromagnetic Interference Emissions and Susceptibility

 56.        MIL-STD-462D - Measurement of Electromagnetic Interference Characteristics

 57.        American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) (See ATTACHMENT 8)

 58.       UMTA-MA-06 0153-10 (DOT-TSC-UMTA-88-1) Radiated Interference in Rapid Transit Systems Volume I:
   Theory & Data

 59.       UMTA-MA-06-0153-11 (DOT-TSC-UMTA-87-4) Radiated Interference in Rapid Transit Systems, Volume II:
   Suggested Test Procedures

 60.        SAE Recommended Practice ARP 1393: “Electromagnetic Compatibility and Interference Control for Rapid
   Transit Vehicles”

   The Contractor shall submit an EMI/EMC Control Plan or test report for MUNI review and approval prior to submittal of
   final drawings. The plan shall delineate the manner in which EMI and EMC will be mitigated and meet the requirements
   in this section.
                           8     MATERIALS AND OVERALL WORK QUALITY
83 MATERIALS
   All materials used in the construction of the coach and all of its parts shall be in accordance with the stated specification or
   description unless written approval for substitution is obtained. All materials shall comply with the standards established
   by ASTM, SAE, or similar association standards. Materials used shall be duplicated in manufacture, design, and
   construction on each coach and be marked so as to be readily identified.

   Whenever under the Contract Documents it is provided that the Contractor shall furnish materials or manufactured
   components or shall do Work for which no detailed specifications are set forth, the Work performed shall be in full
   conformity and harmony with the intent to secure the best standards of manufacture in the Work as a whole or in part. No
   advantage shall be taken by the Contractor in the omission of any part or detail which goes to make the coach complete
   and ready for service, even though such part or detail is not mentioned in the Specifications or in the Contractor’s
   approved design.

   Foreign matter such as shavings, chips, etc., shall be completely removed from all parts of the coach whether hidden or
   exposed.

   I.       All lumber shall be thoroughly kiln dried, free from knots and shall be of clear, straight grain, dressed on all sides.
   II.      All painted aluminum sheets shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated on the inside and outside with zinc-chromate
        protective paint prior to assembly in coach.
   III.     All joints shall be protected by application of a zinc-chromate metallic compound at assembly.
   IV.      In the event wood is used for the flooring, the sub floor material shall be 3/4 inch plywood seven (7) ply Marine
        grade with no voids, wet dry rot resistant.
   V.       All bolts, nuts, washers and exposed linkage shall be stainless steel or zinc plated (where applicable) to prevent
        corrosion. Contractor shall submit certification that all bolts on the coaches are in compliance with SAE Standard
        J429.

   Hazardous Materials
   It shall be the design objective to eliminate from the coaches all materials that are or may become hazardous to passengers,
   operators, or maintenance personnel. Of particular concern are materials that produce toxic smoke or gases when heated,
   possibly due to an accidental fire or when bodywork using welding equipment or cutting torches is necessary. No parts on
   the coach shall contain asbestos or PCBs. The Contractor shall provide for MUNI approval of the material safety data
   sheets (MSDS) of any hazardous materials or fluids that must be used in the construction, operation or maintenance of the
   vehicle. MUNI has the option to reject the use of any hazardous materials proposed for use on the vehicles.

   Consumables
   The following list of consumable items shall be available in the United States. Should any consumable items be of foreign
   manufacture, they should be available and stocked in the United States based on mutually agreed upon inventory levels:

 61.        Engine air filters                                                                                                        Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

 62.        Ventilating air filters

 63.        Fuel, water and oil filters

 64.        Belts

 65.        Lamps

 66.        Fuses

 67.        Brake lining material

 68.        Hoses and lines – air, coolant and hydraulic

 69.        Wire terminations and connectors
 70.        Air bags

 71.        Brake Drums

 72.        Suspension bushings

 73.        Wiper blades

   Any similar items shall also meet the above requirements. Any exceptions require the prior approval of MUNI.

84 OVERALL WORK QUALITY
   Overall work quality shall be of the best grade and shall conform in all respects to the best practice in the industry.

   Material and equipment shall be new and of a quality equal to that specified or accepted as the best industry practice.
   Mechanical, electrical and electronic equipment and components shall be the products of manufacturers of established
   good reputations regularly engaged in the fabrication of such equipment and components.

   The work shall be executed in conformity with the best-accepted standard practice of the trade so as to contribute to
   maximum efficiency if operation, accessibility, pleasing appearance and minimum cost of maintenance.

   The fit and finish of the exterior and interior components shall be to the best of the industry standards of the automotive
   trade.

   Welding
   Welding procedures, welding materials, and qualifications of welding personnel shall be in accordance with the current
   standards of the ASTM and AWS. Work performed outside or in the U.S. must conform to U.S. welding standards as
   approved by MUNI. Where metal is welded to metal, the contact surfaces shall be free of scale, grease, and paint.

   Mechanical Fastening
   No protruding screws, mounting bolts, or similar items shall be permitted in the interior or the exterior of the coach.
   Fasteners not exposed to passengers on the inside of the coach shall be stainless steel or zinc-plated steel. Zinc plating
   shall conform to the latest revision of ASTM B633, TYPE II, SC3 or SC4. All fasteners used in the vehicle body exterior,
   even if not exposed to passengers, shall be of stainless steel except where mechanical requirements impose graded steel
   fasteners, or to minimize galvanic corrosion. These fasteners shall be zinc-plated as per specification, with treatments to
   prevent hydrogen embrittlement if required. Where non-anodized metal is riveted or bolted to metal, contact surfaces shall
   be thoroughly cleaned and properly primed.

       Rivets
   Rivets shall completely fill the holes. No blind rivets shall be used. All rivets shall be of the solid center type. External
   rivet heads shall be concentric with the body of the rivets and free from rings, pits, burrs and fins. Surfaces exposed to
   passengers, operator, or maintenance personnel shall be smooth and free of burrs, fins, sharp edges, and dangerous
   protrusions.

       Screws
   On the coach interior, all screws exposed to passengers shall be stainless steel with a flat, pan or oval head, or, with
   Muni’s pre-approval, zinc-plated. Exposed screws shall be of an approved tamper-proof type with the exception of the
   glazing mounting screws. Self-tapping screws shall not be used in areas requiring dismantling for servicing. At least 1-
   1/2 screw threads shall be visible beyond all nuts.

       Bolts
   All bolts or rods passing through wood or exposed to the elements shall be an approved grade stainless steel or, with
   MUNI’s pre-approval, zinc-plated. All nuts and bolts exposed to passengers shall be an approved grade stainless steel, or,
   with MUNI’s pre-approval, zinc-plated. The design strengths for Grade 2 bolts and Class A nuts shall be used in sizing
   the mounting and attachment bolts for under floor mounted equipment, support structures, or brackets. However, all
   structural or load carrying bolts shall be domestic manufacture, grade 5 or better. Bolts or screws used for structural
   connections shall have full-size bodies in areas subjected to bearing and/or shear loads. For bolted joints subject to steady
   vibration, UNC bolts with appropriate locking arrangement shall be used. Nuts shall be a regular height, nylon insert, and
  self-locking type. Bolts smaller than 1/4 inch shall not project more than 1-1/2 threads plus 1/4 inch. Bolts 1/4 inch or
  larger shall not project more than eight (8) threads. All hardware is to be installed and torqued per ANSI guidelines.

  Finishing
  Special care shall be taken with the outside sheathing; roof, roof bonnets, and interior finish so that all kinks and buckles
  are removed before assembly to present a true and smooth finish. This shall be accomplished without excessive grinding,
  which may weaken the structure material. All painted surfaces shall have a true and smooth surface that will not show
  sanding or grinding marks after painting. Where wood is placed against wood, both surfaces shall be coated with
  approved sealing compound. All steel and aluminum body parts that are to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned and
  treated before priming with a primer compatible with the paint system.

  Electrical
  All electrical connections shall be of the locking type. All electrical wiring harnesses should be tie-wrapped and supported
  at regular intervals. When wires, cables, hoses or tubes go through walls or panels, the bulkhead holes shall have
  protective grommets/molding and the wires, cables, hoses or tubes shall be clamped on both sides of the bulkhead hold. A
  1/4-inch minimum clearance is required.

85 PROOF OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT
  In order that MUNI may attempt to determine whether the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Contract
  Documents not readily determinable through inspection and test of equipment, components or materials utilized in the
  Work, the Contractor shall, at any time when requested, submit to MUNI Project Manager properly authenticated test
  results, design documents or other satisfactory proof as to its compliance with such requirements.

86 DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS
  When and as often as MUNI determines that the Work done or being done under the Contract, or the kind or quality of
  components, equipment or materials supplied in connection therewith, is not fully and completely in accordance with any
  requirement of the Contract Documents, it may give notice of such non compliance to the Contractor in writing and the
  Contractor shall immediately upon receipt of such notice do all things required to remedy such noncompliance at no
  additional cost to MUNI.
             9     TRAINING, PUBLICATION, DIAGNOSTICS TESTING SOFTWARE
87 TRAINING
   Training shall be designed and presented to ensure that each participant will be able to perform specific tasks or be able to
   demonstrate specific knowledge in his/her working area. Training shall provide specific course goals and objectives
   outlined in the lesson plans with pre-course tests and post-course tests. Dates, hours, and locations of training shall be at
   the discretion of MUNI. The training starting days and completion days shall refer to the schedule in Section 13.1,
   preferred delivery schedule.

   All manuals and lesson plans shall be provided on CD-ROM; 3-1/2 inch, 1.44MB diskettes shall only be provided if
   convenient and at the discretion of MUNI. All computer software programs shall be approved by MUNI. MUNI reserves
   the right to copy all computer information for future use. All training aids (such as videos, slides, and audiotapes) shall be
   provided in 6 copies.

   MUNI Proposed Training Matrix (Attachment 14) is an example of a training schedule by major category for each group
   of personnel. The total number of classroom training hours by qualified instructors shall be at least 1150. The City reserves
   the right to make adjustments to the session structure shown in Attachment 14 while not increasing the total number of
   training hours. The proposer shall submit their recommendations for training hours and categories for consideration by
   MUNI.

   Training Plan
   Contractor shall submit a training plan per the schedule in Section 13.1, preferred delivery schedule. The training plan
   shall delineate the manner in which the Contractor plans to meet the requirements of this specification. The plan shall
   include:

 74.        Specific trainee performance objectives                                                                                 Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

 75.        Draft lesson plans

 76.        Specific topics to be covered including subsystem groupings for mechanics and electronic technician training

 77.        Probable training aids and materials

 78.        Training schedule

 79.        Training facilities required.

   Training Materials and Personnel
   Contractor will provide detailed instructional guides, outlining training philosophy, and weighted areas of instruction
   based on Contractor’s understanding of the complexity of the equipment from a maintenance performance standpoint. In
   addition, Contractor will identify recommended course length with basic electrical/electronic knowledge-driven instruction
   leading to a proficiency level suitable for new vehicle maintenance.

   Instructors shall be totally familiar with the technical information being taught, shall use instructional materials properly,
   and shall possess the skills required to make effective presentations. Safety must be an integral part of all instruction.
   Instructors must be transit literate.

   Upon commencement of classroom instruction, instructor shall be dedicated to the task of teaching without a break in the
   continuity of the instruction to perform other duties. Instructor shall be fluent in English.

   The Contractor shall provide all handouts, training aids, audio-visual equipment, and visual aids for each class. Training
   materials, including audio-visual hardware, slides, view graphs, mock-ups, charts, and other aids, will become the property
   of the City upon the completion of the training course. Mock-ups shall include as a minimum a door header with all
   operating equipment, a brake system (air components) and an air system. The City or its designates may use such materials
   in subsequent training sessions for any other purposes. A training manual shall be prepared for each personnel
   classification and distributed to personnel in training prior to or at class start up.
Operations Instructors, Maintenance Instructors, And Managers
The purpose of these training sessions shall be to provide the necessary information to MUNI's operations instructors,
maintenance instructors, and training management and operations managers so that they may train MUNI operators, transit
inspectors and maintenance personnel. This training shall cover all operational and maintenance aspects of the coach, with
emphasis on features of the coach that are unique or may not have been encountered by MUNI personnel.

Maintenance Manager Training
These training sessions shall be geared to acquaint maintenance superintendents, general foremen, and foremen with the
design, use, limitations, preventive maintenance, warranty periods, and special features of the coach. This training can be
included in the general orientation, or used for specific in-depth training time.

Service Personnel Training
Service personnel shall be trained in basic daily servicing requirements, including cleaning, inspection, and routine
servicing and the preventive maintenance inspections.

Mechanic/ Electronic Technician Training
These sessions shall provide the mechanics and electronic technicians with the basic knowledge necessary to utilize the
maintenance manuals and to safely perform preventive maintenance, troubleshooting, repairs, and overhauls. Sessions
shall concentrate on individual subsystems and components, such as body, doors, propulsion, suspension, brakes, and
operator controls. The Contractor shall include, as part of the training plan, a list of proposed subsystem groupings.
Training shall include demonstrations of Time to Repair and Accessibility of coach components and subsystems. Training
for shop technicians will cover test equipment and subassembly bench repair and calibration.

Maintenance engineer training shall focus on overall system design, maintainability, computer diagnostic techniques,
control systems, data collection and retrieval, life cycle predictions, optimization programming, electronic maintenance
techniques, and special tools.

Sessions for a minimum of six (6) electronics technicians will be held for any and all on-board electronic systems supplied
by the Contractor (i.e., multiplexing). The Contractor shall provide to MUNI sufficient training and documentation needed
to test, troubleshoot, maintain and repair all electronic systems and subsystems. The training shall review all electronic
schematic diagrams and shall provide troubleshooting flow charts and block diagrams.

Road Call Training
This session shall provide the road call personnel with knowledge necessary to troubleshoot and fix, if possible,
subsystems which may fail and cause service interruption. Road call personnel shall be made to understand how to
proficiently use all necessary troubleshooting equipment. Road call personnel shall be provided with both hands-on and
classroom training.

Surveillance Camera System Training
The contractor shall provide training classes on how to operate and maintain the surveillance camera system (the number
of classes and hours are subjected to MUNI approval and Contractor’s recommendation). Test equipment and special
tools required maintaining the system will be provided by the Contractor in accordance with Attachment 12, Special Tools
List. One test fixture will be provided which duplicates an entire vehicle system. The test fixture will easily allow for the
substitution of individual components of the system for test and repair purposes. One viewing station (in addition to
Section 3.13.7.) will be provided. The viewing station shall be assembled in such as a manner as to allow for ease of
component exchange.

Videos
MUNI requires digital recordings or tapes of any of the Contractor’s training sessions, any or all, at MUNI discretion, or at
least one session of each discrete training class. These recordings will be transferred to DVD masters as well as other
media types (VHS tape and CD-ROM for example) for distribution within MUNI. In addition, the Contractor is required to
provide a complete set of training discs to include a disc for each classroom training session on a specific topic and a disc
for each vehicle “hands-on” training session on a specific topic. Discs shall be no longer than 30 minutes in length. Topics
requiring more time to cover in complete detail shall be segmented into 30-minute modules. A single compilation disc (or
minimal disc set) incorporating all of the training sessions shall also be produced. At minimum, Contractor shall cover the
following topics:
80.        Propulsion and Energy Storage Systems                                                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

81.        Axle and suspension systems

82.        Auxiliary Electrical System

83.        Wheelchair ramp assembly

84.        Air and Brake systems

85.        Door system

86.        Power steering system

87.        Heating and Ventilating system

88.        Vehicle Body Components & repair techniques (e.g. special welding, interior panel replacement, etc.)

89.        Preventive Maintenance practices for all preventive maintenance required on each vehicle

  A complete set of master recordings shall be submitted to MUNI in DVD or approved equal format along with a complete
  set of training media. CD-ROM and VHS formats are both encouraged as appropriate. The Contractor shall maintain a
  complete set of reproducible recordings on file for a period of 10 years for use by MUNI.

  The Contractor shall provide two (2) sample -disc with the draft-training plan. One disc shall be representative of a
  classroom instruction, and one (1) disc shall be representative of a vehicle “hands-on” instruction. These sample discs shall
  be submitted for approval to the MUNI and shall be representative of the level of quality of the product that MUNI can
  expect for the balance of the training discs to be delivered.

      Video Quality
  To ensure the quality of production that MUNI requires, the Contractor shall have in-house capability, or subcontract with
  a company approved by MUNI, for the following requirements:

90.       All work associated with video recording and production shall be performed by the Contractor or subcontractor           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
  approved by MUNI.

91.        The Contractor shall have script writing capabilities and be experienced with transit organizations and issues.

92.        Studio and/or field acquisition capabilities.

93.        Contractor will supply necessary equipment to make further VHS training tape copies from DVD masters.

94.        CD-ROM and DVD for wide distribution shall have the ability to be viewed on any modern desktop or laptop
  computer equipment (possessing basic, modern multimedia software such as Windows Media Player) in a smooth video
  tape-like manner, without lagging, freezing, or stuttering, and without compromising or “crashing” the computer.

  The Contractor may elect to utilize its own actors, or utilize MUNI employees in actual classroom and vehicle “hands-on”
  sessions. However, if the Contractor chooses to use MUNI employees at least two (2) sessions of each topic shall be
  filmed and proper editing performed to result in a quality product. Tapes shall be professionally edited to eliminate
  unnecessary and irrelevant sections that are common to live, on-location filming.

  Training Charts
  The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the following schematic charts used for training and working reference: 1)
  the electrical system, 2) the brake system. The charts shall be 3 feet by 5 feet, clearly legible, and suitable for classroom
  viewing. Two rigid frames shall be provided for mounting the charts. Charts shall be consistent with those provided in the
  Maintenance Manual and subject to MUNI approval, and available for use at commencement of the training course.
  Schematic charts shall be laminated.
  Interactive Multimedia Training
  Contractor shall provide a series of interactive training modules on coach maintenance procedures to be delivered using
  standard interactive CD-ROM or DVD technology. This training must be specific to the coach for this procurement, and
  to maintenance practices that are used by MUNI. The interactive training should be CD-ROM formatted computer based
  training (CBT) or approved equal, and compatible with all modern computer windows-type operating systems, office
  programs, and multimedia software (such as Windows 2000 and Office 2000. The CD shall include video clips of
  component operation and critical adjustments.

  Project milestones shall consist of the following:

95.         Detailed design document, to be developed with MUNI participation and completed 10 months prior to delivery       Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
  of first production coach

96.         Video production

97.         Completion and review of video editing

98.         Prototype module delivery (test, review, and feedback of first module)

99.         Pre-production module delivery (test, review, and feedback of all modules)

100.       Delivery of completed program, including Trainer’s Manual and Guide shall be completed per the schedule in
  Section 13.1, preferred delivery schedule (system setup and troubleshooting, program administration guidelines, and
  answers to test questions).

       Training Module
  The training module shall have on screen text as well as voice over descriptions of the procedure being demonstrated. The
  module shall have a complete demonstration of the maintenance procedure followed by a self-paced post examination of
  the student. Only the student and the Training Manager shall have access to the scores for each training module. In
  addition, MUNI shall have all licensing rights to unlimited reproduction of the CD training module. The Contractor shall
  have the responsibility for providing all updates and revisions to the CD training modules until all engineering
  modifications and final engineering have been approved and acceptance of the last production coach.

  The training modules shall address the most critical systems pertaining to coach maintenance. One module shall be
  produced on each of the following systems:

101.        APU and subsystems installation and maintenance                                                                   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

102.        Ramp installation and maintenance

103.        Door control maintenance

104.        Electrical systems control maintenance, including multiplexing

  Each module shall include the following program elements:

105.        Overview on system components, operations and relationship with other relevant systems                            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

106.      Step-by-step video demonstration of maintenance procedures (not more than 50 steps in the process), with
  random access to each step and multiple choice quiz questions on critical steps

107.      Interactive job simulation exercises using three-dimensional solid modeling to graphically represent job setting
  and function on critical steps

108.        Built-in user performance tracking for confidential review by Maintenance Training Supervisor

109.        Visual-based parts identification and ordering information system (using three-dimensional solid model and/or
  stills)
 110.      Contractor shall demonstrate the ability to produce interactive multimedia training that contains each of the
   program elements for the critical subsystems as described above.

9.288 PUBLICATIONS: MAINTENANCE MANUALS, ILLUSTRATED PARTS MANUALS, OPERATOR’S
     MANUALS, & VEHICLE RECORD BOOKS
   The Contractor shall provide maintenance, illustrated parts and operational manuals for the vehicles according to the
   schedule in Figure 9-1. The intent and purpose of all maintenance and operating documents provided to MUNI by the
   Contractor shall be to facilitate the safe and reliable operation of the vehicle by MUNI during the entire expected
   operational life of the vehicle. Using the information provided in the Contractor's maintenance documentation, MUNI
   itself shall be able to perform any and all procedures necessary to ensure the safe and reliable operation of the vehicle
   during its service lifetime. The Contractor shall submit a draft copy of each of the bus manuals for review and approval by
   MUNI in accordance with the delivery schedule of the final contract. Release copies of the manuals shall reflect the most
   recent information available at the time of their release and shall be delivered to MUNI on or before delivery of the last
   production coach. Manuals need to be updated in a timely manner whenever there is a FSRP issued.

                                                        FIGURE 9-1

                                                                Maintain up-to-date after the date of acceptance of
                  Manuals                        Qty
                                                                                  the coaches
            Maintenance Manual                    30                                     3 years
          Preventive Maintenance
                                                  30                                     3 years
               (PM) Manual
                Parts Manual                      15                                    12 years
             Operator's Manuals                  800                                     3 years


   The supplied manuals shall provide complete, concise and clear documentation for all equipment ordered on the vehicle
   and shall not include superfluous documentation for equipment that was not provided with the vehicle. For all the ITS
   systems/subsystems identified during the design review process, the Contractor shall provide details of procedures
   necessary for operations and management of those systems. As well as the printed copies of the manuals specified above,
   all maintenance operations and illustrated parts manuals shall be provided in digital format on standard CD-ROM media.

   All such electronic documentation shall be viewable using modern, basic office and multimedia software such as
   Microsoft Office (minimum compatibility with Office 97 through Office XP) and Windows Media Player. In addition, all
   materials will be provided in a format that allows their use in the SPEAR Technologies 3i software Image Manager and/or
   Document Manager modules. MUNI reserves the rights to electronic reproduction of all such information mentioned
   herein for its own internal uses, where such electronic reproduction is not already specifically provided for by the
   Contractor as part of this contract. Within the relevant vehicle warranty period provided for by the Contractor, MUNI will
   make no changes to the Contractor-provided documentation where such changes would compromise the intent of the
   Contractor’s original documentation with respect to the safe operation or reliability of the vehicle, unless such change is
   agreed to in writing by both MUNI and the vendor. Where such changes are made, both MUNI and the Contractor shall
   maintain coordinated records of the changes, including the MUNI contract number, manual part number, title, page
   number(s), date the change was made, who authorized the change, why the change was made, and before-and-after copies
   of the change. Contractor will provide such changes in the same digital format as used for the initial delivery of the
   manuals. At the expiration of the time periods specified above for Contractor maintenance of the documentation, or upon
   default of the Contractor in providing such document maintenance, MUNI shall have the right to reproduce copies of such
   documentation for internal use only, subject to the warranty concerns expressed herein.

   All system modifications, retrofits, spare parts, and defect recalls must include full documentation from the bus
   manufacturer so that Muni can record such information into its SPEAR Technologies 3i software. The bus manufacturer
   shall regularly update all parts, service and engineering manuals.

   All maintenance documents in electronic form shall be generated for best readability on a 15” video graphics computer
   monitor at a resolution of 800 by 600 lines per inch, and may exceed the display area in size as required for readability if
   zooming and/or scrolling is available. The default page setup for all printed maintenance and parts manuals shall be
standard U.S. letter size (8.5" by 11") in portrait mode with a gutter suitable for use in a standard 3-ring binder. Wherever
feasible, printed manuals should be organized so that updates or corrections to the manuals can be made with minimal
impact to the overall document. Where drawings or other documents are too large to be easily legible in the default page
size, such pages may be provided either as 11" tall by 14" (or longer) pages, or as 22" tall by 16" "four-up" pages. In both
these cases of oversized pages, the printed page shall be capable of being neatly folded up into the default page size, and
shall have suitable reinforcement at the 3-hole edge of the page. Major sections of the maintenance manuals shall be
separated by 1/3- or 1/5-cut tabbed and labeled, reinforced index dividers. The printed Operator's Manual shall be a single
softbound volume; with at least medium-weight, glossy-stock covers for durability, and may be smaller than the default
8.5" by 11" size, as dictated by the best compromise of readability and portability. An emphasis should be placed on
durability and portability. In the interest of readability and clarity, MUNI may dictate that the Operator's Manual be
printed in color.

Maintenance Manuals
Maintenance manuals shall be integrated so that all subsystems of the coach are contained in a logically indexed,
contiguous series of chapters and/or volumes. Manual organization shall be approved by MUNI before work begins on the
manuals. All standard and specialized maintenance or overhaul procedures which involve potential health and safety
issues for the repair technician shall be clearly noted in the documentation with the international safety warning symbol
appropriate to the level of potential danger involved. Procedures where the proper performance of the task is critical to the
safe operation of the vehicle shall also be clearly marked for emphasis. Maintenance manuals shall contain the complete
data required for routine and periodic maintenance of all parts of the coach, including as a minimum the following:

At the beginning of each manual, it shall contain a table of contents, a list of abbreviation, instructions on how to use the
manual Special safety precautions for maintenance and/ or overhaul procedures General overview/introduction to the
vehicle and its systems and subsystems Recommended, required and/or specialized maintenance and overhaul tool lists,
including electronic test equipment where appropriate. Main components of the manual include, but are not limited to, the
following:

89) Detailed theory/principles of operation of each primary system (e.g., the braking system) on the vehicle and its
    relationship to and interactions with other primary systems on the vehicle and, where applicable, to any off-board
    systems.
90) Detailed theory/principles of operation of each subsystem (e.g., ABS) within its primary system, and the relationship
    and interactions of the subsystem to other subsystems within the primary system, and, where applicable, to other
    primary systems or the subsystems of those other primary systems.
91) Field and shop troubleshooting procedures for all systems and subsystems using a combination of text, flowcharts and
    images as best suits the procedure.
92) Shop overhaul procedures for all rebuildable or repairable systems on the vehicle.
93) Recommended preventive maintenance (e.g. lubrication and adjustment) requirements and schedule (Reference
    section 9.2.2 Preventive Maintenance Manual).
94) Schematic and wiring location diagrams (including wire and cable size and rating schedules, where appropriate) for all
    electrical systems and subsystems on the vehicle.
95) Air and hydraulic system diagrams showing locations in the coach of air and hydraulic components.
96) Detailed, illustrated procedures for component change-out, and run-in information as required.
97) Body and structural information and materials specifications for major accident repairs.
98) Electronic systems and subsystems documentation including schematics and diagnostic procedures, where applicable.
    Reference Section 9.2.5, (electronic system documentation.)

Preventive Maintenance Manual
Contractor shall provide a separate Preventive Maintenance (PM) Manual specifying the recommended preventive
maintenance procedures and the scheduling of those procedures. The manual shall provide an outline PM program with
checklist, which can be used to perform PMs. The PM checklist pages shall be formatted so that copies can be made to
stand as individual MUNI documents, including lined space at the end of the document for additions and notes. The
preventive maintenance manual shall also include recommendations for the scheduled overhaul of major systems above
and beyond the normal maintenance procedures, where such overhaul is known to significantly improve the long-term
reliability, maintainability and/or useful life span of the vehicle.

In addition to the above requirements, the structure of the PM schedule must include at least the following elements for
each required maintenance procedure within an overall PM program:
    99) Interval between each procedure (calendar based, mileage based, hours based, or other, (i.e., every 30 days or 3,000
        miles, whichever comes first))
    100)         List of parts (Manufacturer Part #, Description, Quantity, UOM) required for the procedure, and
        recommended but not required for the procedure
    101)         Estimated hours by craft to perform procedure

    Illustrated Parts Manual
    The Illustrated Parts Manuals, excluding major OEM manuals provided separately, shall be designed so that all systems
    and subsystems of the vehicle are broken down to the component level in a logically indexed, contiguous series of chapters
    and/or volumes. Page setup requirements for the parts manuals shall conform to the requirements in Section 9.2,
    (Publications). Illustrations and their corresponding parts lists shall be arranged as to minimize the amount of cross-
    searching necessary to locate a part in the parts list from its drawing reference, or to locate the part on an illustration from
    its entry in the parts list. The parts list shall include the following data:

102)    Drawing reference (locator)
103)    Manufacturer's part number
104)    MUNI's stock code (MUNI will create stock numbers for these parts in advance of the delivery of the coaches (and the
   parts). The Contractor must provide a complete electronic parts list in advance of the delivery with a column for MUNI
   Stock Code. This will be reviewed by the MUNI and the MUNI Stock Codes will be added those parts we know we will
   use. This file would be returned to the Contractor and they will include the MUNI Stock Code in all electronic parts files
   provided to MUNI.
105)    Part description, including type, and size or value or reference to another drawing where such reference contains a
   more useful description of the part)
106)    Quantity used in the currently illustrated system or subsystem

    Illustrated parts manuals shall be arranged so that part numbers can be readily found and identified in the illustration for
    each system, subsystem, assembly, subassembly, or component part from an orderly breakdown of the complete coach.
    The manual shall contain a ready-reference alphanumeric part number index listing the Contractor’s part number against
    the page in the illustrated manual where it appears. The parts lists shall identify the equivalent generic part, which is
    physically identified by the Contractor and shall be listed under Part Description field in the manual. In no case may any
    replaceable part remain unidentified.

    Isometric exploded views or two-dimensional drawings that are detailed enough to show the relative location of each part
    shall be used to identify all vehicle systems and subsystems. The technique to be used in the rendering of these two-
    dimensional drawings shall be approved by MUNI before the draft manuals are created. All parts manuals shall be
    accompanied by a separate price list showing the Contractor’s part number against the current net price (including freight)
    to MUNI of all non-generic parts used in the vehicle at the time of delivery of the manuals. Refer also to Section 10.3.3,
    database information.

        9.2.3.1Parts Tables In Electronic Format                                                                                       Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
    In conjunction with the IPM, there shall be provided hierarchal tables that identify to the extent possible, all systems and
    their subsystems, all sub systems and their assemblies, all assemblies and their sub assemblies and all sub assemblies and
    their components, down to unique chips and transistors that may be assembled on Printed Circuit Boards. The IPM shall
    be in electronic format (Muni prefers Microsoft Excel). The purpose of these tables shall be to provide system and
    component parts data that is readily suitable for loading into the MUNI SHOPS (or equivalent) data processing system.
    The tables should include all information that is presented in the IPC. Additionally, the tables should provide tracking
    information such as serial numbers and locations of all serialized components found in this fleet. At the highest level, the
    tables should make it possible to identify, by their serial numbers all of the major assemblies installed on each individual
    coach and thereafter all major sub assemblies that are installed in each major assembly down to the lowest serialized sub
    assembly.

    Operator's Manuals
    The operator's manual shall completely, clearly and concisely illustrate the recommended procedures for the safe and
    efficient operation of the vehicle, including but not limited to pre- and in-service check-outs, response to safety alarm
    systems, control of lighting and auxiliary vehicle systems, coach mechanical operation, maintenance checks, turning
    characteristics of the coach, and emergency actions. The operator's manual shall also document any vehicle-related
    operator and passenger health and safety concerns, including but not limited to recommended practices for the avoidance
    of operator on-the-job injuries such as Repetitive Strain.
Electronic Systems Documentation
Where an electronic system is an intrinsic part of the vehicle, and where the contract for a vehicle specifies that an
electronic system is field- or shop-repairable, the Contractor shall at a minimum provide circuit descriptions, schematic
diagrams, voltage, waveform and/or data diagrams, troubleshooting trees and parts lists for the system as part of the
maintenance/overhaul manuals in keeping with the requirements of Section 9.2.1, maintenance manual. Where an
electronic system is not an intrinsic part of the vehicle, and the electronic system is field- or shop-repairable, the
Contractor may provide a separate documentation package for that equipment, subject to the same general standards as
outlined in Section 9.2.1, Maintenance Manuals. All documentation shall be submitted to MUNI for approval. If the
electronic equipment in question is not to be delivered with the vehicle, then delivery of release documentation for that
equipment shall be made at least sixty (60) days before delivery of the equipment itself.

Surveillance Camera System Manuals
The Contractor shall provide 20 manuals, which include wiring diagrams clearly showing the interfacing vehicle wiring
for the system as well as 20 sets of individual maintenance manuals for each piece of supplied equipment. These manuals
shall include schematic diagrams, parts lists and maintenance procedures including but not limited to operation, preventive
maintenance, troubleshooting and repair to the defective component(s) on printed circuit boards.

In addition to paper copies of this documentation, all technical graphics must be provided in TIF format at a CCITT3
compression level.

Vehicle Records
The Contractor shall provide a vehicle record book to be included in each coach upon its arrival at the transit property.
Vehicle record books are to include as a minimum the following:

107)         Sub-component serial numbers
108)         Test records
109)         Inspection records
110)         Shipping and acceptance dates.

Each book shall be indelibly marked with the serial number of the vehicle it accompanies. Vehicle record books shall be
approved by MUNI or the designated MUNI Resident Inspector before shipment. This information will also be provided
electronically as defined in Section 10.3.3.

Computerized Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance, and Illustrated Parts Manual System
Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance work functions and Illustrated Parts shall include two and three dimensional and
exploded view graphics. In addition to providing hard copies and diskettes of these manuals as specified in Subsection
9.2, Publications, the bus manufacturer shall provide such information to Muni in the format specified in Section 10.3,
DATA PROCESSING, so that Muni can integrate such information into the SPEAR Technologies 3i maintenance and
materials management system. SPEAR Technologies 3i software includes the following applications to support this
integration:

 111)       Image Manager – Used for providing Illustrated Parts Catalog on-line. Displays images and parts lists,            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
   automatically cross-references manufacturer part numbers to MUNI part numbers and allows users to fill a “shopping
   cart” with parts requests to perform maintenance activities. Includes Parts Catalog Manager, an easy to use
   development tool to import and manage graphic and parts list files. Image Manager can also be used for any other
   graphical documentation, such as wiring schematics, technical illustrations, etc.
 112)       Document Manager – Used to link records in SPEAR Technologies 3i software (such as Equipment Asset
   records, Preventive Maintenance Work Order Templates, Equipment Configurations) to electronic files. System
   opens the referenced file in its native application using the Windows Registry information for the file extension.
   Common applications of this module are linking complete technical manuals to coach records, associating digital
   photos or videos with equipment, and linking troubleshooting guides to template work orders.
 113)       Interface Manager – Used to import data into SPEAR Technologies 3i software (such as Equipment Asset
   records, Warranty Conditions, etc.) Interface Manager uses a standard format for data imports.

Summary of project milestones and deliverables, all subject to review and approval by MUNI, shall consist of the
following:
 114) Detailed design document, to be developed and completed 3 months prior to delivery of the first production coach.             Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
   Agreement on Prototype module
 115) Prototype module delivery (test, review, and feedback of first module)
 116) Pre-production module delivery (test, review, and feedback of all modules)
 117) Delivery of final software for Maintenance and Preventive Maintenance work functions and Illustrated Parts.

89 VEHICLE SUB-SYSTEMS INTEGRATION AND DIAGNOSTIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS
   The Contractor shall assume responsibility as system integrator of all systems and subsystems on the vehicle. As part of
   the design process, the Contractor shall assist Muni in performing the systems engineering analysis on those Intelligent
   Transportation Systems (ITS) provided under this Contract, per the requirements of 23 CFR Part 940.11. For all ITS
   systems and subsystems provided under this Contract which are on or in communication with the vehicle, the Contractor
   shall submit as part of the Design Review documentation: 1) Requirements Definitions; 2) Analysis of alternative system
   configurations and technology options to meet requirements; 3) Identification of applicable ITS standards and testing
   procedures; 4) Identification of procedures and resources necessary for operations and management of the system. ITS
   systems/subsystems include but may not be limited to: Destination Signs, Automatic Next Stop Passenger Information
   System, Surveillance Camera, Silent Alarm, Data Storage, TransLink, Automatic Passenger Counting, Electric Odometer,
   and the data processing interface to the SPEAR system.

   For all systems/subsystems, the Contractor shall integrate the systems by implementing an open architecture, with non-
   proprietary interfaces and communications protocols. The Contractor shall create interface control documentation for
   physical and electrical interfaces to and between all discrete systems and subsystems being supplied. This documentation
   covers but is not limited to: basic system functionality descriptions of physical and electrical interconnections including
   block diagrams of the interfaces; functional and operational requirements; lists of electrical signal names, sources and
   destinations; system responses; signal levels, constraints and tolerances; power requirements; specifications for wire type
   or other transport medium; and applicable standards. The Contractor shall utilize, and tailor as appropriate, the interface
   control documentation standard template supplied by Muni for this purpose; alternatively, the Contractor shall propose its
   own interface control documentation methodology to achieve the same objective, for Muni approval.

   Contractor shall integrate all electronic systems on the vehicle that can communicate using the SAE Recommended
   Practices J1708 protocol as well as the coach multiplex system. The integration shall include software and hardware that
   collects and stores all available data in a logical manner. The software shall automatically generate an event log of all data
   and shall incorporate data from, but not limited to, the engine, energy storage unit, traction motor, traction generator, ABS
   brakes, multiplexing, video surveillance system, destination sign, vehicle speed, farebox, automatic passenger counter, fire
   detection/suppression system, etc. The integration shall provide for a minimum storage time of two (2) weeks. Contractor
   shall provide system integration details at design review. Function and suitability of design shall be approved by MUNI.

   The Contractor shall provide Self-Diagnostic Testing Software (SDTS) that analyzes the stored data for irregularities or
   failures to the maximum extent possible. At a minimum, the SDTS shall provide:

 118) A visual status indicator that all systems are functioning properly                                                           Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
 119) Trouble-shooting capability to locate trouble areas down to the circuit level (for example, a PCB or module in the
   ABS System) for each component or sub-component on the coach.
 120) Flexibility to allow MUNI to select or de-select the data to be stored

   The software shall be user friendly, simple to operate and able to function simultaneously and/or without affecting the
   integrity of the data from each of the other systems. The Contractor shall provide sufficient training and manuals for
   MUNI personnel to operate the diagnostic testing software. All software shall be compatible with any PC laptop or
   desktop computer and shall be approved by MUNI.

   The integration shall also include the ability to retrieve this data through rugged, environmentally protected ports located
   strategically in the coach. One data port shall be installed in the engine compartment and one in an easily accessible
   location at the front of the coach. MUNI will work with the Contractor to determine the optimum locations for the data
   ports. The Contractor shall provide details of all required equipment to retrieve diagnostic data and/or event log from
   these ports during the design review and the data ports shall have the capability to access and download all information as
   specified in this section. The communications protocol for all PC-based data acquisition shall be standard RS-232 using 8
   data bits, 1 stop bit, and no parity. The minimum data rate for communications shall be 9600 baud. The DTE physical
   interconnect shall require only the Receive, Transmit and Ground wires of the RS-232 standard.
                                     10 WARRANTY AND SPARE PARTS
90 BASIC PROVISIONS
   Warranty Requirements
   Warranties in this document are in addition to any statutory remedies or warranties imposed on the Contractor. Consistent
   with this requirement, the Contractor shall warrant and guarantee to MUNI each complete coach and specific subsystems
   and components according to the following provisions:

   The Contractor shall ensure in its procurement arrangements that the warranty requirements of this Contract are
   enforceable through and against the Contractor’s suppliers, vendors, and subcontractors. Any inconsistency or difference
   between the warranties extended to MUNI by the Contractor and those extended to the Contractor by its suppliers,
   vendors, and subcontractors, shall be at the risk and expense of the Contractor. Such inconsistency or difference will not
   excuse the Contractor’s full compliance with its obligations under the Contract Documents.

   Upon request of MUNI, the Contractor promptly shall provide to the Project Manager complete copies of written
   warranties or guarantees and of documentation of any other arrangement relating to such warranties or guarantees
   extended by the Contractor’s suppliers, sub suppliers, vendors, and subcontractors covering parts, components, and
   systems utilized in the coach. If any vendor/supplier to the Contractor offers a warranty on a component that is longer or
   more comprehensive than the required warranties stated in Figure 10-1, the Contractor shall inform MUNI of this
   additional warranty and pass it through to MUNI at no additional cost to MUNI.

   The Contractor shall ensure that such suppliers, sub suppliers, vendors, and subcontractors satisfactorily perform warranty-
   related work.

       Complete Coach
   The coach shall be warranted and guaranteed to be free from defects and related defects for two (2) years or 100,000 miles,
   whichever comes first, beginning on the date of official acceptance or conditional acceptance of each coach. During this
   warranty period, the coach shall maintain its structural and functional integrity. The warranty shall be based on regular
   operation of the coach under the operating conditions prevailing in MUNI service area.

       Subsystem And Components
   Specific subsystems and components shall be warranted and guaranteed to be free from defects and related defects for the
   times or mileages given in Figure 10-1, Subsystem and Component Warranty, beginning on the date of acceptance of each
   coach or, if the coach is conditionally accepted, any component, system, or piece of equipment that is accepted after
   conditional acceptance of the coach. The basic body structure is composed of all components that are welded or riveted
   together to form the main frame and body construction. Suspension beams, weldments, and structural members shall be
   considered as parts of the basic body structure. Bolted-on components and operating hardware are considered add-ons and
   therefore are not a part of the basic body structure.

   Primary load carrying members of the coach structure, including structural elements of the suspension, shall be warranted
   against corrosion failure and/or fatigue failure for a period of 12 years or 500,000 miles, whichever comes first.

   Voiding Of Warranty
   The warranty shall not apply to any part or component of the coach that has failed as a direct result of misuse, negligence,
   or accident, or that has been repaired or altered in any way so as to affect adversely its performance or reliability, except
   insofar as such repairs were in accordance with the Contractor's maintenance manuals and the workmanship was in
   accordance with recognized standards of the industry.

   The warranty on any part or component of the coach shall also be void if MUNI fails to conduct normal inspections and
   scheduled preventive maintenance procedures on the same part or component substantially as recommended in the
   Contractor's maintenance manuals, and such failure by MUNI is the sole cause of the part or component failure.
                         FIGURE 10-1 SUBSYSTEM AND COMPONENT WARRANTY

  Items                                 Description                                   Years*            Mileage*
     1                Engine and all items supplied by its manufacturer                   5             300,000
     2                       Traction Motor and control system                            5             300,000
     3                     Traction Generator and control system                          5             300,000
     4                   Energy Storage System and control system                         5             300,000
     5                           Drive and non-Drive Axles                                2             100,000
     6                                   Suspension                                       5             300,000
     7                   Brake System (excluding friction material)                       3             150,000
     8        Basic Body Structure (excluding primary load carrying structure)            5             300,000
     9           Primary Load Carrying Structure and Corrosion Protection                12             500,000
    10                                 Cooling System                                     3             150,000
    11                         Heating and Ventilation Units                              3             150,000
    12                   Hydraulic Fan and Power Steering System                          3             150,000
    13                           Wheelchair Ramp System                                   3             150,000
    14                Destination Sign and Voice Annunciation System                      3             150,000
    15                                  Door System                                       2             100,000
    16          Air System, not limited to Compressor, Dryer, Tanks, Valves               3             150,000
    17                   Basic Engine Starting System, if furnished                       2             100,000
    18                              Engine Alternator(s)                                  3             150,000



                                               *Whichever Occurs First
Exceptions To Warranty
The warranty shall not apply to scheduled maintenance items and items furnished by MUNI, except insofar as such
equipment may be damaged by the failure of a part or component for which the Contractor is responsible.

Detection Of Defects
If MUNI detects a defect within the warranty periods defined in Figure 10-1, it shall notify the Contractor's representative
within a reasonable time after discovery of the defect. Within five (5) working days after receipt of notification, the
Contractor's representative shall either agree that the defect is in fact covered by warranty, or reserve judgment until the
subsystem or component is inspected by the Contractor's representative or is removed and examined at MUNI property or
at the Contractor's plant. At that time the status of warranty coverage on the subsystem or component shall be mutually
resolved between MUNI and the Contractor. Work necessary to commence the inspection or repairs, under the provisions
of Section 10.2, Repair Procedures, shall commence within ten (10) working days after receipt of notification by the
Contractor, unless such time is extended by MUNI, and shall be conducted in accordance with Section 10.2.1, Repairs by
Contractor.

If MUNI and Contractor are unable to agree whether a defect is covered by the warranty provisions, MUNI may direct the
Contractor to commence repairs in accordance with Section 10.2.1, Repairs by Contractor, pending agreement by MUNI
and Contractor whether the repairs are covered by the warranty provisions. The Contractor shall promptly comply with
such a request by MUNI.

Intentionally Blank
  Fleet Defects
  A fleet defect is defined as cumulative failures of any kind in the same components in the same or similar application
  where such items are covered by the warranty and such failures occur within the warranty period in at least twenty (20)
  percent of the vehicles delivered under this contract. MUNI shall have final approval of corrections or changes under
  these conditions.

      Correction of Fleet Defects
  The Contractor shall correct a fleet defect under the procedures specified in Section 10.2, Repair Procedures. Within ten
  (10) days of receipt of notification of a fleet defect, unless MUNI grants an extension, the Contractor shall provide MUNI
  with a plan, acceptable to MUNI, specifying how and when all coaches with defects shall be corrected. Said plan is
  subject to approval by MUNI. In addition, after correcting such defects, the Contractor shall promptly undertake and
  complete a work program, acceptable to MUNI, reasonably designed to prevent the occurrence of the same defect in all
  other coaches and spare parts purchased under this contract. Any proposed changes to a fleet defect work plan or program
  must be submitted to MUNI for its approval. If (a) Contractor does not provide a plan for correction within the time
  specified above (or as extended by MUNI); or (b) a specific declared fleet defect is not fully corrected within the time
  specified in the plan; or (c) the remainder of the coaches are not corrected in accordance with the Contractor’s work
  program; MUNI will assess liquidated damages in accordance with Section 7G, Part V, Agreement, Volume 1.

  The warranty on parts, components or sub-systems replaced as a result of a fleet defect shall be assigned a new warranty
  period equal to the original manufacturers or contract part warranty, whichever is longer, effective the replacement date.
  Any extended warranties shall commence at the conclusion of the new warranty period.

      Voiding Of Warranty Provisions
  The fleet defect provisions shall not apply to coach defects solely caused by noncompliance with the Contractor's
  recommended normal maintenance practices and procedures or caused solely by abuse of the equipment.

      Exceptions To Warranty Provisions
  Fleet defect warranty provisions shall not apply to damage that is a result of normal wear and tear in service. The
  provisions shall not apply to MUNI-supplied items.

  Contractor's Representative
  The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide qualified factory authorized service personnel at the MUNI facilities
  from the time the first coach is delivered until 60 days after the last coach is accepted. The contractor’s service personnel
  shall be available on request to assist MUNI in the solution of engineering or design problems that are within the scope of
  the Technical Specifications and that may arise during the warranty period. Maintenance or repair instructions or
  suggestions from these representatives affecting warranty shall be in writing and directed to the MUNI Project Manager.
  The Contractor's service personnel shall have authority to accept and approve warranty claims and make timely decisions
  affecting the repair of defects.

  The Contractor shall be responsible for having a suitable service center for its representatives, located within San
  Francisco. The facility should have office space with functional communication equipment (telephone, fax and computer
  capabilities), a parts storage area, and working space for a minimum of two coaches. The service center should be secured
  in a manner to protect MUNI property from theft, vandalism and natural disaster, to the extent possible.

  On a daily basis, Contractor shall supply a record of Contractor’s personnel working within MUNI property to the MUNI
  supervisor or superintendent on site. The record shall contain the following information: Date, Name, and MUNI Vehicle
  ID number. Contractor shall inform MUNI in advance of any modifications proposed on the vehicle during the warranty
  period.

  MUNI will work with the Contractor's representatives as much as possible to minimize the costs and time involved in
  conducting warranty repairs; however, due to space constraints and labor agreements, MUNI cannot guarantee that any
  Contractor work will be performed on MUNI property.

91 REPAIR PROCEDURES
  The Contractor shall be responsible for all warranty-covered repair work. The Contractor or its designated representative
  shall secure parts and perform all affected warranty repair work. At its discretion, MUNI may perform such work if it
determines it needs to do so based on transit service or other requirements. The Contractor shall be responsible, and shall
reimburse MUNI, for all costs for warranty work performed by MUNI personnel or by any contractor(s) hired by MUNI to
perform warranty work, as described in Section 10.2.2, Repairs by MUNI.

Repairs By Contractor
When MUNI requires the Contractor to perform warranty-covered repairs, the Contractor’s representative must begin
work necessary to effect repairs in a proper and timely manner, within ten (10) working days after receiving notification of
a defect from MUNI. Whenever the Contractor makes warranty repairs, new parts, subcomponents and subsystems shall
be used, unless the repair of original parts is authorized in writing by MUNI. MUNI shall make the coach available to
complete repairs timely with the Contractor’s repair schedule.

The Contractor shall provide, at its own expense, all spare parts, labor, tools and space required to complete repairs. The
Contractor shall reimburse MUNI for all expenses incurred, including labor for driving coaches, or towing charges for
coaches transported, between MUNI’s facilities and Contractor’s service center or the facilities of its subcontractors or
suppliers. At MUNI’s option, the Contractor shall repair coaches at an offsite location, and not on MUNI’s property. If
the coach is removed from MUNI’s property, the Contractor’s representative shall diligently pursue the acquisition of parts
and repair procedures. The schedule and scope of the repairs shall be approved by MUNI.

Repairs By MUNI
If MUNI elects to perform or procure a contractor to perform, the warranty-covered repairs, the following shall apply.

    Parts Used
MUNI shall use new parts, subcomponents and subsystems that Contractor shall provide specifically for this repair.
Contractor shall stock the majority of parts, including those of its sub-suppliers. All parts shall be stamped or permanently
marked with the OEM part number, and serial number if applicable. Warranties on parts used shall begin once the vehicle
has been repaired. The OEM warranty will apply to the newly installed part with the manufacturer acknowledging the
passed-through warranty.

MUNI shall use parts or components available from its own stock only on an emergency basis. Monthly reports, or reports
at intervals mutually agreed upon, of all repairs covered by warranty will be submitted by MUNI to the Contractor for
reimbursement or replacement of parts or components. The Contractor shall provide forms for these reports.

    Contractor-Supplied Parts
The Contractor shall warehouse, at the Contractor's service center in San Francisco, all necessary parts to support its
warranty obligations. The Contractor shall furnish parts for all warranty work, whether the warranty labor is performed by
the Contractor or by MUNI. Contractor shall deliver, prepaid, warranty parts for repairs within five (5) calendar days of
notification from MUNI.

    10.2.2.3 Defective Parts Return
The Contractor may request that defective parts or components covered by warranty be returned to the manufacturing
plant. The Contractor shall pay the total cost for this action. Materials will be returned in accordance with the Contractor's
instructions. Contractor shall provide such instructions to the MUNI Project Manager at the beginning of the project.

The Contractor's representative shall meet with a MUNI representative on a biweekly basis to determine which parts need
to be returned to the manufacturer for evaluation, or which parts may be discarded.

    Reimbursement For Labor
Contractor shall reimburse MUNI for all warranty labor incurred by MUNI. The amount shall be determined by
multiplying the number of man-hours required to correct the defect by the current top mechanic's or technician’s hourly
overtime wage rate, which includes fringe benefits, multiplied by the project overhead rate (150% of the wage rate).
Additionally, Contractor will be responsible for the cost of towing the coach if such action was necessary and if the coach
was in the normal service area.

The wage rate, and therefore, the warranty labor rate, is subject to adjustment each year. Through July 01, 2004, the
warranty labor rate shall be based on the technician’s wage rate of $110.00/hour, which includes labor, fringe benefits, and
overhead.
  In the event MUNI deems it necessary to contract out for warranty repairs, the Contractor shall reimburse MUNI for the
  actual cost of the repair, including charges for any warrantable parts, consequential parts or damages, labor, and towing or
  transportation.

  Contractor shall reimburse MUNI for warranty claims within forty-five (45) days after each warranty claim has been
  submitted by MUNI. If MUNI does not receive payment within forty-five (45) days, MUNI may deduct the amount of the
  claim from the progress payments due to Contractor.

      Reimbursement For Parts; Towing
  In the event MUNI uses its own parts for warranty repairs, the Contractor shall reimburse MUNI for those parts, including
  all defective parts, components, and consequential parts supporting the warranty repair. The reimbursement shall be at the
  invoice cost of the parts or components at the time of repair and shall include applicable taxes plus a 15% handling fee.

  The warranty will include the cost of towing the coach or a coach change if either was necessary because of the failure of a
  warranted part. Towing costs consist of MUNI’s established contracted tow truck charge including applicable taxes, any
  parts utilized in the transfer of the coach, any MUNI labor expended, plus a 15% handling fee. The cost of a coach change
  will consist of the actual time spent at the established warranty labor rate.

  Contractor shall reimburse MUNI for warranty claims within forty-five (45) days after each warranty claim has been
  submitted by MUNI. If MUNI does not receive payment within forty-five (45) days, MUNI may deduct the amount of the
  claim from the progress payments due to Contractor.

  Warranty After Replacement Or Repairs
  The warranty on parts, components or sub-systems replaced as a result of a standard warranty repair shall be assigned a
  new warranty period equal to the original manufacturers or contract part warranty, whichever is longer, effective the
  replacement date. Any extended warranties shall commence at the conclusion of the new warranty period.

  Failure Analysis
  At MUNI's request, the Contractor, at its cost, shall conduct a failure analysis of a failed part involved in a fleet defect or
  that is safety-related or a major component that could affect fleet operation that has been removed from coaches under the
  terms of the warranty. The analysis shall be documented and compiled into a report. The Failure Analysis Reports shall
  be delivered to MUNI Project Manager within sixty (60) days of the receipt of failed parts.

92 DATA PROCESSING
  Warranty And Computer Program
  To the extent practical as determined by Muni, Contractor shall accept the use of the SPEAR Technologies 3i Warranty
  Conditions, Claims and Payments modules for all tracking and submission of Warranty repairs and/or claims. Contractor
  shall accept SPEAR Technologies 3i generated Warranty Claim forms (see example provided as attachment No. 13). All
  systems modifications, parts retrofits, and factory recalls must be documented for integration into warranty software.

  Warranty Data
  The warranty data shall be provided in Microsoft Excel format with the following data elements for Contractor’s warranty
  and manufacturer warranties on all individual components and part(s). MUNI will provide Vendor IDs to be used for this
  data. At the start of the project Contractor shall provide a complete list of all manufacturers and/or vendors that Contractor
  will use in building the vehicles. And MUNI will provide Vendor IDs for use in the following warranty data.

      Main header information
  Warranty name, Vendor ID and name that is contracted to the warranty, and a vendor contract number if there is one.

      Details of the warranty conditions
  If the warranty is a Vehicle Class warranty, give the term value, unit of measure and reimbursement type.

  If the warranty is system-related, give the term value, unit of measure, reimbursement type, whether the condition is
  prorated, and whether the warranty term value flows down to underlying attached components of the system.
   If the warranty is a component-type of warranty, give the term value, unit of measure, reimbursement type, whether the
   condition is prorated, and whether the warranty term value flows down to underlying attached components.

   If the warranty condition is an item warranty from Contractor or a subcontractor that manufactures parts for Contractor,
   then please provide the following information: Main header information as described above, Manufacturer part number,
   Part description, term value, unit of measure, term type, reimbursement type, and whether the condition is prorated.

   Data and data processing procedures shall be approved by MUNI to ensure compliance with these specifications and
   compatibility with MUNI's data processing methods.

   Database Information
   Contractor shall supply data on the fleet to MUNI in an electronic format in order to facilitate its loading into the SPEAR
   Technologies 3i software system. This section provides layouts and data requirements for the required data elements.
   Contractor may supply this information in its choice of:

121)     Microsoft Excel
122)     Microsoft Access
123)     Oracle tables

   MUNI has no preference among the above, but all provided database files must be in the same format. Files will be
   provided on CD-ROM using the Contractor’s choice of format from the above options. At MUNI’s discretion, Contractor
   may transmit these files electronically directly to MUNI.

         Coach Master File
   The Contractor shall provide a record for each coach at the time of delivery. This record shall be intended for import into
   MUNI's own database system, shall have no access restrictions, and shall not be indexed. Contractor may supply a single
   file, which contains records for multiple coaches.

       At a minimum, the following vehicle components shall be serialized and included in the record for the coach:                 Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

             124)                                                                 Engine          13)     Brake booster
             125)                                                                 Exhaust after-treatment device 14)
                                                                                  Front axle
             126)                                                                 Traction Motor 15)      Rear axle
             127)                                                                 Traction Generator      16)      Hydraulic
                    pump
             128)                                                                 Differential    17)       Hydraulic        fan
                    motor
             129)                                                                 Alternator      18)       Air       conditioner
                    unit
             130)                                                                 Regulator       19)       Wheelchair ramp
             131)                                                                 Starter motor   20)       Any      auxiliary
                    modules such as a
             132)                                                                 ECU (Engine Control Unit or similar)
                                                                                  radio or GPS system, which is
             133)                                                                 Destination sign(s)            installed
                    by the vendor
             134)                                                                 Air compressor
             135)                                                                 Steering gear box

   The coach master file shall include at least the following data for all coach and all systems/components listed above:
                                                                                                                        Next
                                                                                         Location
      MUNI                                                                                                             Higher
                                     Mfgr       Mfgr part                                on Coach
      Equip        Description                                Model #       Serial #                      UOM         Assembly
                                     name          #                                      or other
      Code                                                                                                             Equip
                                                                                           Equip
                                                                                                                        Code
                                                                                                                     CHAR (35)
      CHAR                           CHAR         CHAR         CHAR          CHAR          CHAR          CHAR
                   CHAR (60)                                                                                              (if
      (35)*                          (10)**        (30)         (25)          (30)         (5)***         (2)*
                                                                                                                     applicable)


*     MUNI will provide a coding structure for Contractor to use when creating this equipment master file

** MUNI will provide a code and description list of Manufacturer values; Contractor will use the appropriate code from the
   list in this column

*** MUNI will provide a code and description list of Location values; Contractor will use the appropriate code from the list in
    this column

      Serialized tire "brands" table records will also be provided in the same format as above, but will be provided in a separate
      file. The Locations for tires on each coach are as follows (see ** note on above data table):

111.           Left front

112.           Right front

113.           Inner left rear

114.           Outer left rear

115.           Inner right rear

116.           Outer right rear

10.3.3.2              Illustrated Parts Catalog Master File
      The Contractor shall provide MUNI with the following database information on MPC-compliant CD-ROM media for the
      Illustrated Parts Manual: The parts catalog data must be provided in Microsoft Excel rows and columns. Columns with
      data will consist of the following: Section, Graphic Title, Figure #, Item # (is it item 1, 2, 3 etc. on the graphic),
      Manufacturer Part Number, Part Description, QTY, Unit of Measure. For example see below.


                         Item                  Mfg
    Section   Fig #        #      Mfgr        Part #           Description                Qty        UOM        GRAPHIC_TITLE
     (14)      (14)      (14)     CHAR        CHAR              CHAR(60)                #(14,4)     CHAR         coach-1-1-curb
                                   (5)*        (30)                                                  (3)**        side locations


*     MUNI will provide a code and description list of Manufacturer values, Contractor will use the appropriate code from the
      list in this column

** MUNI will provide a code and description list of UOM values, vendor will use the appropriate code from the list in this
   column

      Example:
    Section    Fig      Item     Mfgr        PN                  Description                Qty    UOM         GRAPHIC_TITLE
      2          1        1      Am       500895        INSTALLATION DRIVER’S                1       EA      coach-1-1-curb side
                                 Seat                          BARRIER                                            locations


      Images – Parts catalog images must be provided in TIF format and they must comply with the CCITT3 compression level.
      Image naming will match Graphic Title contained in the record defined above. File name can be provided in a separate
      column besides the image title.

    117.        The Contractor shall provide MUNI with the following database information on MPC-compliant CD-ROM media                 Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
      for all parts used on the coach:

                                                                                                           Next Higher Assembly
     Mfgr name        Mfgr part #         Description        Net price w/freight           UOM
                                                                                                                   Part #
     CHAR(5)           CHAR(30)            CHAR(60)            NUMBER(14,2)             CHAR(2)*          CHAR(30) (if applicable)


*     MUNI will provide a code and description list of Manufacturer values; Contractor will use the appropriate code from the
      list in this column.

** MUNI will provide a code and description list of UOM values, vendor will use the appropriate code from the list in this
   column

      All warranty repairs done by the coachbuilder at their shop must include a copy of the work performed to document work
      history by MUNI into Spear Technologies 3i software.

      Publications Software
      The Contractor shall provide the following on CD-ROM to MUNI:
      136)         Drawings in electronic formats such as AutoCAD, TIF, or PDF (only for the drawings contained in the
          Manuals)
       137)        Maintenance Manuals                                                                                                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
       138)        Parts Manuals
       139)        Training Manuals
       140)        Wiring and Air Diagrams

93 SPARE PARTS
      The Contractor shall furnish the spare parts and equipment required in the Price Proposal. The parts and equipment shall
      be identical to and totally interchangeable with like items supplied with the coaches. Delivery of these parts and
      equipment shall begin prior to delivery of the first production coach Spare parts shall be bar-coded with one of the five
      internationally recognized bar-coding standards. MUNI shall review and approve Contractor bar code plan prior to bar
      coding spare parts.

      The Contractor shall update the parts books (both paper and electronic Excel format) within thirty (30) days of any
      changes made for the 14 years after the initial production of the MUNI coaches described in this request. The parts books
      shall have the following indexes sorted in the following order:

(1)141)   By part manufacturer's description                                                                                            Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
(2)142)   By coach manufacturer's description
(3)143)   By part manufacturer's part number
(4)144)   By coach manufacturer's part number
(5)145)   By IPC number

      The price of all parts shall be included in each index by coach manufacturer's part number. The Contractor shall provide
      consistent pricing and shall provide a corrected price sheet in Excel format on a CD-ROM on an annual basis. The detail
      of the parts books shall be to the level of providing bolt size, lengths and metal grades in addition to cross reference to the
      part manufacturer or component manufacturer's part number.
    In the event there are updates which affect the durability, reliability or safety of spare parts and components supplied as
    part of this contract, or if there is a running change made during production, the Contractor shall exchange on a one-for-
    one basis the originally purchased parts with the new updated parts within sixty (60) days of their release.

    Recommended Spare Parts
    The Contractor shall submit a recommended spare parts list for MUNI’s use when planning and ordering spare parts and to
    support MUNI’s initial start-up for revenue operation. The quantities shall be based on the quantity of coaches on order at
    the time the parts list is generated, and shall be sufficient to cover MUNI's reasonable needs for five (5) years.

    Spare parts shall be interchangeable with their corresponding part. All spare parts shall be reconfigured to the latest
    revision during the warranty period. The recommended spare parts list shall take into consideration the potential for
    certain unused parts and assemblies to “age” and otherwise experience degradation in performance or reliability when
    installed. All such parts and assemblies should be clearly marked with date of manufacture, ideal storage conditions
    information, and shelf life date. This information tag should be clearly visible when the part, container, or assembly is
    stored.

          Contractor’s Recommendations/Prices
    The Contractor’s recommended spare parts list shall include the following:

    I.        Grouping by system, and special tool for stocking identification.
    II.       Generic name, trade name, description, rating, accuracy, Contractor’s part number, original equipment
         manufacture’s (OEM’s) name, OEM’s part number, drawing references, and correlation with the parts manuals.
    III.      Correlation for the recommended quantities with reliability requirements and lead time on the basis of the
         following classifications:

    A. Consumable – Parts with an expected life of less than five years.

    B. Wear – Parts that may be expected to require regular replacement under normal maintenance schedules, such as
       mechanical parts subject to continuous operation.

    C. One Shot – Parts that normally require replacement after performing their function one time, such as fuses.

    D. Long Lead (Three months or greater) – Parts that are not readily available from distributors or manufacturer, such as
       specially made.

    E. Exchange Assemblies – Assemblies that will be exchanges with failed units (or units that are not responding as
       specified) on the supplied equipment and that must be inventoried as complete assemblies.

IV. A cross-reference and indexing system for replacement components common to more than one subsystem (whether
    vehicle, test equipment, or special tool). Such components shall have only one part number.
V. Upon request, the original equipment manufacturer name and phone number for non-proprietary items shall be provided.
VI. Current prices for all replacement parts.

    Availability
    The Contractor shall guarantee the availability of replacement parts for the coaches for at least a 15-year period after the
    date of acceptance of the last coach. Spare parts shall be interchangeable with the original equipment and shall be
    manufactured in accordance with the Quality Assurance Provisions in these Technical Specifications. Contractor shall
    guarantee delivery of all in stock items within fourteen (14) days. Contractor shall not make exclusive agreements with
    sub-suppliers that would preclude MUNI from purchasing components directly from sub-suppliers. Contractor shall be
    able to expedite delivery (e.g. overnight delivery) of emergency shipments for 85% of the coach parts.

    Spare parts must be available to repair all electronic assemblies, subassemblies, and sub-subassemblies. Special
    provisions shall be made to supply those components that are not readily available on the commercial market (custom
    parts, for example). Any custom-made transformers, inductors, programmable components, or other devices containing
    proprietary firmware, shall be made available to MUNI as spare parts. When the original manufacturer is no longer able to
    supply the spare IC’s, the associated proprietary firmware, transformer design specifications, and other relevant detail
    must be provided to MUNI at that time.
Contractor shall provide MUNI with the pricing of spare parts prior to shipment. The Contractor shall supply a
product list and expected shipment date to the Office of Materials Management, 700 Pennsylvania, San Francisco, CA
94107 before shipment. Parts are accepted by MUNI between the hours of 7:00 AM and 3:00 PM Monday through
Friday.

MUNI will work with the contractors representative as much as possible to minimize the costs and time involved with
conducting warranty repairs, however due to space constraints and labor agreements, MUNI cannot guarantee that any
contractor work will be performed on MUNI property.
                            11 RELIABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY, SAFETY
   The Contractor shall establish and maintain an efficient reliability program to maintain the Mean Distances Between
   Failures (MDBF) as specified in Section 11.2. The reliability engineering tasks shall focus on the prevention, detection
   and correction of reliability design deficiencies, weak parts and overall work quality defects. Reliability engineering shall
   be an integral part of the vehicle design process, including design changes. The reliability program shall monitor and
   control sub-suppliers’ design and manufacture of parts to ensure compliance with the reliability sections and the contract
   terms.

94 SERVICE LIFE
   The coach, including all subsystems, shall be designed to operate in transit service for at least 12 years or 500,000 miles. It
   shall be capable of operating at least 40,000 miles per year, up to and including its 12th year. Components and structural
   members shall be designed to withstand the loads and motor torque reactions expected in revenue service on any route in
   San Francisco.

95 VEHICLE RELIABILITY REQUIREMENTS
   MUNI requires that the vehicles be designed to meet the service goal for a Mean Distance Between Failures (MDBF) of
   6,000 miles. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these reliability requirements in an analysis of all coaches
   delivered during the first year or the first 40,000 miles. The reliability analysis program will be approved by MUNI prior
   to coach delivery.

96 FAILURES
   Failure definitions are for the purpose of reliability demonstration testing, specification compliance and warranty
   administration.

   Accountable Failures
   Failures that are determined by the Failure Review Board to have been caused by a design flaw or defect in the vehicle
   subsystems or components shall be tallied against the applicable warranty and fleet defect provision in this contract.
   Failures that are tallied for calculating the achieved reliability are those that meet the following criteria:

 118.      They are detected on the equipment during any period the test is in process and test time is being accumulated and        Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
   recorded - all safety-critical failures are accountable;

 119.       They are verified by subsequent re-testing or investigation; and

 120.       They are independent (primary) failures. In addition, an item failure will be accountable and included in the

   MDBF calculations when one or more of the following conditions exists:

   i.146)         Inability of the equipment to attain or sustain minimum specified output requirements;                             Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
   ii.147)        Item failure symptoms which are detected under operations in test and recur in subsequent re-testing, but
         diagnosis and determination of the basic cause cannot be accomplished, or
   iii.148)       Multiple independent (primary) item failures detected on the equipment during measurement test time will be
         individually accountable.

   Non-Accountable Failures
   Item failures will be executed from the MDBSF computations when one of the following conditions exist:

 121.       The item failure cannot be duplicated during subsequent re-test, and the cause cannot be determined by                   Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
   investigation and analysis. MUNI will judge the adequacy of the Contractor’s analysis for this determination;

 122.       The item failure is a dependent (secondary) failure resulting from an independent (primary) failure;

 123.       The item failure is caused by mishandling, abuse, improper storage or accidental damage;

 124.       The item failure is the direct result of improper test procedure or improper test equipment;
 125.       The failure is a recurrence of one thought to have been corrected by adjustment or repair, and occurs within 10
   test hours of the original failure; or,

 126.      The item failure occurred in a unit that had been subjected to verified operational or environmental stresses
   beyond design requirements.

97 FAILURE REVIEW BOARD
   A failure review board with members from MUNI and the Contractor shall be convened to periodically review and
   determine the relevance of each failure and to recommend appropriate corrective action, both for vehicles undergoing
   reliability demonstration testing and for those under warranty. The failure review board shall be in effect during the
   complete coach period of the warranty, and as necessary to resolve fleet defects.

98 RELIABILITY PROGRAM PLAN
   The Contractor shall submit a formal Reliability Program Plan to the MUNI Project Manager / Representative for review
   and approval. Reference Section 13.1 (Preferred Delivery Schedule). The Reliability Program Plan shall identify the
   Contractor’s methodology for attaining and demonstrating compliance with the reliability requirements of this section. The
   Reliability Program Plan shall address the following specific topics as a minimum:

   A.   Contractor’s organization responsible for managing the reliability program;
   B.   Reliability program objectives;
   C.   Reliability design techniques
   D.   Reliability analysis techniques;
   E.   Reliability demonstration test (burn-in) plan;
   F.   Reliability controls for Contractor, subcontractors and vendors;
   G.   Fault reporting system for collecting and analyzing equipment failure data;
   H.   Reliability status reporting.

99 MAINTAINABILITY
   The Contractor shall establish and maintain an efficient maintainability program to support the maintainability
   requirements as specified in Section 11.6.4, maintenance and inspection of the contract. Maintainability engineering shall
   be an integral part of the vehicle design process, including design changes. Methods shall be taken to assure the sub-
   suppliers efforts are consistent with the overall system requirements.

   All systems or components serviced as part of periodic maintenance or whose failure may cause a physical safety hazard
   or road call shall be readily accessible for service and inspection. To the extent practicable, removal or physical movement
   of components unrelated to the specific maintenance or repair tasks involved shall be unnecessary. Relative accessibility of
   components, measured in time required to gain access, shall be inversely proportional to frequency of maintenance and
   repair of the components. Accessibility to components needing frequent maintenance shall be considered during the design
   reviews. The body and structure of all coaches shall be designed for ease of maintenance and repair. Ease of repair shall
   correspond to the vulnerability of the item to damage in service.

   All maintenance manuals shall be provided to MUNI. Reference Section 9.2 (Publications).

   Tools
   Each coach shall be designed for disassembly, re-assembly, servicing, and maintenance by use of tools and items, which
   are normally available as commercial standard items. Electronics assemblies and subassemblies shall also be maintainable
   by the use of standard, commercially available test equipment and maintenance tools. The Contractor must provide any
   special tools or special information that is needed to repair and reassemble electronic assemblies. Special tools not listed
   in Attachment 12 shall be recommended to MUNI by Contractor for consideration. Special tools shall be subject to
   approval by MUNI and the Contractor shall supply jacks or dollies in accordance with attachment 12, Special Tools List.
   All grease fittings shall be capable of being serviced from a pitted area. Jacks or dollies shall be supplied to remove the
   engine, energy storage system, traction motor, traction generator, ramp and other equipment boxes.

   Electrical
   Electrical subsystems shall consist of replaceable units so that each major component, apparatus panel, or wiring harness is
   easily separable with standard hand tools or by means of connectors. Each unit, except the main body wiring harness, shall
   be removable and replaceable in less than 30 minutes by a mechanic.
   Tire
   A mechanic shall complete jacking and changing any one tire in less than 30 minutes from the time the coach is
   approached.

   Maintenance And Inspection
   Scheduled maintenance or inspection tasks as specified by the Contractor shall be within the prevailing industry practices
   and subject to MUNI approval. Scheduled maintenance tasks shall be related and shall be grouped in maximum mileage
   intervals. Routine scheduled maintenance actions shall not be required at intervals of less than 6,000 miles, except for
   routine daily service performed during fueling operations. Higher levels scheduled maintenance tasks shall occur at even
   multiples of 6,000 miles.

   It shall be possible for an entry-level professional mechanic to accomplish the scheduled maintenance or inspection tasks
   as specified by the Contractor. Scheduled maintenance tasks shall be related and shall be grouped in maximum mileage
   intervals. Higher levels of scheduled maintenance tasks shall occur at even multiples of mileage for lower-level tasks.

100 SYSTEM SAFETY
   The Contractor shall establish and maintain an efficient system safety program to support the system safety criteria
   (Section 11.7.3) of the contract. System safety engineering tasks shall focus on the prevention, detection and correction of
   system safety deficiencies. System safety engineering shall be an integral part of the vehicle design process including
   design changes

   Hazards Definitions
   A hazard is defined as any real or potential condition that can cause injury or death, or damage to or loss of equipment or
   property.

   System Safety Program Objectives
   The Contractor shall be responsible for developing a Safety Certification Plan (SCP), which has among its objectives: 1) to
   minimize vehicle hazards as defined in Section 11.7.1, Hazards Definitions; 2) to ensure the vehicles are designed,
   manufactured, assembled, inspected, and tested in accordance with safety requirements contained in the design criteria,
   contract specifications, and applicable regulations and FTA guidelines; 3) to ensure that procedures relating to safe
   operation and maintenance of the vehicle have been developed, including all appropriate training documentation; and 4) to
   ensure that each vehicle is certified safe to enter revenue service. The SCP shall define the processes whereby vehicle
   hazards are identified and analyzed, categorized as to severity, and resolved pursuant to the System Safety Criteria
   established under Section 11.7.3, System Safety Criteria. Further, the SCP shall define the safety certification process
   whereby identified hazards with approved mitigations are listed, tracked through implementation, verified and
   documented. The safety certification process shall fully describe how design changes are safety certified. The SCP shall
   identify the Contractor's safety engineering personnel tasked to implement the SCP, clearly describing their roles and
   responsibilities throughout the duration of the Contract, including roles and responsibilities proposed for Muni personnel.
   The SCP shall be submitted for Muni approval.

   System Safety Criteria
   Safety criteria for system design and subsequent operational procedures shall be identified so as to assure that system
   safety objectives for vehicles are implemented throughout design development, testing, delivery, operations and
   maintenance. The safety of passengers, mechanics, and vehicle operators shall be taken into full consideration.

   Potential or actual hazards that have been identified through analysis shall be limited in accordance with the following
   order of precedence:

 127.       Design for minimum hazard                                                                                             Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

 128.       Use of safety devices

 129.       Use of warning devices

 130.       Use of special procedures.
System Safety Data
Contractor shall provide appropriate system safety information and procedures for inclusion in training instructions, lesson
plans and other publications.
                                           12 QUALITY ASSURANCE
101 CONTRACTORS IN-PLANT QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
  Quality Assurance Organization
  The Contractor shall establish and maintain an effective in-plant quality assurance organization. It shall be a specifically
  defined organization directly responsible to the Contractor's top management.

      Control
  The quality assurance organization shall exercise quality control over all phases of production from initiation of design
  through manufacture to preparation for delivery. The organization shall also control the quality of supplied articles.

      Authority and Responsibility
  The quality assurance organization shall have the authority and responsibility for quality control, personnel inspection
  planning, establishment of the quality control system, and acceptance or rejection of materials and manufactured articles in
  the production of the coaches. These responsibilities include assuring that all components meet the engineering
  requirements for reliability, safety, and maintainability.

  Quality Assurance Organization Functions
  The functions of the quality assurance organization shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

      Work Instructions
  The quality assurance organization shall verify inspection operation instructions to ascertain that the manufactured product
  meets all prescribed requirements.

      Records Maintenance
  The quality assurance organization shall maintain and use records and data essential to the effective operation of its
  program. These records and data shall be available for review by the Resident Inspector(s). Inspection and test records for
  this procurement shall be available for a minimum of 2 years after inspections and tests are completed.

      Corrective Actions
  The quality assurance organization shall detect and promptly assure correction of any conditions that may result in the
  production of defective coaches. These conditions may occur in designs, purchases, manufacture, tests, or operations that
  culminate in defective supplies, services, facilities, technical data, or standards.

  Standards and Facilities
  The following standards and facilities shall be basic in the quality assurance process.

      Configuration Control
  The Contractor shall maintain drawings, assembly procedures, and other documentation that completely describe a
  qualified coach that meets all of the specification requirement options and special requirements of this procurement. The
  quality assurance organization shall verify that each coach is manufactured in accordance with these controlled drawings,
  procedures and, documentation.

      Measuring And Testing Facility
  The Contractor shall provide and maintain the necessary gauges and other measuring and testing devices for use by the
  quality assurance organization to verify that the coaches conform to all specification requirements. These devices shall be
  calibrated at established periods against certified measurement standards that have known valid relationships to national
  standards.

      Production Tooling As Media Of Inspection
  When production jigs, fixtures, tooling masters, templates, patterns, and other devices are used as media of inspection,
  they shall be proved accurate at formally established intervals and adjusted, replaced, or repaired as required to maintain
  quality.
    Equipment Use By Resident Inspector(s)
The Contractor's gauges and other measuring and testing devices shall be made available for use by the Resident
Inspector(s) to verify that the coaches conform to all specification requirements. If requested, the Contractor's personnel
shall be made available to operate the devices and to verify their condition and accuracy.

Control of Purchases
The Contractor shall maintain quality control of purchases.

    Supplier Control
The Contractor shall require that each supplier maintain a quality control program for the services and supplies that it
provides. The Contractor's quality assurance organization shall inspect and test materials provided by suppliers for
conformance to specification requirements. Materials that have been inspected, tested, and approved shall be identified as
acceptable to the point of use in the manufacturing or assembly processes. Controls shall be established to prevent
inadvertent use of nonconforming materials.

    Purchasing Data
The Contractor shall verify that all applicable specification requirements are properly included or referenced in purchase
orders of articles to be used on MUNI coaches.

Manufacturing Control
The Contractor shall ensure that all basic production operations, as well as all other processing and fabricating, are
performed under controlled conditions. Establishment of these controlled conditions shall be based on the documented
work instructions, adequate production equipment, and special working environments as necessary.

    Completed Items
A system for final inspection and test of complete vehicles and the spare parts package shall be provided by the quality
assurance organization. It shall measure the overall quality of each complete item.

    Nonconforming Materials
The quality assurance organization shall monitor the Contractor's system for controlling nonconforming materials. The
system shall include procedures for identification, segregation, and disposition.

    Statistical Techniques
Statistical analysis, tests, and other quality control procedures may be used when appropriate in the quality assurance
processes.

    Inspection Status
A system shall be maintained by the quality assurance organization for identifying the inspection status of components and
complete MUNI coaches. Identification may include cards, tags, or other normal quality control devices.

Inspection System
The quality assurance organization shall establish, maintain, and periodically audit a fully documented inspection system.
The system shall prescribe inspection and test of materials, work in progress, and completed articles. At a minimum, it
shall include the following controls.

    Inspection Stations
Inspection stations shall be at the best locations to provide for the work content and characteristics to be inspected.
Stations shall provide the facilities and equipment to inspect structural, electrical, hydraulic, and other components and
assemblies for compliance with the design requirements.

Stations shall also be at the best locations to inspect or test characteristics before they are concealed by subsequent
fabrication or assembly operations. These locations shall minimally include, underbody structure completion, body
framing completion, body prior to paint preparation, water test before interior trim and insulation installation, traction
motor installation completion, subsystem components, underbody dress-up and completion, coach prior to final paint
touch-up, coach prior to road test, and coach after final road test.

    Inspection Personnel
Sufficient trained inspectors shall be employed to ensure that all materials, components, and assemblies are inspected for
conformance with the coach design and specifications.

    Inspection Records
Acceptance, rework, or rejection identification shall be attached to inspected articles. Articles that have been accepted as a
result of approved materials review actions shall be identified. Articles that have been reworked to specified drawing
configurations shall not require special identification. Articles rejected as unsuitable or scrap shall be plainly marked and
controlled to prevent installation on the coach. Articles that become obsolete as a result of engineering changes or other
actions shall be controlled to prevent unauthorized assembly or installation. Unusable articles shall be isolated and then
scrapped.

Discrepancies noted by the Contractor or Resident Inspector(s) during assembly shall be entered by the inspection
personnel on a record that accompanies the major component, subassembly, assembly, or coach from start of assembly
through final inspection. Actions shall be taken to correct discrepancies or deficiencies in the manufacturing processes,
procedures, or other conditions that cause articles to be in non-conformance with the requirements of the contract
specifications. The inspection personnel shall verify the corrective actions and mark the discrepancy record. If
discrepancies cannot be corrected by replacing the nonconforming materials, the Resident Inspector(s) shall approve the
modification, repair, or method of correction.

    Quality Assurance Audits
The contractor’s quality assurance organization shall establish and maintain a quality control audit program. The
contractor shall submit a Quality Assurance Plan for MUNI review and approval prior to the commencement of building
the first coach of this contract. Records of this program shall be subject to review by MUNI representatives during the
manufacture of coaches for this contract.

    First Article Inspection
The first production coach shall undergo a detailed inspection by MUNI personnel or representatives. The purpose of this
inspection will be to ensure that the coach has been built to approved engineering and that all agreed changes to the
prototypes have been incorporated into the first coach. The configuration established at this inspection shall become a
benchmark for all future production coaches.

Dependent on circumstances, this first built coach may have to participate in the Federal Coach Testing Program “Altoona
Test” to qualify this procurement for federal funding. The contractor shall inform MUNI of the status of the proposed
equipment in regards to the required testing prior to its manufacture.

MUNI may require this coach be kept at the manufacturing plant to insure its availability as a “template” in the event there
is a question concerning the production coaches are conforming to this pattern.

Resident Inspector
Resident Inspector (s) shall represent MUNI at the Contractor’s plant. They shall monitor, in the Contractor’s plant, the
manufacture of transit coaches built under the procurement. The Resident Inspector(s) will be authorized to approve the
pre-delivery acceptance tests, and to release the coaches for delivery. Upon request to the quality assurance
manager/supervisor, the Resident Inspector(s) shall have access to the Contractor's quality assurance files related to this
procurement. These files shall include drawings, material standards, parts lists, inspection processing and reports, and
records of defects.

No less than 30 calendar days prior to the beginning of coach manufacture, the Resident Inspector(s) will meet with the
Contractor's quality assurance manager/supervisor. They will review the inspection procedures and checklists. The
Resident Inspector(s) may begin monitoring coach construction activities 2 weeks prior to the start of MUNI coach
fabrication.
   The Contractor shall provide office space for the Resident Inspector(s) in proximity to the final assembly area. This office
   shall be equipped with desks, two (2) telephones, file cabinets, chairs, and clothing lockers sufficient to accommodate the
   Resident Inspector staff. Office accommodations shall be at least equivalent to those utilized by the Contractor's staff.

   The presence of the Resident Inspector(s) in the plant shall not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to meet all of the
   requirements of this procurement.

   Compliance Demonstration
   Upon written request of the MUNI Project Manager / Representative the Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with
   any requirement of these specifications. Requests shall normally be made such that the demonstration can be scheduled in
   advance of the delivery of the prototype and production coaches. Other demonstrations shall be requested after delivery
   should the MUNI Project Manager / Representative suspect that the prototype or production coaches are not in
   conformance to these specifications. The demonstrations shall consist of formal tests conducted on the prototype and/or
   representative production coaches and witnessed by the MUNI Project Manager / Representative. In lieu of conducting
   tests of a destructive nature, the demonstration requirement may be satisfied by a comprehensive analysis of sufficient
   scope and quality to show specification compliance. The burden of demonstrating compliance rests on the Contractor but
   is subject to approval by the MUNI Project Manager / Representative or Project manager. Contractor shall be responsible
   for associated costs to demonstrate compliance and any work required to correct any non-compliance conditions.

102 TEST REQUIREMENTS
   General
   This section defines and establishes the requirements for comprehensive testing of the coaches to be developed and
   managed by the Contractor. MUNI or its authorized representatives will have the option of overseeing all testing. The
   tests shall ensure proof-of-design and shall determine the compliance with the following requirements:

 131.       Duty Cycle                                                                                                                Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

 132.       Performance

 133.       Dimensional

 134.       Accessibility (ADA)

 135.       Noise Control (Audible and Electronic)

 136.       Contract Compliance

 137.       Reliability and Maintainability

   The tests shall also ensure that the production vehicles, including all components and subsystems, will function as required
   in the MUNI environment. Modifications to the initial hybrid system integration design, system programming, and
   specification of related su